Академический Документы
Профессиональный Документы
Культура Документы
00
$40.00
$60.00
$80.00
$100.00
$120.00
$140.00
$160.00
$180.00
$0.00
7/1/1999
8/9/1999
9/15/1999
10/22/1999
11/30/1999
1/6/2000
2/14/2000
3/22/2000
4/28/2000
6/6/2000
7/13/2000
8/21/2000
9/27/2000
11/3/2000
12/12/2000
1/18/2001
2/26/2001
4/4/2001
5/11/2001
6/19/2001
7/26/2001
by Tom Evslin
9/3/2001
10/10/2001
12/25/2001
1/31/2002
3/11/2002
4/17/2002
5/24/2002
7/2/2002
8/8/2002
9/16/2002
Chapter 1: Morning April Fools Day, 2003
10/23/2002
11/29/2002
1/7/2003
2/13/2003
3/24/2003
hackoff.com: an historic murder mystery set in the Internet
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 1.2
#
Media Contact:
Eve Gross
Chief Marketing Officer
212 555 1000
eveg@hackoff.com
Joseph Windaw, the managing partner of Windaw and Wallar Venture Capital, has been
selected to succeed Mr. Lazard as Chairman of the Board of Directors. Mr. Windaw has been a
Board Member of hackoff.com since 1997 and was previously Vice Chairman of the Board.
The New York City Police Department is conducting an investigation into the circumstances of
Mr. Lazard’s death.
The company notified NASDAQ and the SEC of this event prior to the opening of the New York
securities markets and requested a temporary halt in trading of the company’s stock. Trading is
expected to resume shortly after the dissemination of this announcement.
Ms. Langhorne is a 1985 graduate of Princeton University and holds an MBA from Harvard
Business School awarded in 1991. She was a partner in Ernst & Young prior to joining
hackoff.com as its CFO in 1997.
“We will all miss Larry terribly,” said Langhorne. “He was the founder and guiding genius of
the company. However, our customers can be assured that Larry leaves behind him a seasoned
management team ready and able to continue the critical anti-hacker support we have always
given them.”
about hackoff.com:
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 1.3
hackoff.com is the leading provider of hacker protection to e-commerce websites worldwide.
Since the founding of the company, it has licensed its patented and patent-pending hackaway®
software to over 10,000 sites. These sites display hackoff.com’s trademarked hackmenot® logo.
The company also offers Managed Hackaway Service as active protection against hacker
attacks.
Forward-looking statements:
Hackoff.com has included in this press release certain "forward-looking statements" within the meaning of the
Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. "Forward-looking statements" consist of all non-historical
information, and the analysis of historical information, including any references to future revenue growth, future
expense growth, future credit exposure, future profitability, anticipated cash resources, anticipated capital
expenditures, capital requirements, and the Company's plans for future periods. In addition, the words "could",
"expects", "anticipates", "may depend", "estimates", "projects" and similar words and phrases are also intended to
identify such forward-looking statements.
All such forward-looking statements are current only as of the date on which such statements were made.
Hackoff.com does not undertake any obligation to publicly update any forward-looking statement to reflect events or
circumstances after the date on which any such statement is made or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated
events.
Actual results could differ materially from those projected in hackoff.com’s forward-looking statements due to
numerous known and unknown risks and uncertainties. These include without limitation the results of the ongoing
investigation into the sudden death of our late Chairman and CEO; the volatile software market; changes in domestic
and international economic, market, and regulatory conditions; the inherent uncertainty of financial projections;
unanticipated technological developments, including the possibility that hackoff.com’s technology will be defeated;
hackoff's failure to access sufficient capital; the creditworthiness of hackoff.com’s customers; and other
considerations described as “Risk Factors” in Exhibit 99.1 to hackoff.com’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year
ended December 31, 2002 and in other filings made by us with the SEC.
###
Re: Oh-Oh
by: ChorusLine (25/F/Paramus, NJ)
Long-Term Sentiment: Buy 04/01/03 9:41 am
Msg: 99021 of 99034
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 1.4
Posted as a reply to: Msg 99020 by thewatcher02
Re: Oh-Oh
by: pooper
Long-Term Sentiment: Sell 04/01/03 9:43 am
Msg: 99022 of 99034
There is a press advisory out for an announcement expected at 10AM explaining the halt in
trading. Whatever it is, you can bet it’ll be good for the crooks on wall street and bad for
everyone stupid enough to be holding the stock.
Re: Oh-Oh
by: scooper
Long-Term Sentiment: Buy 04/01/03 9:48 am
Msg: 99024 of 99034
pooper, you’re just as much an asshole as your buddy clinton and this is not a political board
alaska, you’re as much an asshole as your friend pooper and this is not the antihack board. why
don’t you stay there where you belong so you can pump and dump that and not bother us here
on this board
The press release is on Yahoo. The lizard is out and the cunt is in… this stock is in the crapper
if it ever starts trading again
This may not be bad for the stock. I’ve changed my sentiment to buy and will buy after it
settles down after trading resumes. Donna may be smarter than Larry was about selling the
company or making it profitable. She always did a better job than he did at the quarterly
webcasts. Often regime change makes a company go up even when it is unexpected.
Jumbo, you always have good analysis. I hope you’ll write more later in the day. Why do you
think Larry shot himself? Does that matter to the stock? Is the new CFO any good? What will
The Street think?
Your an idiot or just getting reddy to dump your stock. The cunt cant run the company. the
lizard couldnt run the company. The company sucks. it doesn’t have anything. They should
have sold to antihack… now noone will pay a penny for this piece of shit
Whats Happening
by: CLess
04/01/03 10:15 am
Msg: 99031 of 99034
Donna
by: TestTost (35/M/San Francisco, CA)
Long-Term Sentiment: Strong Buy 04/01/03 10:15 am
Msg: 99032 of 99034
Donna’s a peace of ass. She was in the SI Swimsuit addition in the early 90s. She’s still hot.
Re: Oh-Oh
by: ChorusLine (25/F/Paramus, NJ)
Long-Term Sentiment: Buy 04/01/03 10:16 am
Msg: 99033 of 99034
hackoff’s trading again! 1k shares at 1.26 unchanged. bid 1.24; ask 1.26.
###
Published: April 2, 2003. Lawrance Lazard, the founder and CEO of the Internet
company hackoff.com, died on Tuesday at his company office at 65 Broad Street in
lower Manhattan He was 40. According to a company spokeswoman, the cause was a
single gun shot wound to the head, apparently self-inflicted. Mr. Lazard was believed
to have been in good health.
Lawrance Roger Lazard was born January 31, 1963, in Hicksville, New York, to
Roger Lawrance Lazard and Cindy Moonstock Lazard.
Mr. Lazard was a well-known and controversial figure in New York’s Silicon
Alley in the halcyon days of the Internet bubble. He founded hackoff.com in 1996 as a
successor to an earlier consulting business, and was chief executive officer of
hackoff.com from its inception. The company’s IPO occurred in 1999, and its stock
soared to twice the offering price on the first day of trading. Mr. Lazard and his wife,
Louise, were paper billionaires until the collapse of the stock market bubble.
The controversy over Mr. Lazard was the result of his “Gotcha” attack on the
credit card files of a number of major banks. He confessed to this computer-based
crime in 1993 and served six months of a nine month sentence in a federal
penitentiary for white collar criminals. At the time, Judge Raymond Martin explained
that he imposed this relatively light sentence since “Gotcha” was not intended to do
harm and, in fact, beneficially exposed the weaknesses of financial systems before
they could be maliciously exploited.
At the time he staged the “Gotcha” attack, Mr. Lazard was employed as a
software engineering supervisor at Chase Manhattan Bank, which he joined upon
receiving his MBA. In his confession to the “Gotcha” attack, he admitted to being
influenced by the notorious Captain Crunch, a fabled Silicon Valley hacker who
developed a device for defrauding telephone companies by mimicking the signaling
tones then used for switching calls.
Mr. Lazard’s criminal background made the hackoff.com IPO an object of
controversy. Detractors said that an ex-convict was not fit to serve as CEO of a public
company. Defenders argued that no one was harmed by Lazard’s actions since he
neither sold the credit card numbers he downloaded, nor used them for any personal
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 1.8
gain. Both sides agreed that hackoff.com’s success in protecting Internet sites from
malicious hacking was due to Mr. Lazard’s demonstrated expertise.
Mr. Lazard was a survivor of the 9/11/2001 attacks on the World Trade Center
from which he escaped down a stairwell prior to the collapse of the South Tower.
Mr. Lazard grew up on Long Island where his father was a successful
chiropractor. Lazard showed a strong and early interest in technology, receiving his
first computer — an Apple II — at the age of fourteen. Apple founder Steve Jobs
became one of his heroes. Mr. Lazard received his undergraduate degree in Folklore
and Mythology from Harvard College in 1985 and earned an MBA from Harvard
Business School in 1991.
Mr. Lazard is survived by his wife and his mother, who now resides in Arizona.
###
hackoff.com INC.
Present were members Joseph Windaw, Joanne Ankers, Franklin Adams, and Donna
Langhorne. In addition, Aaron Smyth, Executive Vice President, General Counsel and
Secretary of the Board, was present and kept minutes.
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 1.20
Mr. Windaw chaired the meeting in the absence of the Chairman, Larry Lazard. All
participants in the call could hear, and could be heard by, all other participants.
1. Ms. Langhorne informed the Board of the death of Chairman and CEO, Larry
Lazard. Ms. Langhorne related that she, herself, found the body at 7:00 AM this
morning. A police investigation is underway. Although there has been no official
determination of cause of death, indications point to suicide. In addition to the
New York City Police Department, NASDAQ and the SEC have also been
informed, and NASDAQ has advised that trading in the company’s stock will be
temporarily suspended pending dissemination of an announcement.
2. The Board decided that the positions of Chairman and CEO should be split in the
future as is allowed by the Company’s bylaws.
3. The Board elected Joseph Windaw as non-executive Chairman. The vote was
unanimous with the exception of Mr. Windaw, who abstained.
4. After a discussion from which Ms. Langhorne recused herself, the Board elected
Ms. Langhorne as CEO.
5. The Board authorized Ms. Langhorne to engage an executive search firm to find
a candidate to fill the Board position left vacant by Mr. Lazard’s death.
Respectfully submitted,
Aaron Smyth, Esq.
Secretary
###
Do you think she really would’ve quit if we’d made her acting
CEO?
We’ll never know. She plays her cards close to her very big
chest:-}
Early February can be an ugly time in New York City. Outside the east-
facing windows of the hackoff.com boardroom, dirty snow swirls towards its
doom in the dark East River. The crews of the tankers, ferries, tugs and barges
rushing downstream or pushing upstream look cold as they huddle into their
coats and parkas. They spend as little time on deck as possible. The
passengers in the ferries from Brooklyn, New Jersey, and other Manhattan
docks are invisible until the boats reach the Wall Street Landing; then they
scurry to disembark, hunched over against the wind and blowing snow.
Inside the hackoff.com boardroom, Chairman and CEO Larry Lazard
presides over a board meeting from the middle of the oval table. His back is to
the dark snow and river. Larry is a little over six feet tall but slumps as if to
look down on shorter people. He has brown hair and eyes. His most singular
feature is a dark brow which brooks no interruption as it crosses the bridge of
his nose. His large brow and his small, thin-lipped mouth gives his face a
triangular look. His well-fitted hackoff tshirt makes it clear that he works out
although his muscles are tight rather than massive. He wears casual slacks
and loafers with no socks. One of his knees is on the table and his chair is
tipped back.
To Larry’s right is CFO and Board member Donna Langhorne. Her
naturally-blond hair is just short of shoulder-length and drawn back in a loose
bun with an elastic around it. Donna’s face is a classic oval, eyebrows dark,
eyes blue, nose small, mouth full but just short of pouting, chin appropriate for
the oval but with slightly visible diagonal cleft. She dimples on the left side
when she smiles as she is now doing. She’s wearing a bulky hackoff sweatshirt
but it doesn’t hide the swell of her large, high breasts. Her jeans are tailored
At the other end of the table from Donna is Board member Joanne
Ankers from Big Router Inc. She is an attractive flat-chested woman stylishly
dressed in a tailored blue suit jacket. She wears her brown hair short. Big
Router’s venture fund invested in hackoff when the company raised its second
round of venture capital last September, and Joanne — a junior member of Big
Router Ventures staff — became a Board member of hackoff as a consequence
of that investment. Joanne is thirty-two.
Aaron Smyth, forty-seven, hackoff General Counsel, sits directly across
the table from Larry behind a mass of papers and a laptop computer open for
typing. Although not a board member, he is its secretary and prepares
resolutions and takes minutes. He is as casually-dressed as his boss except
that he wears socks.
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 2.2
The final two board members flank Aaron and face Larry and the
window. They are both venture capitalists and are on the board as a condition
of their firms’ investments. At six-foot-three with broad shoulders, Joseph
Windaw of Windaw Wallar Ventures is imposing. The blond hair on his large
head is thinning and going white. He's the only man in the room wearing a
sports jacket. It’s clear from both his bulk and his presence that this is a one-
time athlete who, at forty-five, keeps vigorously in shape.
Franklin Adams of Silicon Alley ad-Ventures looks New York Jewish,
despite his name. He has curly brown hair and skin that hasn’t seen the sun in
a long time. Below a large nose, he sports an ineradicable trace of mustache.
He’s thirty. Franklin Adams is talking intently. It is what he is saying that's
making Donna smile and dimple.
“Strange as it may sound, it's time to start preparing for our IPO. I hear
that antihack is already talking to bankers and, if we’re not careful, they’ll get
out ahead of us. I know this is a full year earlier than we initially planned; I
know we haven’t done all the things I said we’d have to do before we could go
public — like get profitable or at least cash-flow positive. But that was then
and this is now. There’s never been a market like this one.” Franklin sprays
very slightly as he talks.
“It’s a huge distraction while we’re still building critical mass in our
operations — still staffing up,” says Donna, without sounding argumentative.
“I agree,” Joanne answers Franklin, ignoring Donna’s intervening
comment. “Many of our portfolio companies are already public, some with less
actual track record than hackoff. It seems they're all preparing to go. We may
be behind.”
There’s a silence. “What do you think, Joe?” asks Larry of the big man.
“It’s crazy,” Joe Windaw says. “There’s never been anything like it,
probably never will be again.”
“So you think it’s too early?” Larry asks. “We should stick with the plan?”
“No, we have to do it now,” says Joe. “We can’t NOT take free capital
when everybody else is doing it. We’ve got to go.”
“Even if everyone else is crazy?” Larry persists. “My mother would say
‘just because everyone else is jumping off a cliff would you jump off, too?’”
“Your mother was right about cliffs,” says Franklin. “But this is NASDAQ
and this is now and now is different.”
“Donna, what do you think?” asks Larry.
It’s unusual for him to seek consensus. His usual chairing technique is
either to dominate the discussion or sit back and listen until he gets bored or
makes a decision.
“I think we may have to do it, Lar.” Her lips are moist and she is
breathing slightly heavily.
“We should do it because it the right thing to do,” says Joanne prissily.
“We don’t have to raise money; we are somewhat behind plan, I think, although
Donna still owes us some numbers on that.”
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 2.3
“So what DO you think, Joanne?” asks Larry. “I thought you said we
should go. Now are you saying we shouldn’t?”
“No, no, not at all,” says Joanne. “I just want to make sure we have all
our ducks lined up properly.”
“Are any of our ducks out of line, Joanne?” Donna asks.
“Well, as we were saying earlier in the meeting, we don’t have a great
handle on…”
“Yeah, yeah,” interrupts Larry. “We know we have to have everything
locked down. We can do that. Donna can do that. Okay, you’ve talked me into
it. If we decide now that we want to go public as soon as possible, what
happens when? When do we get rich and famous?”
Franklin and Joe both start to answer at once, Franklin at about twice as
many words per minute as Joe. Each stops in deference to the other.
Joe gestures to the younger man to go ahead. “You’ve played the game
according to the new rules as many times as anyone, Franklin,” Joe says. “Tell
them how it’s done.”
“As you know,” says Franklin rapidly, “there are two things we need
before we can get on the road in front of investors: bankers and an approved
prospectus. By the way, we don’t get rich this time even if the company does.
When companies go public this early these days, investors don’t expect insiders
to do any selling.” He sprays quite a bit on the twin sibilants of "insiders" and
"selling" but Larry leans forward eagerly nevertheless. “We get to sell if and
when there’s a secondary, but it’s too early to talk about that,” Franklin pauses
then says: “We let the bankers compete for our business,."
“That’s called a’ beauty show,’ right?” asks Donna.
“Right, Donna, a beauty show,” says Joanne balefully.
“So how do they compete?” asks Larry. “I thought the bastards all charge
the same commission.”
“They do,” says Franklin. “They’ve got that part figured out. What we
really care about is how well they're gonna sell the deal and cover the company
afterwards. It's very important that their sell-side analyst — the analyst they're
going to have cover us — really understands the company and its story and is
well enough respected to sell it. He or she is gonna have a lot to do with the
success of the IPO and then with the success of the stock in the aftermarket.
We WANNA hear from the VP who’s gonna own the deal. We’ll check our
sources for you, that’s part of VC value-add, right Joe?”
Joe nods.
Franklin doesn't break stride. “We’ll find out if the VP’s got a big enough
dick in the firm to make things happen. There are a lot of deals going on now
and we have to do what we can to make sure OUR deal’s gonna get enough
attention. We may hear from one of their senior sales guys, but that’s not too
important because they all say the same thing — they’re sales guys. They tell
you they're closer to Fidelity and Semper and Janus and all the big funds than
anyone else and that they’ll get the best set of appointments.
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 2.4
“We may hear from the trading guy, too. They all run pretty good desks
but it’s worth listening to those guys to see if you like ’em. The stock’s in their
hands once trading opens. They also count the orders during the roadshow so
they can give us a handle on what’s going on.”
“How do we hear from these guys? They come here, right?” asks Larry.
“Can’t we bargain on commission? What if we did? Wouldn’t we be showing
strength?”
“You won’t get anything on commission, Larry, trust me,” says Joe. “As
much as these guys are hungry for deals like ours, as much as this is found
money to them, they’ve got too much at stake to crack on commissions. They’d
rather pass on a deal than do that. They know what happened to the retail side
of the business when they had to compete on commissions; they don’t make
any money there now. They have to leave most of that to the discount brokers,
so they’re not about to crack on the corporate side. The good thing is that,
because THIS is where they make their money—“ He presses an index finger
into the glossy top of the conference table. “—they work for us, not for the retail
accounts.”
“How can businesses be such patsies?” says Larry. “Retail customers
bargain on commissions and companies don’t? Doesn’t make any sense.”
“Maybe not, Larry,” says Joe as calm as usual, “but everyone’s making
too much money to worry about it.”
“So we’ll get the usual guys in,” Franklin resumes, “Lehman and
Barcourt and Morgan Stanley and Oppenheimer — Merrill is probably too
retail-oriented — maybe a few of the boutiques who could end up below the
lead on the deal. But we want a bulge bracket (he means the big, huge
investment banks everybody’s heard of) to be the lead. Joe and I can call them
if you want…”
“I know someone at Oppenheimer,” says Joanne. No one looks at her.
“We’ll refer them to Donna,” says Franklin. “She can set up the
meetings.”
“You guys wanna be there?” Larry asks Joe and then Franklin.
“If I can be helpful…” Joanne starts.
“No,” says Joe after exchanging nods with Franklin. “Too hard to
schedule if we get involved. We know a lot of these guys and there has to be
rapport between management and the bankers or the roadshow doesn’t play
well. You guys do it. Call us when you want help. Give us the short list and
your recommendations. Of course, the final choice has to be a formal Board
decision.”
“And the final commission?” asks Larry.
“Drop it, Lar,” says Donna gently.
“So bankers we get,” Franklin continues, “but an approved red herring is
gonna be another story.”
By “red herring” he means the prospectus which is the official solicitation
for investors. Before a company can solicit investors, the Securities and
Exchange Commission must approve every word of the prospectus which,
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 2.5
Someone once said that when Donna Langhorne enters a room, she
sucks all the oxygen out of it. The three male bankers in the hackoff.com
conference room certainly look as if they are having difficulty breathing when
she walks through the door.
“You guys don’t have to dress up to come here,” says Larry Lazard.
“We're casual.” He's in jeans and a hackoff polo shirt. The male bankers are in
pin-striped suits with tailored shirts and yellow ties. They're all looking at
Donna, who is wearing slacks and a hackoff sweatshirt.
“Next time we’ll know better," says Harvey Maklin, a Barcourt &
Brotherson Vice President and would-be lead banker for the hackoff IPO. He is
trying not to look at Donna but has a hard time maintaining eye contact with
Larry. Barcourt is visiting hackoff as part of the “beauty contest” to choose a
lead investment bank for the planned IPO.
“How was your weekend?” asks Harvey. “Did you get some golf in?”
“Let’s start the meeting,” says Larry.
“Uh … okay,” says Harvey. “Again, I’d like to thank you for considering
Barcourt as the lead on this transaction. Sam Gutfreund is our chief trader. If
we’re your bankers, he’ll get you opened well and make sure the after-market is
orderly. John Braxton is our chief software analyst. We’ve decided that John is
the right analyst to cover hackoff.com and he’s been getting up to speed on the
story. He—”
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 2.6
“Sam, Sam Gutfreund,” says Harvey. “Yes. You’re right; there are some
resumé pages. I’ve also put in the resumés of our US and International Sales
VPs since they’ll be important to the transaction.”
Larry says: “So why do you want to waste our time with all this?”
“I have an idea,” Donna interjects. “I’m sure John can tell us how he sees
positioning the company and telling the story without the slides. Our Board
will want to see them as part of its decision, of course. We’ll take the books and
look at them later.”
“Sounds good to me,” says Harvey quickly.
Larry again prolongs a silence as everyone looks at him, then nods curtly
to John: “Go.”
“The big question,” says John Braxton, senior software analyst for
Barcourt & Brotherson, “is: What metric is The Street going to use to value
hackoff? Since you don’t have positive earnings, it can’t be that. But that’s not
too bad because no one else going public these days has positive earnings
either. It’s hard to measure the dollar value of your sales since you take an
equity position in so many of your customers and they don’t have any earnings
either. In this new economy, it is essential to have an alternative to earnings in
determining a company’s value. We have to find the metric that we teach The
Street to use in valuing hackoff. IF you were an e-com company...” He carefully
looks at Donna and not Larry. “IF you were an e-com company, then you’d be
measured on hits or eyeballs or unique logins or something like that. Clearly,
you’re not. So the obvious metric for hackoff is the quarter-end value of the
stocks in your portfolio.”
“That’s easy,” says Donna. “That number shows up on our balance sheet
each quarter.”
“No,” says John, “No, it doesn’t. Not the number I want to base our story
on. The GAAP number is too low.”
Generally Accepted Accounting Principles are supposed to define how US
companies report their financial results to securities markets. Following GAAP,
hackoff values each stock in its portfolio at the value it had (or was believed to
have had) on the day hackoff was paid in that particular stock. The stocks in
hackoff’s portfolio have been going up, but this doesn’t show up in hackoff’s
GAAP reports unless hackoff sells some of these stocks and “recognizes” profit.
If some of the stocks were to go down below the initial price– not something
which happens much at this time in market history, then hackoff would have
to write down the value of these stocks in its portfolio to reflect current market
conditions.
“We think it’s pretty good,” says Donna. “The book value of the equities
we were paid in was ten mil at the end of '98. It’ll probably be around fifteen
mil at the end of the first quarter and those are the numbers investors are
going to see.”
“With all due respect,” says John, “these are piss-ass numbers. You’re
looking for the market to value the company somewhere around five-hundred
mil at the IPO. And we want it to go up quickly from there. That’s not going to
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 2.8
happen given a portfolio value of fifteen mil. I figure the true value of the stock
in your portfolio at something like thirty million at the end of '98 and more like
ninety million or even a hundred million when we go on the road. That’s
exciting.”
“John,” says Donna, “are you suggesting that we sell the stock in our
portfolio so we can report higher values? That’s brain-dead.”
“Of course not, Donna,” says John. “Only an idiot would sell in a market
like this. We know you’re smart people and certainly don’t want to do anything
that would make investors think otherwise. What I’m saying is that, besides
the GAAP number, which we have to report, we report a ’non-GAAP‘ number as
well. This number doesn’t show up in P&L or your balance sheet but you
highlight it in the text of the quarterly press release and you talk about it on
the call.”
“Can we do that?” asks Donna thoughtfully.
“Of course we can.” Larry has been following intently but silently. “In fact
we owe it to investors to tell them the true value of our portfolio. We owe it to
them to tell them how well our equity strategy is working. How else can they
make an informed investment decision? It’s not our fault that GAAP is stupid
and irrelevant, invented by accountants for another universe long, long ago.”
Harvey Maklin jumps in: “We’ve checked with our attorneys. They believe
you can provide this non-GAAP number. You will want the opinion of your own
attorneys, of course. We’ll want that number to appear in the prospectus so if
the SEC people who review that don’t barf all over it, we can feel reasonably
free to keep using it in quarterly reporting.”
“John,” asks Donna, “how do you calculate the current value of the
customer equity we hold? Most of our customers aren’t public yet. There isn’t
any usable valuation data for them.”
“That’s the beauty,” says John. “We get to establish the value. We do it
‘conservatively’, of course, just take their potential value at IPO. For the ones
that are public, we use their current stock prices. When I explain this to the
fund managers, they’ll realize that I’m being very conservative because
obviously stocks go up after IPO and obviously, in general, the e-com stocks
will go up from here. They like a conservative story because it gives them more
upside — more room to win. I always leave them room to be a little smarter
than what I’m telling them, so they can earn their bonuses by having the stock
go up while they hold it. Everybody wins.”
“What if NASDAQ has a down quarter?” Donna asks. “We’ll get clobbered
even if we have a good quarter.”
“Good question,” says John. “Someday that may happen, of course, even
in this new era. You have some protection as long as some of the companies in
your portfolio go public during the quarter because those’ll get an up pop even
in a down market and help the whole portfolio. It’s dangerous and could hurt
us in the short term someday, but I think it’s a risk worth taking; this number
lets you benefit not only from your own success but also the success of the
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 2.9
industry and the NASDAQ stocks. And, after all, that’s really what your
business plan is all about. You’re e-com squared.”
“Cubed,” says Larry. “You’re right about our business plan but it’s ‘e-com
cubed’, not squared.”
“Cubed?” ask Donna and John together and then smile at each other
when they realize they’ve said the word in stereo. John almost giggles when
Donna smiles.
“Cubed,” says Larry. “The more e-com flourishes, the more licenses we
sell; that’s one dimension. Then, as you said, the higher our licensees’ stocks
go, the greater the value of what we got paid. So that’s another dimension and
brings us to squared. But we know that this is a market that feeds on success,
so, as we succeed in the first two dimensions, our stock will trade at a higher
multiple of our portfolio value — that’s the third dimension. You’re not as
dumb as you look. I’m beginning to like this.”
“You ought to be a securities analyst,” says Harvey Maklin. “But, if I
may: a word of advice.”
“Go ahead,” says Larry now preening and good-natured.
“Just do the squared bit on the roadshow; don’t talk about ‘cubed’ with
the investors you’ll be presenting to.”
“Why not?” asks Larry, suddenly not as genial.
“It’s better for us to do it than you,” John Braxton explains. “Investors
want management to talk about the company and not about the stock. That’s
what they expect even though they really only care about the stock. Then WE
talk to them about the stock. Many of them’ll call me after you do your pitch.
Then I can tell them, if they liked e-com squared, they’re really getting e-com
cubed. That’ll hunt with the ones who are quants…”
“I get it,” says Larry, “what’s a ‘quant’, though?”
“The quantitative ones, the ones that like numbers,” John says. “some
like people — they want to know all about the management team; some like
technology; and some like numbers. Part of a good pitch is telling them apart
and putting the right spin on the story for who you’re pitching. Our sales team
will help with that; they know these guys pretty well. And you’ll get good at it,
too. They ask questions in the areas they’re comfortable with. The quants
always ask number questions; the techies always ask technology questions.”
“Okay,” says Larry, “but be sure that you do it.”
“Do what?” asks John.
“Tell them about ‘cubed’ if I’m only talking ‘squared’,” says Larry. “I’m
counting on you.”
“Trust me,” says John. “This is a good strategy; this dog’ll hunt. We want
hackoff priced at a multiple of the value of its portfolio. One problem, though,
is that we won’t be able to use the portfolio value for the whisper number.”
“What the fuck’s a ‘whisper number’?” asks Larry.
“It’s a number higher than the number you gave in guidance that
analysts tell their clients you are actually going to make for the quarter. It
helps us with our clients to give them the inside scoop, but it’s very bad if you
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 2.10
don’t deliver what we promise. So you’ve got to help us figure out what the
whisper number should be and then you’ve got to beat it slightly or we’re all in
deep doo-doo and the stock is in the toilet.”
“Why don’t we beat it by a lot?” asks Larry.
“Because then we lose credibility and it looks like you’re sandbagging
and The Street will make really inflated estimates for you and you’ll miss them
and everyone loses,” explains John.
“So what is this metric?” asks Donna. “I understand that it can’t be the
portfolio value because we won’t give guidance on that and you won’t want to
guess what it’ll be at the end of the quarter a quarter in advance.”
“Smart woman,” says John. “The portfolio value is too volatile to predict,
so we need something else. We don’t want to use earnings — both because you
aren’t yet profitable and because the number is too small. It misses the
increasing value of the stock in your portfolio.” He glances at Harvey. “We think
the right number to use is the number of sites using your software; this is the
first dimension of your e-com cubed or squared story so it all fits in. And it’s a
number that should always go up, which is important for the whisper number.
Of course, this doesn’t correlate to earnings or even revenues, but nothing does
these days and that’s no problem. The fund managers will understand that this
number can keep growing forever since the number of e-com sites keeps
increasing and so the stock will always have growth potential as it tracks this
number.”
“Won’t work,” says Donna. “A lot of flaky sites come and go. They license
from us and then they’re gone. In a summer quarter when there are fewer
startups and more failures, the number of active licenses could actually go
down. It happened last summer; it may happen this summer while we’re selling
the deal.”
“That’s easy,” says John. “Don’t count the licenses that disappear. Do
like McDonalds: so many sold. It’s a number that has to keep going up. You
will have to condition The Street for seasonality; it won’t go up as much in the
summer as in the winter but they’ll understand that. The important thing is
that you be able to give good public guidance. You also need to give us good
guidance on what the whisper number should be and then keep beating it.
That’s what successful companies do. Look at Microsoft. Every quarter they
talk about why things can’t keep being as good. Every quarter they give a
lowball estimate. Every quarter the whisper number is a penny or two over
what the company has indicated. Every quarter they beat the whisper number
by a penny or two. That’s the way a company should be run.”
“But that’s real fucking earnings,” says Larry. “That’s not some made-up
metric as a proxy for earnings. That’s why we can’t be covered as a software
business; we’re not Microsoft; no one will believe we are. We’re an e-commerce
company; look at Amazon’s price — they’re a book store that doesn’t make
money; look at Yahoo — they’re mostly a free service. We’ve got to be an
e-commerce company. This has to be an e-commerce story. You just agreed
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 2.11
that we’re e-com cubed and now you want to talk about us like a fucking
software company.”
“In many ways Microsoft is an old fashioned company,” says Harvey,
shielding John from Larry’s vehemence. “You’re the software company of the
future. All Microsoft gets is a little revenue each time a customer buys a
product; they get a nice share of the revenue stream of the computer
manufacturers through Windows and Office royalties; but they don’t actually
get a piece of their customers the way that hackoff does. That’s the beauty of
your story.”
“Tell us the new software story, John,” says Donna. “Tell us this new
bedtime story.”
John drops a beat at Donna’s mention of bed but goes on: “Okay. The
key metrics for hackoff.com are the value of its portfolio and the cumulative
number of sites that have licensed the software. Obviously, the bankers are
going to have to build those into the PowerPoint presentation they put together
for the roadshow. I’ll build my spreadsheet model based on those metrics. Of
course, I still have to come up with an argument about what multiple of the
portfolio value you should trade at based on your growth rate in licenses. This
is tough because there are no real comparables so we can’t just compare you to
some other company in the same business. So I’ll put together a model that
relates the number of licenses you’ve sold so far to the value of the equity you
hold PLUS the present value of the revenue streams you’ll get. That part hardly
matters but it does generate the cash you need to operate so you don’t have to
keep going back to The Street and diluting everybody’s equity.”
“But we WANT to go back to The Street, “says Donna. “We WANT to do a
secondary offering. That’s when we get the really high value and that’s when
the VCs and founders get to take some cash off the table.”
“Of course you do, “says Harvey. “We want to handle your secondary,
too. We want you to go out many times, collect all the money you can — it’s a
sin not to. But no one wants you to do a secondary because you have to; you
get a lousy price if you need the money. You do a secondary because you can;
because The Street WANTS you to; because The Street loves your story and
NEEDS to have more of your stock to trade.”
“As long as that’s understood,” says Donna.
“Understood,” says John, “trust me. So we establish a ratio between
licenses sold and equity value acquired. Over time, equity per license goes up,
obviously, as e-com companies continue to grow and you get further market
power and can demand a better share. So there’s a double upside, the growth
in the number of licenses and the growth in the equity from all licenses past,
present and future. And cash needs are taken care of by the cash licenses.
Smart fund managers will realize that, over time, you’ll spin out or sell some of
the equity and further enhance cash flow — but we won’t complicate it with
that now. In fact, the only thing wrong with the story is that it’s complicated.
We’re going to have to work hard to dumb it down for the roadshow. Fund
managers and buy-side analysts don’t think a lot; they don’t have time to.
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 2.12
They go to eight or nine pitches a day. They’re only half listening unless
something catches their interest and they’ll make up their mind before you
leave the room. They have to make sure they get the hot issues or they’ll be
out-performed by other funds and that’s the way to the door for them.”
“Of course,” Harvey picks up smoothly, “when you come in with Barcourt
& Brotherson, they know you’re a good story and that you’re worth paying
attention to. And, even if they can’t focus that day — problem with the wife,
losers in the portfolio, too much partying the night before — they’re still likely
to buy because of their relationship with Barcourt. Even if they don’t like the
particular company, they value their relationship with us and want to take a
piece of almost everything we bring them because then they know we’ll give
them a piece of the really hot deals.”
“So the pitch doesn’t matter?” asks Donna. “There going to buy us
because we’re with you?”
“The pitch matters,” Harvey says. “It all has to do with the aftermarket.
One, we want them to want more stock than we’re willing to allocate them.
That has to be, or they won’t buy in the aftermarket. A good pitch’ll make them
greedy. Two, we don’t want them to dump on the initial run-up; that’s no way
to start trading for the stock. If they don’t even hear the story, they’ll buy for
the initial kick and then flip the stock. Of course, if they flip too often or don’t
give us aftermarket support, then they don’t get any more allocations from us.
But that’s a different story.”
“I have an idea,” says Larry. “Investors are going to buy the stock partly
because of the number of licenses we sell. So they should get reminded about
our licenses. We let websites that license from us put the hackmenot logo on
their websites; no, we MAKE them do it. Then every fucking site becomes an ad
for our stock…”
“That will help more with retail investors than the funds…” John begins.
“Good idea, Larry,” Harvey interrupts. “Very good idea. I thought you
were technical, not marketing.”
“Sam, you haven’t said anything,” says Larry, not responding to the
compliment. “Did you come all the way here just to listen to all this bullshit?”
“I have nothing to say,” says Sam the Trader.
“Isn’t the great trading desk you run the real reason we should use
Barcourt for our IPO?” asks Larry. “All the other traders tell us that.”
“Sounds like you already know that,” says Sam, smiling slightly.
“Sam, tell them what the trading desk can do for them,” says Harvey.
“They already know,” says Sam. “The trading desk gets the stock opened
right. The toughest part is the first hours and the first days when volumes are
enormous and the stock is getting a lot of attention but hasn’t found a level or
a pattern yet. Yada yada yada — I’m sure the other traders all told you that.
The difference is that my trading desk is the best at doing this. Most of them
will give you a trader part-time right after you open, then quickly lump you in
with a bunch of other stocks. You get lost. The stock gets lost. It wanders
around. It gets a bad rep.
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 2.13
“I give you a dedicated trader, a GOOD dedicated trader for the first
couple of days. And I keep you with a select group of stocks as long as I have
to. That way your stock gets a good reputation. That’s important because all
the funds you’ve sold to are trying to figure out whether to flip or not. If they
see an orderly stock moving up in a good way, they stick with us. If they see a
stock flopping around, they get spooked and they pull the trigger and sell.
They’ve already got their profit. It’s important to keep them during that first
week. They get used to you and keep you in the portfolio for a while ... if you
don’t screw up.”
“Whaddaya mean ‘if we don’t screw up’?” asks Larry. His tone is harsh.
“He means…” Harvey starts to interject.
“Let HIM answer.”
“There’s nothing I can do if you don’t deliver your numbers,” says Sam.
“Nothing at all. You heard that stuff about the whisper number: you put out a
number, you get John to put out a number, and you miss it, you’re toast.
Stock drops like a rock. I try to keep it orderly, but the truth is there’s nothing
much we can do. Or even TRY to do — don’t want to get rope burn. We don’t
stop you if you screw up and fall.”
“But Sam can help…” Harvey again interjects.
“He’s telling me the truth and you’re trying to bullshit me. Stop!”
commands Larry.
Harvey starts to say something and then thinks better of it. The silence is
uncomfortable and continues until Donna asks: “You guys ready for the tour?”
“Yes, Thank you very much for your attention. We’re looking forward to
learning more about hackoff and we’d very much like your business. We want
to do this transaction. We want to do your secondary. We want to help with
every liquidity event you and the company have,” says Harvey obviously
relieved. “Here are the books.” He hands over perfect-bound books with the
hackoff and Barcourt logos on the cover. “We covered most of this and I’m sure
your Board will find them helpful.”
“If you make the short list, we’ll be sure the Board gets them,” says
Larry. He stands up to shake hands with Harvey but doesn’t smile.
He says, “Remember, ‘cubed’,” to John Braxton as he shakes hands with
him.
“You play poker?” he asks Sam Gutfreund in a friendly tone.
“Not anymore; too much like my day job,” says Sam.
“Thought so,” says Larry. “See ya.”
Donna’s goodbyes and handshakes are all warm but she holds John’s
hands slightly longer than the others. “Thanks for coming,” she says. “I like the
way you tell the story.”
“You got the hots for Braxton?” Larry asks Donna when the bankers have
been escorted off by Eve Gross from marketing for their tour of hackoff.
“All CFOs have the hots for their analysts,” says Donna. “What really
turns me on is actually doing this IPO and then the secondary and getting
filthy rich. It’s a B-School wet dream.”
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 2.14
“Down girl,” says Larry. “Don’t overheat. We’re not there yet. The market
could always tank and we’d have to go back to making money the
old-fashioned way. And who says Braxton’s our analyst? We haven’t chosen
Barcourt. Maklin is an asshole. I like the trader, Sam, though.”
“You just told him he was our banker, Lar. You told him not to forget
‘cubed’. Talk about the hots; I thought you were going to come in your pants
when they started the ‘squared’ stuff and then you told them it was ‘cubed’.
What happened to the old poker face?”
“I didn’t promise them shit. We still gotta listen to three more of these
pitches; then tell the Board what we want to do. And, seriously, I’m worried
about Maklin. He has no cajones; how can we believe he has the big dick we
need in the firm?”
“You did give him the patented Larry Lazard test for balls,” says Donna.
“At least I didn’t rub them like you did with Braxton.”
“They’re both good tests,” she says. “We’ll get the Board to check him
out.”
“Yeah, maybe we can get Joanne Ankers to use her contacts to check
him out,” says Larry mischievously.
“Yeah, once she gets out of her training bra, she might be useful,”
responds Donna. “I’ll e-mail Windaw and Adams and see what they know.”
“Sexist,” says Larry.
They both seem very pleased with themselves.
###
Joe, Frank:
Thanks.
Donna
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 2.15
Don’t know him. Will check and get back to you. Gutfreund is a
mean poker player. Braxton’ll burn you big time if you miss your
numbers but can tell a story.
Franklin
Donna:
I agree about John Braxton but don’t know Sam Gutfreund. I did
some checking around and found that Harvey is “respected but not
well-liked” at Barcourt. Most of his companies are big so he’s
usually doing secondaries or debt placements or complicated
hedge stuff for them but he does have a pretty good track record
with IPOs, too. Mostly software, of course. With the companies
he has, he must be able to get stuff done at Barcourt, which can
be rather bureaucratic, because these companies would insist on
it. However, it is easier to get things done for big companies
than for small ones like us.
Regards,
Joseph
Donna:
Joanne
That’ll never happen to her :-{. Probably why she has to try so
hard to add value. Besides, she’s dumb.
I’m hearing about what Joe heard about Maklin. One strange
story: he’s made a bundle of dough — bonuses the last couple of
years so he moves into town from the burbs. Got a couple of
small kids so that costs a bundle to start.
About a year ago buys a co-op on Central Park West, big one in
one of those big old renovated buildings. But no one from
Barcourt that anyone knows is ever invited there. One day this
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 2.17
woman has to bring some stuff up for him to sign — he’s being
Mr. Mom because his wife is doing something. He invites her in
while he reads the stuff.
The place has NO furniture — at least not in the rooms that she
can see. Like not a stick. A few kids toys around but thats it.
Strange after a year and strange that he doesn’t use the place
to entertain.
But probably not here or there. He seems to get the job done.
Franklin
Joanne
Joanne:
Regards,
Joseph
###
###
Joe:
Joanne
Joanne:
Regards,
Joe
###
are inevitably some Krispy Kreme crumbs. The donuts themselves are long
gone. Krispy Kreme is also doing an IPO.
The room has a couple of recessed windows on the west side, its only
outside wall. These are usually occupied by people trying to get better cell
phone reception.
“So this is the draft where we should say whatever the fuck we want to
say,” says Larry. “Investors get to read this one before the SEC tells us what we
are and aren’t allowed to say.”
“That’s very dangerous,” says Aaron Smyth. “The SEC can hold us up for
as long as they want in review. If they think we’re playing games with them,
they’ll do just that. Also, if we have to make big changes, people might notice.
The change process is public too. Besides, Larry, I keep telling you — no one
reads these things. At least not investors. Maybe the guys at the funds look at
them when you’re doing the roadshow, but they don’t see this version.”
“Our customers’ll read it,” says Larry. “Antihack’ll read it. The SEC
doesn’t want me to tell our customers why we’re good but DOES want me to
tell antihack where we’re weak and much too much about our business.”
“That’s the price of being a public company, Lar, get used to it,” Donna
joins in. “You sure you wanna do this?”
“Yeah.” Larry doesn’t hesitate.
“Good,” says Donna so only Larry can hear. “If you didn’t I might have to
kill you.”
On the front page of the online document is a warning label:
The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may
not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an
offer to sell these securities, and we are not soliciting offers to buy these
securities, in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.
This warning label is not removed until the SEC staff has given its final
approval to the FORM of the document, thereby making it “effective”. The
company cannot begin its roadshow — the process of pitching the company’s
stock to large prospective investors — until everything in the prospectus other
than the final price of the stock (and all the numbers that depend on it) has
been approved by the SEC. Even when that approval is granted, the prospectus
will say: “Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state
securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or
determined if this prospectus is accurate or complete. Any representation to
the contrary is a criminal offense.”
It’s sort of caveat emptor. The SEC makes sure that the prospectus is in
the proper form; it will diligently protect the public from malformed
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 2.24
prospectuses, but it’s not their job to make sure that any of the statements or
numbers in the prospectus are accurate.
Plaintiff lawyers, a species of attorney that specializes in class action
lawsuits against public companies “on behalf of” investors, will tell you that
THEY are responsible for protecting the investing public. In early 1999 the
investing public doesn’t perceive it needs to be protected. All the investors seem
to want is a chance to get in on the next IPO. And why not? With minor
fluctuations and a few easily explained exceptions, stocks go nowhere but up.
“That may be true,” Aaron Smyth is telling Larry. “It is certainly true that
investors aren’t going to read the prospectus. But the plaintiff’s lawyers are
licking their lips. They may be the only people in the world who DO read
prospectuses.”
“So what?” asks Larry. “If the investors aren’t going to read the fucking
prospectus anyway, why are we larding it with eight pages of risk factors, most
of which aren’t even risks? Why do we tell them six times as much about what
can go wrong as about how we’re going to make money for them? Maybe they
don’t read it because it’s full of all the bullshit they DON’T want to know and
doesn’t say word one about what they DO want to know.”
“The risk factors are your insurance policy,” explains Aaron. “If you put
something in a risk factor, you can still be sued, but you won’t be sued
SUCCESSFULLY. You told them even if they didn’t read it. When things do go
wrong, the plaintiff lawyers are going to pore over this. And if the thing that
went wrong wasn’t a risk factor and there was any conceivable way
management could’ve known about it, break out the champagne for them. The
only question then is how much do we settle for. Look, Larry, it doesn’t cost us
anything except paper and ink to put these in. My best advice: Don’t look for
risk factors to take out; think of risk factors that we haven’t put in. They’re
your insurance policy.”
“Okay,” says Larry. “I get it. I’ll look at them as ‘insurance’ — by the way,
I never buy any. I don’t even take insurance in Las Vegas when the dealer has
an ace showing.”
“Why am I not surprised?” says Aaron.
Larry reads, muttering to himself.
RISK FACTORS
You should carefully consider the following factors as well as the other information
in this prospectus before deciding to invest in shares of our common stock.
Our limited operating history makes predicting our future growth and operating results
difficult.
Before investing, you should consider the risks and uncertainties that an early stage
company like ours will face in the new and rapidly evolving market for Internet
security services. Before investing, consider that we have not proven that we can:
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 2.25
. maintain our current, and develop new relationships with our customers;
. manage the portfolio of equity we have received instead of cash payments from
our customers;
The growth of our business depends upon the growth of the Internet, which may not
continue.
The growth of our business depends on continued growth in the use of the
Internet generally and on the growth in the use of the Internet for commerce. Growth
of the Internet may be inhibited by a number of factors, such as:
. quality of infrastructure;
. security concerns;
Even if Internet usage grows, the Internet infrastructure may not be able to support
the demands placed on it by this growth or its performance or reliability may decline.
Growth of the use of the Internet for commerce may be inhibited by a number of
factors, such as:
“That hits sort of close to home,” says Larry, “seeing that I did the Gotcha
attack. Why don’t we just say that people might think our CEO is a credit card
crook. That’s a risk factor.”
“Now you’re thinking,” says Aaron, “I’ll draft it.”
“Fuck you.”
“No, I’m serious. That’s a good idea. Won’t say crook, of course. But
that’s the right way to think.”
“Okay. Okay,” says Larry. “I can’t read this anymore. I’m just going to do
the headlines.”
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 2.26
We are growing rapidly, and effectively managing our growth may be difficult.
Our software may not be able to handle increased volumes which could hurt our
reputation and result in a loss of customers.
Our quarterly operating results may fluctuate and could fall below expectations of
investors and industry analysts, resulting in a decline in our stock price.
We may need additional capital in the future and it may not be available on
acceptable terms or at all, which could force us to curtail or cease our operations.
Acquisitions may disrupt our business and divert the attention of our management.
Year 2000 compliance efforts and uncorrected errors could interrupt our business and
subject us to claims.
“This Y2K stuff is real bullshit,” says Larry. “I know a guy who made
millions, hundreds of millions, from it. And nothing is really going to happen.”
“I think we took him public,” says one of the Barcourt bankers.
“No, Lehman took him out,” says Larry. “You guys blew that one. Must’ve
taken out one of his competitors. Still a lot of bullshit.”
“How do you know?” asks a banker.
“Look, it’s 1999,” explain Larry. “There’s all kinds of software running
now that is adding a year to current dates and getting a date next year in the
next century. If there were going to be a problem at the end of the year, there’d
be big problems now. And there aren’t. Unless they’re all being covered up. New
software’s not affected, not because programmers are so smart now but
because dates are handled in binary and just translated for display. Nothing
special about 1/1/2000 in binary; it’s just another day.”
“There’s certainly a perception of a problem,” says one of the auditors.
“We have a whole department doing Y2K compliance for our customers.”
“That’s not a problem” says Larry. “That’s an opportunity. Maybe hackoff
needs a Y2K product.”
“I know a guy,” says one of the lawyers, “is inviting his cardiologist to his
New Year’s Party. The guy told him the software in his pacemaker wouldn’t
have any problem at midnight but he said he’d feel better if his cardiologist is
there just in case.”
“Gentlemen, I hate to interrupt, but we’ve got to get through the final
read and get this down to the SEC by 5:30,” says the senior banker on the
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 2.27
team. “Donnelly’s got someone else scheduled in the room for tomorrow and we
want to start the clock ticking. Sorry to break up the fun.”
At 5:28 Donnelly is instructed to push the button and does. Within a few
minutes, the document has been transmitted in its “EDGARized” form. In half
an hour, the text is available on the World Wide Web. In a matter of minutes,
some potential investors are reading it, despite the warnings that it’s
preliminary, not guaranteed to be accurate, and not approved in form or
substance by the SEC.
All skip the risk factors.
Beer and wine are brought into the room at Donnelly to celebrate. The
tallest of the supporting admins, a thin, shapely girl, lets down a startling
profusion of reddish-brown hair from what had been a small bun. The
accountants retrieve their suit jackets from the chair backs and put them on.
The lawyers, on the other hand, loosen their ties.
“Do you know why they call the prospectus a ‘red herring’?” Aaron asks
Donna.
“I always though it was because of the red ink on the cover that says its
preliminary,” she says.
“No,” says Aaron proudly. “A red herring is something you drag across a
trail to put the bloodhounds off the scent. That’s why the prospectus is called a
‘red herring’.”
Further uptown a few hours later, Joseph Windaw and Joanne Ankers
are lying naked on their backs in a bed in one of the nicer rooms in the older
part of the Harvard Club. It has crimson drapes, which are drawn. She is no
more than half his size in any dimension and, lying next to him, looks like an
exquisite doll with well coifed head and pubic hair. His long penis lies limp on
his left thigh. Even with his clothes off, he looks extremely fit. His sparse chest
hair is gray but his pubic hair is the same blond as the hair on his head. Both
of them have their hands by their sides and are looking toward the high ceiling.
“Now why did we do that?” Joanne asks.
“I think we wanted to,” Joe answers languidly. “I certainly did. I find you
very attractive. And you being smart as a whip certainly helps.”
“Won’t this complicate our ability to work together on the hackoff
Board?” asks Joanne.
“Doesn’t have to,” Joe says. “I respected you before. Respect you now.
Hope you feel the same about me.”
“Yes, of course,” says Joanne. “You’ve been a valuable mentor.”
Uncharacteristically, she giggles and then blushes. “I mean on the Board, of
course.”
“Right,” says Joe. “Us old guys have nothing to teach you youngsters
anywhere else.” He grins at the ceiling but doesn’t turn towards Joanne.
“Is there an Ethernet connection in this room?” asks Joanne.
“No. Afraid the Club is a little backward in technology. Just got their
website working. You can get a decent dial-up connection from some of the
rooms, not others for some reason.”
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 2.28
“Now that we have the pitch down and know what we have to do to make
the presentation, let’s talk about logistics for the roadshow. Gustav, can you go
over that for Larry and Donna.”
Harvey Maklin is back in the hackoff.com boardroom along with two
younger, more junior bankers who will accompany Larry Lazard and Donna
Langhorne on the hackoff roadshow. Gustav Johnson is tall, blond, square-
faced, and well-dressed. Rachel Roth is an attractive young brunette in a
pinstriped jacket, bright white shirt, bright red scarf, and skirt.
“Ya,” says Gustav. He has a trace of a Dutch accent and speaks English
too well for an American. “I have a handout with the preliminary schedule.” He
gives it to them.
PRELIMINARY SCHEDULE
hackoff.com Corp.
$60 - $90 Million Initial Public Offering of Common Stock – Filed March 26, 1999
Wednesday New York Management to FCBC Sales 2:30 pm FCGC/WFC South 28th Floor-Auditorium
June 9 Management to Barcourt Sales 4:30 pm WFC North, 18th Floor – NW Conf Room
“On Monday where it says ‘Barcourt Bankers Research Call’ that’s John
telling the story and presenting the fifty-thousand-foot view of his valuation
model to the Barcourt sales force. This is important both for sales people who
are going to be with you when you talk to clients and for the ones who never
get to hear you tell the story in person. Normally, we like to have management
at this briefing, in person but it was the only time we could book you with the
Web & Singer sales force in St. Louis. With the time difference, you’ll be able to
conference in and then, of course, you will get to meet with our sales force on
the ninth.
“The sales force is a friendly audience and use this chance to sharpen
the pitch. We’ll get you feedback from them right away and we’ll still have time
to change the pitch books for Europe by the beginning of the next week.
“Speaking of pitch books, you know what they are, yes?”
No one answers.
“So, as you know, ” Gustav continues, “the pitch book is the black book
that has your PowerPoint presentation in it. I have one here.” It is a bulky
black book with a leather-looking cover that sits as a wedge on a table so that
the presenter sees on one side what he is showing plus any notes and the
audience sees that page of the presentation with the notes on their side of the
book.
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 3.3
“Of course, this is too small to use with the sales force so for them you’ll
use PowerPoint with a projector. You’ll be at the podium and I will advance the
slides for you.”
“We’re working on the presentation now. Our PowerPoint gurus have a
lot of stuff from your website, a lot of the presentations you’ve given before,
numbers you gave us, and the story we’ve talked about. We hope to email you
drafts tomorrow and turn it around pretty quick to get ready for the roadshow.
I will introduce you at each presentation except the one for the W&S sales force
and except for some funds that don’t allow bankers to be present. Larry, of
course, does the general pitch for the company, and then Donna does the
numbers part at the end. After that you take questions.
“You’ll have forty-five minutes max for each presentation if everybody is
ready on time which they may not be. You want the pitch to be no more than
twenty to twenty-five minutes tops so there will be time for questions at the end
even if they interrupt you with questions while you’re giving it.They will do that
“The rules are that the company can’t leave any papers behind except the
prospectus — not even a copy of the presentation. Everybody knows that so
nobody should ask you for anything but you never can tell. They may slow you
down for note-taking, especially when you’re presenting numbers. We, the
bankers, can leave copies of stuff we have done independently on the company
like John’s spreadsheets, for example — but we have to be very clear that these
are coming from us and not from the company.
“Oh, yes. It won’t happen every day but we’ll try to schedule group
breakfasts and group lunches wherever we can; this is a good way to hit the
smaller accounts. Rachel and I will be with you for almost all of the
presentations, as I said. I know Harvey wants to be at some of the ones in the
City. We’ll always go in with the salesperson for the account and he or she may
stay behind to get the order or just bullshit with the customer. They’ll have
good feedback on how the pitch went; we’ll have a wrap-up call at the end of
each day to see how the book is filling in. At first the orders will be slow but it
will speed up by the end.
“As far as travel goes, we’re flying commercial to Geneva and within
Europe. We’ll take the Concorde back from London to New York so you can get
some sleep in Philadelphia. Then we’ll use a private jet in the US-”
“Who pays for that?” growls Larry.
“The company pays,” says Harvey. “It’s in the contract we signed. It’s
always that way.”“The contract says we pay for our travel and you pay for
yours,” says Larry. “Don’t you think I read it? You bankers aren’t getting a free
ride on a plane I’M paying for. You already get fucking seven percent of the deal
just for taking orders on the stock.”
“I’m sure you read the contract, Larry,” says Harvey. “That’s why we like
working with you. I hope you’ll end up convinced that we’re worth our seven
percent; there’s a lot to do in putting this deal together and, of course, a lot of
that seven percent goes to the other underwriters in the syndicate. The
company always pays for the plane. That’s the way it’s done.”
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 3.4
“Then bankers don’t fly on my plane,” says Larry. “Buy your own tickets.
No one gets a free ride from hackoff ... that’s the way it’s always done.” Larry is
on his feet now, looming over Harvey’s chair. It’s not clear whether he means to
hit Harvey or just stalk out of the room.
“We’ll split the plane,” says Harvey. “We want to be accommodating.” He
tries a gracious smile.
“Good idea,” says Larry. No smile.
“Okay,” says Harvey. “I think we’ve covered a lot of ground for one day.
Any questions, you know where to get me. Gus and Rachel will be in constant
touch. Donna, is it okay if John calls you for some help on his valuation
model?”
“Sure,” says Donna. “I’ll keep him straight.” She’s been smiling and she
smiles more broadly.
“Tell him not to forget ‘cubed’,” says Larry.
“I’m sorry, what?” asks Harvey.
“Jesus Christ,” says Larry, “I knew you guys were going to double-cross
me on this. The only reason we chose Barcourt is I thought Braxton
understood why we’re valued at e-com CUBED. Now you don’t even
remember…”
“I do remember,” says Harvey. “I do; trust me. And more important, I
know John does. He’ll tell the story for you.”
“I hope so,” says Larry.
#
Larry and Donna are sitting together in the first class cabin of the Delta
A-300 from Kennedy Airport to Geneva. Gustav and Rachel are also there but
not sitting together or with Larry and Donna. The bankers are conspicuously
absorbed with important-looking reading material. Larry and Donna have their
laptops deployed for work but they’re talking.
“I heard a good story about Bill Gates flying to Europe for the Microsoft
IPO,” says Donna.
“Yeah?”
“Bill always had this thing about nobody in Microsoft buying a first class
ticket. And he always stuck to it himself. Somehow, the bankers convinced him
to spring for first class; it’s a long haul from Seattle to Geneva or wherever they
started theirs. The other Microsoft people traveling with him are delighted.
They stretch out with room to sleep. But they never get any sleep because Bill
keeps waking them up all night and saying ‘Is this worth it? Is this worth an
extra $1500 a piece each way?’”
“Yeah, sounds like Bill,” says Larry. “Who told you the story?”
“Dom did, of course. Sometimes I think he’s sorry he left Microsoft.”
“Fuck Dom. He never did anything he didn’t want to do. He makes me
sick with his whining. If we didn’t need him, I’d fire his ass in a minute.”
“But we DO need him,” says Donna. “The programmers love him; he’s a
good CTO; and he thinks like a hacker. That’s what we need.”
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 3.5
The plane doesn’t crash. The market CAN’T crash because it’s a
weekend. They land in Geneva. A Mercedes takes them to the Hotel des
Bergues at the foot of Lake Geneva. They meet for dinner at a candlelit
restaurant; everyone is on his or her good behavior but tired. Donna asks if
anyone is interested in a nightcap when they get back to the hotel. Only Rachel
is, and the two women get a table in the hotel bar.
After a few minutes of small talk, Rachel asks Donna what Larry is really
like.
“What do you mean, what is he really like?”
“I mean ... you know ....I mean he tries to make himself out to be a jerk.
Is that who he really is?”
“You think he’s being a jerk because he made Harvey pay half for the
plane? More CEOs should do that.”
“No… no,” says Rachel. “That’s not what I mean. I mean … it sort of is.
He was right about the plane, but why did he have to humiliate Harvey? He
didn’t have to do that.”
“Are you sure you know what you mean? Look, has anyone else gotten
Harvey to pay half?”
“Not that I know of, but it’s not a lot of money in the grand scheme of
things. Maybe no one thought it was worth their time to ask…”
“That’s not the point,” Donna explains. “Larry thought Harvey was taking
advantage of him. He came unglued - Maybe he came unglued; maybe it was
calculated — but when Harvey said ‘that’s the way it’s always done’ or whatever
dumb-ass thing Harvey said...” She shrugs. “Larry displayed alpha-male
behavior; your boss backed down. You thought Harvey was the alpha-male and
now you think Larry’s a jerk. Or do you?”
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 3.6
###
“I’m already sick of the sound of my own voice,” Larry tells Donna.
“Fifteen times making the same fucking pitch in two days. And two weeks left
to go. The fucking Europeans don’t get the ‘ecom squared’ bit at all. I can’t
explain it to them.”
“They still believe in dividends, I hear,” says Donna.
“No wonder,” says Larry. “I’m not going to worry about the Euro if they
ever get it out.”
They’re in the special Concorde section of the British Airways First Class
Lounge at London’s Heathrow Airport. Gus and Rachel are there, too, but
being discreet and staying away from the principals. A careful observer would
notice three other similar groups in the lounge. The bankers can be recognized
by pin stripes and pitch books under their arms; the principals usually have
new suits; everyone is in white shirts.
There are three or four IPOs every day in June of 1999. Since a roadshow
takes about two-and-a-half weeks, this means that there are at least fifty
companies on the road at any one time “going public”. There are also older
public companies selling more stock or bonds into the relentless investor
demand — all in a hurry to get rich and afraid of being left behind.
Most stocks issued in these halcyon days go up by fifty percent or more
on their first day. Many go up 100 percent or more. Obviously, anyone who can
buy a stock at the “issue price” has an instant profit locked in. By the next day,
the stock may well cost twice as much. That’s great if you have the stock but
takes all the fun out of it if you have to wait until the next day to buy. But,
even with the crush of companies on the road, peddling stock as fast as the
SEC will approve their prospectuses, there are not enough new issues to go
around. So people do buy on the second day and on the third day and the
stocks go up and up almost without pause.
People say there’s never been anything like it. But there has. Not only the
tulip mania in Holland, which a few crabby souls who aren’t playing the market
keep recalling. There was a Suez Canal craze; several railroad crazes; the
everything craze before the great depression of 1929; and even software and
biotech crazes just a decade before the greatest bull market of all time.
But this time is different because the Internet has changed everything.
The US is the world’s only superpower, so unproductive money can be diverted
from defense. There is almost full employment in the US. The growth in the rest
of the world makes everyone else better customers for the great economic
machine that is America.
All of this is true this time must be different. Stupid people believe this;
smart people, too. But no one, even a cynic, can dispute that access to shares
bought at the issue price are the ticket to instant wealth. If you could find
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 3.8
enough of these shares, you could double your money almost every day. These
shares are better than gold. And these precious shares all start out in the
hands of the underwriters — bankers like Barcourt who take companies like
hackoff public.
hackoff plans to sell five million shares at a price between twelve and
eighteen dollars per share. On the eve of IPO day the issue price will be set
depending on how well the roadshow has been received. Barcourt & Brotherson
will buy the whole issue at the set price less a seven percent commission. That
money goes to hackoff directly. Barcourt and the other underwriters in the
syndicate will then immediately resell their shares at the issue price and
trading will begin.
In theory, Barcourt and the underwriters take a risk that there won’t be
enough buyers for the initial issue. But these days that’s only theory. In reality,
they will have orders for many times the number of shares available and will
allocate these shares among their customers.
Here’s who gets this brand-spanking-new, sure-to-go-up stock at the
issue price on opening day:
The funds. These are mutual funds, the funds in your pension plan, the
funds you hear about: Fidelity, Magellan, Strong, Janus. And some you don’t
hear about that only very rich and/or famous people invest in. These get stock.
It is the managers of these funds that Larry and Donna are visiting on their
roadshow.
Good customers of the brokerage firms. These are people who have
large accounts with Barcourt and the others. These underwriters will be sure
to reserve some shares from the IPO for their best individual customers.
Brokers are calling and saying, “I can get you five to ten thousand shares of the
hackoff IPO; want to do it?” and usually the customer will say, “Yes, yes, yes.
Get me some. Can’t we get more?” They never say “thank you”; that’s not the
way its done but the brokers don’t care; their feelings aren’t hurt.
People the brokerage firm wants to have as friends. When the time
came near for hackoff to go public, brokers began to call Larry and Donna and
offer them shares in the companies they were taking public. Donna took all
without prejudice and sold all the next day without hesitation; that’s called
“flipping.” Larry took a lot of them but didn’t sell them all. Naturally, these
same brokers wanted to do the hackoff IPO.
“Friends and family”. Some of the IPO shares are reserved for friends
of the company and the people in it. Larry and Donna decide who gets these
shares. Some go to company customers and suppliers. Some of the executives
of big e-commerce sites running hackoff software were grateful for the
opportunity to be on the friends and family list. Because hackoff is a
democratic company in the dot.com mode, Larry is letting employees buy
friends and family stock and to further extend this offer to their friends and
families.
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 3.9
“Greedy pigs,” says Larry. “Jesus Christ. They just want to flip the stock.
They’re going to get rich with their options anyway.”
“They can’t flip it,” says Donna. “We’ve got a ninety-day lock up on
friends and family stock.”
“Then they’ll sell it after ninety days,” says Larry.
Employees have requested a total of four times as much stock as he has
available and he and Donna will have to decide who gets what and listen to the
inevitable bitching.
Still in the Concorde departure lounge, Larry recognizes one of the other
roadshow CEOs and, uncharacteristically, starts a conversation. “Frank, Larry
Lazard. Haven’t seen you since MacHack many moons ago.”
“Larry, great to see you. I heard you guys were going public. Who’s taking
you out? How’s it going?”
“Barcourt. Going okay. I think. Already sick of hearing myself do the
pitch. Met some real assholes in London today. You?”
“Morgan Stanley’s the lead for us. I think I met the same assholes. East
Minister Bank and Trust?”
“You got it. Guy thinks he’s God because he might ask for 100 thousand
shares and we’re supposed to suck up to him to do the bankers a favor. He was
too busy picking his nose to hear a word I said.”
“Worse for me; we had lunch there and I had to watch him pick his nose
while I tried to eat the cucumber sandwiches with no crust and do the pitch at
the same time.”
Boarding is announced.
The Concorde looks very small on the tarmac of London’s huge airport,
surrounded by 747s, DC-10s, and various models of Airbus. Its needle nose is
pivoted down so the pilots can see while taxiing. It’ll come up for flight. Inside,
the cabin is small, too. It’s all first class but not at all roomy. The tube shape of
the fuselage is apparent. The cabin furnishings look obsolete. The rounded seat
backs are Art Deco. There is no faster civilian plane but the Concorde shows
her advanced age. The digital Mach-meter in the front of the cabin, which
shows how many times the speed of sound the plane is flying, is not LCD or
even LED; it’s made up of a lot of very visible individual light bulbs.
On takeoff there is a gratifying roar and push of acceleration. Special
rockets are used just for takeoff so that the stubby wings designed for
supersonic speed can get enough purchase to lift the plane from the runway.
They do; the little jet climbs quickly but doesn’t go supersonic until it is over
the sea where sonic booms aren’t politically incorrect. Once it can accelerate, it
quickly reaches Mach 2.5.
The pilot comes on the intercom: “British Airways welcomes you to
Concorde. You are among a very special group of people. You will see that the
sun is higher in the sky when you get to New York than it was when we left
London. If this were later in the year, you would have seen the sun rise in the
West. Something only astronauts and Concorde passengers get to see...”
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 3.10
It’s pouring in Boston. The stretch limos fight for position in the narrow,
construction-choked streets, trying to get the roadshow teams into the ornate
doors of Semper Investments as dry as possible. The teams line up inside the
back doors of the limos as if they were preparing for parachute jumps.
Protocol and practicality demand that the CEO come out first so he can
bolt to the door unimpeded with his jacket folded under his hunched over
torso. Larry Lazard has got to look his best. Next out is the CFO. Her skirt is
short, but she’s good at maneuvering, knees together, to swing both long legs
out the door without being either indiscreet or unattractive. She wears her
jacket to the door to keep her white blouse dry.
In a courtly gesture to Rachel, whose rank requires her to carry the pitch
book, Gustav gets out next, the awkward black book under his arm. Rachel
follows him. With legs shorter than Donna’s, it’s not quite as easy for her to
swing out of the limo but she does it reasonably gracefully. She quickly pats
down her hair as she goes through the revolving door. Last out is Barcourt’s
salesman for the Semper account. He gets a little wetter than the rest because
he’s talking on his cell phone as he gets out and also trying to tell the driver of
the limo where and when to meet them.
On Semper’s thirtieth floor there is reception desk at which the roadshow
teams check in. The Barcourt salesman does that for the hackoff team. The
receptionist makes him repeat the name three times, perhaps maliciously.
They know each other.
“Your number is 768. Have a seat,” she says but this is a joke; there
aren’t any seats.
Behind the reception desk is a crowd of teams. Five people each, almost
without exception — two bankers, two principals, one salesperson. Bankers in
pin-stripes; company principals in white shirts (and often pin-stripes);
salespeople a little more varied with some loafers and colored shirts. Always a
black pitch book. The clots of five try to ignore each other, although they have
been crossing paths the entire time they’ve been on the road. Many talk on cell
phones. The space is crowded, hot, and has a wet puppy smell.
There is an electronic board that lights up with red numbers to summon
a team. When a number lights up, the board also displays a conference room
number on one of the three floors that Semper is using to listen to roadshow
pitches. The salespeople know how to find the room.
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 3.11
Word is that pitches are running behind. This has everyone particularly
nervous because they can’t bolt out of Semper, which means that the rest of
the day’s schedule will be in tatters if they leave later than they are supposed
to. Much of the cell phone chatter is salespeople trying to rearrange the rest of
the day on the fly.
“I’m pretty sure Tom Chen is coming to the pitch,” the salesman briefs
Larry and Donna. “He runs the hot Internet fund. He looks like he’s nineteen
years-old but he’s actually twenty-seven. He’s the superstar — running well
over ten billion in that fund alone and advising a couple of other funds. Some
of Semper’s other funds track him and tend to buy positions in whatever he
buys. John Signal — he’s from a smaller special situation fund — may come
as well; I’ve been talking to him and he’s interested, but has a lot going on
today. We also expect the e-commerce analyst and maybe the software analyst.
That’s a very good turnout if we get them all.”
“I said we’re an e-commerce company,” Larry growls to no one in
particular.
Finally, 768 lights up and the salesman leads the hackoff team to the
designated conference room. Tom Chen is there; he actually does look
nineteen. John Signal and the software analyst are there but the e-commerce
analyst is not coming. Larry looks unhappy. Everyone exchanges business
cards.
“Nice name,” Tom Chen says.
“Thank you,” Donna says and smiles.
Everyone smiles.
The bankers and the salesman are asked to leave as expected since
Semper never lets anyone but company stay.
“Here’s a copy of our analyst’s model for the company,” says Gustav on
his way out. “If you want to talk to John Braxton about the model, you know
how to reach him.”
Exeunt bankers and salesman.
Everyone sits down around the table. Larry is at the end with the pitch
book and Donna is next to him on one side.
“Are these numbers any good?” Tom Chen asks Donna before Larry can
start the pitch. He is looking at the printout of the spreadsheet that Gustav
gave him.
“That model is an independent forecast by the Barcourt analyst,” says
Donna correctly, if not completely accurately. “The company is precluded from
giving forward-looking guidance not contained in the prospectus which, as a
matter of fact, doesn’t contain any forward looking guidance.” She smiles.
Tom Chen doesn’t smile. “Are you comfortable with these numbers?”
“Yes,” Donna says. She smiles again.
This time Chen smiles back. “Let’s get going,” he says.
It’s hard to tell if Tom Chen is listening; he doesn’t interrupt the
presentation until they got to the “market size” slide. “What is the number for
‘99? It’s hard to tell from the chart.”
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 3.12
As you can see, last year, according to Snow & Hanrahaty, we had fifty
percent,” says Larry.
“Now wait a minute,” commands Chen. “If you had fifty percent of a
ninety million dollar market last year, how can you have a revenue runrate of
only twenty-eight mil for Q1?”
“As I explained, we often take equity positions in lieu of cash revenue. In
fact, we prefer equity because it has more upside than cash. We account for
the value of the equity we take very conservatively — we’re not in a hurry to
pay income tax; so booked revenue for last year was ten mil and seven mil for
Q1 — good growth.”
“How much of last year’s revenue was cash?” asks Chen.
Larry looks at Donna who says, “Approximately four-point-five million.”
“What market share do you expect going forward?”
“Declining from this point on, but we expect to remain the market leader
with never less than a thirty percent share,” says Larry. “There is competition,
but our installed base and our patented and patent-pending technology gives
us a huge advantage. I won’t be happy, frankly, if we end up down at thirty
percent, but I think that’s the number John Braxton used in the out years of
his model.”
“It is,” says Donna.
“And what was the S&H number for total market in 2003?”
“One-point-one billion,” says Larry.
“So in 2003 you’ll have at least 300 million of revenue?”
“The company can’t make projections,” says Donna.
“Your math is good,” says Larry.
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 3.14
By the time they get to the airport, everybody is elated. The feedback on
the cell phone from the Barcourt salesman on the Semper account couldn’t be
better: “Tom Chen loves the story. He loves Larry. He loves Donna. He wants a
million shares, he loves us so much. I told you I had him prepared to eat out of
your hand.”
“He’s the first guy who understood ‘e-com squared’,” says Larry. “That
must’ve been it. Did he say anything about that part of the pitch?”
The salesman can’t remember him mentioning that.
“I sure hope Braxton keeps his deal and follows up with ‘e-com cubed’,”
says Larry. “He’ll want three million shares then.”
“Of course, he can’t have a million shares and he knows that,” Gustav
explains. “It’s all part of the game. It’s like bridge. We’ll give him a bigger
allocation because he asked for a million than we would if he’d asked for 500
thousand. He’ll complain about how small his allocation is, but he’ll buy in the
aftermarket, and might well end up with a position of around a million shares.
Not only that; people watch him. When they see the stock in Semper Internet
Fund, they’ll buy, too. SIF is hot, hot, hot.”
It’s still pouring, but the limo drives onto the tarmac next to the
chartered BeechJet waiting to take them to Fort Worth. The crew and the limo
driver huddle over the passengers with umbrellas as they climb the short
airstair into the plane. Luggage, too, is handled without the roadshow crew
having to get wet or even bend over — they just have to point out which bags
they want in the cabin and which can go in the baggage compartment.
At twenty-six, the plane is Rachel’s age, but looks younger. The cabin
has recently been refurbished; phones and a GPS display to show where they
are en route have been added. The upholstery is modern and there’s a DVD
player. On the left side there are large individual leather seats; on the right is a
comfortable couch in the same leather.
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 3.17
The single seats swivel towards the center so that Larry and Donna, who
are sitting in them, can face Gustav and Rachel on the couch. There’s a tiny
galley where the copilot prepares adequate meals. Liquor’s been preloaded to
the tastes of the passengers and there are always fresh jumbo shrimp,
crackers, fruits, and good cheeses. The seats have foldout trays and a clever
mechanism brings up a polished wood table from under the front of the couch.
No one tells them that any of this has to be stowed for takeoff although they
are asked, politely, to fasten their seatbelts.
Because of the driving rain, takeoff from Logan is delayed; the roadshow
team has a slight buzz before they leave the ground.
Larry and Donna have told the bankers about the questions John Signal
asked at the end of the pitch. “What was all that about?” Larry asks. “Why was
he focusing on announcements?”
“He’s looking for his out,” says Gustav. “He wants to know how long he is
going to have to wait to flip the stock. Son of a bitch Signal does that too often.
He buys almost everything and then he’s out of ninety-five percent of it after
the first good announcement or positive press release. He can be pretty sure
that your first announcement after the quiet period ends isn’t going to be
negative but he was trying to check.”
“So we shouldn’t give him any kind of allocations,” says Donna.
“Unfortunately, it is not so simple,” says Gustav. “Semper has its own
trading desk. When they order, we don’t know whether it’s for Tom Chen or
John Signal or for one of their other funds. Sometimes one fund is buying
when another one’s selling. Our desk tries to psych out their desk and, of
course, the traders tell each other things. But they lie, too. So you don’t know if
what they told you is the real thing or just what they want you to think.”
“But the salesman said Tom Chen was asking for a million shares,”
objects Donna.
“You believe a salesman?” says Larry reasserting his cynicism.
“We can believe that Semper is asking for a million shares,” says Gustav
seriously. “But Larry is right; we don’t really know whether it’s for SIF or for
John Signal’s fund or whatever. And we won’t know whom they’re buying for
when they buy in the aftermarket. After each quarter, the individual funds
have to report their quarter-end holdings so we’ll have a good idea after the fact
what happened during the quarter, but not while it’s happening. Still, a million
shares is a great order; you guys are on a roll. Word of this will get around the
Barcourt sales force and we’ll make sure the other members of the syndicate
get the word out to the field as well. This is great. Salud!”
They refill their drinks. The plane is cleared for takeoff and turns onto
the huge runway, taxis briefly, and climbs at a very steep angle. The wet green,
red, and white lights of the airport and a glimpse of downtown Boston quickly
disappear as they enter the low clouds. Somewhere over the ocean they make a
sharp turn towards Texas, soon break out on top, and are greeted by a sky that
appears to be full of dollar signs.
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 3.18
The steaks everybody except Rachel ordered are very good; she’s a
vegetarian and says her steamed turbot is also good although she’s not quite
sure what’s in the sauce. The wine is excellent, thanks to Gustav, who brought
it from his ersatz cellar. The first thing he wants, he says, when he buys a
house out of the City is a wine cellar and a cigar room with separate
ventilation. His wife is also a banker with a different firm. They met at
Columbia Business School, he says. They will have children soon and that’s
when they’ll need the house in the suburbs. For now, the City is great.
Rachel went to Columbia Business School also, she says. Gustav was a
few years ahead of her so they didn’t know each other there but they had all
the same professors and know all the same people now. She is Jewish and lives
with a guy who’s Muslim. Not that either of them are practicing, but these are
cultures as much as religions and that sometimes makes things difficult.
Especially with parents. Neither of their parents are willing to meet the
significant other.
“Not a bad deal,” says Larry. “I could’ve done without my in-laws,
especially my father-in-law. My wife is the world’s last genuine Jewish-
American Princess. Never worked a day for pay in her life. Her dad owned a
hardware store in the five towns on Long Island before they were really settled;
then he owned five hardware stores in the five towns. Then he owned hardware
stores all over Long Island. Had a mild heart attack just before Home Depot
was invented. Best thing that ever happened to him. Sold all those stores and
all that downtown real estate just before they lost value.
“He thought I was just what his princess needed to keep her in the style
she was accustomed to or better; Harvard B-School and everything. And he
always assumed I was Jewish — really, I’m a half-breed. But when I went to
prison — shit, that was it — the end of the world. He wanted Louise out of the
marriage right now. Had the lawyer all lined up for the divorce. But, funny
thing, she stuck with me. Returned the lawyer and bought another fur with
what she got back on the retainer. Visited me almost every week. Had a big
party at the Plaza when I got out and made them tie yellow ribbons around the
pillars in The Palm Court.”
“That’s romantic,” says Rachel. She’s a little flushed, probably from the
wine. “Ahmed’s not romantic; Arabs aren’t.”
“They used to be,” says Larry. “What about Sinbad? What about the
Sheiks of Araby? What about all those characters Rudolph Valentino used to
play? And the guy that married Rita Hayworth — the Ali Khan — I think. You
may just have the wrong guy. Or maybe the world changed.”
“What does your husband do?” Gustav asks Donna.
“He’s an attorney.”
“What kind of attorney? What firm is he with?”
“He’s a partner at Grant and Gilding. He’s the kind of lawyer that does
class action suits against companies that have IPOs.”
There is a weighty silence. No one wants to talk about that.
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 3.19
“Don’t worry,” says Donna. “He wouldn’t be able to take a case against
us; conflict of interest. He’d have to leave it to someone else in the firm and he’s
the best, so we’d only have a second-string lawyer representing the poor
aggrieved investors.”
Still no one wants to talk about that.
Gustav gets everyone’s permission to play a DVD of the Sopranos he’s
brought aboard for quiet minutes. They watch well-dressed New Jersey
gangsters throw obscenities, occasional fists, and occasional bullets at each
other as they (the roadshow team, not the gangsters) fly over Pennsylvania.
Donna may be asleep. And she may not be.
By protocol, Larry and Donna check in first when they arrive in the
enormous atrium of that night’s hotel in Fort Worth. Rooms have been reserved
for them on an executive floor near the top. They say good night to Gustav and
Rachel, who are still in the process of checking into their non-executive rooms,
and head for the elevator.
On the way up, Donna reaches down and rubs Larry’s balls through his
pin-striped pants. Not only is this very amusing to the patrons of the third floor
bar, which the glass-side elevator is rising through, but it is also intensely
interesting to the bored security guard at the video camera who immediately
secures the loop of tape containing the rub. It is destined for fifteen minutes of
fame on an Internet site where security guards post such happenings for their
own amusement.
The elevator stops at Donna’s floor first but she doesn’t get off. The
security guard is amused but not surprised. She gets off before Larry at his
floor and gives him another rub as she brushes past him.
“Coming along nicely,” she observes.
“To what do I owe this honor?” asks Larry.
“You were great at Semper. Made me wet just listening to you,” she says
as she pushes closed the door to his room and locks the safety latch.
Larry drops his bags and carefully hangs his roadshow jacket on the
highly-polished wooden coat tree. He kicks off his shoes, gets himself a Scotch
and Donna a vodka from the mini-bar. She folds her jacket carefully and
drapes it over the back of a chair before taking the drink.
“You have the hots for that twat from Barcourt?” she asks.
“What?”
“Do you have the hots for what’s-her-name — Rachel?” asks Donna.
“What? Why? ...And what do you care?”
Donna is sitting in a small armchair; Larry at the end of a two-seater
couch at right angles to the armchair. They put their drinks on a glass coffee
table in the angle formed by the chair and the couch heaped with magazines;
the top one has a picture of the hotel chain’s CEO on the cover.
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 3.20
Donna smiles. “You never talk about being in jail. At Semper, you had to
say what you said and you were great.” She smiles. “ But you told the story
when you didn’t have to, on the plane, and you actually talked about jail. That
was for Rachel. The bigger her eyes got, the more that you talked. The more
you talked, the bigger her eyes got.” Donna’s smile changes; her eyes cold
green.
“Look, I’m not gonna screw the help on the roadshow,” says Larry.
“Might blow what little brains she has. But why do you care? How’s your
husband?”
“I don’t care,” says Donna. “I don’t care who you screw, but I do care if
you screw up the roadshow. We’ve come too far for you to fuck all this up
because you’ve got the hots for some twat with big eyes. You asked me in
Geneva if this was really going to happen and I said ‘Probably, yes, unless
something goes wrong’. I don’t want you to be the something that goes wrong.”
“So what are you doing rubbing my balls and coming to my room?” asks
Larry. “We said we weren’t going to screw around when you took the job. You
said that and I agreed. What are you doing here?”
“I never do anything I don’t want to do,” says Donna. “Never.” She rises
and walks around the coffee table to the other side of the couch and sits next
to Larry. “I’m here to take care of my CEO.”
“Which is it?” asks Larry. “Are you doing what you want to do or taking
care of your CEO?”
“Do you care?” asks Donna. She rubs the inside of his thigh, slowly, still
sipping her drink.
“Yeah, I do.”
“You do what?” asks Donna.
“I do care. I do care why you do what you do. I don’t like surprises and
you’re surprising me…”
“Surprise!” she says as she unzips his fly expertly with one hand. A bulge
of white underwear pushes out of the breach on cue. “I think you like
surprises.”
“No, I DON’T,” he says with emphasis. He tries to push her away with his
elbow and connects with her left breast.
She leans forward towards the bulge of underwear which grows obligingly
towards her and rubs her breast on his arm.
“We both know we’re here for the money and not for fun and games,” he
says.
“Don’t be so hard,” she smiles, then: “Actually, I like you hard.” She
disengages his cock from his underpants and then tongues the first leaking
drop from the tip.
“Okay,” says Larry. “Okay.” He undoes his belt; then slides his right
hand up the back of her blouse and tries to disengage her bra.
She pulls her mouth back so she can talk. “It hooks in front, Lar. Some
things have changed since graduate school.”
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 3.21
He gently pushes her head back down into his lap. “Your mouth hasn’t,”
he says, but he is talking very softly now. He presses her breasts with his
forearm as he reaches under her chest to unbutton the blouse and unhook the
bra.
She straightens up just long enough to shrug off both blouse and the bra
and to push her shoulders back for a second as if her newly liberated breasts
need a stretch. They are larger and more sloped than in graduate school but
still firm; her nipples, which always were large, have grown. She leans back
down.
Larry pushes her off gently, stands up and slips off his pants; he has a
moment’s difficulty with his jockey shorts because his erection is protruding
from the fly but manages to back it out. He still has his shirt on and his tie
and socks.
Donna steps out of her skirt.
“I thought only kids wear thongs,” says Larry softly.
“Since Monica, we all do,” says Donna. “Got a cigar, Bill?”
“I’ve got better,” says Larry, turning her around and bending her over the
couch after he pushes the coffee table back with some difficulty. “I like these,”
he says about the thong, as he realizes he can enter her cunt from behind even
while she’s wearing it. “Just for the record, this is sex and I know what ‘is’
means.”
“Shut up, Larry.”
After, Donna puts on the robe from the closet and Larry pulls his jockey
shorts back on. They finish their drinks without talking.
“Go to your room, Donna,” says Larry gently. It is an old joke from their
graduate school dorm. When she doesn’t move, he adds: “I’ve got to call
Louise.”
“I don’t care,” she says. “Call.”
“I do,” he says.
She dresses, picks up her bags, and leaves. “Good job today, Lar,” she
says. “Watch where you put your pecker, though.”
“Are you?”
“Am I what?” Gustav asks.
“Are you romantic? Are you and your wife lovers or are you, you know,
just married?”
“I suppose we are romantic,” says Gustav. “I think so.”
“Ahmed’s not romantic,” Rachel says. “He’s very handsome and he treats
me very well and he never forgets a birthday or an anniversary but he’s not
romantic. I don’t know if I care or not but he’s not romantic. He’ll expect me to
call him tonight. If I don’t call, he’ll be upset because I’m supposed to call; but I
don’t know if he really cares. About talking to me, I mean. I’m just supposed to
call. Maybe I won’t.”
She orders another drink. Gustav doesn’t.
“Will you call me in my room if there are any changes in tomorrow’s
schedule?” asks Gustav. “I’m having trouble with my modem and I don’t know
if I’m going to be able to get online and get my email. Just in case, will you call
me?”
“Do you want to come to my room and get your email on my computer?”
asks Rachel. “I know how important it is to you to get your email.”
“Uh … thank you but no. I don’t think so,” says Gustav. “Thank you,
anyway, though.”
Rachel isangry. “That’s absurd. If I were a guy you’d go in a minute;
you’d never pass up a chance to get your email. Are you afraid I’m trying to
seduce you?”
“No! No, of course not. It’s just that … I mean, I really don’t need to see
my email that much. Maybe my modem will work this time. Thank you, but …
uh … I think not.”
“Maybe I AM trying to seduce you,” says Rachel. She puts her hand
roughly over his on the cocktail table. “Do you want to come up to my room?”
she asks, looking him in the eye.
“You’re tired, Rachel,” says Gustav. “This is a tough trip. Get some sleep
and let me know if there are any changes to the schedule in case I can’t get
online.” He signs the check, hefts his bags, and goes to his room.
Rachel leaves soon afterwards. She doesn’t call Ahmed.
In the morning, taking advantage of the time difference between Texas
and New York, Gustav calls his boss, Harvey Maklin, at Barcourt in New York.
“Sounds like Semper went great,” says Harvey. “Congratulations.”
“Ja,” says Gustav, “it did, thanks. But that is not why I am calling you.”
“What’s up?” asks Harvey.
“I have a problem. I THINK I have a problem, with Rachel.”
“Oh, no,” says Harvey. “Am I about to get a sexual harassment complaint
from her about you, too?”
“Me, too?” says Gustav. “No, no; it’s the other way around. I think she
may have propositioned me.”
“You think?” asks Harvey. “You don’t know if you’ve been propositioned?”
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 3.23
“I’m not sure,” says Gustav. “See, my modem is not working and she
offered to let me go to her room to get my email. I thought that wasn’t a good
idea so I said ‘no.’ Then she got mad and said I was a chauvinist and that I
thought she was trying to seduce me. Then she said maybe she was trying to
seduce me and she touched me…”
“Oh, God,” says Harvey. “I really don’t want to get into this. Touched you
where?”
“My hand. Just my hand,” says Gustav quickly.
“Thank God,” says Harvey. “Look, women touch hands all the time. We
can’t do that, but they can, so that’s not so bad. But the discussion — maybe
that’s a problem. If she’s mad, she still might accuse you of harassment, too.”
“Who else did she accuse of harassment?” asks Gustav.
“You wouldn’t believe it if I told you and I’m not going to. In fact, I never
mentioned it to you. Look, if I were you, I’d write a memo to file just in case.
You can never be too careful.”
“I’ll do that,” says Gustav.
After hanging up, Harvey writes a memo to file about the call. He leaves
out telling Gustav about Rachel’s other complaint.
Gustav also writes a memo to file. He scrupulously documents Harvey
telling him about Rachel’s other complaint.
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 4.1
Larry and Donna have made the last pitches of the hackoff roadshow in
New York today, including a lunch for about ten small funds at the Jockey
Club. Gustav was with them as he had been on the entire trip for the last day
in New York. Harvey Maklin, himself, replaced Rachel on the bankers’ team
and introduced Larry and Donna at each account and at lunch. Chief trader
Sam Gutfreund has joined this group in a Barcourt & Brotherson conference
room at the World Financial Center.
“The book is a little lighter than we’d like to see,” says Gutfreund.
“There’s only about three-point-five times coverage.” He means that there are
orders for about seventeen-point-five million shares. Hackoff is selling five
million.
“It’s been a lousy two weeks in the market,” says Larry. “That doesn’t
have a fucking thing to do with the company and you know it.”
“Look,” says Harvey. “You guys did a great job. Everybody did a great job.
The market did turn against us a little and the book isn’t quite what we want to
see. That’s no one’s fault, but it is a fact.”
“John Braxton didn’t do a great job,” says Larry. “We didn’t get the
support from him that both of you promised. ‘Trust me’ you both said, and I
did and you didn’t come through.”
“What do you mean?” asks Harvey. “John has been taking calls from the
funds; he’s been in sell mode; he’s even reached out proactively to some of the
buy-side analysts to explain the numbers and the story.”
“He hasn’t been telling the ‘e-com cubed’ story,” says Larry. “You
convinced me to stop at ‘e-com squared’ and John was going to take it the rest
of the way to ‘e-com cubed’ and he didn’t. That’s what we needed to make this
a blow-out. That’s what you said you’d do. And you didn’t. THAT’S why the
book is light. Now you want us to pay for that.”
“’E-com cubed’...” Harvey says slowly.
“You don’t even fucking remember it!” Larry is almost screaming.
Donna looks down at her fingernails.
“Yes ... yes … ‘e-com cubed’. Of course I remember,” says Harvey
unconvincingly. “Of course, I remember. And, of course, John did try that.
But, for some reason, Larry, it didn’t hunt,” he says, gathering speed. “He tried.
We all thought it was good a way to put the pitch, but sometimes things we
think’ll work just don’t resonate with—”
“They don’t fucking resonate if you don’t fucking say them,” says Larry. “I
could’ve sold ‘cubed’, but you guys told me to stick with ‘squared’, that you’d
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 4.2
do the rest. And you didn’t. Now we have a ‘light’ book and you want the
company to pay for that.”
“The book’s not all that light,” says Donna. “We’ve got a million share
order from Semper.”
“Looked at another way,” says Gutfreund, “a million shares comes from
this one order and they certainly don’t expect to get a million. If we gave them
close to this they would consider the IPO a bust. The rest of the book is even
lighter if you take the Semper order out. And, frankly, I would have thought
we’d have gotten more interest after word of that one got out. I…”
“You what?” Larry interrupts. “Why do you think we didn’t get more
orders? What did you hear?”
“The market was weak,” interjects Harvey. “We know that. We—”
“Let Sam finish,” Larry growls. “He was about to say something else.
Sam, what did you hear?”
“I heard that some funds were nervous about your background,” says
Sam Gutfreund, trader and expert poker player. He looks Larry in the eye
without flinching.
“My ‘background’ MADE this company,” says Larry softly but with steady
and angry emphasis.
“Not an issue, Lar, not an issue,” says Harvey, executive and diplomat.
“You guys did a great job. You have a great company. The book is what the
book is. Now we have to price the deal and get it done.”
The company said in its preliminary prospectus that the offer would be
priced between twelve and eighteen dollars. Now all orders for initial allocations
of stock are in and the actual price per share to investors must be set.
“What is Barcourt recommending?” asks Donna.
When Harvey hesitates, Gutfreund jumps in: “Fourteen dollars, and I’m
not even sure about that.”
“Fucking fourteen dollars?!” Larry explodes. “FUCKING FOURTEEN
DOLLARS? Are you out of your minds? You’re just trying to create a great
runup for your buddies at the funds by under-pricing. Now I understand; you
don’t give a fuck about hackoff. This is just one deal for you. But you deal with
Semper and the rest every day and you don’t mind getting a little less
commission and screwing hackoff so long as Semper and all the other funds
are happy. No fucking way…”
“Larry…” starts Harvey.
“Which part of ‘no fucking way’ don’t you understand?”
“What happens if we price it higher?” asks Donna, calm but not smiling.
“Won’t you be able to sell the issue?”
“We don’t recommend it,” says Gutfreund. “Yeah, we’d probably sell the
issue, but some of the orders are soft and might back out at a higher price.
Then, the big problem is that there might not be enough upside to keep people
buying. The stock might not move up or might even move down on opening
day. That would be a shitty start; maybe even a busted IPO.”
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 4.3
“It’s a pretty shitty start to be below the midpoint of the range,” says
Larry. “What kind of signal is that?”
“We don’t think that’s a problem,” says Harvey. “Everyone knows the
market’s been weak the last couple of weeks. It just shows that we’re pricing
rationally.”
“It just shows that you’re pricing to help your buddies at the funds,” says
Larry.
“Look,” Donna says. “Why don’t you Barcourt guys clear out of the room
for a while? We need to consult with the Pricing Committee of our Board.”
Larry looks like he is going to say something but doesn’t. He stares at the
bankers without expression as they leave the room. “Fucking crooks. Do you
think the room is bugged? Fuck you guys if you’re listening,” he says to the
light fixture.
It takes a few minutes to get the Board on the phone. Joseph Windaw
and Joanne Ankers, along with Larry, are the formal Pricing Committee, but
Franklin Adams has asked to be included on the call if available which he is.
Donna is in the room, of course; and the Chief Counsel, Aaron Smyth, is on the
phone taking notes for minutes. Larry angrily but briefly and completely
explains Barcourt’s recommendation of fourteen dollars.
“What are you recommending, Larry?” Joseph Windaw asks.
“Tell them to go fuck themselves. The price is eighteen dollars.”
“That won’t work,” says Windaw. “The market is weak. The book is light.
That’s irrational pricing. They won’t do it because the market will know its
irrational. Remember, the funds can tell what the cover was by the number of
shares they get. If they get anything NEAR what they asked for—”
“Okay, seventeen,” says Larry. “I’m a reasonable guy.”
“Still too high,” says Windaw. “Look, Larry, Donna — you guys did a
great job. Getting the book as high as it is in this market is an
accomplishment. Fourteen isn’t bad; the company will get over sixty-five
million net and even more if they exercise the shoe’ Let’s go with it. If we have a
good runup, the funds are happy…”
“Why do we care if the fucking funds are happy?” asks Larry. “Barcourt
cares but we don’t.”
“We do, Lar,” says Donna. “We DO care if the funds are happy. We want
Tommy Chen to be a hero and a happy little boy. We want him to buy more
hackoff stock. Then it goes up. Then we do a secondary and sell more stock at
a much higher price and we can even sell some ourselves then and take some
money off the table. We DO want them to be happy.”
“Why don’t we come back to them at sixteen dollars?” asks Joanne
Ankers. “That’s reasonable and we can hear what they have to say. We can
always back off that if they don’t agree.”
“I’m not backing off anything,” says Larry. “When I give these guys our
price I’m not coming down. So I’ll tell them sixteen or no deal and I’ll mean it.”
“You can’t back out after coming so far,” says Joanne. “You can’t.”
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 4.4
“Just watch me! I’m asking the Committee for authorization to take a
firm position at sixteen dollars per share.”
“We can always back off that,” Joanne says .
“No,” says Donna. “No. Larry means firm and he’ll be out of the building
if he doesn’t get it.”
There is a silence.
“Larry,” says Joseph gently. “We don’t think you should take that hard a
stance. I know how you feel, but we’ve got to move forward. If the bankers don’t
like the price, it gives them an excuse not to do a good job supporting the stock
in the aftermarket.”
“Are you worried about your banker buddies, too?” says Larry. “I thought
you were tough enough to say ‘no’ to them. It’s good for them to hear that.”
“I have no ‘buddies’,” answers Joseph. “I’m in it for the money same as
you all should be.”
“I’ll quit before I say ‘yes’ to fourteen dollars,” says Larry. “And there’s no
IPO if I quit.”
After another silence Donna says: “If the committee doesn’t mind my
butting in, I’d suggest Larry be authorized to take an absolutely firm stand at
fifteen dollars. I think we’ll probably get it. It’s the midpoint of the range.”
“I don’t like risking everything for one roll of the dice,” says Joanne. “It’s
less than five million difference to the company if we go at fourteen instead of
fifteen.”
NO BALLS, Larry writes on a note to Donna.
“I’ll support fifteen dollars,” says Joseph. “I’m not sure we have to go to
the mat, but I’ll take Donna’s word for it.”
“Okay,” says Joanne. “I don’t like doing business this way but we’re all
tired. Good luck. I assume you’ll offer sixteen and the agree to fifteen as a
bottom line.”
“No,” Larry answers. “You assume wrong. I’m not backing down again.
Since the committee doesn’t have the balls to go for sixteen, I’m telling
Barcourt it’s fifteen dollars: take it or leave it.”
“I don’t advise that,” says Joanne. “But you guys are there. Good luck.”
When the bankers come back in the room, Larry says: “My board hates
the price. It ought to be seventeen dollars. But we think you guys’ll screw up
the deal at that price and won’t support us in the aftermarket. But we’re not
going below fifteen.”
“We advise fourteen,” says Gutfreund when Maklin is slow to respond.
“Larry has board authorization to walk at less than fifteen,” says Donna.
###
NEW YORK – hackoff.com Inc. (HOFC) priced its 5.00 million share initial public offering at
$15.00 a share, in the middle of the offering's anticipated price range, Barcourt & Brotherson
said on Tuesday.
The offering's gross spread was $1.05, management fee was 17 cents, underwriting fee was 17
cents and selling concession was 61 cents. Reallowance was a dime.
hackoff.com, Inc. licenses antivirus software to e-commerce websites. The company was
founded in 1993.
The company has said it plans to use the offering's proceeds to fund capital purchases, finance
increased sales and marketing efforts, to repay debt under its current line of credit, and for
other general corporate purposes.
First Canada Bank Corp and Web & Stinger were also listed as underwriters for the offering.
###
even these days. There are stocks that are lower at the end of opening day than
at the beginning. Some people even think that some day this market will crash.
And these guys get to bank their profits before they begin.”
“They’re parasites,” says Larry, but he is smiling.
Larry and Sam pour themselves some coffee from a silver pot in the
plush conference room. Across from the east-facing room, the rectangular bulk
of one of the twin towers of the World Trade Center blocks the morning sun but
is surrounded by brilliant blue sky.
Just after 9:30 Sam leads Larry up a couple of flights of stairs to the
trading floor. This whole floor of the building is separated by low partitions into
several large areas filled by traders at consoles. Each console has four or five
wide computer screens stacked in various configurations. The traders’ heads
are usually centered between all the screens and they turn quickly from one to
the other to track the ebb and flow of the market. Sometimes a trader —
usually a young man, sometimes a young woman, rarely over thirty — will lean
into one screen to focus on a single event or datum. Most traders have a
Bloomberg terminal as one of their screens. The traders hands fly over multiple
keyboards and computer mice as if they were playing online games — they
never look at their fingers.
The traders usually buzz, but sometimes yell from station to station.
They also have some phones that permanently connect them to shadow
counterparts somewhere else and other phones with rapid-dial buttons for less
frequent connections. They never look out the window; they rarely look up,
except at the large screens on the wall, which display still more numbers. One
shows the current market averages in New York and a few peripheral cities
around the world. One is playing CNBC, another CNNfn.
Sam introduces Larry to Raphael, a trader whose console and chair are
on a raised dais. “Raphael is going to open hackoff. He’ll manage the trading, at
least for today. He’ll keep things as orderly as he can. The open is a very
special skill since orders are all over the lot. No one does it better than
Raphael.”
“Let’s take the stock up all day,” says Larry to Raphael.
“Won’t happen,” grunts Raphael. He has hardly looked up from his
screens for the CEO introduction.
“What does that mean?” asks Larry, alarmed. “Do you see something
bad? Does he see something bad?” Larry asks Sam when Raphael doesn’t
answer.
“No. Looks fine, I think,” Sam says peering in at the screens. “He just
means nothing goes straight up. It’ll go up; it’ll go down. And we hope it’s up a
lot at the end of the day. That’s the way it is.”
“I’m gonna open now at nineteen,” says Raphael to Sam.
Larry starts to ask why the price has been revised up but is drowned out.
Raphael stands to shout to the floor. “Opening hackoff at nineteen!”
Heads turn; fingers fly; phone calls are made; and trading of the public
shares of hackoff.com has begun.
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 4.7
A 100 share lot has traded at $23. Every tenth trade or so is hackoff as is
usual with the first day of trading. Larry watches, fascinated, as the stock
walks up to 23 ½, 24 ¼, and 25. He tears himself away when it trades back
down to 24 ¼.
Larry goes into the cigar store in the concourse and buys himself a large
torpedo-shaped Balmoral with a dark Sumatra wrapper and has the salesman
cut it for him. He lights the cigar as he emerges into the bright sunlight onto
Greenwich Street. His walk down to Wall Street and then East to Broad is
interrupted several times by his need to watch each stock ticker he passes for
as long as HOFC is going up; he only leaves on down ticks. At the last ticker
before his office at 55 Broad Street, hackoff is at 26.
###
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 4.8
Hackoff
by: Jumbo10 (43/M/New York, NY)
hackoff.com might actually be a real company unlike most of the shit that’s coming out lately.
They’ve been in business for years and they actually get real revenue from some of their
customers. Not profitable yet, of course, but there’s something to look at besides how many
hits their website gets. I see their hackmenot logo on more and more sites. The ones that
dont pay them cash give them stock so theres e-commerce upside too. It’s really a b2b play.
The CEO knows a lot about the Internet security market. Back in the early 90s he was
responsible for a hack called Gotcha – stole a lot of credit card numbers from banks. He
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 4.9
confessed — must have been close to getting caught — and went to jail. But when he got out
he started hackoff and its been growing ever since. Hes a crook, of coarse, like all CEOs but
maybe he’s our crook.
The CFO’s a babe; she used to model swim suits. But she’s supposed to have brains, not just
tits.
The CTO’s from Microsoft. That means he’s smart. Of course, sometimes the ones that leave
Microsoft aren’t so smart.
The sales guy is from CA and Symantec; they know how to sell.
Of coarse Barcourt took them out and they’re a bunch of crook but so is everyone else on the
street.
pooper, you’re just as much an asshole as your buddy gore and this is not a political board
Re: hackoff
by: Alaska60-60
Long-Term Sentiment: Strong Sell 06/30/99 9:55 am
Msg: 6 of 15
Jumbo you must be hacking off yourself thinking about donnas tits. jerkoff is a turkey company
run by a lizard. Antihack has these assholes beet hollow.
Re: hackoff
by: scooper
Long-Term Sentiment: Buy 06/30/99 9:56 am
Msg: 7 of 15
alaska, you’re as much an asshole as your friend pooper and this is not the antihack board. why
don’t you stay there where you belong so you can pump and dump that and not bother us here
on this board
Jerkoff down
by: Alaska60-60
Long-Term Sentiment: Strong Sell 06/30/99 10:01 am
Msg: 8 of 15
the stock is in the crapper already. Its down to 20. Sell b4 it crashes
It priced at 15, opened at 19, and now is at 20, asshole. All these dips are is a chance for the
marketmaker crooks to buy cheaper than we can. Try to buy at the last trade price and you’ll
see you can’t do it. The mms have this well in control. But it looks like it’s a good company and
it’s a buy in the 20s or even 30s.
Jumbo, you sound like you know your shit. I hope you’ll write more about hackoff. Where do
you think the stock’ll be a year from now? How can an excon be a CEO? What does the street
think?
Your an idiot or just getting reddy to dump your stock. Maybe you work for jerkoff. This turkey
is headed noware but down and the lizard’ll take it there
Whats Happening
by: CLess
06/30/99 10:15 am
Msg: 12 of 15
Does anyone know what hackoff opened at??? Is a porno site a good investment?
Donna
by: TestTost (32/M/San Francisco, CA)
Long-Term Sentiment: Strong Buy 6/30/99 10:15 am
Msg: 13 of 15
Donna’s a babe. Did U know she was in the SI Swimsuit addition in 90 something???? She’s so
hot!!!!
Stock Opened
by: thewatcher02 (35/M/New Rochelle, NY)
06/30/99 10:30 am
Msg: 15 of 15
###
the fourth floor offices of hackoff.com where there is a party going on in the
conference room — pizza and champagne. CNBC is showing on a big monitor
and there are cheers each time the HOFC symbol crosses the ticker at the
bottom of the screen — louder, of course, when it ticks up than when it ticks
down.
One of the programmers makes a sweeping bow to Larry as he enters the
room. Others imitate him and almost everyone cheers.
“You did it, boss.”
“I’m rich.”
“More options.”
“Shit, it’s down to twenty-four.”
“What’s wrong?”
“No, it’s going back up again.”
Larry waits awhile then gets everyone to quiet down so he can speak.
“Okay guys, we did it. Going public is the reward we all get for the long days,
for all the nights at work. This is something we all did together; that’s why
hackoff gives options to everyone. Everyone who contributed should be a
winner and you are ALL winners. Today is a day to celebrate. But tomorrow we
have to get back to work. Hackers already target us because we frustrate them.
Now that we’re public we’ll be even more of a target. We worked hard to get
where we are. But we can’t stand still. There’s more hard work ahead. That’s
the only way to make sure the stock price keeps going up and that you earn
more options.
“We can’t watch the stock price all day or, for sure, it will stop going up,”
Larrry adds, but he can’t resist noticing that it is at 261/2. “It’s going to go
down as well as up and we can’t get obsessed by these short term movements.”
On cue, the price falls back to 25 on a block of 100 thousand shares.
Everyone groans and Larry loses the flow of his speech.
“Lar,” says Dom Montain, the CTO, “at Microsoft we had a little applet
that stayed on everybody’s screen all day with the latest trade. It saved
everybody going to the Web all the time to check the price. Saves bandwidth,
too; the data just rides along in heartbeat packets. Do you want that for here?
I think I have the source code. Anyway, it’s easy.”
“No, that’s dumb,” says Larry harshly. “We have to work; not watch the
stock all day.” His vehemence staunches the happy buzz for a few minutes, but
he smiles and the buzz resumes as the stock ticks back up.
“Boss, we got you your special mushroom and pineapple pizza,” says a
short administrative assistant in a very short leather skirt and tight black,
hackoff t-shirt. They have saved a special pizza for Larry and he makes a show
of eating it gratefully while he sips champagne and watches the ticker.
“Hey, boss?” says one of the salesmen.
“Yeah?”
“How DO we get more options? When will hackoff be giving out some
more?”
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 4.13
“Don’t be greedy,” says Larry. The laughter from the crowd is dutiful but
not enthusiastic. “And don’t be in too much of a hurry to cash out your options
when the trading window opens.”
“Yeah,” interrupts Dom. “The first people at Microsoft to cash out their
options bought motorcycles; the next group bought Porsches, then Ferraris,
then houses, then mansions. The SMART people held on and they’re wind
surfing year-round or doing whatever the hell else they please…”
“This isn’t Microsoft,” says Larry.
“And none of this is to be taken as advice on what to do with your stock
once the trading window opens,” says chief counsel Aaron Smyth, glancing
pointedly at Dom. “Management never gives advice.”
“Okay, people, back to work,” says Larry, smiling again as the stock rises
to 27. He turns off the TV and goes back to his office.
An hour later, the stock is at 19 and Larry, alone in his office, is clearly
anxious and constantly checking the price. All over hackoff, people are
checking the stock price and recalculating their net worth every ten minutes.
The company’s LAN slows to a crawl under the burden of price queries to the
slight annoyance of the few people who are trying to work and the great
annoyance of those who need yet another quote.
###
Lar:
Eve
Yeah! But check with Aaron what I can say and what I can’t.
It’s still technically the quiet period.
Larry:
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 4.15
Aaron
What the fuck. When did they repeal the first amendment? I know
I can’t hype the company. But I can quote from the prospectus
and I can talk about the industry. I know what I’m doing.
What happens if I do it and they don’t like it? Are they gonna
undo the IPO? Stock keeps going down like it is, the IPO will
undo itself.
Larry:
Aaron
Come
#
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 4.16
“Larry, look, they’re not being unreasonable,” says Aaron a few minutes
later. “You know what the rules are, but the press doesn’t have to follow them.
They’re going to try to get you to say more than you’re supposed to. You might
look stupid if you DON’T say anything; you’ll get in trouble if you DO. My
advice is let it go. There’ll be another chance.”
“The fucking trading desk is supposed to HELP the stock,” says Larry.
“It’s falling like a rock. It’s at eighteen. They’re not doing their job and now they
don’t want me to do mine. How’re people supposed to buy the stock if they’ve
never heard of the company? Is there a law against doing it? Did we sign some
fucking agreement that says I need permission from Barcourt lawyers before I
shit?”
“There’s a regulation against hyping the stock, especially in the quiet
period,” says Aaron, still calm. “They get to see press releases during the quiet
period but they don’t have a veto and this isn’t a press release. You can do it if
you want. But it’s a risk…”
“Life’s a risk. I could get killed crossing the street on the way to the
interview. I’m gonna do it. Let them know.”
“Do you want to discuss it with Donna?”
“No. I don’t. She’s the CFO. She does the numbers. When I want advice
about numbers, I’ll ask her. When I want advice about the law I ask you. You
told me that there’s no law against it, but there’s a risk. I decided to take the
risk. Just tell them I’m doing it… Stock’s back at nineteen now; that’s a little
better. Wonder what the fuck is going on with it?” Larry is now talking to
himself.
“Okay, Larry, be careful. DON’T TRUST THE PRESS.”
“Right. Thanks.”
When Larry gets to the television studio at 500 8th Avenue he finds that
the marketing lady, Eve Gross, has been a little optimistic. It is not CNN itself
but its little sister CNNfn that wants to interview him. A twenty-something
producer with a pierced nostril leads him to the green room which is actually
just an alcove off the makeup room with a dilapidated water cooler and a
monitor showing the broadcast.
Waiting to go on before Larry are an analyst from a brokerage firm with
her PR lady and the current girlfriend of the publisher of a prominent men’s
magazine with an entourage of two other women whose duties are not
apparent.
Larry watches the host, Robert Sanford, read the financial news off his
TelePrompTer until he is called in for makeup.
“We’re just going to powder your nose a little to take off the shine and
then spray your hair to keep it in place,” says the makeup lady, shifting her
gum to the other side of her mouth. But she is interrupted by a call on her cell
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 4.17
phone and issues a substantial stream of “he goes...” and “she goes...” and
“then I go…” before getting back to Larry.
“I’d much rather do men,” she says to Larry. “Their makeup, I mean.
They’re not so particular. Some women…” She gestures with her head to the
girlfriend of the publisher. “Some women just make it impossible to get your
job done, ya know?”
“Yeah,” says Larry.
“Okay, now don’t touch your hair. When you’re done, come on back here
and I’ll give you some cold cream to get the powder off.” She’s back on the
phone with more “he goes/she goes…”
Larry turns up the monitor so he can hear the interview with the analyst.
Larry looks around desperately for the producer. Finally, he spots her.
“They’ve got it wrong,” he says. "Hackoff.com’s not a porno site; it’s an
e-commerce site.”
“I know,” the producer says. “I do my homework.”
“But the analyst Sanford is interviewing just said it’s a porno site. That’s
go to be corrected; that’s wrong.”
The producer is amused: “You can’t change what the analyst says,” she
says. “Besides, her four minutes are up. She’s coming off the air. You’re up
after the girlfriend.”
“But does Sanford know? Is he going to introduce me as the CEO of a
porno site?”
“Sanford doesn’t know anything yet. During the next commercial, before
you go on, he may read the briefing I gave him. Or he may not. You may get a
second to talk to him before you go on the air. Or you may not. It all depends.
No problem; it’ll be fine. I’ll be back to get you in a couple of minutes and lead
you to your place.”
#
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 4.18
###
Bob Sanford will eat him for lunch he hates dotcoms and he hates crooks.
This is a good chance for Lazard to tell the company’s story. It had a good open and that’s
what got him on. Now he has a chance to build on that. Of coarse he can’t say too much
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 4.21
without getting in trouble with the SEC but the company has a good story even without hype.
Sanford is tough and cynical so it wont be easy tho.
pooper, you’re just as much an asshole as your buddy Sanford. Larry’ll do great.
Not Larry
by: thewatcher02 (38/M/New Rochelle, NY)
06/30/99 6:06 pm
Msg: 206 of 216
Larrys not on! Its some woman that thinks hackoff is a porno site.
Thats what everybody who bought jerkoff today thinks. If the lizard tells them its not it closes
at 10 tomorrow. Look out below all you jerkoffs.
Probably the only reason anyone didn’t buy is they don’t know what the company is. You’re and
asshole, Alaska. This was a great IPO and tomorrow will be even better
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 4.22
Still no lizard
by: Alaska60-60
Long-Term Sentiment: Strong Sell 06/30/99 6:12 pm
Msg: 209 of 216
Now the centerfold cunt thats fucking the publisher is on. She even makes more sense than
the lizard will thats why thay put her on first and shes got bigger tits then jerkoffs CFO. You
better jerkoff now watching her cause your gonna get jerked off tomorrow.
Larrys on
by: thewatcher02 (38/M/New Rochelle, NY)
06/30/99 6:18 pm
Msg: 210 of 216
Larrys Interview
by: Jumbo10 (46/M/New York, NY)
Long-Term Sentiment: Buy 06/30/99 6:22 pm
Msg: 211 of 15
Sanford fucked him, no doubt about that. Larry tried and didn’t do badly, but he didn’t stop him
either. I’ve cut HOFC to a Buy but am still bullish. Just don’t know about tomorrow. Larry’s got
to tell the story better. Maybe he shouldn’t have gone on in the quiet period but you gotta give
him credit for trying. He’s right that he understands e-com security and he kept his cool, but
that was a low blow from Sanford about him being an excon and he didn’t handle it as well as
he should have.
Still a good story, but they’re in the big leagues now and have to hit big league pitching.
by: CLess
06/30/99 6:26 pm
Msg: 213 of 216
Was he on???
Sanford Show
by: TestTost (35/M/San Francisco, CA)
Long-Term Sentiment: Strong Buy 6/30/99 6:30 pm
Msg: 214 of 216
Its not a porno site. Larrys an excon. What will the street think?
Stock Opened
by: thewatcher02 (38/M/New Rochelle, NY)
06/30/99 6:40m
Msg: 216 of 216
###
Larry and his wife Louise sit naked in their hot tub with drinks and
cigars. The hot tub is recessed in a cedar deck which projects from the nearly
vertical face of the ocean-facing cliff in Atlantic Highlands, New Jersey. They
have privacy while the leaves are on the trees.
To the East, descriptively-named Sandy Hook is dark in the foreground,
while the lights of thirty miles of ships leaving and entering New York harbor
are in the background. To the North across the harbor are well-lit Kennedy
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 4.24
Airport and Coney Island. To the West, are the Verazano, Brooklyn, and
Manhattan bridges, and, on a clear night like tonight, the George Washington
in the distance. Their house is cantilevered into the cliff behind and above
them.
“I fucked up,” says Larry. “I fucked up royally. No one will buy the stock.”
“Probably no one even watches that CNNfn thing. I never heard of it,”
says Louise. She hadn’t been able to watch or Tivo the interview because Larry
had told her (as Eve had told him) that it was going to be on CNN.
“Investors watch it,” says Larry. “They’ll all sell in the morning. That guy
Sanford hates me; he said he hates me because I made so much money in the
IPO. And he screwed me because he hates me and I couldn’t stop him.”
“You’re never as bad as you think you are,” Louise says. Underwater, she
grasps his very limp penis. When he stirs slightly, she arches her back so that
her dark nipples break free of the water. “The stock closed at thirty dollars,”
she says. “You and I are worth 200 million or something on paper. You should
fuck up like that every day.”
Larry reaches around her back and rubs her right nipple. The nipple
immediately stiffens.
“Two-hundred-five million and change,” he says. “You’re not so bad
yourself.” Now he’s erect.
“We are what we are,” she says and pivots onto his lap straddling him
and taking him deep into her.
In the distance, a ship’s horn gives a long sigh.
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 4.25
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 5.1
A: No, never.
Q: Have you ever used any other name?
A: No.
Q: What is your address?
A: 39 Worth Street, Apartment 10-B, New York, New York, 10013
dash 2989.
Q: Where and when were you born?
A: White Plains, New York. September 20, 1972.
Q: What is your educational background?
A: Public schools in White Plains through fourth grade. Sixth
grade through eighth at Hommocks Middle School in
Mamaroneck...
Q: Where were you for fifth grade?
A: I skipped fifth. Ninth grade through twelfth at Mamaroneck
High School, although I skipped tenth grade. I attended
California Institute of Technology in 1987 and 1988.
Q: Did you graduate?
A: No.
Q: Where is California Institute of Technology located?
A: The main campus is in Pasadena, California. There are
Caltech facilities around the world.
Q: What facilities were you at?
A: I was at Pasadena.
Q: Why did you leave college before graduating?
A: I left to join a software startup.
Q: Were you asked to leave?
A: I was not!
Q: What was your grade-point average for the two years you were
there? Did you complete two years?
A: My grade-point average was three-point-eight for the first
year and three-point-nine for the second. Yes; I completed
two years.
Q: What stopped you from having a perfect four-point-zero?
A: I had an incompetent Freshman English instructor my first
year and a disagreement with a physics professor my second
year.
Q: So you didn’t make any mistakes that made your scores less
than perfect?
A: I did not. Some people would say that not giving the physics
professor the answers he wanted was a mistake but I
disagree.
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 5.3
Q: So why did you tell me you didn’t see the deceased again
after staff meeting?
A: He wasn’t deceased then but I didn’t see him either. I told
you the truth; I didn’t see him. I went into his office,
but he wasn’t there.
Q: Why did you go into his office if he wasn’t there?
A: I went into his office to see him, but he wasn’t there so I
didn’t see him.
Q: Why did you want to see him?
A: I was mad. When Larry didn’t respond to my email and didn’t
try to get me to stay, I went into his office to tell him
face-to-face what an unappreciative scumbag he is. But he
wasn’t there.
Q: Why did you stay in his office six minutes if he wasn’t
there?
A: I was waiting for him to come back.
Q: Did he?
A: Not then. I told you, I didn’t see him again.
Q: Why did you stop waiting for him?
A: I was upset. I wasn’t sure it was a good idea to see him
anyway. I didn’t like sitting around waiting for him to come
back. It put him in control. So I left.
Q: And you never saw or heard from the deceased again?
A: Correct.
Q: Were there other people in the office besides you and the
deceased when you left at 5:50?
A: Sure; there were a shit-load of people. We don’t work
bankers’ hours at hackoff.
Q: Can you name some of the people who were here when you left?
A: Yes.
Q: May I please have some names?
A: Donna Langhorne...
Q: Are you sure?
A: Yes, why?
Q: Would you be surprised if I told you she told me you were
here when she left?
A: Yeah. Did she say that?
Q: I ask the questions, sorry. Who else was here when you left?
A: Kevin Wong was here. I was talking to him just before I
left.
Q: What were you talking about?
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 5.11
A: Word got around that I quit. Kevin and the developers were
upset, naturally. They know that I’m ... I was all that was
between them and Larry the Asshole. They were afraid that a
new CTO’d be brought in and they’d all lose their jobs. That
matters to programmers these days. Didn’t used to.
Q: What did you tell Kevin?
A: I told him I appreciated their concern but they should chill
out. I told them shit happens but hackoff is still a great
opportunity and things can get better; they should give it a
chance and not do anything rash. I told Kevin he ought to
get some pizza for the troops; make things seem more normal.
Q: If you were so angry at the deceased, why were you trying to
smooth things over with the technical staff?
A: I promised to cooperate in a transition, remember? Also, I’m
still a big shareholder in hackoff and it’s not in my
interest to have the whole technical staff leave.
Q: Who else?
A: Who else what? Oh, yeah; I know: who else was here when I
left. Matt Ralston, Irv Arkin, Irma Sukander, Sanjay Raj...
Q: Okay. That’s enough for now. Where did you go after you left
the office?
A: West 10th Squared.
Q: So you like jazz. How long were you there? Who saw you
there? Did you have any communication with anyone at hackoff
while you were there?
A: I was there until 3:00 AM. I listened to jazz and I played
some jazz. I smoked a joint — are you going to arrest me for
that?
Q: Remember that anything you say can be used against you in a
court of law. It would be one of my colleagues who’d arrest
you for the joint, but probably for possession with intent
to sell; then you can bargain that down to simple possession
of a controlled substance. You didn’t answer all of my
questions. Should I repeat them?
A: A bunch of people saw me there. Not sure any of them want
you to have their names. Do I have to give them to you?
Q: It makes things easier if we can verify your alibi sooner
rather than later, but you don’t have to make things easier.
A: Look, the bartender, Kelly O’Kelly, knows me and saw me.
She’s supposed to be there so its no problem giving her
name. Also the owner or manager or something Francis X ...
Francis X. O’Shea. Is that enough?
Q: It’s enough for now. I may ask you for more names later.
Can they verify you were there until three?
A: I think so. They closed around three and I left then, so
they may remember.
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 5.12
###
“For Christ’s sake,” interjects Donna, “cut it out Aaron. Just tell Frank
whether he needs to get a lawyer or not. Dom and I were interviewed without
lawyers.”
“With all due respect,” says Aaron, “I can’t. This is a decision each of us
— including me — needs to make on his or her own. These interviews are
informal and are not sworn — you can’t be indicted for perjury for anything
you say in them — but they are recorded and anything you say can be held
against you. Investigators tend to think of people who immediately ask for a
lawyer as more hostile but, for anyone who didn’t kill Larry — which I assume
includes all of us since he apparently committed suicide — it shouldn’t really
matter what the investigator thinks. But there shouldn’t really be any need for
a lawyer. I cannot accompany you in these interviews since I am in the same
class of ‘everybody is a suspect until we find the murderer or conclude formally
that it was suicide’ as the rest of you.”
“Thanks a lot,” says Frank. “That really clears things up.” He doesn’t
sound grateful.
“Let’s get on with the meeting,” says Donna. “We have a lot to cover. We
know the company was in trouble before Larry died, the stock price has been
awful. It’s held up surprisingly well today…”
“It’s up to one-point-fifty-five,” says Eve looking at her PC.
“Hey, boss, the Street likes you,” says Frank the salesman, cheering up
some.
“Yeah,” says Donna, “we’ll see how much they love me. Okay, first of
all…”
“Excuse me,” Aaron says. “Shouldn’t we ask Joanie to join us? She
hasn’t usually been in our meetings, but she did report to Larry and
presumably now reports to Donna and I’m assuming HR issues are among
those we have to deal with.”
“Are we worried about Larry’s benefits?” asks Frank bitterly.
“Aaron, good idea; give her a call,” says Donna, ignoring Frank. “We’ll
keep going, though. First of all, as I was saying, Dom has agreed to withdraw
his resignation. We all know Larry probably would have apologized and tried to
convince him to stay…”
“We do?” ask Lew Marigold and Frank in chorus.
“He probably would have asked him to stay and he would have been
wrong if he didn’t,” continues Donna. “Dom has been essential to our past
success and he’s essential to the future. In fact, although his duties remain
largely the same as CTO, I will propose to the board that he be promoted to
EVP.”
“Glad you’re staying, Dom,” says Eve. “Donna, are we gonna need PR on
the promotion?”
“The Board hasn’t approved the promotion yet so let’s ready an
announcement for later release. Aaron, I assume you’re taking down the action
items.”
“Right,” says Aaron, who wasn’t but starts typing now.
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 5.15
Joan Johnson, HR VP, comes into the room without saying anything and
sits next to Lew Marigold. She doesn’t have a laptop with her but has a pad to
take notes. She is a very tall woman, taller than Marigold and almost as tall as
Folger. She has a thin face but an open smile and appears to be the oldest
person in the room.
“Second,” says Donna ignoring the interruption, “you all know that the
board has approved Lew as acting CFO. We are going to do a search for a
permanent CFO — could be Lew if he likes the job and is good at it; but we
need to do the search.”
Lew isn’t sure where to look. “Congratulations, Lew,” says Eve. “I’m sure
you’ll be great. We’ll need to get a picture of you for the officers’ page on the
website.”
“Right,” says Donna abruptly. “So Lew may be ‘acting’ but he is the CFO;
he’s got to sign the Sarbanes-Oxley certifications and work with the auditors.
So you all need to give him the same accurate information you gave me. And he
needs to take the same ‘no bullshit’ approach I did. Right Lew?”
“Right,” says Lew tentatively.
“Customers,” Donna says. “Frank, how are customers gonna react? What
do we have to do for them? How do we keep them with us or even improve their
perception of us?”
“Well,” answers Frank, “I think we ought to think about special
compensation for sales for the next quarter or two.”
“CUSTOMERS,” says Donna. “I said CUSTOMERS, not greedy salesmen.”
“It’s the feet on the street who shape the customers’ perceptions,” says
Frank undeterred. “The sales force is going to be apprehensive about what
Larry’s death means to them. We want to reassure them and—”
“Frank, we’ll talk about that when we talk about all HR issues,” says
Donna. “Now I want to talk about customers.”
“All of us in sales have more of our compensation tied to short-term
results than anyone else,” persists Frank. “The best way—”
“Then do your fucking jobs and sell and stop WHINING,” says Donna.
“That’s the “best way” to get paid. Is that simple enough for you to understand?
Now what about the customers? Can anyone talk about them?”
“I’ve been looking at the sales figures,” Lew says tentatively.
“And…?”
“A disproportionately large percentage of the sales of the Managed
Service are to the equity customers.”
“Tell us something we don’t know,” says Donna. Then, softening slightly:
“I know you haven’t been in these meetings, so you don’t know that we’ve been
over those numbers lots of times. Our overall sales look okay since we can
book revenue from the equity customers, but cash is declining quickly.”
“Maybe you already have discussed this, too,” Lew continues, “but to
make matters worse, we’re paying cash commissions on the equity ‘sales’ and
spending real dollars in the NOC to monitor their sites...”
“So now you want to stop paying commissions,” Frank challenges.
“That’s a great way to help sales morale.”
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 5.16
“We’re not talking about sales morale,” Donna warns. “Go ahead, Lew.”
“So looked at strictly from a cash point-of-view,” Lew says, “the equity
‘sales’ not only don’t get us cash, they COST us cash.”
“And?” asks Donna.
“I don’t know,” says Lew. “That’s just what the numbers say.”
“If we force them to be cash customers,” says Donna, “we have to give
their equity back. Of course, if we’ve already written off the value of it, we don’t
have to take another write-off. But we’d have to write off some of it. And we’d
have to make sure they DO convert to cash and don’t just drop the service.
After all, some don’t have any cash, but they’re a significant part of our sales.”
“We’ve been here a million times before,” says Frank. “Larry understood
that we’d wreck the company if we screw these customers. That’s why we
haven’t wasted time on this.”
“Larry’s dead,” says Donna. “And even Larry made mistakes. This might
have been one of them.”
“This is a great plan if you want to crater sales,” says Frank.
“We’re losing cash on every sale we make to these guys,” says Lew. “We’d
actually lose less cash if we made fewer sales.”
“Our stock price’ll crater if sales go down,” says Frank.
“How much further down can it go?” asks Dom.
“If it goes below a buck, NASDAQ’ll delist us,” reminds Aaron, the lawyer.
“There are two separate issues here,” says Donna. “One is: cut the loss
from customers with worthless equity who are never going to convert to cash.
Two: we need to make customers who HAVE cash upgrade to cash payments.
In both cases, what works is to give them notice of discontinuation and tell
them that they can only get monitored service and upgrades AFTER they
convert to cash.”
“I don’t think we can do that contractually,” says Aaron. “I don’t think we
can discontinue service without giving six months’ notice of discontinuance.”
“Okay,” says Donna. “No question this is gonna hurt reported sales this
quarter; Frank is right about that. Question is: What will that do to the stock
price and do we get delisted? If we get delisted, do we care? Stock still trades.
Do we have to worry about another hostile with a low stock price? I’ll talk to
Barcourt & Brotherson about that. But my guess is the Street’ll cut us some
slack this quarter if they believe this is the necessary step to get cash flow
positive and a good sign from new management. I think we will need to show
some results in the third quarter, though. Something to show management
knows what it’s doing and is on the right track.”
“With six months notice,” says Aaron, “they’ll still be entitled to a free
ride next quarter.”
“We can come up with something to hurry them along,” says Donna.
“Maybe some incentive to convert before the deadline — a lower price or
something. We could tell them they can’t have the Managed Service until they
convert to a cash basis. Aaron, can we do that?”
“I think so,” says Aaron, “but I’ll have to check the contracts.”
“You do that.”
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 5.17
“I think this whole idea stinks,” says Frank. “We’re betting the company
and we’re gonna lose.”
“Look,” says Donna, “it’s your job to sell them the Managed Service.
iHudson bought; it’s starting to move.”
“They don’t WANT the Managed Service,” says Frank. “They’ve been doing
fine with just software protection. They don’t see any need for the Managed
Service.”
“You know, Frank,” says Donna, “it’s a good thing you don’t sell life
insurance. You’d be telling me nobody would buy it if they haven’t already died,
because they don’t see any need. It’s your job to MAKE them see a need. They
know what happened to antihack’s customers. They gonna wait for that to
happen to them?”
“It’s not enough,” says Frank and grumbles some more but under his
breath.
“This is one of the times that Larry would’ve put the gun to his head,”
says Aaron. “He would’ve spun the cylinder and said ‘you bet your life’. Or, if
he thought the idea was brain-dead, he’d have said ‘time for the exit strategy’.
I’m glad there’s no gun in this conference room. This is an enormous risk.”
“It’s too bad there’s no Larry in this conference room,” says Frank. “We’re
making an enormous mistake.”
“Anyone else feel that way?” asks Donna. When no one responds, she
asks Eve: “How do we handle this from a positioning point of view? We
differentiated the company to the investment community based on the equity-
customer strategy. Now we’re throwing it overboard.”
Eve says: “I’ve been thinking about that. This is, in some sense, a perfect
opportunity to reposition. Larry’s dead; we have to deal with that anyway. It’s
natural for new leadership to have a new vision. And times have changed; the
bubble has burst. We know Larry didn’t quite change with the times — of
course, we don’t SAY that. He was the right guy for a different time. Now we
position Donna as the right woman for THIS time; the person who understands
that cash is now king — or maybe queen. And, to keep continuity for the sake
of customers, we build up Dom’s role as the genius who can produce the best
anti-hacker software. He’s been here all along in that role and our surveys do
show that the customers respect our product.”
“But people think of Larry as the guy who confessed to ‘Gotcha’ and went
to jail for it,” says Aaron. “He’s the one we positioned as understanding the
hacker threat because he WAS one.”
“Well, that’s something we work,” says Eve. “Now that everybody
understands the danger from hackers, maybe you don’t need the visionary with
the warning so much. Now we need solid execution. We continue to get that on
the financial side from Donna, and from Dom on the technical side. I think this
message’ll fly.”
“Put it together,” commands Donna.
“What about employees?” asks Joan Johnson, the HR VP.
“What about them? Won’t the same message work for them?” asks
Donna. “They have stock, too.”
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 5.18
“They’re worried,” says Joan. “They were coming into my office worried
even before Larry shot himself, and now they’re freaked out. Most of them
know the company is burning through cash. They think less about their stock
than they do about just having jobs and whether they’ll get paid.”
“So,” says Donna, “they should like the message of concentrating on real
cash, reducing the burn rate, and getting profitable. We should accent that
part of the message to them.”
“They’re going to think that ‘reducing the burn rate’ is code for ‘reducing’
head count,” says Joan. “That’ll scare them even worse.”
“Can’t have it both ways,” Donna says. “If we’re going to have a real
profitable company with good jobs, we may shed some jobs getting there.
That’s just the way it is. What do you think we should do?”
“I think YOU’VE got to talk to them,” Joan says. “Go out and walk the
halls and talk to them individually. Larry never did that; he just liked talking to
people in groups. If you talk to them one-on-one, they’ll feel better.”
“What am I going to tell them ‘one-on-one’? Can’t tell them our new
strategy before we announce it or we violate Reg FD. Can’t tell them that they’ll
all keep their jobs, because it isn’t true. What do you want me to say to them?”
“Just listen,” says Joan. “It works for a while. Tell them you don’t know
all the answers yet; that won’t surprise them. Ask them what worries them.
Ask them how they’d get the company profitable. Pretend to listen to the
answers. It’s good management.”
“Okay,” says Donna. “We have the beginning of a plan. Aaron, make sure
there are dates and owners for the action items: only one owner for each item.
We’ve gotten into some bad habits of unclear accountability lately.”
“Boss,” says Frank, “can I talk to you after my interview with the
detective? We’ve got to talk about the sales force.”
“Yeah,” says Donna, “but don’t come back to me with another plan to
increase commissions. Better start thinking about how your guys can live on
the REAL sales they make — no more cash commissions for ‘equity’ sales.”
###
Aaron:
I said one owner per ai and I meant it. eve owns the new company
position.
There is NOT going to be a new sales comp plan other than the
fact that we’re not going to pay cash comp for noncash sales.
Just want to make that clear.
Doesn’t matter though; only ONE owner per ai. otherwise noones
accountable.
We’ve known for a year this what we had to do. Sure a lot easier
without Lar trying to keep his wet dream of the ultimate holding
company alive. Maybe he knew what he was doing when he shot
himself.
Donna:
I’m really enthusiastic about this new plan and new positioning.
I think we can pull it off; I do. I also know that you knew for
a while that this is the right thing to do for the company. I’m
sure Larry would have come around to this view eventually.
Eve
Joannie:
Do you think she can pull it off? Frank is really pissed. She
told me to bring up those numbers.
Lew
Let’s see if she really goes around and talks to the peeps.
That’ll be one test of whether she really wants to be a good CEO
or just wants to give orders. She sounded like she was listening
to us — except for Frank. Wow!
From: folger27@hotmail.com
Sent: Tuesday, April 1, 2003 2:15 PM
To: john.handler@shrecuiters.com
Subject: CONFIDENTIAL
John:
How have you been; long time no talk. You still hitting the long
ball? Got the slice fixed?
Look, I’ll get right to the point. You’ve probably read that our
CEO shot himself last night. Obviously, things are a bit up in
the air here. Donna Langhorne is the new CEO and a board
member’s become chair. They’re both urging me to stay on because
obviously I’m key to bringing the company forward just as I’ve
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 5.22
Best to Frances.
Frank Folger
Donna:
Sincerely,
John Handler
John:
Sincerely,
Donna Langhorne
Thanks, Donna:
I think you may have a problem in Sales and Marketing at the EVP
level. I’ll have my admin call your office to set up an
appointment at your convenience.
Sincerely,
John Handler
Frank, buddy,
Good to hear from you. Golf is not being kind to me, not that I
get out that often.
That being said, despite the excellence of your resume, I’m not
sure you should look for quick results or take too hard a line
on your compensation requirements. Times aren’t what they used
to be. Although your qualifications are excellent, there are a
large number of people on the market with superficially similar
experience. And there isn’t nearly the hiring going on that
there was.
We will certainly keep your resume in the active file and see
what good matches come up.
Thank you very much for thinking of Sherman and Hanson. We’ll
have to get out and hit some someday soon.
Sincerely,
John Handler
Come
###
A short while after the last email, Dom comes to Donna’s office. She’s
behind her desk at the far end of the long room, facing the door, but moves to a
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 5.25
chair at the end of a coffee table as Dom comes in. He sits at the end of a
couch across the corner of the coffee table from Donna.
The walls of the room are filled with pictures of Donna at various
conferences, receiving awards, and sometimes handing oversized photo-op
checks to grateful charitable recipients. There is a framed copy of the Wall
Street Journal “tombstone” from the hackoff IPO next to a similar framed
tombstone from the secondary.
Among the lucite and glass baubles on top of the bookcase are two with
miniatures of the tombstones entombed in them. The books in the bookshelf
are on finance, general business practices, business law, Bill Gates’ book on
Microsoft, several Zagat guides, and a miscellany from vendors and would-be
vendors, including books on good hiring practice from Sherman and Hanson
Recruiters.
On the coffee table are today’s Wall Street Journal and New York Times,
Cranes New York Business, New York Magazine, a pile of the most recent
hackoff annual reports and an orchid.
“When are you moving into Larry’s office?” Dom asks.
“Not until the investigation moves out of it. But not long after that. You
want my office when I move out?”
“No. I want to stay near the developers. Thanks.”
“You didn’t come here to talk about real estate. What’s up?”
“We have a problem,” Dom says. “Two problems, in fact.”
“We have a lot of problems including a company that Larry damn near
ran into the ground. But what are the two problems you came to tell me
about?”
“One: Larry’s cyberkey is missing. Two: you activated the back door for
Larry’s office yesterday afternoon.”
“How do you know that? You wouldn’t log the back door, would you? I
mean that would be pretty self-defeating, wouldn’t it?”
“Of course I don’t log the back door,” says Dom. “That would be self-
defeating — you’re right. What happened is yesterday I went up to Larry’s
office after staff meeting. Before I went, I activated the back door to ignore me
going in. But, when I got up there, I saw you going in so I went back to my
office for a while. Then I went back to his office. He was gone and you weren’t
there either, obviously. But this morning when the cop interviewed me, he had
a log entry of my going in and out of the office. That log entry shouldn’t be
there.”
“Is the back door broken?” asks Donna. She looks nervous.
“No, it’s not broken. The reason the back door didn’t work was that, right
after I activated it for me and Larry’s office, you activated it for YOU and Larry’s
office. That overwrote my activation. You went in and out unrecorded. Then
you deactivated. So the log recorded me going in and out of his office. I was
surprised when the cop knew I’d been in the office — I’m not sure whether he
noticed that or not — because I thought the back door was protecting me. So I
looked at the log to see what had happened. That’s when I saw that you weren’t
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 5.26
logged, even though I’d seen you go in. So it doesn’t take a lot to figure out
what happened. But what were you doing in his office?”
“He is…” says Donna, “he was my boss. I went to his office all the time,
remember.”
“You didn’t deactivate the log every time you went in. You didn’t use the
back door. Why did you do it this time?”
“Why are you questioning me? Are we playing games? I don’t like games,
Dom. I didn’t steal Larry’s cyberkey. And, anyway, I mean why did YOU use the
back door? You’re the one who just quit.”
“I didn’t say you stole the cyberkey.”
“I repeat: I don’t like games, Dom. That’s your thing, not mine. Tell me
what you want.”
“So why did you?” Dom replies.
“I asked you first.”
“No you didn’t. ...I thought we weren’t playing games.”
“Okay,” Donna concedes, “I went to his office for the same reason you
did. I wanted to secure the cyberkey. I didn’t think he was ... rational. That is
why you went in, isn’t it?”
“Yeah,” says Dom. “And I agree — he wasn’t rational. I thought it was too
dangerous for him to have the key. He might’ve suspected me, but chances are
he wouldn’t be sure when it disappeared. He’d look at the security log and it
wouldn’t show me in the office recently. He’d have to admit, to you at least,
that it was gone since we agreed to keep them visible to each other and you’re
in and out of his office all the time. When was the last time you saw it there?”
“I’m not sure,” answers Donna. “It’s not that I really think to look for it,
but I would’ve noticed if it had been gone for long. It wasn’t there when I went
to retrieve it yesterday, obviously.”
“So,” Dom says, “do you think someone stole the cyberkey and that’s why
he killed himself; he was afraid that whoever had it would expose our anti-
takeover defense?”
Donna thinks before answering. “Maybe, but probably not. No one’s
supposed to know about the cyberkeys except the three of us. Any one of us
could expose the others whenever we wanted but not without exposing
ourselves. So who would steal it besides one of us? And we wouldn’t use it.”
“Maybe he told someone about it.”
“Then he would know who he told,” objects Donna. “He would have a
pretty good idea who stole it. And it doesn’t make sense for him to tell anyone
about it.”
“I have a worse theory,” Dom says.
“Go ahead.”
“He knew he was gonna kill himself — I don’t know why — so he gave
someone the cyberkey so they could expose us. He’s got nothing to lose
anymore.”
“He’s got nothing to gain, either,” says Donna.
“He could be setting someone up so they could blackmail us. Maybe
that’s Louise’s insurance policy. This worries me.”
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 5.27
$1.80
$1.60
$1.40
$1.20
$1.00
$0.80
$0.60
$0.40
$0.20
$-
4/1/2003
7/
1/
1
$20.00
$40.00
$60.00
$80.00
$100.00
$120.00
$140.00
$160.00
$0.00
7/ 999
8/
hackoff.com
7/ 199
15 9
/
7/ 199
0
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
22 9
/
7/ 199
29 9 6/30/1999
/1
8/ 999
5/
8/ 199
12 9
7/14/1999
/
8/ 199
19 9
/ 7/28/1999
8/ 199
26 9
/1
9/ 999
2/ 8/11/1999
1
9/ 999
9/
9/ 99 1 8/25/1999
16 9
/
9/ 199
23 9 9/8/1999
/
9/ 199
30 9
/
10 199
/7 9
9/22/1999
10 /19
/1 99
4 10/6/1999
10 /19
###
/2 99
1
10 /19
/2 99 10/20/1999
8/
© 2005 Tom Evslin
11 199
/4 9
11 /19 11/3/1999
/1 99
1
11 /19
11 /19
/2 99
5/
12 199 12/1/1999
/2 9
/
12 199
/9 9
12 /19 12/15/1999
/1 99
6
12 /19
/2 99 12/29/1999
3/
12 19
/3 99
0/
1
1/ 999 1/12/2000
6/
1/ 00 2
13 0
/
1/ 200
Chapter 6 - Davos, January 26-February 1, 2000
20 0
/2
00
0
Page 6.1
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 6.2
aware of the WEF and Davos, was invited and, as with all invitees, invited to
bring his spouse. That’s why on Wednesday, January 26, 2000, Larry and
Louise are disembarking into the caverns of Zurich airport after an overnight
flight from Newark.
The trains leave from beneath Zurich airport. Larry and Louise have
checked their bags through on Swiss Rail so it is an easy transition from plane
to train. Clearly, some of the other people are also Davos-bound – they have the
look. More to the point, they are proudly displaying WEF luggage tags which
were thoughtfully distributed in advance.
Once beyond the suburbs of Zurich, they change trains to a line that
makes the serious assault on the Alps necessary to get to Davos. Now the train
is half-populated by people going to WEF and half by skiers who won’t be going
to Davos this week because there is no room at the inn — or anywhere else in
Davos.
It is snowing heavily, but the train continues to climb in its single-track
ravine. It has a snowplow mounted on the engine, so snow swirls back past the
windows of the cars. It’s hard to imagine where the snow goes once it blows by
the train, since the ravine is narrow. But the train sticks to its schedule.
Downward trains pass at stations where there are two tracks; synchronization
is what one would expect in Switzerland.
There is nothing impressive about the station the Lazards debark at in
Davos. It’s built of dirty yellow brick; scraps of paper dance with the snow on
the platform; the wind is cutting. It’s not immediately clear where to go to get
baggage; they don’t see any baggage unloaded from the train. Larry finds a
door that leads to a lit room with a few suitcases in mostly empty racks. He
goes in.
“Fuck,” says Larry to Louise when he comes out. “The bags aren’t here.
They’re going to come ‘spater’. That’s later, I think. But I don’t know what the
fuck he’s saying. He doesn’t speak any English. I thought all Swiss spoke
English. I thought they knew how to run a railroad.”
They take a cab to their hotel — the Sunset Reiser. They have been
warned that Davos doesn’t have nearly enough luxury hotel rooms for the five
thousand or so luxury-accustomed guests who are attending. Rooms are
assigned by the same mysterious process that gets people invited to Davos in
the first place. World political leaders, who are surrounded by security people,
need a lot of room; they take most of the space in the big resort hotels. Dues-
paying corporate chieftains are next in the pecking order. Apparently, newly-
minted paper billionaires whose companies have embarrassing names are at
the bottom of the hotel heap.
“Fuck,” says Larry to Louise. “This hotel sucks. The phone has no jack;
I’m gonna have to hack it or tear the wall apart to get online. We got those
fucking — or actually non-fucking — European twin beds. The hot and cold
water come out different faucets. The sink is stained. We’ll be lucky if the toilet
flushes…”
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 6.4
“Everybody who knows we’re coming here is jealous,” says Louise. “Most
people would sleep in a tent to say they were invited to Davos. They all want to
know how we got invited.”
“Yeah, we’re cool,” Larry says. “But the hotel still sucks and we still don’t
have our bags and…”
The phone rings. It is Magdala Rottenthur who has been deputized by
Herr Schwab to be their guide and helper. She expected them to arrive about
now and wants to know if she can show them around and help them with
registration or anything else. The bags, she explains in very precise but
idiomatic American English will, of course, not be here until tomorrow.
Apparently the transfer always takes a day at the airport. Yes, certainly, the
preparation kit should be amended to say that — you can almost hear her
taking a note — and she is personally very sorry. Is there anything they need
very much in the luggage? Any medicines? Does Mrs. Lazard need to get
makeup?
But Larry and Louise are experienced travelers; they packed their short-
term needs into their carry-ons. There won’t be a problem unless the bags don’t
come by tomorrow night. But, wait, Larry has no suit until the bags come.
That is not a problem, says Magdala. Not at all. At least half the men
don’t wear suits to the panels. Just a sports coat is fine, preferable in fact. But
Larry doesn’t have a sports coat either in his carry-on or delayed baggage. Not
a problem either; some men just wear a shirt with a collar. Does he have that?
Yes.
Nothing being a problem, they agree to meet at the Congress Center. It is
just up the street from Sunset Reiser. But they must be very sure to go the
right way on the street, because just past the Sunset Reiser is the area where
the anti-globalization protestors have gathered. The demonstrators have,
unfortunately, somehow made their way to Davos even though they were
supposed to be kept one town away. However, the Swiss police have prepared
for this contingency and will not let the protestors pass a line which is,
unfortunately, near the Sunset Reiser, but in the opposite direction than the
Congress Center.
From the front, the Congress Center presents a poured concrete brow
just a story and a half above the sidewalk. This is deceptive because most of
the building is built into the side of a hill that slopes down from street-level. In
fact, there are at least four more stories below the entrance level and the place
is huge.
When the Lazards go in with Magdala, security is ready to make their
badges. They must take a new picture, which is not only visible on the badges
but digitized and stored in a database. In this way, when a badge is passed
over the security device, a blow-up of the picture appears on a screen visible to
the security guard, who really does look at it. Bags go through one scanner and
people go through another one. It’s much more efficient than an airport. No
lines and, apparently, no slip-ups.
Most of the security soldiers have Uzis. Besides those who have obvious
functions such as looking at security pictures, there is a fairly large contingent
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 6.5
of soldiers whose mission seems to be just to cradle an Uzi ready for use. To a
bad guy, it’s probably intimidating.
Once through security, Magdala explains, you take off your boots and
check them with your coat and put on your inside shoes. Mr. and Mrs. Lazard
did see the section in the prep material that explains about the need for inside
and outside shoes?
Yes, they have their inside shoes with them.
Excellent.
Efficiently, Magdala shows them the kiosks where they can get Internet
access; the rooms where they can plug their own PCs into an Ethernet
connection; the windows where they get tickets to the sessions (the popular
ones fill up fast so they should submit bids very early); the hall where keynotes
are given. Bill Clinton will give one. Ted Turner will give another. The sessions
Larry is participating in are not in the Congress Center; they are in various
hotels but all are very close. There is a map.
As they go back to their hotel, the Lazards see that battle lines have
formed. A Swiss Army water cannon blocks the street just past the Sunset
Reiser. Troops in full regalia with Plexiglas shields, Uzis, and batons flank it.
Bright lights shine from the water truck and a couple of jeeps into the bearded
and mufflered faces of the anti-globalization protestors. The ragged but
somewhat disciplined crowd has begun to throw snowballs at the troops. Most
are stopped by the shields, but an occasional lucky shot tops a shield and
lands on a soldier’s helmet. Since only lobs succeed in this, no real harm is
done and the soldiers appear impassive, although their real faces are hidden by
the insect noses of their goggle-eyed gas masks.
“Fuckin’ idiots,” comments Larry. “Who except an idiot would throw
snowballs at a man with an Uzi? Actually,” he muses, “they’re probably here
because they can be pretty sure they WON’T be shot, so it’s all for show. Looks
brave but they’re just taking advantage of the Western values they say they
hate. They don’t do this in dictatorships.”
“I’m glad you’re feeling better,” says Louise. “But you’re turning into a
real old fart member of the establishment. Must be the money.”
“Yeah. I earned it, though; WE earned it. No one gave it to us. We took
risks. And we don’t have it yet, either. A billion dollars and change! Wow.”
A billion dollars is the current paper value of the Lazard’s hackoff stock;
it’s currently trading in the 130 to 140 dollar range.
“I knew a guy who knew a guy who was at Kent State,” says Larry back
in his role as commentator on the standoff at the Sunset Reiser. He said what
happened was the National Guard troops lost it because they ran out of tear
gas or their tear gas didn’t work or something like that. So there’s a bunch of
guys standing around getting rocks thrown at them and they have too much
equipment on — including their rifles and bayonets and other stuff — to throw
rocks back. And they lose it; or someone loses it, and they shoot because it’s all
they can do to stop the rocks. So these guys out there better hope that the
Swiss guys have good tear gas or something or they could get nervous and use
those Uzis.”
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 6.6
In downtown Davos, far from the front line, other protestors have just
thrown a table through the window of a McDonald’s in a blow against both
American imperialism and carnivores. They have also attacked a fallen
policeman. These actions break a defacto détente. Word of the incident is
radioed to the troops at the Sunset Reiser at about the same time as the other
side gets word through their mobile phones and gives a ragged cheer. They
increase the volume of snowballs. In true revolutionary tradition, a couple of
them try to pry out cobblestones, but the cobblestones are frozen fast.
An order is given. The water cannon lowers its muzzle to the crowd. A
captain orders them to disperse in all four of Switzerland’s languages and
English. The crowd is defiant. The soldiers take a step forward in unison and
the water cannon fires.
“Idiots are lucky the water cannon worked,” says Larry. “Otherwise they
coulda got shot like the kids at Kent State. Now they’re just wet and cold and
they can feel like heroes.”
The idiots (or heroes) stumble away from the confrontation, some with
newly-formed ice in their hair or beards. The disciplined soldiers don’t pursue
them.
she’s filled her whole dance card. She does get into a talk by the inventor of
Dolly the Sheep and another on how to minimize jet lag.
“That’s Yasser Arafat,” Larry almost shouts.
The grubby man in a dirty suit with his trademark four-day stubble is
just a few feet away from them. There is no noticeable security. There are no
crowds of sycophants around him or the other somewhat less-celebrated
celebrities the Lazards begin to identify. It does seem, however, that there is a
rule that all celebrities know all other celebrities at least well enough for cheek
kissing.
“There must be a lotta other places where they hang out together,” Larry
guesses.
The Europeans are very fond of Bill Clinton. The French, in particular,
feel that the Monica Lewinsky affair was unfair, yet another example of
America’s lack of civilization. Of course, he has a mistress. He is a man of
power; all men of power have mistresses. They manage to say this slightly out
of earshot of their wives. And this George W. Bush; he is not a sophisticated
person. He is a Texan, a cowboy, the worst kind of American. He may not ever
have been to France. Probably doesn’t have a mistress either. They are looking
forward to Clinton’s keynote. They are regretting that he won’t be back as
President next year.
But a terrible thing has happened. There is an article in the Wall Street
Journal accusing Klaus Schwab of having guided World Economic Forum
contracts to companies in which he, personally, had an interest. Clearly the
article must have been written by a reporter who was disappointed not to be
invited to Davos and is taking revenge in print. Look at the timing. There must
be a good explanation. And, of course there is. Herr Klaus practices what he
preaches. These are excellent entrepreneurial companies. He has invested in
them and mentored them to help them. He has steered contracts to them for
the same reason: they deserve help and they are good at what they do. What
could be more consistent? We shouldn’t get distracted by this when there is
great work to be done in making the world a better place.
Larry is leading a luncheon discussion at a hotel a cab ride away from
the Congress Center; he is one of two males not wearing a suit or a sports coat.
The subject is the role of the Board of Directors. Attendees include a Belgian
hotelier, the Queen of a tiny European principality, a French government
official, a Japanese software entrepreneur, an Israeli electronic hardware
entrepreneur (also in shirtsleeves), an American telecommunications executive,
Louise Lazard, a British financial journalist, and a well-known Italian author of
children’s books who is there, however, as a spouse. There is also an expediter
from WEF to tell them what to do. It is not clear whether she is supposed to
have a speaking role in the discussion. It is possible that she was cloned from
Magdala.
Two excellent wines are served. The continental Europeans smoke while
they eat, which makes the asthmatic Japanese cough and sneeze which is a
cultural embarrassment to him.
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 6.8
“It’s pretty simple to us,” says Larry, who is supposed to kickoff the
discussion, as they say in the United States. “The Board represents the
shareholders, the owners of the company. Before you go public — before WE
went public — those were the VCs — I mean venture capitalists — and
founders who owned the company. The most important thing is that they
represent the owners.”
“Our view is much less limited,” says the Frenchman. “In our view it is
the role of the Board to represent ALL the stakeholders. This includes the
owners, of course; but equally important are the employees and the community
in which the company operates as well as the government, of course. I myself
serve on several boards for just these reasons.” He lights another French
cigarette.
“We had union representatives on our Board once,” says the American
telecommunications executive. “They were arrested for trading on insider
information.”
“What about customers?” asks Larry.
“What about them?” asks the Belgian.
“Are they stakeholders who get a seat on the Board?”
“I wouldn’t want to be on a Board,” says the Queen, who unfortunately
sprays when she talks. “I am a customer and I don’t want to be on a board.”
“Typically, not,” explains the Belgian. “It is not the tradition.”
“And in Japan?” asks Larry.
The Japanese does not speak English well. It is even more difficult for
him because his cough has worsened alarmingly. Although it is impossible to
know exactly what he said, there is apparently an elaborate tradition of how
Boards are constituted in Japan, with due consideration to creating the
interlock necessary in order for keritsu to operate efficiently.
“That would never work in France,” says the Frenchman, creating yet
more smoke.
“We’re with you Americans,” says the Israeli before being asked. “We
practice American style capitalism; it works.”
France, Belgium, and the principality may be conducting their own
boycott of Israel. They don’t appear to able to hear the Israeli although he
doesn’t speak softly.
“We believe that the company belongs to its owners; it must be run in
their interest,” says Larry. “Employees have to be treated well, so they’ll
perform well, which is good for the owners. Good community relations are good
for the owners, too, so it makes sense for companies to participate in local
communities. But the owners are still the owners, so the Board oversees
management to assure that all the owners’ interests are protected, that the
company is NOT run just for the benefit of management.
“Now the interesting question is: WHICH owners is the company run for?
Is it run for the stockholders who want to sell tomorrow? Is it run for the
stockholders who have a medium-term view? A long-term view?”
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 6.9
No one except Larry (and possibly Louise, who is silent) seem to think
this is an interesting question. Each person repeats what he or she has said
before in slightly different words.
The Italian author is appalled to think that a company would be run just
for its bottom line. “No wonder,” she says.
The British financial journalist clears his throat and proclaims the UK
somewhere between the US and the continent on the subject.
The Israeli tactlessly points out the wealth being created by NASDAQ-
listed companies both in the US and in Israel.
“The British system would not work in France,” says the Frenchman,
who still cannot seem to hear the Israeli.
“If your Boards represent all these constituencies,” asks the indefatigable
Israeli somewhat sharply, “who chooses them?”
“What do you mean?” asks the Belgian, shocked into recognizing Israel
by the direct question.
“So,” says the Israeli: “It’s very simple. In Israel and the US, the Board
represents the owners. So the owners, the shareholders, do elect the Board. If a
French Board, for example, represents other stakeholders, who decides who
should be on the Board representing the other stakeholders?”
The Frenchman still does not recognize Israel so the Belgian answers for
him: “The Board does.”
“The Board elects itself?” asks Larry.
“Well, government may appoint its members,” says the Frenchman, “and
management recommends its members; but the Board is in a position, as you
would say, to best determine how other stakeholders are represented.”
“So the Board does represent no one but itself,” says the Israeli. His tone
says “Q.E.D.”
Almost everyone manages to ignore this rude conclusion. Except for
Larry, who says, tactlessly: “Good point.”
There is a long silence.
“Would anyone like to order desert?” asks the woman from the WEF.
Most people would. The conversation becomes social and Larry, the moderator,
makes no attempt to bring it back to business.
The Israeli buttonholes Larry as they leave the luncheon: “You are going
back to the Congress Center.”
“Uh … yeah, my wife and I are.”
“So we’ll share a taxi.”
“Yeah, sure,” says Larry, not sounding sure. “This is my wife, Louise.”
“Hello, Louise,” says the Israeli. His name is Chaim Roslov, pronounced
with a guttural like Chanukah.
The driver of their cab doesn’t speak English but the multi-lingual Israeli
establishes Spanish as a lingua franca and directs him to the Congress Center.
“You certainly pointed out that Boards that are supposed to represent
everybody really represent nobody,” says Larry after they’ve settled into the
cab.
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 6.10
“Yes,” says Chaim. “They are Europeans. But I wanted to talk to you
about something else.”
“Yes?”
“You are Jewish.” It is not a question.
“Only half,” says Larry. “How do you know?”
“I know,” says Chaim. “Your mother was Jewish.” Apparently question
marks are not in his English vocabulary.
“Right,” says Larry.
“Then you’re Jewish.”
“Right,” says Louise, amused.
“But I don’t practice,” Larry objects.
“I’m not asking you to synagogue,” says Chaim. “Practice does not
matter. But you are a Jew.”
“I guess…”
“You are free for breakfast tomorrow,” Chaim asserts.
“I think so,” says Larry. “For what?”
“There is an important meeting. Simon Peres is coordinating this. We
must do something to create opportunity for Palestinians. There must be hope
for them or there will be no peace. We have a plan; we want your help.”
“I don’t even know any Palestinians,” says Larry. “I don’t think I can
help.”
“You can help,” says Chaim. “You must come to the meeting.”
“We will come,” says Louise.
“Only your husband may come.”
“Why?” asks Louise. “Are you orthodox? Are you afraid of women? I’m
Jewish — all Jewish.”
“Your husband is the principal. It is he who must come. If you are the
principal, you would come. It must be that way.”
“Why must it be that way?” asks Louise.
“It must,” says Chaim flatly.
The Lazards say nothing so he relents slightly.
“There is not room and there are security considerations. You will come,
Larry.” It is almost, but not quite, a question.
“I will come,” says Larry.
“It is important,” says Chaim.
otherwise intractable issues. Much of the discussion that led to the Oslo
Accords began here in this neutral territory where direct communication is
possible. In the midst of unparalleled global prosperity and relative peace, we
must do what we can to solve the world’s most intractable problems. We may
not succeed, but we have no excuse not to try. Prime Minister Peres has been
kind enough to host this breakfast so we may discuss part of what we can do.
Before we start, I’d like to go around the room and ask each of you to identify
yourself, your country, your company, and state briefly why you are here.”
When the introductions reach Larry, he says: “I’m Larry Lazard; I’m an
American. My company is hackoff.com; we do security for e-commerce. I don’t
know why I’m here. Chaim asked me to come.”
Peres turns his large gray face to Larry: “We’re glad you’re here, Larry
Lazard,” he says. “You’re here because you can help.”
After the introductions, Peres himself speaks: “We are here because there
are problems which must be solved,” he says. “The greatest obstacle to peace in
the Middle East is the lack of hope among young Palestinians. We are doing
something about that. The danger is that, in the Middle East, hope is its own
worst enemy. There is a story about an asp and a camel who meet on the
banks of the Suez Canal. ‘Take me across on your back,” said the asp to the
camel.’
“‘I can’t do that,’ said the camel to the asp. ‘You will sting me.’
“‘I won’t sting you,’ said the asp. ‘If I sting you, you will die and I will
drown.’
“‘Okay,’ the camel said and the asp got on his hump. Halfway across the
canal, the asp stung the camel.
“‘Why did you do that?’ asked the dying camel.
“‘Because this is the Middle East,’ said the asp before he drowned.
“We cannot allow ourselves to be drowned — to remain trapped in this
cycle of despair and violence,” continues Peres. “We must create hope where
there is no hope. We must give young Palestinians an alternative to violent
death. That alternative comes from jobs. We must export some of the potential
of the Israeli economy and the world economy to the Palestinian territories.
“We are doing that. We are establishing businesses and factories there.
We are creating jobs and we are creating hope. But there is great resistance to
this when it is perceived to come from Israel. There is a brave Palestinian
woman who has risen to be the plant manager of one of the enterprises we
created. She has risen above the squalor and despair she was raised in. But
her own father has called for her death; a local imam has declared a fatwah
against her. She may not live long although this brave woman does live today.
“So we need you who are not Israelis to create jobs in Palestinian
territory, in the West Bank and in Gaza. We need you to create hope. We need
you to create an alternative to violence and death. We will help you; we will put
you in touch with the right people; some of them are here at the conference.
But we must be invisible and you must be visible. Otherwise this remains the
Middle East. The asp will bite the camel. And both will die. Will you do this?”
Many say they will. Names are taken; appointments are made.
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 6.12
“Will you help, Larry Lazard?” asks Chaim, who is now somehow seated
next to Larry.
“I would like to,” says Larry. “I mean this sounds like a very good thing,
but I’m not sure how I…”
“My friend Larry Lazard and I will help,” says Chaim. The great head
turns toward them. “We will work to create jobs in the territories. We will
outsource there. We will create well-paying programming jobs there and we will
save money for our companies doing this. It is what our friends the Americans
call a win-win.”
“So,” Larry explains to Louise later, “I’m going to be put in touch with a
Palestinian who’ll be our contact for contracting some of our programming to a
group in Jenin. They’re supposed to be good; they can do it cheaper than we
can get it done in the US. And we save them from being suicide bombers.”
“Was Barak at the meeting?” asks Louise.
“No, why?”
“Isn’t that strange?”
“The whole thing is strange,” says Larry. “Davos is strange. Being a
billionaire is strange. I don’t know.”
“We’re there any Palestinians at the meeting?” asks Louise.
“No.”
“Does that tell you anything?”
“No. I told you; I’m going to meet a Palestinian. This is a good thing.”
“We’ll see,” says Louise.
“Why are you so negative?” asks Larry. “You’re the JAP. You’re the 100
percent pure Jew. You had a Bat Mitzvah, for Christ’s sake.”
“I don’t know,” says Louise. “I don’t know. We’ll see. I am glad you’re
trying. I’m glad that chauvinist pig Chaim recruited you.”
“So that’s it; you’re still pissed off that you weren’t invited to the
meeting.”
“No, that’s not it,” says Louise, then: “Yes, it is. I AM pissed off. But
that’s not what’s bothering me. I don’t know. Try. It’s the right thing to do.
Meet the Palestinian. And remember the camel.”
“Dom’s gonna have a cow,” says Larry. “He isn’t gonna wanna outsource.
He wants to keep control of everything.”
“You’re not doing this just to spite Dom, are you?”
“No. Of course not. But he won’t like it. That’s the way he is.”
“Just involve him,” says Louise. “Just tell him why you’re doing it. He’s
Jewish, too; he’ll understand. Send him to Israel to figure out how to make it
work.”
“I need him; can’t take the chance of him getting killed by a suicide
bomber,” says Larry. “Anyway, who cares if he’s pissed off?”
“Going to any good sessions?” asks Louise.
“Can’t get into anything good,” says Larry. “They’re all booked up.
Wonder if there are scalpers here. But, anyway, I did get into a session on
Mushrooms and Man. Probably no one cares about that except me.”
“Sounds good,” says Louise.
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 6.13
###
Media Contact:
Eve Gross
Chief Marketing Officer
609 555 1000
eveg@hackoff.com
Media Alert
###
The Interview
Eve has come through. Larry has an interview on the outside platform
with MSNBC. The green room is a porch of the platform above the snow. No
makeup is necessary in the outside light. The host is Roger Ratherson.
###
That should send the stock up this today! It’s already at an all-time high!
What’s Lazard doing skiing? He ought to be running the company. That’s why he gets the big
bucks.
This is a good chance for Lazard to tell the company’s story to a worldwide audience. It is
important to get foreign investors into the stock; they don’t sell as fast. And we need more fuel
to keep going up.
Given where the stock is trading, it does look like the US market understands our story but I
don’t think there’s much foreign ownership.
pooper, you’re still an asshole. Larry is in davos because he’s important. Everybody important
is at the world economic forum everybody knows that except you cause you’re not important.
Larrys on NOW
by: thewatcher02 (35/M/New Rochelle, NY)
01/28/00 11:06 am
Msg: 9006 of 9016
The companys been public for sex months and the Lizard still cant tell the jerkoff story. If he
ever does tell the truth about the company everybodyll sell except maybe shills like chorusline
and jumbo that probably sold already when they got all you jerkoffs to buy.
Alaska, you asshole, you’ve been running the company down since the stock opened at 15.
Now its almost 10 times that and you’re just pissed that you were wrong and missed a chance
to make real money or worse maybe you’re short and you can’t get out. I bet that’s it; that’s
why you spend all your time on the hackoff board bashing the stock. It’s because you’re caught
in your own shorts; talk about jerking off.
now the lizard is giving a lecture on the history of porno. hes lost his fucking mind. hes not
talking about jerkoff.com; hes just talking about the whole jerkoff business, the fucking history
of porno.
New High?
by: thewatcher02 (35/M/New Rochelle, NY)
01/28/00 11:18 am
Msg: 9010 of 9016
Larrys Interview
by: Jumbo10 (43/M/New York, NY)
Long-Term Sentiment: Strong Buy 01/28/00 11:22 am
Msg: 9011 of 9016
Larry didn’t do his job; no question about that. He is supposed to sell the company, not give
bullshit lectures. Being at Davos may have gone to his head and that’s not a good thing. No
CEO is going to look out for us, of course, its all about what’s in it for them but it’s better for
us when they’re in it for the money than when they get carried away on an ego trip. We don’t
have any shares in Lazard’s ego.
But maybe he can make some good deals there at Davos. There are other e-commerce CEOs
there and Bill Gates and Michael Dell and Jeff Bezos. Maybe hackoff can protect Amazon; that
would be a great story for the stock.
So I’m keeping hackoff at a strong buy for now even though Larry fucked up. Maybe he’ll get
his ego under control and sell something he can announce.
by: CLess
01/28/00 11:26 am
Msg: 9013 of 9016
Porno Rules
by: TestTost (32/M/San Francisco, CA)
Long-Term Sentiment: Strong Buy 01/28/00 11:30 am
Msg: 9014 of 9016
Larry was right about porno; it’s hot. He’s right to talk about porno; people like it and
hackoff makes money from it protecting the websites.
Larry’s on an ego trip. Larry’s at the World Economic Forum what will the street think?
Stock Down
by: thewatcher02 (35/M/New Rochelle, NY)
01/28/00 11:40 am
Msg: 9016 of 9016
###
It’s Friday party night at Davos. The parties are put on by individual
companies and countries; some require an invitation; some don’t. Some no one
even hears about he or she is supposed to be there. The welcome kit is full of
invitations and the Congress Hall as well as many of the hotels have room after
room devoted to parties open to all WEF attendees. The protestors are still
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 6.20
being held at bay just past the Sunset Reising although their numbers have
been swelling ominously.
Larry and Louise have been invited to several dinners. They decide to go
to one sponsored by a major American accounting firm that gave them Palm
Pilots as a welcome gift to Davos.
The dinner is in the banquet room of one of the few luxury hotels in
Davos. The banquet room and ancillary rooms are filled with borrowed
masterpieces from several art galleries. Most of the pieces are classical, so the
buffet line snakes through fawns, nymphs, and satyrs. Hercules — with a big
club, a large dick, and his trademark lion skin draped over one shoulder —
stands guard over one of the bars. Perseus — with poor Medusa’s head and an
even larger dick — watches over the other.
A number of partners from the sponsoring accounting firm are at the
table with Larry and Louise. The subject is new rules which prohibit the
auditors on an account from having any ownership interest, no matter how
remote, in a firm they audit.
“That does seem to make sense,” says Louise conversationally.
“Well, yes, it does SEEM to makes sense,” replies one of the partners.
“But the issue is more complex than it seems. We can’t actually figure out what
the rules mean. There are some forms to fill out regarding our non-conflict of
interest and we can’t figure them out either.”
“What’s so complicated?” asks Larry. “You guys usually charge us an
arm and a leg for figuring this stuff out. Either you own a piece of the company
you’re auditing or you don’t, and the rules say you can’t, so you don’t and you
fill out the form and say you don’t. What’s so complicated?”
“Well, suppose that you own shares in a mutual fund and the mutual
fund owns stock in a company you’re auditing. Is that against the rules?”
“I don’t know,” says Larry. “Is it?”
“We don’t know either. The rules seem to say you can’t do that.”
“Okay, so you can’t. Still don’t see what’s so complicated,” says Larry.
“Suppose you don’t know that mutual fund has stock in the company
you’re auditing? Then what?”
“So if you don’t know, then you don’t have any conflict so no problem,”
says Larry.
“But that’s not what the rules say, so there IS a problem,” complains the
bedeviled audit partner. “The rules say you can’t directly or indirectly own
shares in a company you’re auditing. And the forms ask if you own shares, not
if you KNOW you own shares. So, if you own any mutual funds, how can you
fill out the forms?”
“So, you don’t own mutual funds,” says Larry helpfully. “I’m going to
have to start charging you guys for advice.”
Louise kicks him under the table.
“Well, that’s not so simple either because your pension plan may own
mutual funds and those mutual funds may own stocks in companies that
you’re auditing. And it gets worse because a company you own stock in may
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 6.21
own or buy part of a company you’re auditing and, whether you know that or
not, you still might be in violation.”
“But it wouldn’t make any sense if the regulations mean that you have to
avoid a conflict you don’t KNOW you have,” says Louise. “And it wouldn’t be
fair, either.”
“I’m afraid we can’t rely on either logic or fairness in interpreting the
rules,” adds the accountant condescendingly.
“I’ve never known an accountant to rely on logic or fairness before,” says
Larry, suddenly hostile. “It’s usually just your clients who get hurt when you
can’t figure out the rules. Now it’s you guys.”
This conversation is over.
On the other side of the Lazards are the CEO of one Internet backbone
company and the Chairman and founder of another. They don’t have spouses
with them and are deep in conversation. They apparently know each other well.
Louise takes this opportunity to start a new conversation. “Do you both
live in Bermuda?” she asks.
“Bermuda?” repeats the CEO, looking puzzled.
“Bermuda?” echoes the Chairman of the rival company.
“Yes,” says Louise. “I looked your companies up and they’re both based
in Bermuda. Isn’t that right?”
“Oh,” says the CEO smiling, “we’re both actually American companies
but we have a great deal of international income, so it makes much more sense
to be headquartered in Bermuda from a tax point-of-view.”
“But,” asks Louise, “if your headquarters are there, don’t YOU have to be
there?”
“Just for one board meeting a year,” explains the chairman. “I always
take the wife and the golf clubs.”
“Yeah, hackoff.com is a Delaware company and we don’t go there either,”
says Larry.
“What business is ... er … what did you say the name of your company
is?” It is not clear whether the chairman is too near-sighted to see the
company name on Larry’s badge or just doesn’t want to stare.
“Hackoff.com. We provide security service to websites. I’m sure a lot of
the same companies that buy Internet access from you guys are customers of
ours for security. We protect them from hackers defacing their sites or, worse,
stealing credit card information.”
“Oh, yeah, I’ve heard of you guys,” says the CEO. “Don’t you have huge
market cap and almost no assets?”
“Our assets are our intellectual property and the shares we own in many
of our customers.” Larry is almost growling.
“No harm meant,” says the CEO cheerfully. “I meant that as a
compliment. I have heard of your business model including the pyramid … er
ownership stake you have in your customers. It’s brilliant. Congratulations.
Fighting off hackers isn’t easy, either. Glad someone is doing it before they ruin
the Internet.”
“Thanks,” says Larry, apparently mollified.
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 6.22
On Saturday afternoon, Bill Clinton speaks. Tickets to the Great Hall are
almost impossible to get, but there are a sufficient number of listening rooms
furnished with headsets which translate to many languages and wide screen
television views of the podium. Larry and Louise are in one of these.
There is a delay. Apparently the American Secret Service has become
alarmed and want everybody out of the hall so that they can go through and
look for bombs. They have both dogs and electronic noses ready. But they can’t
empty the room because of the crush of people trying to come in. There is a
dissatisfied mutter about the arrogance of the Americans who are not satisfied
with security arrangements, which were, after all, good enough for everyone
else.
The Secret Service compromises on just clearing the first five rows since
these will be closest to the President. This is doable but means that the VIPs
who have these rows will have to be shuffled out, so more offense is taken. To
make matters worse, once the Secret Service and its hounds have finished, the
relative plebeians flock into the seats meant for the patricians. It takes most of
the staff and tact of the WEF to sort this out.
Finally, it’s time for Herr Klaus to introduce the President. “You
graduated from Yale University. You were a Rhoades Scholar who studied in
London,” he says to the President. “You were Attorney General and then
Governor of the State of Arkansas. In 1992 you were elected to be President of
the United States of America; and, in 1996, you were re-elected. You have
pursued a strong domestic agenda and you are well-known and well-liked in
the capitals of the world. You have been a strong voice for negotiated
settlements to the world’s problems.
“President William Jefferson Clinton, it gives me great pleasure to
introduce you here at World Economic Forum 2000 in Davos, Switzerland. The
delegates look forward to your remarks.”
Clinton beams. He likes the audience and the audience likes him. He
jokes about the security and he is forgiven for it. He speaks nonspecifically but
sincerely about a “shared vision”. The audience shares this nonspecific vision.
When this likeable man speaks, it does seem that differences will disappear,
that prosperity will overcome despair, that the darkest, coldest corners of the
world will be lit and warm — that, indeed, the spirit of Davos, the vision of
Davos, the inclusiveness and well-meaningness of Davos, can and will become
the spirit of a happier world.
“He was good,” says Louise afterwards.
“He didn’t say a fucking thing,” says Larry.
“He doesn’t have to,” says Louise.
Saturday night is the big night at Davos; on this night a tux or equivalent
national dress is suggested. The main hall at the Congress Center has been
transformed into a huge nightclub with small tables in front of a large stage.
Counters of food line the edges of the room with ample small bars between
them. Larry and Louise have come early and take a table near the stage.
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 6.25
Simon Peres, his wife, and another couple take the table in front of them.
Peres nods to Larry and Louise but it is not clear whether he recognizes Larry
from the meeting or is just friendly.
There is much table-hopping. The Peres table is visited first by the new
King of Jordan and his wife. The women are on cheek-kissing terms. The men
shake hands warmly. The Jordanian royalty chats with the Israelis for ten
minutes or so before moving on. Various delegates in national garbs stop by to
pay their respects to the Pereses; a good percentage of them are in Arab robes.
Peace seems possible at Davos.
The premier act of the night’s entertainment is a group of 200 gypsies
playing violins. They fill the huge hall with rich sounds alternating between joy
and sorrow. The country-less violinists are a hit with the delegates, all of whom
have countries of their own at the moment.
After the nightclub dinner and show, there are national parties to
discover throughout the Congress Center. Sometime during the entertainment,
Larry’s new friend Chaim Roslov has joined them at their table with his wife
Devorah. Larry and Louise and Chaim and Devorah go first to Mauritius for a
party. It is in and around a huge pool, perhaps used as a swimming pool at
other times, in a building which connects through a huge walkable (and warm)
hose to the Congress Center. The awesome Mauritian band is on a platform in
the middle of the pool as isolated as Mauritius itself is in the middle of the
Indian Ocean. It’s not clear how they got there or how they’ll get back. They
can’t and don’t take breaks.
At one end of the pool is food, which is presumably Mauritian. There are
large variety of vegetarian dishes ranging from mild to extremely spicy; these
are the contributions of the island nations’ mainly Hindu population. There are
also a variety of the spicy pork and goat dishes favored by the minority Creole
population. Most confections have a coconut base.
At the other end of the pool is a dais where some Mauritians give
speeches. They are very glad to have the delegates visit their party and hope
that they soon will visit Mauritius. They will find it is a country that realizes its
future is within and not isolated from the world economy. To that end, the
Prime Minister has begun a program of legal reform to create the required
transparency and to assure that contracts are respected. Protectionism is as
dead in Mauritius as the dodo which once thrived there.
It would be helpful if the developed world would remove punitive tariffs
on the agricultural and manufactured products of Mauritius and would stop
unfair subsidies to domestic sugar growers. That is, the world should notice,
all that Mauritius is asking in addition to some reasonable forbearance of debt
contracted by previous profligate regimes. Mauritius is not asking for foreign
aid. The new loans it seeks are economically sound and can be amply repaid.
Even the old loans can be repaid if only those unfortunate and unproductive
tariff barriers were just to be removed.
The Mauritians are good hosts who speak briefly and smile often. The
band plays very danceable Reggae, and the delegates and their spouses dance
standard American dances on platforms erected on the sides of the pool.
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 6.26
Magdala is there with her “significant other”, a tall thin Swiss of about thirty
with a German accent. He is a consultant and dances well. Chaim and Larry
each dance a couple of times with Magdala and each other’s wives while
Magdala’s significant other makes sure no trailing spouse is left a wall flower.
Chaim has a brief conversation with Magdala and the significant other in
German.
Next to the food tables there is a bar. A very potent punch, which may or
may not be indigenous to Mauritius, is served there, as well as a standard
selection of bar wines, beers, and hard liquors. It is not clear what the scion of
an Argentinean steel company was drinking before he fell off the dance floor
and into the pool. No matter; he is quickly and efficiently hauled out by a
combination of wait staff and quickly-appearing security forces. The dancers
stop to cheer as he is helped wetly away. The puddles behind him are
immediately mopped.
Chaim exchanges a few words of Hindi with some of the hosts.
The US party features blues from Chicago sung by a very sexy black
woman who is an expatriate Chicagoan, but usually to be heard in Europe and
sometimes Japan. The room is dark, partly illuminated in ultraviolet, and with
creative neon outlines of jazz instruments on the walls. Either there is no
speaker at the US party or the Lazards and their new friends the Roslovs
arrived too late to hear them. These blues are not meant to be danced to,
although some people try.
Chaim and the singer speak Italian for a few minutes.
The Russian party is renowned for its vodka and caviar — especially the
caviar. The Lazards and Roslovs first heard rumors of the Russian caviar while
still in Mauritius. In Chicago, between blues numbers, they speak to people
who have actually been there and seen and eaten the mountains of tiny eggs.
But no one can describe exactly how to get to the Russian party. Undeterred,
the Lazards and Roslovs set out to find the land of vodka and caviar.
In one of the many sublevels of the Congress Center, they follow music
hopefully into a loud room. Wrong country: it’s France. But it would be rude to
tear yourself out of the grip of the buxom French farm women with plunging
décolletage who pull you into the room. The food here is mainly elaborately
constructed pastry. Champagne bubbles from a replica of the fountains of
Versailles. A chamber trio plays baroque music in a corner.
Now, unfortunately, there will be a short speech. It is in French, which
Larry understands not at all, and Louise only a little. However, Chaim
translates concurrently: France is very much in favor of economic globalization.
After all, the French invented international trade. However, there is a danger in
globalization. This danger is cultural. One country in particular has imposed
its culture on much of the world to the detriment of other cultures everywhere.
“Yeah, we make everyone wear fucking jeans…” says Larry a little too
loudly. He is hushed by Louise and some of the people around them.
The speech goes on to regret that the benefits of the Internet — an
outgrowth, one might say, of minitel, which was invented, of course, in France
— these benefits are denied to much of the world because so much of the
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 6.27
By 3:00 AM the countries are a blur. Most of the food is gone, although
there is apparently no end to the liquor or the music. Larry and Louise head
unsteadily down the hill to Sunset Reising. It is bitter cold and a wind is
blowing seriously. A few lights on the mountain sides illuminate huge swirls of
blowing snow across and around the avalanche fences.
The water cannon and its accompanying troops are gone. There is no
sign of protestors. Globalization is apparently safe for the time being, at least in
Davos.
No formal sessions are scheduled for Sunday. The delegates are
encouraged to take advantage of the excellent downhill and cross-country
skiing. Larry and Louise wake late and hung-over. One look at the still blowing
snow outside the window convinces them to pull down the shades and go back
to sleep, despite being in one of the world’s premier ski resorts.
Sunday evening Larry has his meeting with the Palestinian, Mahmud
Assan. They meet in the small bar in the lobby of the Sunset Reising. Mahmud
is in Western clothes — a well-tailored brown jacket and an open shirt. His
slacks are pressed and his black shoes shined to a high gloss.
“I’m pleased — very pleased — to meet you, Mr. Lazard,” he says.
“Please, call me Larry.”
“You should likewise call me Mahmud.”
They discuss the sessions they’ve been to. Larry describes the pleasure of
hearing from the world’s foremost expert in mushrooms — a man who
discovered and cataloged over 100 species himself — about a strange
phenomenon. Species seem to have evolved in pairs, one of each pair is
poisonous and the other isn’t. It is not clear whether the poison varieties mimic
the harmless ones as they evolve or vice versa or whether there is yet another
explanation for this pairing.
Mahmud was interested especially in efforts which are being made to
eliminate patent barriers to the manufacture of needed drugs in the third
world. Brazil has been especially successful in this regard, particularly with the
antiviral drugs necessary to fight AIDS. The problem is that these drugs do
have a way of finding their way back to first world markets much to the
discomfort of the major drug manufacturers.
“I understand you are prepared to invest in Palestine,” says Mahmud.
“I understand that there is an opportunity for my friend Chaim and I to
invest in Jenin and help create jobs there,” says Larry.
“There is no opportunity for Israeli investment in Jenin,” says Mahmud
flatly.
“But I thought…”
“Mr. Larry Lazard — Larry — you must understand that my people want
no investment from the Israelis who have stolen their homes and treated them
without respect or mercy. This cannot be. The Zionists and the Palestinians are
enemies and that will not change, not so long as Israel occupies our land.”
“My meeting with you was set up by Israelis. It wouldn’t have happened
otherwise. I never heard of the initiative to create jobs in the Palestinian
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 6.29
territories until I went to a meeting with Israelis. They are the ones who want to
help. They recruited me.”
“We do not want the help of the Jews. We…”
“I’m a Jew,” says Larry. He has rarely said that.
“That is why you must deal through me if you want to help,” says
Mahmud.
“That’s outrageous,” says Larry. “I’m here to help and you’re insulting me
and my friends.”
“If you don’t mind my saying so, Larry Lazard, you are naïve in these
matters. I know you have been a great success in your own country and I know
that you have the highest of motives. The Palestinian Authority cannot accept
help from Jews. I want you to be able to help my people and I can make that
possible despite the centuries of hatred and injustice which stand in our way.”
“Meaning what?” asks Larry.
“You can help but you must help through me.”
“Very kind of you.” Larry is visibly angry. “You mean the Palestinian
people can have jobs but they can’t know who hired them. They can have jobs
that my Israeli friends and I create but they have to be able to go on hating us;
they can’t ever find out that we’ve helped them? Even if I wanted to — and I
don’t — how could I outsource programming to people that we can’t talk to and
who don’t know we exist?”
“That’s my role,” says Mahmud. “I will represent you to them and I will
represent them to you. They will know, of course, that the programming will be
used in the United States of America but they will not know the association
with Zionists. They will not know of you and certainly not know of your friend
Chaim. If they knew, they would not accept the work.”
“That’s outrageous,” Larry repeats. “I’m not going to hide so I can help.”
“I think,” says Mahmud calmly, “that your friends who put you in touch
with me will be disappointed to hear that you only want to help in order to get
credit for helping, and will not help if you cannot have the credit. That…”
“That is not the point,” says Larry. “The point is not that I get credit. The
point is that the people know that they got help from people they’ve spent their
whole life hating. This is the way to break the cycle of hatred and violence.”
“I’m afraid you do not understand how deeply this hatred runs. The
people will not believe that those who have treated them so badly are now
treating them well. They cannot accept gifts from their oppressors. They will
not accept gifts from their oppressors.”
“Then what is the point?” asks Larry.
“The point is,” Mahmud explains, “that these people have no hope
because they have no jobs. If your help — your anonymous help, help given
through me and the Palestinian Authority — if this help gives them jobs, then
they will have a reason to hope. Then they will have a reason to avoid the
violence which is born of despair. Then, if the Israelis stop their violence, then
maybe there can be peace, God willing. I don’t know what your friends told
you, but I know they know these truths. That is why your friend Chaim has not
come with you to see me. I do not believe they want ‘credit’; they know this is
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 6.30
impossible. I believe they want to create jobs so that young unemployed men
do not continue to become martyrs against those who have stolen our land.”
“Suppose I were willing to do this. Suppose I am willing to create these
jobs without ever having the people who benefit know who helped them, how
would that work?”
“Well, Larry Lazard, that is my role. I will put you in touch with a
company in the United States for which my brother works. You will deal mainly
with him and, through me and the Palestinian Authority, the jobs will be
created and the work will be done. Your mission will be, as you Americans say,
‘accomplished’.”
“I don’t like this but I will think about it,” says Larry. “On practical
terms, I’m not at all sure the programming can be done correctly if there is not
direct communication between the development people at hackoff and the
programmers. Moreover, I don’t like leaving the programmers taking Jewish
money and hating Jews.”
“Is it not better than to have them killing Jews?”
“They kill themselves, too.”
“They are happy to die. They know that Allah will reward them in the
afterlife. But the question is do you want to help? Do you want to create these
jobs? Do you want to help end the killing? And, of course, you will get this
work done more cheaply than you would anywhere else. More cheaply than in
India, certainly more cheaply than in the United States.”
“I’ll think about it,” says Larry already thinking. “Perhaps we will find a
way to do it.”
“There will be certain expenses in advance,” says Mahmud.
“What?”
“The jobs cannot be established until certain people have been satisfied
that this is a good idea. There will be expenses associated with that.”
“What do you mean?” asks Larry naively. “Are you talking about
lobbying? Public relations? What is this?”
“You might call it lobbying,” says Mahmud. “In the United States I believe
you give ‘campaign contributions’. Here there are also people who must be
satisfied before things are able to happen. I will have to distribute ‘campaign
contributions’ in order to have the support we need for this very risky business.
I must have the money for these ‘campaign contributions’ in advance.”
“You’re asking me for a fucking bribe,” says Larry, his eyes first wide in
disbelief than narrowing in anger. “You’re telling me I have to pay bribes to you
and your fucking friends so I can have the privilege of creating jobs that you
take credit for so that they can go on hating me and all other Jews. Fuck you.
Get out of here.” Larry is on his feet.
“It is how things are done,” says Mahmud. “And you are being insulting.
That will not get things done. That is not good.”
“Which part of ‘get out of here’ didn’t you understand? Is there a way to
say ‘fuck you’ in Arabic? Do you understand that?”
The manager of the Sunset Reising hears the rising volume and anger
and moves slowly from behind the desk in the back room to where Larry and
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 6.31
Mahmud are. However, he first pushes the security button under the desk; he
has been told that it connects directly to the army security forces and that they
will arrive within minutes.
“Mein Herren…” says the manager. “Gentlemen, is there a problem?”
“No problem,” says Mahmud.
“No problem,” says Larry.
“There is keine problem,” explains the manager to the troops with Uzis
who suddenly fill the lobby. “I made a mistake. Danken Sie; danken Sie, bitte.
No problem.”
“You have made a mistake,” says Mahmud to Larry as he leaves.
“Thanks for this history lesson,” says Larry, “but it still sucks and I’m
not gonna do it.”
“‘Peace is hard work’. Simon Peres said that in his closing speech,” says
Louise.
“Your father hated Peres,” says Larry to Louise. “Thought he was a ‘pinko
commie peacenik’ or whatever the Israeli equivalent is. Maybe Likud is right.
Perhaps there is no way but force. These don’t seem to me like people you can
do business with.”
“My father hated you,” says Louise to Larry.
“Different reason,” says Larry, grinning, “maybe he was right about
Peres.”
“There may be another chance,” says Chaim. “Your President Bill Clinton
will try very hard to bring Barak and Arafat together. It is to be his legacy and
the US can lean very hard. Perhaps this will work. And perhaps you should
think again about helping, although I do not blame you if you do not.”
“I will think again because you ask me to. And because it is so fucking
beautiful up here at the top of the world.” Larry hugs Chaim and Louise to him.
“I am glad you are thinking, Larry Lazard,” says Mahmud, who
materializes beside Larry on the line to go down the funicular. He is gone
before Larry can reply.
As they board the car, the sun has ducked behind the peak of an alp and
it is suddenly dark and chill.
“Don’t forget the camel, Larry,” says Louise.
Hackoff closes the day at 155 1/2 after trading as high as 159 1/8.
4300
4200
4100
4000
3900
3800
3700
3600
3500
0
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
20
/2
/2
/2
/2
/2
/2
1/
26
27
28
29
30
31
2/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
1/
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 6.33
$165.00
$160.00
$155.00
$150.00
$145.00
$140.00
$135.00
$130.00
$125.00
$120.00
1/26/2000 1/27/2000 1/28/2000 1/31/2000 2/1/2000
7/
1/
1
$0.00
$20.00
$40.00
$60.00
$80.00
$100.00
$120.00
$140.00
$160.00
$180.00
7/ 999
8/
hackoff.com
7/ 199
15 9
/
7/ 199
22 9
0
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
/
7/ 199
29 9
/1 6/30/1999
8/ 999
5/
8/ 199 7/14/1999
12 9
/
8/ 199
19 9
/ 7/28/1999
8/ 199
26 9
/1
9/ 999
2/
1
8/11/1999
9/ 999
9/
1
9/ 99
16 9 8/25/1999
/
9/ 199
23 9
9/ 99
/1 9/8/1999
30 9
/
10 199
/7 9 9/22/1999
10 /19
/1 99
4
10 /19
/2 99
10/6/1999
1/
###
10 19
/2 99
8/ 10/20/1999
11 199
/4 9
© 2005 Tom Evslin
11 /19
/1 99
1
11/3/1999
11 /19
/1 99
8/
11/17/1999
5/
12 199
/2 9 12/1/1999
/
12 199
/9 9
12 /19 12/15/1999
/1 99
6
12 /19
/2 99
3 12/29/1999
12 /19
/3 99
0/
1
1/ 999
6/ 1/12/2000
1/ 200
13 0
/ 1/26/2000
1/ 200
20 0
/2
1/ 00
27 0
/2
00
0
Page 7.1
“Now I feel rich,” says Louise Lazard. She and Larry are on the Concorde
at fifty thousand feet, streaking east to New York from London on their way
back from Davos. They have to take the expensive Concorde because Larry has
to negotiate this evening in New York and the logistics of leaving Davos by train
didn’t get them to a major European airport in time to make any other
connection.
“You should,” says Larry. “On paper, we’re worth over a billion dollars.
What’s better, it actually looks like we’re going to get a down payment on that.”
Hackoff is planning to do a secondary offering at which the company will
sell more stock. The offering is called a “secondary” because it is after the IPO
which is, of course, the initial stock offering. In the IPO the company was the
only seller of stock and the company got all of the proceeds (minus the seven
percent that went to Barcourt).
In the secondary, the plan is for the company to sell one-and-a-half
million new shares and for the founders, venture investors, and top
management of hackoff to sell an additional 1.5 million shares for their own
accounts. With the stock over 150 dollars per share, 1.5 million shares are
worth 225 million dollars. If the secondary were to be done at this price, the
company would raise an additional 225 million and the founders, investors and
officers would split another 225 million.
The negotiation Larry has to take part in this evening is to determine
exactly how much of the 1.5 million non-company shares each of the investors,
founders, and officers will get to sell. Together, they own many times this
number of shares so it may be a tough negotiation depending on how much
each of them really want to sell. Naturally, everyone has been very cagey about
his or her aspirations.
“Of course,” says Larry to Louise, “we can’t count on the stock staying at
this price through the secondary. Barcourt says that the price of a stock
usually goes down when a secondary is announced and it doesn’t always
recover until after the secondary is done. Naturally, I don’t ever believe
anything those self-serving sons-of-bitches say, so I checked some companies
that have done secondaries and it looks like they’re right this time. So we
shouldn’t count at selling at 150 or 160 dollars. Be nice though…”
“Why do stocks go down when a secondary is announced?” asks Louise.
“I guess a simple answer is that there is about to be more stock available
to the market. Of course, the secondary gives us the chance to go out to all the
mutual funds and do the pitch again, which we hope will create more demand.
What Barcourt says is that the funds know they’re going to be able to get more
shares in the secondary, so they slow down or stop buying in the open market
and the price comes down some. Maybe true or maybe just something the
bankers and the funds somehow arrange — self-fulfilling prophecy — so that
the funds get a chance to get more cheap stock. It’s not like the IPO, though.
Since we’re already public, the stock that the funds get is priced at just about
where the stock closes on the day we close the secondary.”
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 7.3
“Yeah, you told me that,” says Louise. “But there’s part of it I still don’t
get. Why don’t they just buy in the open market? Why should they order at all
in the secondary if the price is the same as the market?”
“You’re really getting into this stuff,” says Larry, smiling. “Must be that
being filthy rich gets your attention. Good question. I had to ask, too. Two
answers I got: one, if they tried to buy a big quantity in the open market it
would drive the price up, so they can’t really buy big at market price; the
secondary lets them do that. Two, the sellers pay a commission in a secondary,
but the buyers don’t, so they save on commissions. That’s pennies, but they do
big volumes so it means something. I think the first reason is the real one.
There may be one more reason the bankers didn’t mention: in the companies I
looked at, the stocks did go down from the announcement of the secondary to
the time it closed. Then it went back up — for three out of four of them —
higher than it had ever been. So this is another chance for a fund to pick up a
fast profit — even if it’s not as fast as an IPO.”
“But why don’t they just buy IPOs?” asks Louise. “They make a lot more
money on them. Why bother with secondaries at all?”
“A few people have told me that there aren’t many good companies
coming public any more,” says Larry. “There’s getting to be a lot of crap out
there. I think the seventeenth online pet food company just announced its IPO.
Online grocers are doing IPOs and no one has figured out how they can ever
make a profit. The good companies like hackoff are already public. So I think
they’d like to balance the new IPOs with some investment in seasoned
companies like us that are already public. I don’t think you and I will want to
put most of the money we get in the secondary into IPO stocks. But the
bankers are all over me to do that.”
“To do what, Lar?”
“To buy a lot of IPO stocks with our new money,” says Larry. “Not that
they don’t have lots of other ideas for how to manage our money for us. And
complicated ways that we can really sell more than we’re selling but not look
like we’re selling and, somehow, not violate the agreement we’ll sign with
Barcourt that locks us up for a while from selling more.”
“Speaking of people who want to manage our money,” says Louise, “I got
another call from my aunt at Merrill Lynch. She says she’s in their Wealth
Management division and they can do a great job for us. She says we’re ‘high
net worth individuals’ and that they specialize in managing the assets of high-
net individuals who have had recent ‘liquidity events’ — I think that means ‘got
a lot of money’.”
“She can get in line with all the rest of the bankers who are calling us,”
says Larry. “Must be what it’s like to win the lottery. The phone at the office is
one banker after another.”
“I can always tell one of their calls when I get them at home,” says
Louise. “They ask for ‘Larry’. When I ask them ‘Larry who?’ they get flustered
and mispronounce Lazard. Some of them, though, some of them say ‘Is this
Louise?’ They must buy the first names somewhere.”
“That’s when I hang up,” says Larry.
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 7.4
“So, when I say I’m Louise or I’m your wife, they say ‘how is the weather
in Atlantic Highlands?’ They all say that. Must be some book they read or
something. Maybe there’s a law they have to say that. Anyway, we do have to
listen to Aunt Hattie some time.”
Short interruption while Louise orders another drink from the ancient
stewardess. Larry declines. He doesn’t drink before negotiating.
“So why should we listen to Aunt Hattie more than any of the other
bankers who want to get their hands on our money?” asks Larry. “Second to
your father, she was the foremost hater of my guts when I was in jail. Didn’t
she want to get you exorcised or something?”
“Simple. She’ll tell my mother if we don’t. We don’t have to give her any
money to manage; just listen to her.”
“She’s gonna be even more pissed off when we don’t give her any, I
think,” says Larry. “We do her a favor if we don’t waste her time and listen
because we already know she’s an idiot. But whatever you want; I always listen
to rich ladies like you. As long as you really don’t give her any money to
manage. And as long as I don’t have to talk to her before the secondary is done.
I don’t know why, but that reminds me, did you get tickets for the Knicks next
week?”
“I called Guido,” says Louise. “He says the game with Miami is really
hard to get anything for. Everybody thinks Ewing is going to kill one of their
players from the fight they had last season and everybody likes to come to the
Garden to boo Pat Riley. He’s holding a couple of seats for us. Two- -fifty each
and all the way in the back of the club section.”
“Shit,” says Larry, “I don’t want to sit that far back. He couldn’t get us
anything behind the bench, even if we pay more? Those seats we had right
behind the bench beginning of the season were great. You didn’t go cheap on
us, did you?”
“That’s all he said he had,” says Louise. “He didn’t say he had anything
better at any price. I didn’t ask him though.”
Larry starts to giggle.
“Larry, you’re giggling,” says Louise. “You don’t giggle. You’re not even
drinking. Is something wrong?”
“No,” Larry just manages to choke out, “I … I just . I…” He can’t control
his laughter enough to talk. He manages to blurt out: “We-could-buy-‘em!”
“I don’t get it,” says Louise laughing from contagion and also pounding
Larry on as much of his back as she can reach in the small Concorde seats.
“Larry, buy what? Are you okay?”
“Buy ... buy … WecouldbuytheKnicks,” he says in one fast breath and
finally gets his laughter under control.
“What?”
“If we can’t get the tickets we want, we’ll just buy the Knicks. I think I
read somewhere that the company that owns them would sell or just did sell or
something for a little over 200 million. We can afford that. We’ll just buy them
and we won’t have to worry about getting seats anymore.”
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 7.5
“Now I really feel rich,” says Louise. “Not sure I want to own Alan
Houston, though.”
“You’re right,” says Larry. “Good thing you’re a knowledgeable fan AND a
careful shopper. His contract is too rich for someone who won’t dribble. Guess
we won’t buy them. Won’t really have the cash anyway. We’re not gonna get
that much out in the secondary. Maybe they’d take stock though…”
“Stock’s too valuable to give them,” says Louise, drowsily. She falls asleep
with a slight snore and a smile.
After a few minutes, Larry takes his computer out of the seatback pocket
and starts to work a spreadsheet to use in the negotiation. He works until the
descent towards New York begins.
There are two limos at Kennedy for the Lazards: one to take Louise and
the bags back to Atlantic Highlands, the other to take Larry into the city for his
negotiations.
“Good luck,” she says. “Don’t buy any sports teams without talking to
me.”
“Right,” he says. “I love you.” He sounds distracted.
“You’re already negotiating,” she says fondly. “I love you too.”
The doorman at the Harvard Club has been instructed to send Mr.
Lazard to the main dining room where he is further directed to the table at
which Joe Windaw of Windaw & Wallar and Joanne Ankers of Big Router are
sitting. They are half way through their first cocktail. Larry orders a Coke and
they settle in with small talk to wait for Franklin Adams of ad-Ventures who
has called Joe to say he will be a few minutes late.
“How was Davos?” asks Joe.
“Overwhelming,” says Larry. “Never seen anything like it. Simon Peres,
Yasser Arafat - people like that just sort of wandering around.”
“Didn’t Clinton speak there?” asks Joanne.
“Yeah, he did, but he wasn’t wandering around like the other guys.
Spoke, but didn’t say anything, as far as I could hear. I guess if you can smoke
pot without inhaling you can speak without saying anything. Joanne, you look
offended, you’re not a Clinton supporter, are you?”
“As a matter of fact, yes,” says Joanne. “He’s smart, which is more than
you can say about most politicians, and I think he understands the needs of
the Valley.” She means Silicon Valley in California, of course. “I worked for him
in the last campaign and helped manage a PAC for him at Big Router. I don’t
know whether people hate him because he’s smart or because his wife is
smart.”
“He wasn’t so smart about Monica Lewinsky. Made Hillary look pretty
dumb, too.”
“See,” says Joanne, “people can’t discuss him rationally. What’s all that
have to do with what kind of President he’s been?”
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 7.6
“Hey,” says Larry, “I didn’t mean to be offensive. By the way, saw a great
t-shirt. It said ‘Viagra — a medicine to make blood leave a man’s head and go
to his brain’ the quote is signed Hillary Clinton.”
Joanne’s smile looks forced.
“Fortunately,” interjects Joe, “here’s Franklin. He won’t want to talk
politics.”
Franklin joins them. “Sorry to be late,” he apologizes. “One of our
portfolio companies is having a little bit of a liquidity problem and I’m trying to
help them think it through. Bunch of bright twenty-somethings, but I don’t
think they’ve ever thought about the need for cash to pay the bills before. Mom
and Dad probably paid for college.”
“What single malts do you have?” he asks the waiter. When Franklin gets
his glass, they toast the secondary.
“Okay,” says Larry. “I’ve got all of your requests for the secondary, and I
really don’t think there’s going to be much of a problem getting you close to
what you want. There need to be more shares for management than you’ve left
room for, but I think a little adjustment…”
“We have a change,” says Joanne.
“What’s to change?” asks Larry. “You told me Big Router doesn’t sell
shares in secondaries as a matter of policy. Do you want to buy some more?”
“No,” says Joanne. “That’s what changed. We do want to sell the same
percentage of our holdings as the other VCs.”
“Why the policy change?” asks Larry. “This is gonna put a monkey
wrench in things.”
“I’m not sure there is an overall policy change,” says Joanne. “And we
don’t think it is putting a monkey wrench in things if we just ask to be treated
like the other VCs.”
“You mean your policy is still not to sell but you want to sell hackoff?
What the hell’s all that about?” asks Larry. “And what IS putting a goddamn
monkey wrench in things is you telling me one thing and then changing it at
the last minute…”
“Calm down, Larry,” says Joe.
“Are you afraid I’m going to offend everyone in your goddamn club?” says
Larry. “This is a big fu… BFD. We’re a day before announcing our secondary.
We have everything just about set. And she—” Larry is partly out of his seat.
“Calm down,” says Joe. This time it sounds like an order.
Larry waits. Joe says nothing more but keeps looking at Larry. Larry sits
back down and looks away from Joe. For at least thirty seconds, no one breaks
the silence.
“So Big Router is having a bad quarter,” says Franklin.
“What? Are you asking me?” asks Joanne who has not been looking
directly at anyone. “We haven’t said anything about the quarter. Who says it’s
weak?”
“Not asking,” says Franklin. “I know you can’t say anything. But I heard
from a couple of places that the order book is weak and that some of the flakier
dotcoms haven’t been paying their bills, so it makes sense that you’d be trying
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 7.7
to show some portfolio profits. You have a nice gain in hackoff and it makes
sense that you’d want to get some of it into this quarter.”
“Are you selling other portfolio companies?” asks Larry.
“I can’t comment on any of that,” says Joanne.
“Okay,” says Joe. “Why don’t we get down to the numbers? Larry, you
said you had an allocation in mind — obviously it’ll have to change with this
new development — but why don’t we start there? What do you have?”
“This blows it all up,” says Larry. “Okay, just let me get my computer
booted.” He takes his Dell laptop from his attaché case, pushes his table
setting out of the way, and starts to open it on the table.
“I’m afraid you can’t do that,” says Joe.
“Do what? You haven’t even seen the numbers,” says Larry.
“I’m afraid you can’t open a PC on the table here. It’s a house rule. No
working papers at dinner and certainly no computers on the table.”
“Jesus Christ,” says Larry. “Is that because everyone at this club has a
daddy who’s so goddamn rich they don’t ever have to do business? Or is that
what they want to pretend? Let’s get out of here and go to a real restaurant
then. We’ve got work to do.”
“I think that’ll take more time than it’ll save,” says Joe calmly. “If we
can’t finish over dinner, I can get us a private room after where we can work.
Look, Larry, I know you’re upset. But I can’t believe you need a computer to
remember a few numbers. Maybe I would, but you don’t, not even if your day is
six hours longer than anyone else’s. Where did you get up this morning,
anyway?”
“Davos,” says Larry. “Yeah, I remember the numbers, but it isn’t going to
be easy for everyone to follow without seeing them. You okay with doing this
blind, Franklin?”
“I’m fine,” says Franklin. “Go ahead.”
“I’m fine with this also,” says Joanne.
Larry takes a deep breath. “As you know, we’re planning to sell three
million shares in the secondary. Barcourt says its okay if fifty percent of those
come from selling stockholders, so that leaves us with 1.5 million shares to
divide up between us. That’s the easy part.”
“I’ve got it,” says Joanne.
“I hope so,” says Larry, “because now it gets hard. Franklin, you said
ad-Ventures wants to sell twelve percent of its stake so long as no one else is
selling a bigger piece. Joe, you said you guys want to sell 650 thousand which
is thirteen percent. Of course, we were counting on Big Router holding…”
“But that’s changed,” says Joanne.
“I understand that. But Joe asked that I go over what I originally was
proposing before you changed your mind, so that’s what I’m doing.”
Joanne starts to say something, but stops on a signal from Joe which
only she can see.
“Okay?” asks Larry. When no one answers, he continues: “So if Windaw
& Wallar gets to sell thirteen percent, then ad-Ventures would need to sell
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 7.8
thirteen percent which is another 585 thousand making one million 235
thousand. Clearly that doesn’t leave enough for—”
“Can you repeat those numbers?” asks Joanne.
“Jesus Christ,” says Larry. “You said you were okay with doing this
blind. These numbers don’t matter anyway, because they’re not going to work.”
Frankin says: “Larry said that if ad-Ventures and Windaw & Wallar sell
thirteen percent of their holdings, that adds up to one million 235 thousand
shares which leaves only 265 thousand for the management team, which he is
about to tell us is too little.”
“Right,” says Larry. “That just isn’t gonna—”
“And I agree,” says Franklin. “Larry and his team deserve more than
that. And what about the other VCs that came in for small amounts with us?
Larry, what were you assuming for them?”
“Nothing ... I mean I assumed zero. You didn’t say anything about them
and I assumed that they wanted to hold.”
“No,” says Franklin. “I’m sorry about that, but they will expect to get —
they have to get — the same percentage that we get.”
“Great,” says Larry, “so we have an even worse problem. Anyway, just to
finish what I started with, I was going to propose that you two both sell ten
percent of what you’ve got. That’s just a little less than Franklin asked for.
You’re in at an average price around a buck a share so, if you sell ten percent
at 150 bucks that’s what, a 1500 percent return on your initial investment,
plus you’ve still got ninety percent of your stock.”
He pauses, but no one says anything.
“Then,” he continues, “I was proposing that Aaron Smyth and Frank
Folger each get to sell sixy-five thousand shares and Donna sells 100
thousand.”
“What about Dom and what about you?” asks Franklin. “We’re up to one
million 180 thousand so far, I think.”
“Right,” says Larry. “I’m glad you’re following. Dom doesn’t want to sell
any shares.”
“Why not?” asks Joe. “He should take some money off the table. He
earned it.”
“Doesn’t want to,” says Larry. “Remember, he comes from Microsoft.
That’s all he can talk about, for Christ’s sake. Anyone there who ever sold off
any shares was sorry because almost every six months it doubles. He’s right
about that. He says he doesn’t want to sell. He doesn’t need the money and he
doesn’t want to sell. Anyway, that leaves Louise and me selling just five
percent of what we have, half the percentage you guys are selling.”
“Okay,” says Franklin. “I understand that. Not sure I would have agreed
to be cut back to ten percent but, like Larry says, those numbers aren’t going
to work anyway. So where do we go from here? Joanne, how much is Big
Router looking to take out?”
“We … uh … we’re just looking to be treated like the other VCs. Whatever
percentage of your holdings you guys end up selling, we want to sell, too.”
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 7.9
“Let’s do the math,” says Franklin. “If we were to give Larry and the execs
what they asked for that’s … uh … 550 thousand shares…”
“Can’t do that,” says Joanne. “Too much.”
“Let me just work it out,” says Franklin. “Then we’ll go from there. That
would leave 950 thousand shares for everyone else. Altogether, venture
investors have seventeen million shares. That means we’d be selling just over
five percent of what we have. That doesn’t work for ad-Ventures. I don’t want to
speak for Big Router or Windaw & Wallar but my guess is that isn’t going to
work for you, either.”
“No way,” says Joanne.
“I thought you’d take whatever the other VCs take?” says Larry. “So how
can you say ‘no way’ to five-and-a-half percent if they’re willing to take that?”
“Doesn’t matter,” says Joe. “We’re not. My partners really want to sell the
650 thousand shares we asked for.”
“I think we should call it off,” says Larry. “That means Louise and I will
hold our position and so will you. Hopefully the stock goes up some more and
we all sell in a careful way.”
There is another long silence. Joanne looks like she is going to say
something, but Joe again signals silence to her. The silence is broken when the
waiter takes their order.
After the waiter leaves, there is another silence. Finally Larry says: “I’ll
call Barcourt in the morning and tell them we’re calling it off.”
“It won’t work,” says Franklin gently.
“What do you mean?” asks Larry in a higher-pitched voice than normal.
“Barcourt isn’t going to do a secondary if the CEO doesn’t back it. They won’t
do it if I don’t sign a lockup. You’re the Board; you can fire me and get another
CEO to agree. But that won’t look good and you’d better be ready to explain
why you ignored your fiduciary responsibility to the other shareholders
because you couldn’t make an immediate 2000 percent profit for yourselves.”
“It won’t work because the company needs the money from the
secondary,” says Franklin. “And it also won’t work because Joe and I will just
be forced to distribute the shares we have to the Limited Partners in our funds.
And they’ll sell as fast as they can, most of them. We book a gain for the fund
at whatever price the stock is at when we distribute it. We’re not going to hold
the stock and wait for it to go down.”
“You were willing to sign a lockup as part of the secondary,” says Larry.
“Sure, and we still are,” says Franklin. “But we need to lock in some fund
performance and we do that either by selling a little in a secondary or
distributing a lot.”
“Big Router Ventures can’t distribute,” says Larry. “It only books a profit
if it sells. How do you handle that, Joanne? What happens when these guys
distribute and their investors sell and the stock tanks before Big Router can get
out? You can’t sell fast, you know. You’re subject to Rule 144.”
“I … uh … We…” Joanne is flushed.
“That doesn’t matter,” says Joe. “That’s not what’s going to happen.
We’re going to do the secondary for the very good reason that hackoff needs the
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 7.10
cash. And we’ll have no problem answering to public stockholders that we did
exactly what needed to be done to keep the company solvent — perhaps despite
irresponsible management. During the IPO you said, if I’m not mistaken, that
the company would have sufficient cash based on the IPO alone to fund it until
it’s cash flow positive. Now here we are at the end of ‘99 with only about forty-
two million in cash. And, from what Donna tells me, we’ll easily burn through
that in just three more quarters, one of which we’re already in. So the company
needs a secondary.”
“Like hell we do,” says Larry. “The equities in our portfolio were worth
250 million at the end of ‘99 and they’re worth even more now. We’re already
getting cash out of this without even trying to. Last quarter we cleared about
ten mil when AOL bought one of our companies…”
“I’ve always thought we should’ve held the AOL stock,” says Joanne.
“Well, we didn’t,” says Larry. “We stuck to our strategy of selling things
the market can easily absorb and that don’t have the upside of our startups.
We did what we said we’d do.”
“But AOL is up,” says Joanne.
“Regardless,” Larry persists through clenched teeth, “we are getting cash
from our portfolio now. CBS is gonna buy one of our companies for cash this
quarter and I think another one may go, too. This is cash that’s coming in
whether we want it or not. If we need more liquidity — and I’m not saying we
do — we can just proactively sell some of the portfolio.”
“You don’t want to do that, Larry,” says Franklin. “It’s always been your
strategy to hold the equity where we can and let it appreciate. Besides, a lot of
the companies aren’t public yet. And you’ve signed lockups on some of the best
stuff that IS public. There isn’t that much you can sell. You run the risk of
tanking the ones you do sell and creating nervousness about the rest of your
portfolio companies. I don’t doubt that you could raise some cash that way or
that some cash’ll continue to come in over the transom from the portfolio. But
it’s better to do the secondary you planned.”
“Are you the good cop, Franklin?” asks Larry. “When did you guys script
this?”
“Just trying to do what’s best for the shareholders and for our investors,”
says Franklin. “And for you, too, Larry. Look, I have an idea, do you want to
listen?”
“I’ll listen.”
“You’re right — the company has a cushion in all that stock it holds in
its portfolio, so it probably doesn’t need to sell as much company stock as it
was planning to,” says Franklin. “The company could probably make do with
the proceeds from a million rather than a million-and-a-half shares…”
“I don’t see how doing a smaller secondary is going to solve this
problem,” says Joanne.
“Why don’t we let him finish?” says Joe. “Franklin is very smart. Did you
see how fast he did all those numbers in his head?”
“Thanks,” says Franklin, “this is just an idea, though. I haven’t had time
to think it all out, so it may be dumb. Suppose we go ahead and offer three
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 7.11
million shares as planned but the company only sells one million. Then there
are two million shares left for selling stockholders and we ought to have a
much easier time divvying this up if no one gets greedy.”
“I don’t know,” Larry says. “I hear you, and I appreciate that you’re
thinking out-of-the-box, but Barcourt was pretty firm that selling shareholders
can’t be more than half the offering. Said the optics are bad beyond that or
something.”
“I’m sure you can handle Harvey Maklin,” says Franklin. “You were
making a convincing case that the company didn’t need any more cash. Surely
you can show that the proceeds of a million shares are enough.”
“Yeah, I can,” says Larry. “But they’re liable to just come back and say
we should do a two million share offer.”
“I’ve never known you to be naïve, Larry,” says Franklin. “Probably you
have jet lag. Those Concordes are too damn fast. Remember: Barcourt’s
commission is based on the total selling price. They won’t want to cut back the
size of the offer.”
“So what’s the rest of your proposal?” Larry asks.
“Okay. If we put aside 400 thousand shares for management…”
“That’s not enough,” says Larry.
“Let me get it on the table,” says Franklin. “Then you can piss all over it.”
“Right here in the Harvard Club? On the table?” Larry smiles for the first
time in the discussion.
“If we leave 400K for management, there’s 1.6 million shares for other
selling shareholders. That means just over nine percent for us.”
“Nine-point-fourteen percent to be exact,” says Larry. “But that’s still not
enough for management. We can’t do that.”
“We’re going in the right direction but it’s not enough for us either,” says
Joe. “No way my partners will settle for selling less than ten percent of our
position. Just isn’t gonna happen.”
“We need ten percent, too,” says Joanne.
“Do you want what everybody else gets or do you want ten percent?” asks
Larry. “I’d really like to know what Big Router’s position is. Is there a certain
amount of profit you’re trying to milk out of this position to cover your bad
quarter?”
“I didn’t say we’re having a bad quarter,” says Joanne. “We need at least
ten percent. So do the other VCs. I don’t see what’s so complicated about that.”
“This isn’t working,” says Larry. The food comes during the ensuing
silence.
“Bon appetit,” says Joe. He attacks his t-bone with gusto. Joanne eats a
trout very carefully, although she has been assured that it was both raised in
the wild and deboned. Larry examines the mushrooms that surround his
venison.
Franklin toys thoughtfully with some sort of ragout on wild rice. “We can
do it with the shoe,” he says with his mouth full. Some ragout and a few grains
of wild rice are attached to his lower lip.
“I don’t understand,” says Joanne.
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 7.12
“Go ahead,” says Larry. “No, wait. Joanne, the ‘shoe’ is the underwriter’s
over-allotment.”
“I know that,” says Joanne after swallowing quickly.
“Just so we’re all on the same page,” says Franklin, “we granted Barcourt
a standard over-allotment of fifteen percent of the shares offered. So they have
thirty days to buy 450 thousand more shares at the offer price. Same kind of
thing they had in the IPO, and they bought the shoe within a week of when we
started trading. We’ve been divvying this up based on the offering but ignoring
the shares in the shoe.”
“Aren’t they usually divided the same way as the rest of the offer?” asks
Joanne.
“No law that says they have to be, as far as I know,” says Franklin. “I can
remember other transactions where the shoe was handled differently.”
“So can I,” says Joe.
“So let’s establish that the shoe is entirely from selling stockholders,” Joe
continues. “That gives us another 450 thousand shares to play with. If we say
that another 100 thousand shares from the shoe go to the management pool…”
“Still not enough,” says Larry.
“Let’s start here,” says Franklin.
“I’m not agreeing; I’m just listening,” says Larry. “If I say ‘Okay’. It means
‘Okay, I understand the math,’ but it doesn’t mean I agree.”
“Right,” says Franklin. “So that makes the total pool for other selling
shareholders 1.95 million shares. By the time the shoe is sold, we’ll each have
over eleven percent. I can live with that, Joe? Joanne?”
Joe says: “I think I can sell my partners on that.”
“What do we have if the shoe doesn’t sell?” asks Joanne. “We’re back to
nine something, right? We’re under ten percent. I can’t do that.”
“The shoe always sells, at least these days,” says Franklin.
“I don’t see Big Router accepting the uncertainty,” says Joanne. “We need
a real ten percent.”
“Okay…” says Larry.
“Is this ‘Okay, you understand’ or ‘Okay, you accept’?” asks Franklin.
“This is ‘Okay, I have another idea that I think gets us all where we need
to be’.”
“Go ahead,” Joe says. “Don’t know how many more numbers I can take.”
“First,” says Larry, “I can’t ask the other members of the management
team to play this shoe game. Too complicated for too few shares.”
“That’s what I said,” says Joanne.
“You have lots of shares,” says Larry. “But I can solve your problem, too.”
“I don’t have a problem,” says Joanne.
“Okay,” says Larry, “you don’t have a problem. Will you please let me
explain what I’m proposing?”
“Please do.”
“Thank you. Since I can’t ask any other members of the management
team to get involved with the shoe, Louise and I will have to take all the risk on
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 7.13
that. Remember, we’re pretty much agreed that sixty-five thousand for Aaron
and Frank Folger is right and 100 thousand for Donna…”
“I don’t agree that Donna has to get to sell 100 thousand,” says Joanne.
“She’s key to getting this secondary done and to our relationships with
the financial community. It sends a bad signal if she gets less,” says Joe. “I
think we should go with Larry’s recommendation on this.”
Joanne pouts.
“So that’s 250 thousand shares for the rest of the management team…”
“Two-hundred thirty thousand,” says Franklin.
“Right, Franklin — 230 thousand,” Larry says. “I must be getting tired.
So if we allot 500 thousand shares from the base offering to management,
that’s 270 thousand shares for Louise and me. Less than four-and-a-half
percent of what we have. I don’t like that, but in the interest of the rest of the
team and with some upside I’ll take it.”
“But Big Router can’t take the risk…” Joanne objects.
“I’m getting to that,” Larry says. “Let’s give Big Router what it wants: ten
percent from the basic allotment. That pushes the others down to only eight
percent in the initial but they get compensated in the shoe. When the shoe
goes, Louise and I get another 100 thousand shares to sell, which brings us
over five percent and the rest goes to the other VCs so they come out just shy
of eleven percent.”
“But then Big Router isn’t being treated like the other VCs,” Joanne
protests.
“Which do you want,” asks Larry, “a guaranteed ten percent or to be
treated like the other VCs? They’re willing to wait for the shoe. You’re not.
Make up your mind.”
“Can I see it on paper?” asks Joanne.
“Not at the Harvard Club,” says Larry. “I’m tired, but we can go
somewhere else.”
“No, just go over the numbers for me again,” says Joanne.
Larry does.
“I can buy it if we get to eleven percent after the shoe,” says Franklin.
“That means that your share of the shoe is only seventy-five thousand.”
“Thanks a lot,” says Larry. “Joe?”
“I can sell it if we get eleven percent after the shoe. That’s my bottom
line, too.”
“Joanne?” asks Larry.
She looks at Joe. No response. She looks at Franklin. He winks openly.
“Okay,” she says. “Okay. Just in the interest of keeping everyone happy.”
Larry leaves for home; Joanne heads for the ladies’ room.
“It worked out pretty much like we thought it would,” says Franklin.
“Our boy’s pretty tough even without sleep, but this is about where we thought
we’d end up allowing for Big Router’s sudden need for cash. I’m selling all my
Big Router shares and everything else in that part of the industry, though.”
“Yeah,” says Joe. “It helps with him being on my home ground. Did you
see his face when he couldn’t use his computer?”
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 7.14
“He was still pretty quick with his numbers, though,” says Franklin. “I
knew he was cracking when he broke the silence after he bluffed with not doing
the secondary. I wish you’d been able to shut Joanne up more, though. I think
he was closer to walking because of her than the issues.”
“Women are genetically incapable of using silence as a negotiating
weapon except against their husbands,” says Joe. “God bless ’em. Not sure she
didn’t soften him up some though. He was grinding his teeth when she kept
flipping back and forth between wanting to be treated like other VCs and
wanting ten percent guaranteed.”
Franklin says: “She was dumb to give up part of the shoe, but maybe
she’s right that she couldn’t have sold it to the idiots at Big Router Ventures.”
Franklin leaves shortly after Joanne returns freshened.
“Did you and Franklin plan that in advance like Larry said?” she asks. “I
mean did you do good cop/bad cop on purpose? I really want to learn.”
“No,” says Joe. “Franklin and I didn’t discuss this in advance at all. It
just worked out.”
“I hope I did the right thing,” says Joanne. “I had a really hard time
convincing the investment committee at Big Router Ventures that we should
sell any. It really is against our policy and they were afraid it would send some
kind of signal that we know something bad about hackoff — I HATE that name.
But, in the end, they bought the argument that we already have an outsized
gain and that it doesn’t hurt to act like real VCs every once in a while. I was
surprised, actually, that they gave in. If it goes way up, they’ll never let me
forget it though. I hope you’re right that this is the right thing to do.”
“It’s the right thing to do if you want to be a VC even if does climb from
here,” says Joe. “I’m not saying it won’t. Wouldn’t have left as much on the
table if I lost faith in the company. But there’s a time to lock in some gain and
this is it. Why do you suppose they gave in? Does that tell us something about
Big Router’s quarter?”
“I can’t imagine we’re having a down quarter,” says Joanne. “Everybody
buys from us, I haven’t heard anything bad. I do appreciate your mentoring,
Joe. Thank you.”
Later that night, Joe makes two calls. One is to Harvey Maklin’s voice
mail at Barcourt: “Hello, Harvey, it’s Joe Windaw. You’ll get a call tomorrow
from Larry Lazard to talk you into letting selling shareholders do two-thirds of
the secondary and all of the shoe. Except for the shoe part, that’s what we
discussed earlier but, of course, don’t tell him that. Feel free to give him a hard
time before you agree; it’ll do him good. Give me a call when you want to hit
some balls. See ya.”
The second call is to his broker: “Sell all my Big Router at market and
work off the Windaw & Wallar position in Big Router as quickly as you can.
Very quietly. Thanks.”
Windaw & Wallar has a lot of Big Router stock because Big Router used
its stock to acquire several companies which Windaw & Wallar has funded.
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 7.15
“How did it go?” Louise asks sleepily as Larry climbs into bed.
“Not too bad,” says Larry. “That bitch Joanne wouldn’t shut up and I had
a raging headache and I never should have agreed to meet on Windaw’s turf at
the Harvard Club and I know they set this up for when I was tired. Oh yeah,
and suddenly Big Router wants to sell, too. But still, we’ll get about what I
thought we’d get. You and I will sell 320 thousand shares. That would be only
about forty-eight million, figuring the stock stays where it is and, of course, we
have to pay taxes on that.”
“We should be able to get by. Good job,” says Louise snuggling up to
Larry’s back. “Tell me in the morning how everyone got what they wanted when
there wasn’t enough to begin with and now Big Router is selling, too.”
“Right, and remind me in the morning to sell all our Big Router.”
“You’re not selling them because they’re selling hackoff, are you?” asks
Louise.
“No,” says Larry. “I think they’re going to have a bad quarter.”
Even later that night, a waiter at the Harvard Club calls his brother who
happens to be a stock broker. “Sell Big Router,” he says. “They’re going to have
a bad quarter.”
“Right, anything else, bro?”
“Ever hear of a company called ‘jerkoff’ or something like that?”
“Can’t think of one. Porn? Anything else you remember about them?”
“CEO is named Larry Lazard. I seated him. They’re going to do ‘second’
they said; that mean anything?”
“Yup. I got it. Lazard is head of hackoff.com stupid fucking name. Were
they talking about a ‘secondary’?”
“Yeah. That’s it, a secondary.”
“Thanks for the tip.”
###
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 7.16
###
“Yeah,” says Larry. “You would have been happy with the commission,
you mean. We don’t need to borrow the money. Look, I don’t have more time to
spend on this call. Let me tell you what I expect: One: the fucking trading desk
has to wake up. We need our market-maker to support us. I’ll be watching the
trading and I expect support even if Barcourt has to risk some of its own
money. Two: the guy you’ve got replacing Gustav as our senior banker for the
roadshow sucks. We did a run-through with him and he apologized for being
alive. No fucking way we’re going on the road with him. Get Gustav back or get
someone better. Three: I’m gonna be watching how First Boston does
supporting antihack. I expect you guys to do better. Should be easy; you’ve got
a better product to sell. Harvey, you with me?”
“We’ll do the best we can,” says Harvey. “I have some ideas on someone
else for senior banker; I’ll get back to you tonight — tomorrow latest.”
“Sam?” prompts Larry.
“Can’t predict the market,” says Sam. “I wish you guys luck.”
“So that’s why I called,” says Larry to Donna after Sam and Harvey hang
up.
“You called because you can’t stand to see the stock go down,” says
Donna. “I told you they wouldn’t promise to support it. Gutfreund didn’t even
say he’ll try.”
“He’ll try,” says Larry. “He’s a good poker player and he has more balls
than Maklin but he knows he fucked up or his guy fucked up and it was
important that he know that I know. Just like when a player argues with the
ump, right? That call isn’t going to be changed but maybe the ump gives the
guy a break on the next call to make up for it. And I got them replace that
pathetic kid they sent.”
“Whatever,” says Donna.
“You have a problem?” asks Larry. “You should be happy. I fought like
hell for your shares. Everyone gave up something except you.”
“I thought we’d be in the shoe,” says Donna. “We were talking about
initial allocation. Everyone knows that the shoe is on top of that. And you took
the whole management part of the shoe.”
“Jesus,” says Larry. “How ungrateful can you be? I had to give up part of
my initial allocation; I had to deal with Big-fucking-Router that now decides it’s
a VC firm and, oh yeah — Joanne, who doesn’t think you’re worth 100K shares
— and now YOU’RE giving me shit?”
“I’ve got to buy some clothes for the roadshow,” says Donna. “See you
tomorrow.”
###
Eve:
Lar:
I checked and these stories get to the wsj from the brokerage
firms. Looks to me like First Boston did a better job than our
friends at Barcourt in getting this positioned. Or maybe they
just got to them 1st. I can call the reporter if you want but
since the facts are right I don’t see much to complain about.
Eve
No, let it go. Its just one more fuckup by Barcourt. Couldn’t be
that antihack story got there 1st since we filed during the day
and they didn’t file until after the close.
Lar:
Eve
Eve:
You are correct that we are again in a quiet period and must be
extremely careful not to make any announcement which the SEC
could interpret as hyping our stock. They have been known to
slow-roll the review of a prospectus when they think the company
is frontrunning. They also could force us to postpone the offer
even after the prospectus is approved if they think we are
trying to promote the transaction in any way other than the
prospectus.
Aaron
Boss:
You know that the second biggest online bookseller in the world
isn’t going to give us equity so obviously this will be a cash
deal. But cash is tight for them so aggressive pricing would
really help. Are you approving that?
Frank
You mean if we give the product away and overpay the salesman,
then maybe he can make a “sale”?
I have some news that I think you’ll welcome. The senior banker
accompanying you on the secondary roadshow will be Rachel Roth.
You know her, of course, from your IPO. Since then she’s been
promoted recognizing her outstanding contribution to companies
like hackoff.com.
I hope to join you myself for some of the accounts in New York
and possibly Philly.
Yours truly,
Harvey
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 7.15
###
Larry picks up his desk phone and dials Frank Folger’s extension. When
he gets voice mail, he hangs up, then dials Frank’s mobile phone.
“Taking off early?” Larry asks Frank when he answers.
“No,” says Frank. “Kid’s got a hockey game tonight so I’m gonna watch.
Always on the phone, though.”
“You mean ‘yes’,” says Larry. “You’re at a hockey game.”
“What’s up, boss?”
“iHudson.com,” says Larry. “At least I want it to be up. I want to be able
to announce it.”
“I hear you,” says Frank. “I sent you an email with some suggestions how
we can close it.”
“Yeah, I answered your email,” says Larry. “You want to give the product
away and pay the salesman extra for ‘selling’ it. If Oliver can’t do the job, why
don’t you give the account to someone who can?”
“I have a lot of confidence in Oliver,” says Frank. “He does well at the big
accounts. They like him.”
“He isn’t closing shit, they like him so much.”
“These are long sales-cycle accounts,” says Frank. “That’s why I’m
suggesting we find a way to pay more to tide him over so he can make some
money while he’s waiting for the elephants to fall.”
“He’s not supposed to wait. When you hunt elephants, you shoot them.
That’s what makes them fall down. You don’t just sit around and hope that
they’ll trip or something, then cut off their heads for your game room. “Look, I
don’t want to have a theoretical discussion about selling,” says Larry. “I want
to be able to announce closing iHudson.com. You should want this too. You’re
selling stock in the secondary. You want to sell at a high price or a low price?
Not that we don’t want the account anyway but this would be a very good time
to announce it. Capiche?”
“I get it, boss,” says Frank. “Believe me, I get it. I’ll be all over Oliver like
flies on shit. But we’ll close faster if I can have some freedom on price. And it
really would help to make Oliver whole on this.”
“I’ll give you some room on price; you get me an announcement,” says
Larry. “And tell Oliver if he doesn’t get this for us we’ll fire his lazy ass and he
can go somewhere else and wait for elephants to fall.”
“I think some positive incentive too would help,” says Frank.
“Tell him if we get to make an announcement of iHudson.com this month
— don’t tie it to the secondary — we’ll be thinking about that when we figure
his options after the secondary.”
“Salesmen care more about cash than options,” says Frank.
“When they see how rich you get in the secondary, they’ll learn about
options,” says Larry. “One other thing…”
“Yeah, boss.”
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 7.16
“Don’t send email with ‘attorney-client privilege’ in the subject line unless
there’s a lawyer in the address list. And don’t ever say anything in email about
wanting to announce iHudson because of the secondary.”
“Right, boss.”
“Good luck with the hockey,” says Larry. “Bring me an elephant.”
“The stock crashed when you announced the secondary,” says Tom
Chen. “You cost me a bundle; you’re not helping this quarter at all.”
“But all stocks fall when the company announces a secondary,” objects
Larry gently.
“Antihack has hardly fallen at all,” says Tom Chen. “I think you guys got
greedy. I think you could have waited. You said you had enough cash for the
company.”
“Well,” says Larry, “the bankers felt it was the right time to go. This is
hardly dilutive to you guys who were in at the IPO. If we closed today, new
investors would come in at eight times what you paid. The stock that’s coming
from the selling stockholders — particularly that coming from the VCs — would
have come out eventually anyway. And the company isn’t selling that much, so
there is less dilution than there would be if the company were selling more
shares.”
“You’re now down to 7 1/2 times the IPO price,” says Chen looking at his
pager. “And we acquired some position after the IPO. Let’s get going; doesn’t
look like anyone else is coming to the pitch and I don’t have a lot of time.”
Larry hasn’t been able to get the pickle to work while trying to keep up
his end of the debate with Tom Chen. He sticks it in his pocket and seats
himself so he can use the keyboard to advance the slides.
“You see these okay?” he asks Tom Chen.
Outside the conference room window, snow is starting to fall.
“Go,” says Chen.
hackoff.com at a glance
2300
Segment leader with over 1300 licenses sold
3
Key technology protected by issued US patents
“You may remember this slide from our first roadshow,” says Larry.
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 7.18
“Look,” says Larry. “The only good thing I can say about them is that
they know that security is a good market. They copy everything we do and still
can’t get it right.”
“They haven’t copied you in accepting equity,” says Tom Chen.
“As I said,” Larry smiles tightly, “they can’t quite get it right. They don’t
get the product right either. And, if you look at the fourth bullet on our slide,
they aren’t going to be able to deliver what we deliver because we have patents
— two new ones issued this year — on the technology our customers need.”
Tom Chen is impassive.
“If they’re doing so well,” Larry goes on “why do you think they have to
raise debt as well as equity? They have to do that because they don’t have a
portfolio the way we do and they can’t finance their business on the cash
they’re bringing in.”
“I don’t like the debt part of their offer,” Tom Chen concedes.
He is largely silent as Larry proceeds through the rest of his presentation
and as Donna presents the numbers at the end.
“Tom, we’d like your support for our offer,” says Donna as she wraps up.
“I think one element of cash you might want to look at is the cash we’re
generating from our equity positions without even trying. We brought in ten mil
just last quarter when AOL bought one of our portfolio companies. I can’t give
you the number for this quarter but I’d be surprised if it isn’t higher.”
“We already have a big position in hackoff,” says Tom Chen. “Maybe we
should lighten up some.”
“I hear you already HAVE lightened up a little,” says Donna. “I know
you’re smart. I think you took some profit in the highs before we announced
the secondary, maybe you even helped to bring the stock down some but we
don’t hold that against you, and now I think you’ll continue to be smart and
buy back even more at the lower price.”
Tom Chen smiles for the first time in this meeting. “John Signal asked
me to ask you if you have any announcements coming.”
Donna starts to answer but Larry interrupts. “I can’t be specific,” he
says, “but big online booksellers are very security-conscious; they have to be
with the volume of dollars and credit card transactions they do. And hackers’ve
been targeting them.”
“Amazon?” asks Tom Chen.
“Well,” says Larry, “usually we find that we get the number two or three
in a category signed up first. Then, after we announce that, it seems we have a
better shot at number one.”
“iHudson.com,” says Chen. “They’re running short of cash.”
“As I said, I can’t be specific,” says Larry.
Tom Chen stands to signal the end of the show.
Donna rises with him. “Tom, we’ve done well for you up to now.”
“Except for announcing the secondary.”
“I know you figured out we’d do that,” says Donna. “You’re too smart not
to. You’re just giving us a hard time. Fair enough. We’d like your support in the
secondary. Your support’ll make us that much stronger and that’ll help your
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 7.20
portfolio as well. We’re in this together. And we’ll do well for you going
foreward, I promise.”
“I’ll look at it,” says Tom Chen. “Now I’ve really got to go.”
“Tom, thanks for your time,” says Larry. “You ask hard questions, but
that’s what Donna and I like. We spend so much time pitching to bozos who
have no idea what we’re talking about or even what THEY’RE talking about. I
was looking forward to seeing you, and you haven’t disappointed us.”
“I’ll look at it,” says Tom Chen and shakes hands with reasonable
warmth, especially Donna’s.
Wet, heavy snow is falling in thick grey globs and sticking to the streets.
The limo is not outside the door but, reached by cell phone, the bankers say
that they are orbiting and should be outside the front door in ten minutes.
Larry and Donna wait in the muddy lobby. Larry dials a robot on his cell phone
to get the closing prices of stocks he follows. He smiles, then frowns.
“Well, we’re back up,” he says. “Chen had me worried when he said we
were at only 7 1/2 times the IPO. We did dip during the day; probably those
fucking Barcourt guys asleep at the trading desk again. But we recovered and
closed up two and 9/16 in a weak market. But fucking antihack is up three.
Can you believe that?”
“You’re watching it too closely,” says Donna. “Nothing we can do about
the stock price now.”
“We can get that iHudson announcement out. We can beat the shit out of
Barcourt to do their job as market-makers and not let the stock keep getting
derailed by accidents. And we gotta do these pitches right. You know after we
see someone like Chen who’s already got a huge position, we fuck up the pitch,
they could dump it. They’re not gonna buy now when they know they can buy
in the secondary but they sure as hell can sell. I was worried, but you pulled
that one out. Good job.”
“Thanks,” she says, “but I wouldn’t count on anything yet. Chen’s very
nervous.”
“How do you know?”
“His foot jiggles all the time. It didn’t used to do that,” she says.
“Maybe he’s just horny. Maybe that’s why he liked you.”
“No. He’s gay.”
“How do you know?”
“Trust me. I don’t think he’s just nervous about us. He doesn’t seem to
have the overall confidence he had before and he seemed distracted. Maybe
he’s worried about his whole portfolio. Those guys live and die by their
quarterly performance. He’s been living pretty high but he’s got a huge amount
of money to manage. Hard to see how he can keep getting the returns he’ has
been but that’s what investors expect. That’s probably why he’ll buy in the
secondary, though.”
“Why? He won’t get that high a return from the secondary.”
“If he doesn’t buy, everybody’ll know. We’re a sizable position for him
even though we’re a miniscule part of his whole portfolio. So, if he doesn’t buy,
we tank. Then he’s got a loss he has to make up for somewhere else. Moreover,
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 7.21
if we start to sell portfolio stocks — he was pretty plain about this — then they
go down as well. You know how you used to say we’re ‘e-com squared’ or
‘cubed’ or something? Now maybe we’re a threat squared because not only can
our stock go down, but we can hurt all the stocks in our portfolio and they’re in
his portfolio too.”
“That’s not bad,” says Larry. “I don’t mind being a threat squared, so
long as he buys. Anyway, you did a good job turning him around. The more I
pitched him the more hostile he got. How did you work your charm if he’s gay?”
“Doesn’t stop him from being an egotistical little boy who needs to get
told how smart he is,” says Donna. She isn’t smiling.
“Why do you think he lied to us about John Signal? Said he hadn’t seen
him all morning. But Wrobly said he was in the antihack meeting.”
“Who knows?” answers Donna.
“Something bothering you?” asks Larry.
“I’ll be glad when we have the secondary sold,” says Donna. “At least we
get to spend tonight at home. I’m looking forward to that.”
The limo arrives but the bankers have bad news. The snow has closed
Logan airport at least temporarily and they are not sure it’ll reopen this
evening. The private jet that’s supposed to take them to New York for the next
day’s meetings can’t get into Boston and there’s a backlog of planes on the
ground around the country waiting for clearance in. Their first meeting is a
breakfast at the Jockey Club in New York so they can’t take a chance on
waiting for morning.
Larry suggests the train, but they’ve checked that. There are no
reservations available. They could get on an unreserved coach train to New
York but those are running very late because of some frozen switches and are
probably very crowded, maybe standing room only. Also the storm — a
Nor’easter — is blanketing the Rhode Island and Connecticut coasts and may
disrupt the trains even more.
“Okay,” says Larry. “Let’s take the limo down to New York.”
The black stretch limo they’re in has stripes and dots of colored mood
lighting in its interior. Now that it’s dark, the garishness of the lighting is more
apparent. The driver is separated from them by a smoked glass window. Larry
lowers it and says: “Hi. We need to go to New York instead of Logan. No planes
there. Any problem?”
“Can’t do that,” says the driver. He has a broad Boston accent.
“Why?”
“We just do local jobs. Never been West of Framingham in my life.”
“Well, I know the way,” says Larry. “No problem.”
“Look, sir, I cuhnt take you down theah. That’s not what we do,” his
accent grows broader.
“Try your office,” says Larry. “Maybe they have someone else who can
take us down.”
The driver tells Larry, again, that they don’t do long trips but does try to
call. He can’t get a dial tone on his cell phone. Larry has intermittent dial tone
but gets a fast busy when he tries the number the driver tells him to call.
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 7.22
“Well, I was thinking that … if Francis isn’t home … I do have the room
at the ‘W’…”
No answer from Donna.
Larry continues: “It’s sort of a tradition with us that we relive our youth
after we pitch Tommy Chen at Semper. I mean…”
“Forget it,” says Donna. “I’m going home.”
When the car reaches Donna’s brownstone, it double-parks, blocking the
narrow street and Larry gets out with Donna. She has her key out and opens
the first door swiftly but fumbles for a minute with the key to the second.
Meanwhile, a cab honks raucously to move the limo out of its path.
“Go ahead,” says Donna. “Your ride’s leaving.”
“He’ll just circle,” says Larry. “I’ll make sure you’re in safe.”
“You’re very gallant tonight,” says Donna, “making sure all the little girls
get home safe. If you want to get laid, I suggest you go back to Atlantic
Highlands.” She manages to open the second door; lights come on but no
husband appears.
“Louise is away,” says Larry. “See you at the Jockey Club in the
morning.”
“So, look, this is the ‘W’,” says Larry to the driver, when they arrive at the
front doors. “We’ll get you checked in somewhere safe from the ‘queahs’. Maybe
the doorman’ll know where you can park the limo.”
“I’m gonna drive back to Boston,” says the driver. “Got a job tomorrow
afternoon I don’t wanna miss.”
“You sure?” asks Larry. “Drive all the way back? You gotta be
exhausted.”
“Like I said, I’m used to it,” says the driver, “and the weather’s cleahed
up.” The sky has been washed clean and cold stars are visible in midtown
Manhattan.
“Good luck,” says Larry. He gives the driver the extra 200 dollars he’d
promised plus another 100 as a tip.
When Larry goes to the desk to check in, the woman at the desk tells him
that someone has already checked in for his room and is in it. Of course, for
security reasons, she can’t tell him who that is or give him the room number.
Larry complains loudly enough to draw both a security guard and the night
manager who does consent to have Larry call the room although without
revealing the room number. Security looks like he would just as soon arrest
him.
“Hello,” says a sleepy-sounding Louise.
“Louise? Aren’t you at your mother’s?”
“Obviously not,” says Louise.
“Is something wrong?”
“No. I wanted to surprise you,” says Louise. “I didn’t want you to come
home to Atlantic Highlands when you have to be in New York so early in the
morning so I made up the story about going to my mothers and came here to
surprise you instead. Of course, I did think you were going to get back a little
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 7.26
earlier than this but the Barcourt travel office kept me informed about the
weather and everything…”
“How about letting me come up? What room are you in?”
She gives them the room number but ‘W’ security insists both on
verifying with her and checking his ID before letting him go up. “I’m sorry, sir,
but we have to be very careful these days.”
Louise is in a new negligee. “I was hoping to have you to myself for a little
longer,” she says. “What time do you have to get up?”
“Got to be at the Jockey Club at 8:15 for an 8:30 breakfast,” says Larry.
“So up at seven. Hey, that’s a whole four hours from now.”
“Maybe we better just sleep,” says Louise. “Snuggle me.”
“How did you manage to check into my hotel room?” asks Larry. “How
come all that security didn’t stop you from checking in?”
“Barcourt arranged everything. The hotel knew I was coming. I called
that nice banker lady, Rachel. She thought it was very romantic — of course,
we’re probably old enough to be her parents. Anyway, she put me in touch with
the travel people there and they arranged everything.”
“Yeah, everything except letting me in,” says Larry. “Did Donna know
about this?”
“Yeah, I originally called her to see if she and Francis wanted to join us
for a late dinner so he and I could listen wide-eyed and open-mouthed to how
well the two of you did in Boston. But he’s out of town and she said she just
wanted to get home and collapse in her own bed for a night. Why?”
“Nothing,” says Larry. “She was acting a little strange. Maybe just that
she knew your secret.”
“How’s your secret?” asks Louise cupping his limp genitals under the
blanket.
“Thanks for surprising me,” says Larry as he touches her clitoris lightly
with the side of his thumb. “How’re your secrets?”
On the way back to Boston, the driver calls his cousin’s husband:
“Okay,” he says, “I heahed a lot about a company called — get this —
hackoff.com. Maybe Semper’s gonna buy some more of their stock and maybe
they ain’t but this company’s got some problems. The CFO’s a broad and the
CEO’s trying to fuck her, for one. I figuh you’ll know what to do.”
###
On March 9, 2000 the NASDAQ reaches its all time high and closes
above 5000 for the first time ever. The close above 5000 makes a little news but
all time highs are now routine. NASDAQ set a new high three trading days
before and the day before that and the day before that. On March 10, NASDAQ
trades above 5000 all day and makes another (yawn) all-time high.
On Monday, March 13, the NASDAQ is down more than 100 points
although it shows some strength late in the day On March 14, the NASDAQ
closes back down below 4800.
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 7.27
“We talk to them all the time,” says Larry. “We’re always talking to the
analysts. They have a good handle on what we’re doing.”
“So they should know what their talkin’ about when they say y’all are
gonna have an operatin’ profit?”
“They should,” says Larry.
“Ma’am, is there something you’re uncomfortable with?” the man asks
Donna.
“I’m very comfortable,” says Donna and smiles full dimple. “Great office
you’ve got. Lots of horns. Did you kill some of them yourself?”
“Sure did,” he says. “You comfortable with those analyst numbers?”
“I’m the one who talks to the analysts,” says Donna.
“But are you comfortable with what they say?”
“Shaw am,” says Donna promptly. “I am.”
“Okay. So long as we understand each other,” the man says. “Now why
don’t y’all show me those slides you got?”
“He’s not as dumb as he looks,” Larry says to Donna afterwards.
“No,” says Donna, “but at least he didn’t say anything about a dog with
two pricks or whatever that was. Where did you get that?”
“I don’t know,” says Larry. “Someone from West Virginia said it, I think.
Just wanted to talk to him in a language he’d understand.”
“Sounded pretty dumb coming from you.”
“Your hesitation didn’t help,” says Larry. “This may be Texas but he
picked that up in a New York minute. What are you nervous about? You know
we’re going to have a profit this quarter.”
“I AM nervous,” says Donna. “We SHOULD have an operating profit. We
sure as hell guided the analysts that way and I wouldn’t have done that if I
didn’t think it was a slam dunk. But the sales figures didn’t look great in
February. We’re still on track but the numbers are soft. Are you ‘shaw’ we’re
gonna have an operatin’ profit?”
“Let’s get ‘shaw’,” says Larry. “I’ll have Marcele set up a call with Frank
for us tonight.”
Larry and Donna are in Larry’s room at the Four Seasons in Houston
which is where they will be pitching tomorrow. They’ve just connected with
Sales VP Frank Folger on the conference phone.
“Where are you guys?” asks Frank.
“Fucking Houston,” says Larry.
“How’s it going?” ask Frank.
“How do you think it’s going with the stock down thirty percent?” says
Larry. “What’re you doing to help?”
“I’ve got some good news for you, boss.”
“I can use it. What?”
“Got the iHudson deal.”
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 7.29
“Let me talk to some of the sales people and get back to you on that,
boss.”
“I don’t have time for that bullshit,” says Larry. “It’s your job to be talking
to the salespeople. It’s your job to look at the numbers and know if there’s
anything fucking wrong and to figure out what and fix it. Donna shouldn’t have
to figure out where the problem is. Fucking THINK. What’ve the salespeople
been telling you? What are their excuses?”
“Well, accounting has been turning down more of our equity deals,” says
Frank. “I can’t get them through Donna’s people.”
“They turn them down when they don’t meet our rules,” says Donna.
“That’s nothing new. You’ve been sending us more crap lately and we’ve been
sending it back. You’ve been sending us equity deals from companies that
haven’t raised even first round financing yet. Is that what you’re talking
about?”
“I think so,” says Frank. “It seems like financing has sort of slowed down.
A lot of prospects we thought would’ve closed their financing by now haven’t.
But we know they will, so we’ve been trying to get the deals approved…”
“You don’t know they will,” says Donna. “That’s bullshit. You don’t know
why they aren’t closing their financing and you don’t know that they ever will.
That’s why we turn down those deals. There just a bullshit way for salesmen to
get paid without making a real sale.”
“Well, that’s what’s hurting us,” says Frank. “We can’t book sales if
accounting won’t approve the contracts and we can’t make these companies
close their financing any faster than they are.”
“So now you understand why you aren’t making your numbers,” says
Donna in a dangerously low voice. “Now you understand, and it’s all
Accounting’s fault. Ten minutes ago you didn’t have the slightest fucking idea
what was wrong and now—”
“Okay,” says Larry. “Now we know something. We know we’re not closing
the small equity deals and we know — or Frank thinks he knows — that it’s
because the new companies aren’t completing their financing as fast as they
thought they would. And we know this could mean that we don’t meet our
fucking numbers for the quarter. And we know we have to meet or exceed the
numbers. No fucking question about that. Not this quarter. So what the fuck
are we gonna do about it?”
“I have three ideas, boss, if you want to listen to them,” says Frank.
“That’s amazing in a guy who didn’t even know he was in trouble until
we asked,” says Donna.
“Let him talk,” says Larry. “Go ahead, Frank.”
“One: seeing this quarter is so important, we could add a kicker to
everyone’s comp in sales to make sure they focus and bring stuff home…”
“Forget that,” says Larry. “What’re your other two ideas?”
“I’ll get back to you on that one, boss,” says Frank. “Anyway, another
thing we can do is loosen up on the criteria for approving these sales. If we take
a chance on the guys who haven’t closed their first rounds yet, if we cut them
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 7.31
some slack, they’ll be very grateful and we’ll get the sale. They can’t buy from
antihack before they get their financing because they have no cash or credit…”
“We’re not going to do that,” says Donna. “We have those rules for a
reason.”
“I don’t see why,” says Frank. “Suppose just for the sake of argument
that some of them don’t get financing. It’s not like we’re out anything. Another
copy of the software doesn’t cost us anything. And when they do get financing,
we’re in like Flynn. I always thought this was a stupid rule. I…”
“What’s your third idea, Frank?” asks Larry.
“We’re doing good on the cash deals and the bigger equity deals. We
could do even better if we didn’t bargain so hard.”
“We don’t lose any deals on price,” says Larry.
“No, we don’t,” says Frank. “But price slows them down. Our prospects
hold out, thinking we’ll cave. We don’t, and usually they sign if antihack
doesn’t get to them, but it costs us time. If we offer ‘em an incentive to close
before the end of the quarter, then we can get some of the good stuff out of the
pipeline in time to help us.”
Donna is making a time-out signal. She mutes the phone. “Don’t agree to
anything, Lar,” she says. “We’ve got to talk.”
“Frank, do you have any other ideas?” asks Larry.
“I really think we should revisit a special incentive for sales…”
“Do you have any other ideas?”
“Not right at the moment. What do you want me to do?”
“This sucks, Frank. Donna and I gotta talk it over. We’ll get back to you.
And don’t forget to get permission for the fucking press release from iHudson.”
“You got it, boss.”
“Jesus Christ,” says Larry after he hangs up the phone, “I don’t believe it.
We’re stuck managing to quarterly results. How many case studies did we look
at in B-School like this? Management optimizes for the quarter and loses the
company. This sucks.”
“We wouldn’t be here if you hadn’t told the analysts to expect an
operating profit this quarter,” says Donna. “No one cared if it was this quarter
or next quarter or even the quarter after that.”
“You gave them that guidance, not me,” says Larry “You’re the one that
talked to Braxton.”
“This is bullshit, Larry; you know you told me to make the guidance
specific. You would have opened the window and shouted it out if I didn’t tell
Braxton that.”
“Well, look, you didn’t put up much of a fight. You want this secondary
to price high every bit as much as I do, maybe more.”
“Yeah,” says Donna. “I do need this to succeed more than you do. I’m
only selling 100 thousand shares not 320 thousand. I’m locked out of the shoe.
You’re the one getting the big bucks even at today’s price.”
“Right,” says Larry. “You’re only going to make ten million bucks. I’m so
sorry you’re getting stiffed. Now do you want to stop whining and figure out
what we tell Frank to do about the quarter or do we just let him figure it out
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 7.32
himself? Maybe we just don’t worry about the quarter until it’s over. The
secondary’ll be priced by then.”
“It’s too late not to worry about the quarter,” says Donna. “We have
Frank’s email.”
“So?”
“I mean if we sell this secondary based on guidance that we’re going to
have an operating profit this quarter — guidance that you and I have been
saying we’re comfortable with — and then we DON’T have an operating profit,
after the stock tanks the investors line up to sue us. I know how it works; my
husband’s in the business. But usually management doesn’t make it as easy
for the plaintiff’s lawyers as we’re about to. So the question is: What did we
know when? If we were just stupid, if we had no possible way to know, if we
were affected by a war or a plague or something, then maybe we get away with
a settlement that’s not too bad. The lawyers get some money but the plaintiffs
get coupons or something. But we’re in it deep.
“The first thing that happens once the suit is filed is all the email gets
subpoenaed. There’s this nice note we have here from Frank. ‘Dear Larry and
Donna: We’re not going to make the numbers. So sorry. Frank. PS: Now you
know and you’re on the hook.’ That’s what he might as well have written. And
in case you’re even thinking of deep-sixing Frank’s email — and putting
ourselves completely at his mercy, by the way — where do you think he got the
numbers? He can’t add two and two by himself, so there were probably fifty
emails today and ten people involved in Accounting and Sales putting those
numbers together that he sent us. So what do we do now, Mr. CEO?”
“For one thing,” says Larry, “we don’t panic. And we stick together or
we’re both fucked, as you just pointed out so eloquently.”
“And?”
“We only have two choices,” says Larry. “Obviously, we can change the
guidance now that we have Frank’s letter. That pisses people off. That tanks
the stock. But I don’t see how we get sued since we didn’t hide anything.”
“We’ll get sued anyway,” says Donna, “but probably we could win. But
don’t kid yourself; there is no secondary if we change that guidance. Barcourt’ll
pull it so fast your head’ll spin. Their analyst is left high and dry. They can get
sued. No way we do a secondary if we change the guidance. And we need to do
that secondary. We need to get some more cash into hackoff and we need to
take some money off the table ourselves. It’s time we made some money.”
“Okay, that’s just one alternative,” says Larry. “The other is to make sure
that we do have an operating profit. And that means we do some of the short-
term shit that Frank is recommending even though we don’t want to so we
make the numbers. We hold our noses and we do what we have to do.
Certainly won’t be the first management team to have to scramble to deliver
what they promised. Hopefully, we don’t have to do this again.”
“Hopefully you don’t give any more stupid guidance,” says Donna.
“Okay. How do we make the numbers?”
“The easiest thing, seems to me,” says Larry, “is you ease up some on
those companies who haven’t closed their financing yet; let Frank book some of
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 7.33
those sales. You figured out that’s where the problem is. And Frank’s right, if
some of them go south, it doesn’t really cost us anything. Not like we have a
cost of goods or anything.”
“We pay commission to the fucking salesmen,” says Donna. “That costs
us something. Are you gonna take the commission back if the customer ‘goes
south’?”
“Sure, why the hell not? That’ll discourage them from trying to book just
any old shit.”
“No it won’t,” says Donna. “They’ll still throw shit up against the wall to
see if it sticks. Doesn’t cost them anything to try, so they’ll do it. Worst that
happens to them we take the commission back — if you REALLY do that, which
I doubt. Anyway, booking crap isn’t going to solve our problem.”
“I sure as hell WILL take the commission back. But why doesn’t this
solve our problem? You’re the one who said we’re on plan except for not
booking enough of the little stuff.”
“Three reasons,” Donna says. “One is that even if we allowed all these
‘pre-financing’ companies, we haven’t turned down enough of them that we’ve
been getting to make up the gap. For some reason Frank hasn’t told us —
probably doesn’t know — new companies aren’t coming in as fast as they did.
Two is that we have no real way to value the companies if they haven’t even
closed one round of financing, so we can’t book a hell of a lot of revenue from
the equity they give us. That’s just one of the reasons we have a rule against
equity deals for these wannabes. And three is it’s almost the end of the quarter.
We just can’t nickel and dime to a profit in the last two weeks. We’re too far
behind.”
“Okay,” says Larry, “then we gotta run a quarter-end sale and close some
of the big ones in the pipeline. That’s what you’re saying.”
“I guess. We really don’t want to train customers to wait until the end of
the quarter to get a deal. I’ve audited companies that get in that trap and it
really sucks.”
“Shouldn’t be too much of a problem for us,” says Larry. “For better or
for worse — this time I think it’s for the better — we sell to new customers
every quarter. Not like we’re selling them computers or routers or something
and have to come back every quarter looking for new orders from the same
buyer.”
“I hope you’re right,” says Donna. “I mean I hope the word doesn’t get
around that hackoff runs quarter-end sales.”
“We don’t really run a sale,” says Larry. “I’ll be very clear on that. I’ll just
give Frank some price discretion and tell him to use it very carefully to close a
few elephants. Costs us a little money in the long run but should bring the
quarter in where we need it to be. And also you should look again and see if
there are some of those little guys in the queue that you can let through and
pick up some change.”
“You gonna tell Frank this?” says Donna. “You gonna explain the rules to
him? What’re you gonna tell him about us letting them book the wannabes?”
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 7.34
“You think I have to tell him anything about that?” asks Frank. “They’re
still submitting them. You could just approve a few and then stop approving
them when the quarter’s in the bag.”
“I’ve got to tell my people something,” says Donna. “They know the rules
and now I’ve got to tell them to do something they know is dumb. Also, you
were going to tell them that commissions are reversible on these. I knew you’d
chicken out on that.”
“I’m not ‘chickening out’ on anything,” says Larry. “I’ll tell him we’re
doing a pilot program. Gonna take a chance with a few of the best of these —
you decide which, not him — and we’ll see if it works. The rules are: they still
need Accounting approval and commissions are reversible. Unless it’s some
kind of huge success, we’ll dump it next quarter but I won’t tell him that yet.
...I’ll call him now. You wanna be on the call or a fly on the wall?”
“I’m going to call my husband,” says Donna. “I’ve had enough of Frank
for one day.”
“See ya… Wait a minute. All this quarter stuff reminds me. Did I tell you
to sell your Big Router stock?”
“No,” says Donna, “you didn’t. You get a hot tip from Joanne Ankers?”
“No,” says Larry, “but I have heard they’re not gonna have a great quarter
either. Of course, I don’t mean the ‘either’ part. I’m ‘shaw’ we’re gonna have an
operatin’ profit, padnuh.”
“See y’all,” says Donna.
###
Team:
I know you all know how important it is that we make our numbers
this quarter. I’ve been working with Larry to find ways to make
this more profitable for you and a SLAM DUNK.
Frank
Oliver:
Why haven’t I seen the paper on this yet? I’m getting nervous.
Their CEO and I tee off tomorrow at 1PM. USE THAT to get the
contract signed.
Frank
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 7.36
Frank:
Am working on the press release now but they buyer is not all
that close to PR. Obviously I’ll do what I can but it’s going to
be hard. I’ll certainly earn those extra options.
Oliver
Larry:
I assume you haven’t seen the email below I’m forwarding to you
from Frank. The fucking idiot declared an end-of-quarter sale.
And says we’re going to approve all the shit wannabes he brings
in.
And looks like you approved extra commission for those assholes.
And you probably don’t know that Oliver gave iHudson another 25%
off on top of the 50% we already gave them. And that one was
supposed to be already in the bag.
I’m really not happy with all this. Maybe you’ll explain to me
why Sales gets to run the company.
###
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 7.37
“Joanne, I’ve been on the road nonstop for the last two weeks. I’ve told
you what I know and I’m not going to tell you what I don’t know. How does the
Big Router quarter look?”
“That’s not really relevant,” says Joanne. “We’ll do our earnings
statement in a couple of weeks.”
Franklin Adams has joined the call. “I keep hearing these rumors,” he
says.
“About hackoff’s quarter?” asks Joanne.
“No, we’re not famous enough yet for rumors,” says Franklin. “I keep
hearing that Big Router is having a hard time this quarter. I know that the Big
Router salesmen are offering ad-Ventures’ portfolio companies big incentives to
buy before the end of the quarter.”
“Speaking of incentives,” says Larry, “Barcourt wants us to price at
99 1/4 so they can give a 1/8 tip to Semper and Fido.”
“Is that what they said?” asks Joanne.
“Just recommended the price,” says Larry. “Just don’t see why we
shouldn’t price at the close except to help them with their favored accounts.
Antihack priced yesterday right at their closing price.”
“Antihack is more complex with their debt issue,” says Franklin. “I don’t
think they got quite what they were hoping on that. Larry, I’d say we should go
with it. You guys have done a good job in a tough market. I think we’re lucky to
get done at this price even though we all hoped it would be higher. And,
remember, the lower the price, the better chance the shoe goes — although an
eighth doesn’t really make a hell of a lot of difference.”
“You think the shoe’s at risk?” asks Larry in an elevated pitch.
“This market makes me nervous,” says Franklin. “We should be okay,
but the market is not well. Anyway, got to run. I move we price at 99 1/4.
Aaron, is that what we need legally?”
“I’ll write it up with the boilerplate,” says Aaron. “Is there a second?”
“I second,” says Joanne.
“I’ll hold my nose,” says Larry. “If there’s no dissent, I guess this passes
unanimously. Thank you, everyone.”
“Good work, Larry and Donna,” says Franklin.
“Thanks,” says Larry.
“One more thing,” says Franklin.
“What’s that?” asks Larry.
“You’re rich,” says Franklin. “Good night.”
“Good night,” says Joanne.
“Right,” says Donna. “Good night.”
commissions but before taxes. Donna gets 9.5 million; and Frank Folger and
Aaron Smyth a little over six million each.
Windaw & Wallar gets thirty-eight million dollars; ad-Ventures 34.2
million; Big Router Ventures 47.5 million; and assorted other venture firms
22.8 million. These are home runs for the venture firms. The shares they sold
for a net of ninety-five dollars each cost them, on the average, two dollars per
share. Larry and venture firms other than Big Router expect to get
substantially more when the shoe is sold. Barcourt and the other banks earn
almost ten million dollars in commissions.
After the call-back to Barcourt in New York to tell them the price has
been approved, the hackoff roadshow team, except for Jason, who is visiting a
fraternity brother in Milwaukee, leaves the Pfister for the airport. Donna goes to
the public terminal to fly to San Francisco where she is joining her husband for
what she describes as a celebratory ride through the Napa Valley. So only Larry
and Rachel board the jet for New Jersey.
“How does it feel to be so rich?” Rachel asks Larry a little while after
take-off. The copilot has their dinners warming in the microwave and they are
drinking red wine and eating plump shrimp.
“Not so good so far,” says Larry. “Maybe it just hasn’t sunk in yet. Maybe
the money isn’t real yet. It doesn’t feel good to have priced at so much less than
we thought we would. Remember, we were over 150 dollars when we got into
this. I feel like we’ve been playing defense for the past couple of weeks and still
getting pushed backwards.”
“Larry, you couldn’t have done better in this market. I’ve been talking to
my colleagues who are on the road with other companies. It’s brutal out there.
For the first time people are actually worried about deals getting done. And I
hear there are some companies that aren’t going out right now because the
bankers want to wait and see. Anyway, I brought you something to celebrate.”
She pulls a bottle of Wild Turkey 101 Proof out from under the seat where she
arranged for it to be stowed. “Skol, as Gustav would have said.”
“Thank you,” says Larry. “That’s very considerate. You remembered my
favorite indulgence. I must’ve told you the story…”
“You told me that you used to drink something awful in college.”
“Kentucky Beau. Kentucky Beau was all I could afford,” says Larry. “I
swore I wouldn’t drink it any longer than I had to. Just like I swore I’d stop
selling blood once I didn’t need the money for dates. Been drinking better stuff
and giving my blood away ever since I could afford to. Except when I was in
jail; they don’t let you give blood in jail.” He pours and swallows a large gulp.
“That must’ve been a strange time.”
“You mean being in jail or drinking Kentucky Beau?”
“Jail.”
“Well,” says Larry, “it was an experience most people don’t have. As my
Israeli friends like to say ‘that which doesn’t kill me makes me stronger’. In my
case it was literally true. I wouldn’t have been able to start in the security
consulting business if I hadn’t confessed to ‘Gotcha’. And, if I hadn’t had that
business, no hackoff. And then I wouldn’t be rich and worrying about how that
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 7.40
feels. Anyway, I’m not in jail now and I AM drinking Wild Turkey. Thanks for
bringing it aboard.” He takes another big swallow.
By the time the copilot gives him his steak, Larry is woozy from the Wild
Turkey and spills gravy on his white shirt, tie, and suit pants. “Shit,” he says,
then laughs. “Well, don’t need the suit tomorrow. I guess this is the right time
to spill on it.” He takes the tie off, balls it up, and throws it in a trash
receptacle.
“Now you’re acting like a rich guy,” says Rachel. “Tie gets dirty, you
throw it away.” She giggles.
“You know,” says Larry, “before the IPO roadshow Louise had to go out
and buy me a dozen white shirts. Bankers told her that’s what I’d need.”
“It was me that told her,” says Rachel. “But I only told her ten. You need
a two week supply since the first week gets laundered while you’re out for the
second week and then you can use those again for the third week.”
“Yeah, well I’m sure Louise got ‘em cheaper by the dozen,” says Larry still
trying to mop gravy off his shirt. “Or else…” He laughs. “Or else she figured I’d
spill on some of them. She knows me pretty well.”
“How does Louise feel about all of this?” asks Rachel.
“Don’t really know,” says Larry. “She’s like me. I mean we haven’t let
ourselves really believe in it, don’t really believe in it ‘til it happens. Now we’ll
have to see. Of course, her aunt wants to come and help us manage all our
money. And so does every other banker and investment advisor in the world.”
“Louise’s aunt is a banker?”
“Yeah, she’s at Merrill. Does ‘wealth management’. How’s Ahmed?”
“Oh, about the same as when you asked me driving down from Boston —
that was fun, that night.”
“Still not romantic?”
“No, I don’t think that’ll change. But he is coming to the airport in Linden
to pick me up when we get in. That’s sort of romantic. He knows Barcourt
would have gotten a car for me.”
Larry has another drink. He offers some Wild Turkey to Rachel who
refuses. “It’ll grow hair on your chest,” says Larry.
“No thanks,” says Rachel. “You must know from Louise, us Jewish girls
don’t try to grow any extra hair.”
Larry laughs hard. “That’s funny,” he says. “I must be getting drunk. I
don’t think it would be that funny if I wasn’t … if I weren’t getting drunk.” He
has a hard time controlling his laughter. Finally does, and has another drink
when he can stop laughing long enough to swallow.
“Thank you, Rachel,” he says. “The Wild Turkey was very thoughtful of
you. Seriously, you did a good job for us on the roadshow. It was a tough one,
but you did a good job. I’ll be sure to tell Harvey Maklin.”
“Thanks,” says Rachel. “That would be helpful. It was a pleasure being
on the road with you … with you and Donna. It’s good to watch a pro in
action.”
“Me or Donna?” asks Larry. His eyes are slightly unfocused.
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 7.41
$0.00
$20.00
$40.00
$60.00
$80.00
$100.00
$120.00
$140.00
$160.00
$180.00
00
0
2/
hackoff.com
2/ 3/
7/
2
20
0
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
6000
00
0
00
2/
9/
2 00 2/
2/ 0 10
11 /2
/2 00
00
2/ 0 0
15
/2 2/
00
2/ 0 17
17 /2
/2 00
00
2/ 0 0
21
/2 2/
00
2/ 0 24
23 /2
/2 00
00
2/ 0 0
25
/2
00 3/
2/ 0 2/
29 20
/2
00 00
0
3/
2/
20 3/
00 9/
3/ 20
6/
© 2005 Tom Evslin
20 00
00
3/
8/ 3/
20
NASDAQ 2/3/00 - 3/28/00
00 16
HOFC Daily Trading 2/3/00 - 3/28/00
3/ /2
10
/2 00
00 0
3/ 0
14
/2 3/
00
0
23
3/ /2
16
/2 00
00 0
3/ 0
20
/2
00
3/ 0
22
/2
00
3/ 0
24
/2
00
3/ 0
28
/2
00
0
Page 7.42
1/
2/
2
$0.00
$0.50
$1.00
$1.50
$2.00
$2.50
$3.00
1/ 003
6/
2
1/ 003
hackoff.com
8/
1/ 200 1/
10 3
/ 2/
1/ 200 20
14 3
1100
1150
1200
1250
1300
1350
1400
1450
1500
/
1/ 200 1/ 0 3
16 3
/
9/
1/ 200 2
20 3
/2 1/ 00 3
1/ 00 16
22 3
/ /2
1/ 200
24 3
/ 1/ 0 03
1/ 200 23
28 3
/2 /2
1/ 00
30 3
/2
1/ 0 03
2/ 003
30
3/ /2
2 0
2/ 003
5/
2 2/ 03
2/ 003 6/
7/ 2
2/ 200
11 3 2/ 00 3
/ 13
2/ 200
13 3 /2
/2
2/ 00 00
17 3 2/
/ 20 3
2/ 200
19 3 /2
/
2/ 200
21 3 2/ 0 03
/2 27
© 2005 Tom Evslin
2/ 00
25 3 /2
/ 0
2/ 200
27 3
/2 3/ 03
3/ 003 6/
3/
2
2
3/ 003 3/ 00 3
5/
2 13
3/ 003 /2
7/
3/ 200
Chapter 8 - April 2, 2003
11 3 3/ 0 03
/ 20
3/ 200 /2
13 3
/2
3/ 00 3/ 0 03
17 3
/ 27
3/ 200 /2
19 3
/2 00
3/ 00 3
21 3
/
3/ 200
25 3
/
3/ 200
27 3
/2
3/ 00
31 3
/2
00
3
Page 8.1
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 8.2
###
too much blame. Larry wasn’t getting along well with Donna
either, and that’s only been recently.
Q: This is a very personal question, but you’ve already said
that you know about Donna and Larry’s relationship in
college. Did it bother you when he hired her? Did it make
you uncomfortable that they were working together?
A: Maybe a bit. ...Okay, it did bother me when he first hired
her. I’d been jealous of her looks back in college. But, for
Larry, once something is over it’s usually over. And she’s
the same way. We’ve actually been pretty friendly with Donna
and her husband and I’ve gotten to know her. I think one day
they decided it was better for them to be friends than
lovers and that’s what they’ve been ever since. Maybe I’m
naïve but I’m pretty sure of that.
In fact, since Larry has to have attractive women around,
I’ve been sort of glad she’s there. I think she’d scare off
anyone else in the office. Didn’t scare off the banker,
though.
Q: Why do you think Larry hasn’t been getting along with Donna?
A: He said it was because of her; that she’s turning into a
bitch. He said that at our date at Soho Grand last week. I
think she may have been mad about the Barcourt woman, too.
She might not have liked seeing Larry be such an asshole.
She might have felt bad for me, although that’s not like
her. She might have felt that another woman — a younger
woman — intruded on her space.
Q: But if she and Larry were just friends, why—
A: Why would she care?
Q: Yes. Why would she care?
A: Detective, I hope you don’t have to investigate any cases
with women suspects. You don’t understand them very well.
Larry and Donna were just friends as far as I know, but they
were also a man and a woman and Donna wouldn’t have wanted
another woman — especially a younger woman — in the business
space they occupied together. She didn’t even like me coming
into the office during the day. We joked about that, but it
was serious, too. I didn’t intrude in her space and she
stayed out of Larry’s bed. Does that make sense to you?
Q: No, but I’ll think about it. After you graduated from
college, did you work outside the home?
A: Never for money. I’m active in various charities. I helped
Larry with the social end of business, of course. But I was
fortunate in never having to work for money.
Q: A year after you were married, Larry confessed to a computer
crime and was sentenced to prison.
A: Is that a question? You sound like Larry King.
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 8.8
A: Well, a lot of stock brokers called all the time and wanted
to manage it for us. Realtors called, people like that. It
was like we won the lottery. I guess we did in a way.
Q: Did your friends treat you differently?
A: A lot of our friends have money — serious money —
themselves. They either inherited it or earned it or even
were dotcom millionaires themselves. So just having money
wasn’t so strange. We hadn’t been poor before, either. The
friends-and-family part was very strange, though. Do you
know what friends-and-family is?
Q: Yeah, I do. Once a suspect offered me some friends-and-
family stock in a company he was related to somehow.
Couldn’t take it since he was a suspect. In fact, I added
attempted bribery to the charges against him. Too bad,
though, the stock tripled on opening day. I could’ve made a
bundle. But why was the friends-and-family part “strange”?
A: Well, everybody wanted some stock; everybody, even the
cleaning lady. We couldn’t possibly give people a chance to
buy as much stock as they wanted; there wasn’t that much.
Larry offered friends-and-family stock to his cousins. One
of them is a lawyer and he threatened to sue Barcourt
because they wouldn’t give him more. That’s how bad it got.
Some people were very grateful, though. One of my cousins
even made enough money on it when she sold to dump her
worthless husband and start a new life. A single Mom we know
was able to send her daughter to college. Even my father
bought some stock; it was the first time he’d talked to us
since Larry went to jail. But then people got mad at us.
Q: Why did they get mad at you?
A: Either because they sold too soon or because they didn’t
sell soon enough.
Q: I don’t get it. Can you explain?
A: The IPO price was fifteen dollars. So people bought their
stock at that price. From there, the stock eventually went
up to 160 dollars a share or something like that. So all
along the way, people were selling their stock. If they sold
it at twenty, they were mad when it went to thirty. If they
sold at 100, they were mad when it went to 110. But those
were the lucky ones, they all made money.
From 160 dollars, or whatever it was, the stock came all the
way down in two years to less than a dollar. So everybody
who didn’t sell was even madder at us. Some people even
bought more stock as it was going up. If they sold it,
great, they made even more money. If they held it too long
then they lost money on that too. Some people, on paper, had
enough profit to retire early. But, in the end, instead of
retiring early, they lost some of the retirement money
they’d had in the first place.
Q: And those people were mad at you?
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 8.14
Q: Can you think of any reason why anyone would want to kill
Larry?
A: Everyone who knew Larry wanted to kill him at one time or
another, even me. He had that effect on people. I suppose if
I had a lawyer here he would tell me not to say that, but
it’s the truth. Larry really offended people sometimes,
especially after he got out of prison. That’s what people
said about him, that he took no prisoners.
But I can’t think of anyone we know who would really do it.
And I’ve been thinking about that; I’ve been thinking about
it a lot, because I know he was murdered and everyone is
trying to call it suicide. Larry wouldn’t kill himself. It
wasn’t an accident either, so somebody had to have shot him.
Q: Who do you think of specifically when you think of people
who might have killed him?
A: I think it had to be someone he knew, because I hear there’s
no sign of a struggle. Also it had to be someone who knew
the gun was in his office and who had some way to get to it.
So there are all the people in the office. I can’t really
believe any of them would have done it, but they could have.
And Larry was getting along even worse than usual with the
people in the office.
Q: Had he told you about any particular or unusual friction
with anybody?
A: Yes and no. I already told you that he was getting along
worse and worse with Dom and even Donna. But those
relationships had been going down hill for a while. He
hadn’t told me anything specific.
Q: When was the last time you saw Larry?
A: A week ago Sunday morning, after the night we spent together
in the Soho Grand.
Q: Did you talk to him after that?
A: Sure. Even separated we talked on the phone almost every
day. And we emailed each other.
Q: When was the last time you talked?
A: Two days ago. The night he was killed. He said he was in the
office and that he had a late meeting.
Q: Did he say who the meeting was with? Did you ask?
A: No and no. He didn’t tell and I didn’t ask. To tell the
truth, he sounded like he was lying and I couldn’t stand
listening to that. I thought he might have been planning to
go out.
Q: Would it be unusual for him to have a late meeting at the
office?
A: No. The technical people, the programmers, they like to work
at night. So sometimes Larry would meet with them late, sort
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 8.16
A: No. Never. Not even once. Not even when I knew he was
unfaithful to me. That would have been the end for me.
Somehow it would have been worse for me, even harder to get
over, if I were the one that was unfaithful.
Q: Please tell me where you were between 7:00 PM and 3:00 AM
Monday night.
A: I was wondering when you’d get to that. I was here the whole
time. I had a meeting of the local United Way Chapter in the
afternoon, stopped to do some shopping, and got home about
six. You called me here about 7:30 the next morning. I
didn’t go out.
My alibi’s not as good as Dom’s, though. I was alone. I only
made two phone calls that night and nobody called me on my
home phone except Larry and a couple of telemarketers. I
called my mother around nine and Dom around one when I
couldn’t sleep and was worried about him. A board member
from United Way called, but she called on my cell phone so
that doesn’t prove I was here.
Q: What time was that?
A: About 10:00 PM but why does that matter? It was on the cell
phone.
Q: We can tell what cell tower your call went through. That
tells us roughly where you were. It certainly can tell us
whether you were in New Jersey or New York City. But, of
course, there would have been time after that for you to go
to New York.
A: I appreciate how thorough you are; I really do. I’ve been
afraid that it would be convenient for everybody to believe
Larry killed himself.
Q: Thank you. What were you doing when you were here alone and
not talking on the phone?
A: Watching a TiVo-ed movie. Since Larry’s been at the Soho
Grand I’ve been watching a lot of television. TiVo saves me
from just having to watch whatever crap is on.
Q: TiVo may also have given you an alibi.
A: Huh?
Q: TiVo records almost everything you do using it. It sends
that information back to the company. They use it for
marketing. But it turns out to be a useful way for us to
know whether someone was here pushing TiVo’s buttons. We’ll
check that, of course.
A: Of course. Who do you think killed Larry?
Q: Even if I had a theory, even if I was convinced this is a
murder, I wouldn’t be able to tell you. Your first suspect
was Dom and you cleared him in your mind by calling the
bartender. You said you think it had to be someone he knew.
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 8.19
Do you have any more theories? Have you been doing any more
investigating?
A: I wish I could investigate more. I hate this. I hate Larry
being dead. And me not doing anything. I think and think and
sometimes I think if I think hard enough I’ll have a clue
and sometimes I think I’ll just go crazy.
Q: I don’t need to bother you any more right now. Again, I’m
sorry. And I’d like to say personally that I admire your
investigating on your own just after ... I mean in such
hard...
A: I know what you mean. Thank you.
Q: If you do think of anything — anything at all — you have my
card. Anything you think of, no matter how strange, don’t
filter it. Just tell me.
A: Thank you. I will.
Q: Thank you for your cooperation.
###
Message from:
917 555 6789
cod bullet 2 rt temple
alpha-amanitin in blood
suff for death but not cause
One-handed, he tries calling back but gets voice mail. “What the fuck is
alpha-amanitin?” he asks in his message.
By the time Mark gets back to his desk in the precinct, he still hasn’t
gotten a call back from the coroner. He tries a few more numbers there but gets
only voice mail so he Googles “Alpha-amanitin”.
www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve& db=PubMed&list_uids=168192&dopt=Abstract -
Similar pages
Studies on the possible mechanisms of protective activity against ...
Arch Pharm Res. 2001 Feb;24(1):55-63. Studies on the possible mechanisms of
protective activity against alpha-amanitin poisoning by aucubin. ...
www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve& db=PubMed&list_uids=11235813&dopt=Abstract
- Similar pages
[ More results from www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov ]
Structural basis of transcription: alpha-amanitin-RNA polymerase ...
Click here to read Structural basis of transcription: alpha-amanitin-RNA polymerase
II cocrystal at 2.8 A resolution. Bushnell DA, Cramer P, Kornberg RD. ...
www.facultyof1000.com/pubmed/11805306 - Similar pages
Studies on the inhibition by alpha-amanitin of single-step ...
Studies on the inhibition by alpha-amanitin of single-step addition reactions and
productive RNA synthesis catalysed by wheat-germ RNA polymerase II. ...
www.cancerci.com/pubmed/2467661 - Similar pages
Alpha-amanitin-resistant transcription units in trypanosomes: a ...
... Alpha-amanitin-resistant transcription units in trypanosomes: a comparison of promoter
sequences for a VSG gene expression site and for the ribosomal RNA genes. ...
nar.oupjournals.org/cgi/content/abstract/19/19/5153 - Similar pages
The Effect of {alpha}-Amanitin on the Arabidopsis Seed Proteome ...
www.plantphysiol.org/cgi/reprint/134/4/1598 - Similar pages
Science Fair Projects - Alpha-amanitin
... Alpha-amanitin. A relatively tiny protein of only eight amino acids,
alpha-amanitin is the toxin found in the Amanita genus of mushrooms ...
www.all-science-fair-projects.com/ science_fair_projects_encyclopedia/Alpha-amanitin - 15k - Cached -
Similar pages
Effects of alpha-amanitin on nuclear maturation of porcine oocytes ...
... Articles. Effects of alpha-amanitin on nuclear maturation of porcine oocytes
in vitro. B Meinecke and S Meinecke-Tillmann. The effects ...
www.reproduction-online.org/ cgi/content/abstract/98/1/195 - Similar pages
Alpha-amanitin - Definition of Alpha-amanitin by Webster's Online ...
Alpha-amanitin. Advertisement. Close. ...
www.webster-dictionary.org/definition/Alpha-amanitin - 11k - Cached - Similar pages
Particularly dangerous about this toxin is its delayed effects. It slowly attacks an RNA
polymerase in the liver. Few effects are reported within 10 hours; it is not unusual for
significant effects to take as much as 24 hours after ingestion. This is far past the time when
the stomach could be safely pumped. Diarrhea and cramps are the first symptom, but those
pass, leaving a false remission. Then, on the 4th to 5th day, the toxin starts to have severe
effects on the liver and kidneys, leading to total system failure in both. Death usually takes
place around a week from ingestion.
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 8.21
Around 15% of those poisoned will die in around 10 days progressing through a comatose stage
to renal failure, liver failure, hepatic coma, respiratory failure and death. Those who recover
are unlikely to regain full health. Early diagnosis can be tricky and treatment is mainly
supportive (gastric lavage, activated charcoal, fluid resuscitation) but includes various drugs
to counter the amatoxins, including penicillin and cephalosporin derivatives, and can extend
to an orthotopic liver transplant. The most reliable method to treat amanitin poisoning is
through having the stomach pumped immediately after ingestion; however, the onset of
symptoms is generally too late for this to be an option.
Mark makes a few hurried phone calls and gives some urgent orders. As
he does this, a news alert he’s set for Lazard pops on his screen and makes
him visibly angry.
April 2, 2003 – Larry Lazard. CEO of hackoff.com, ate poison mushrooms shortly before
shooting himself according to sources in the NYPD.
The apparent source of the mushrooms was a pizza Lazard had eaten earlier that evening.
However, according to our sources, the poison in these mushrooms is slow-acting and the
cause of death was certainly the gun shot wound to the head, not the mushrooms.
The ex-con CEO was well-known in Silicon Alley circles for the rapid rise and fall of his
personal wealth as well as for his extremely abrasive style. He and his wife Louise, although
rumored to have a stormy marriage, are active in chi-chi NY charitable circles.
Lazard founded hackoff.com after release from prison where he served time for a credit card
ripoff scheme called “Gotcha” which he confessed to in 1993.
Hackoff develops software which protects e-commerce web sites from hackers. The company
went public in 1999; it shares peaked at 159 and 1/8 in early 2000. At that time the paper
worth of the Lazards was well over a billion dollars. The company did a successful secondary
in March of 2000 and the Lazards cleared over $50,000,000 before taxes by selling a small
fraction of their stock.
However, the company rapidly traded down. It sometimes traded for under one dollar, a loss
of over 99% of its value. Last year the company was the subject of a hostile takeover attempt
by rival antihack. However, antihack had to abandon the hostile takeover when its own
customers were the subject of a vicious web-based attack. Recently hackoff has been trading
at slightly over one dollar per share.
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 8.22
Ex-swimsuit-model Donna Langhorne, formerly CFO of hackoff, is its new CEO. Sources are
quoted as saying she has the cojones for the job. It was sexy Donna who found Larry dead in
his Hudson Street office early this morning. She had no comment when contacted by the New
York Post yesterday and was unavailable for comment today. Chances are that we’ll be
seeing more of her, though.
instead of harassing me. You shoulda been on this soon as I told you about the
poison.”
“Stop covering your ass; I’m all over it,” Mark says. “Why don’t you get
the full autopsy to me fast; send it in email.” He gets a call-waiting tone and
hangs up without saying good by.
“Okay, Mark, good news; we’re not gonna have an epidemic of mushroom
poisoning,” says the new caller.
“Great. How do you know?” Mark asks.
“Talked to the guy Wong that did the pizza run. Asked him where he got
it and who else had mushrooms. He tells me that that the deceased didn’t
order mushrooms.”
“But he’s fucked up. There were mushrooms and pizza in his stomach
and…”
“Yeah. Wong says that Lazard is a mushroom nut, okay? He likes pizza
with pineapple and mushrooms. Used to order that all the time. But he gets
rich and he turns into a big-time mushroom collector; now he only eats the
mushrooms he finds himself. So they just order pizza with pineapple, and
Lazard adds his own mushrooms from his own stash. So last night he just got
pizza with pineapple and did his own extra toppings like usual. He—”
“So we gotta find that stash,” Mark interrupts.
“Calm down, ace, we’ve got it. Everyone in the office knew what shelf he
kept it on; it’s in a big bottle. You want it sent to the lab?”
“Right,” says Mark. “Good work. Yeah, let’s get it to the lab right away.
Got to make double sure it’s the same stuff that was on the pizza. Thanks.”
He hangs up and Googles “Lazard mushrooms”. There are a wealth of
URLs returned by the search engine. Some deal with an announcement from
the Central New Jersey Mycological Society of a generous gift from Louise and
Larry Lazard which will enable the society to introduce underprivileged
youngsters from Newark to the joys of mushroom hunting in the Jersey Pine
Barrens.
The other URLs are from a blog Lazard had been writing about his
mushroom hunting expeditions. The most recent entry is from September 26.
#
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 8.24
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 8.25
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 8.26
Amanita tenuifolia
(Slender Death pure white Leucoagaricus naucina (Smoothcap Parasol)
Angel)
Foods Home | FDA Home | Search/Subject Index | Disclaimers & Privacy Policy
###
Larry Lazard poisoned himself with mushrooms before he shot himself! Its all in the Post
Online.
The market’s not going to care about that. He’s history. The stocks up to 1.52.
This is bad for the company. The investing public doesn’t like confusion or complication. It’s a
complication.
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 8.29
Lazard is a well-known amateur mycologist (that means mushroom hunter to those who don’t
know their sciences). He belongs to a mushroom club in New Jersey and he even has a
mushroom blog at www.shroomhunter.com. Take a look at it you’ll see where he probably got the
poison mushrooms, although he says he wasn’t collecting posion mushrooms and is very
specific about what he was collecting.
This news strengthens the suicide theory, since it looks as if he also tried to poison himself. In
the short term, that should be a negative for the company, because investors are going to
worry what it is he knew that they don’t know. Even thieving CEOs don’t shoot themselves
over good news.
If it turns out that there was some personal problem not related to the company, then probably
this is not a long-term negative. In that case, the suicide story is better for the stock than a
murder story, because if it’s murder, then we have to worry about who did that and how it
relates to the company. Was the company into something it shouldn’t have been?
But if the murder turns out to be about something personal, then that doesn’t matter much to
the stock either. Then the stock trades on whether the Street thinks Donna will be a better CEO
than Larry and whether they think she might sell for a good price when it was pretty clear that
Larry wouldn’t.
by: scooper
Long-Term Sentiment: Buy 04/02/03 2:05 am
Msg: 90005 of 90016
pooper, you’re still an asshole. This is not a complication. He’s already dead. The stock is up .10
since the story broke.
04/02/03 2:06 am
Msg: 90006 of 90016
Larry’s blog is all about mushroom picking. He was picking some kind of mushroom that looks
like some other kind of mushroom that’s poison. But it looks like he got the wrong one and
then he ate it.
The lizard meant to eat the cunt mushroom and he ate the death angel instead. Some guys
shouldn’t hunt cunt or mushrooms or be a ceo and the lizard is one of those and now he won’t
be hunting and wont be cunting and wont be ceo but that wont help all you poor slobs who
have jerkoff stock. your dead; you ate the mushroom.
Alaska, you asshole, why don’t you get your foul mouth off this board and stay on the antihack
board where you belong. We’ve heard enough of your bullshit and the c-word has no place on
a finance board.
by: Alaska60-60
Long-Term Sentiment: Strong Sell 04/02/03 2:12 pm
Msg: 90009 of 90016
scooper, you mean the cword ceo? Thats what sucks at jerkoff, the ceo. Of course the new
one might suck too but that’s different.
But I got it figured out. The lizard ate the wrong mushroom and it made him nutty so then he
shot himself. That makes more sense than most shit hes done.
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 8.31
Back down!
by: thewatcher02 (38/M/New Rochelle, NY)
04/02/03 2:18 pm
Msg: 90010 of 90016
For once, I had the same first thought as Alaska but I got on wikipedia before shooting my
mouth off. The poison from the mushroom that looks like the mushroom Larry was collecting is
not hallucinogenic – that means it doesnt make you high. So that theory doesnt work.
But the poison makes you very sick for a week and is painful, so it’s very hard to see why
someone who knew about mushrooms would take it to kill himself. And it shows up on an
autopsy just like it just did, so it isn’t a good way to make suicide look like something else so
that the insurance company has to pay.
Again, why would he start to kill himself with mushrooms and then change his mind and use a
gun before the mushroom even had time to work? Unless he chickened out once he got a
tummy ache.
Good questions, Jumbo. You’re probably right. Its good that you do reasearch that alaska
doesn’t.
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 8.32
Larry liked cunt and he liked mushrooms and he liked living dangerously. And now he’s dead
but that happens.
He died a man.
Stock Down
by: thewatcher02 (38/M/New Rochelle, NY)
04/02/03 2:40 pam
Msg: 90016 of 90016
###
Detective Cohen takes a call from the lab. “Got results on the ‘shrooms,”
says the technician.
“Yeah?”
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 8.33
“The ones in the office are full of alpha-amanatin, you know what that
is?”
“Yeah, that’s what we expected; that’s what was in the deceased’s
stomach. The other ones the same?”
“No, were they supposed to be? I thought they were the control.”
“What do you mean?” Mark raises his voice. “They’re no control. They’re
supposed to be from the same batch.”
“Well I don’t know what they are but they don’t have any alpha-amanatin
in them, I know that.”
NASDAQ 4/2/03
1405
1400
1395
1390
1385
1380
1375
1370
1365
1360
4/2/2003
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 8.34
$1.80
$1.60
$1.40
$1.20
$1.00
$0.80
$0.60
$0.40
$0.20
$-
4/2/2003
7/
1/
1
$0.00
$20.00
$40.00
$60.00
$80.00
$100.00
$120.00
$140.00
$160.00
$180.00
7/ 99
9 9
hackoff.com
7/ /199
19 9
7/ /199
27 9
/1
0
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
6000
8/ 999
4/
8/ 199
12 9 6/30/1999
8/ /19
20 99
8/ /199
30 9
/1
9/ 999
7/
7/30/1999
9/ 199
15 9
9/ /199
23 9
10 /19
/ 99
8/30/1999
10 1/19
/1 99
10 1/1
/1 99
9
10 9/19
/2 99 9/30/1999
7/
11 199
/ 9
11 4/1
/1 99
9
11 2/19 10/30/1999
/2 99
###
11 2/19
/3 99
0
12 /199
/8 9
© 2005 Tom Evslin
12 /19 11/30/1999
/1 99
12 6/1
/2 999
4/
1
3/
1/ 200
11 0
1/ /200
19 0
1/ /200
27 0 1/30/2000
/2
2/ 00
4/ 0
2/ 200
14 0
2/ /200
22 0 2/29/2000
/2
3/ 000
1/
2
3/ 000
9
3/ /200
17 0
3/30/2000
3/ /200
27 0
/2
Chapter 9: The Fall, April 1, 2000 – June 30, 2000
00
0
Page 9.1
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 9.2
On Saturday, April 1, Larry goes into the office to catch up on the work
he’s had to ignore during the roadshow. Louise joins him in the evening for
dinner at Sequoia in Southside Seaport with her Aunt Hattie who has advised
them that the chowder is “to die for”. Hattie is in the personal wealth
management group at Merrill Lynch and would clearly like to advise the
Lazards on much more than chowder.
“Well,” says Aunt Hattie, looking up from the chowder, “today is the day
that your liquidity should actually be in your account at Barcourt.”
“Yup, the money’s there; I checked,” says Larry.
“I’m sure you two haven’t had much of a chance to think about how you
are going to invest your—”
“I bought my mother a place in a retirement home,” says Louise.
“She didn’t tell me that,” says Hattie, annoyed.
“I only told her an hour ago,” says Louise.
“Well, I’m very happy for her, of course. That’s very kind of you…”
“It was Larry’s idea.”
“How very considerate. I know how proud Ruth must be to have such a
generous son-in-law. I do wish you two had talked to me first, however. There
are many tax implications to such an investment, and it’s very important that
it be structured in the right way. We have a very good group that can be an
enormous help in transactions like this. In fact, for clients in the very high
wealth category, which includes the two of you, our people are happy to
actually handle transactions like this one completely. So you hardly need to lift
a finger except to tell us what you want to accomplish…”
“We’re not clients of Merrill Lynch,” says Larry.
“Well, that’s what we’re here to talk about now, isn’t it? That’s certainly
something that can quickly be arranged. In fact…”
The fish arrives. Hattie has to pause in her pitch to send hers back since
the head is still on the plate and one dead eye is looking at her balefully.
“Oh, I just hate that,” she says after the waiter leaves with the offending
fish. “I sometimes think they do that just to annoy me. Now where were we?”
“I was just explaining,” says Larry, “that we are going to talk to several
firms before we decide who will manage our ‘personal wealth’.”
“Well, certainly, dear, you ought to do that,” says Hattie. “But time’s
awasting and, as they say, time is money. You won’t find any better than
Merrill. There are several investment opportunities that will close just this week
and I’d hate for you two to miss the opportunity—”
“We’re going to have to pass on those,” says Larry. “We’re not going to
make our minds up that quickly.”
“I’m not sure that’s wise, dear,” says Hattie. “You have a big
responsibility now to manage all that liquidity wisely.”
“I also have to manage my company,” says Larry. “Remember, most of
our net worth — the vast majority of it — is tied up in the stock we still own.
We haven’t even sold five percent yet.”
“Well, dear, of course; but that’s something we can help you with as well.
I’m not the expert in this, but Merrill has put together programs for other
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 9.3
executives to assure that they will realize most of that locked-in value. We
know you can’t sell all of that stock now but you should be protected against a
possible decline. We could arrange synthetic ‘put options’ or various kinds of
‘straddle’ or ‘collars’ I think they’re called. We could lend you money using the
locked up stock as security. These are the discussions we need to be having.”
“Why in the world would we want to be in debt when we’re rolling in
cash?” asks Larry. “I just paid off our mortgage this morning.”
“You what? Oh, no. You see, this is just the kind of thing we can help
you with. That’s not a good use—”
Louise interrupts before Larry can: “That’s something we both wanted to
do. We don’t like being in debt.”
“Debt is an important investment strategy,” says Hattie. “Perhaps as a
next step I should introduce you to some of the specialists who will work with
you at Merrill to help you—”
“You know who you could introduce me to, Hattie?” asks Larry with his
mouth full.
“Whom, dear?”
“What’s her name, your e-commerce analyst,” says Larry. “Merrill doesn’t
cover hackoff and it would be very helpful for us if you did. That would help
increase the value of the rest of our assets.”
“Well,” says Hattie, “I’m not sure I can arrange that but I’m certainly
willing to try. But you don’t mean to say, dear, that you’re going to base your
decision of who handles your personal wealth on what coverage the company
receives, do you?”
“Yeah,” says Larry, “that is what I mean. It won’t be the only criterion,
but it is a very important one.”
“You’ve worried about the company all these years,” says Hattie. “Now it’s
time to worry about yourself. Yourself and Louise, I mean, of course.”
“How the company does and how WE do are not separable,” says Larry.
“Hattie, I’m serious about this. If Merrill wants to manage our personal wealth,
it’s time for Merrill to cover hackoff.”
“Oh, I don’t know…”
“I know,” says Larry, more firmly.
“How is Uncle Augie?” asks Louise.
Hattie takes a deep breath and cuts into the now headless but also cold
fish. “He’s as well as can be expected, Louise dear, thank you so much for
asking. He sends his best to both of you, of course. The dear man will not take
care of himself. Sometimes I think he wants to die just to spite me.”
“Understandable,” says Larry, but under his breath so Hattie doesn’t
hear him.
Not much later, Larry and Louise are sitting outside in the back of the
highspeed catamaran ferry to Atlantic Highlands. It’s an early warm spring
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 9.4
night, so they are comfortable on the stern where the bulk of the cabin blocks
the wind. As the boat crosses New York harbor, they have a great view of the
downtown lights dominated by the twin lit rectangles of the World Trade
Center.
“Thank you,” says Louise.
“For what?”
“For being nice to Aunt Hattie. I appreciate it.”
“Yeah, well let’s see if the gabby old bitch can help us get coverage from
Merrill. I doubt it.”
“Well, if she doesn’t, then I won’t feel bad at all about not giving her our
money to manage,” says Louise. “What do you think we ought to do about
investing it? Is this a good time to put it back in the stock market?”
“Personally,” says Larry, “I’m not in any hurry. Mostly because I don’t
have time to think about it. There’s stuff at the company I’m worried about.
But also the market seems sort of shaky. There was a bad announcement from
Big Router today.”
“What’s the money in now?”
“We bought the Knicks.”
“No. I’m serious. What is the money in?”
“Remember, we talked about it. I didn’t think we had enough cash to buy
the Knicks but Madison Square Garden Corporation really wanted to get rid of
them. I only had to pay fifteen million in cash and the rest in hackoff stock.”
“Larry, you didn’t. You COULDN’T. I thought the stock was restricted. We
can’t even sell it for six months.”
“It is restricted,” says Larry, “but they accepted it even with the
restriction. They’ll have to hold it for the six months.”
“What about Alan Houston’s contract? We agreed that—”
“You were absolutely right about that. I insisted they buy it out as part of
the deal. But, funny thing, when we discussed it with him he said he’d play
without the contract if he could just stay in New York. He even promised he’d
try dribbling when he got the ball.”
“Oh-my-God,” says Louise. “Oh-my-God. I think the money has gone to
your head. Well, I guess we’ll have to have a party. Do we invite all the Knicks?
I’d really like to meet Clyde Frazer; see if he really uses all those big words even
when he’s not announcing games.”
“April Fools,” says Larry.
“What…? Oh no… Fuck you.” Louise hits Larry. Not hard.
“Gotcha,” he says.
“You did. This is all so unreal I don’t know what to believe and what not.
Okay, where is our money if we didn’t buy the Knicks?”
“I told Barcourt to just buy some safe government bonds for now to park
it in,” says Larry. “They didn’t want to and, of course, they have at least as
many good ideas for our money as Hattie, but it’ll be reasonably safe there. We
could lose a little if interest rates go up but I just don’t feel right about jumping
into things without thinking it through. And I want to give the money to
someone to manage that’s going to give hackoff some additional coverage.”
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 9.5
###
TODAY'S MARKETS
NASDAQ PLUMMETS
BIG ROUTER WARNING TANKS MARKET
By PETER SCOTTSON
THE broad STREET JOURNAL ONLINE
The NASDAQ fell nearly 400 points today and closed just over 4200. The selling started before
the open and just after an announcement by Big Router that it expects to report
“disappointing” earnings for the first quarter and will not meet analyst’s expectations. Big
Router stock fell 42 points to close at 99 1/8. The company is scheduled to report its earnings
on April 15.
Almost every sector was lower. Energy stocks and some consumer durables – both usually
considered defensive holdings – were the only exception. Technology and e-commerce stocks
were the hardest hit. Router maker PacketWarp was down almost 40% during the trading day
and closed at 84, down 27%. EverFast lost 35 to close at 115.
Some market analysts are now taking the recent market weakness seriously. John Braxton of
Barcourt & Brotherson says that this may be the start of the long awaited “serious” correction
after the market’s long runup. He says that it’s possible that the market is “significantly”
ahead of itself and will not recover until much later in the year. However, other analysts
suggest buying stocks on weakness. They point to the alarming dip in March, which was
quickly reversed and the trading profits made by those who bought the dip.
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 9.6
One venture capitalist who declined to be identified says that he believes router sales are a
leading indicator for the e-commerce sector. According to him, a decline in router sales is a
sure sign that growth is slowing.
Big Router attributed the weakness in the quarter to stiff price competition and some credit
problems with existing and prospective customers. The company did not specify whether
shipment volumes were down.
###
Donna Langhorne has spent most of the day on the phone with several
brokers who would like to manage her personal wealth. She has given each of
them a trial by allocating each a million dollars with which to buy her stock in
their hottest IPOs. Some have demurred that the IPO schedule is somewhat
lighter than it had been. These she has given latitude to invest no more than
half in other hot issues.
Donna has also been talking to Fractional Jet. She and her husband
Francis have decided to buy an eighth interest in one of their new planes.
“After the roadshows,” says Donna, “I really don’t want to go back to
waiting in lines at airports and sitting next to people that fart.”
It isn’t hard to convince Francis who has also enjoyed every private jet
he’s been on.
“By the way,” Francis says to Donna on the phone at the end of the day,
“we filed suit against Big Router today. Thanks to our ‘timely information’,
Grant & Gilding was the first firm to get its licks in. There’ll be others, of
course, but being first gives us a very good chance of being appointed lead
counsel for the shareholder class action. And this has really helped me at the
firm. Thank you.”
“You’re very welcome,” says Donna. “Come home.”
“Send the jet for me,” says Francis.
“I’ll do that,” says Donna. “I’ll do just that.” And she does.
###
On April 4 the NASDAQ is down below 3700 during the day, before
rallying to finish down just over 100 points. Hackoff, however, doesn’t do badly
and closes up at 102 3/16. Larry is in a good mood for the beginning of his call
with Barcourt Chief Trader Sam Gutfreund. Donna Langhorne and Harvey
Maklin are also on the call.
“Pretty brutal day, I’ll bet,” says Larry.
“Seen worse,” says Sam. “Busy though.”
“Hackoff traded well,” Larry observes.
“Up is better than down,” says Sam.
“Learn anything from our trading?” asks Larry.
“More buyers than sellers,” says Sam.
“Tell me something I don’t know.”
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 9.7
“That sucks,” Larry says to Donna as they sit alone at the conference
table in his office after the call. “That really sucks. Fucking bankers get us
coming and going.”
“What do you mean ‘us’, white man?” says Donna.
“What do you mean?”
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 9.8
“I don’t have any part of the shoe, thank you very much. The company
isn’t selling any more shares in the shoe. What I’m worried about is our
numbers.”
You know, your whining about the shoe is obnoxious? I got you to be
able to sell all your shares up front. I have to wait for the shoe to sell some of
mine and now it looks like that may never happen. Why don’t you drop it? And
what numbers are you worried about? We’re going to have an operating profit
this quarter, aren’t we?”
“You got greedy and you got caught,” says Donna. “I don’t have any
sympathy for you. And, yes, we are going to have an operating profit — a small
one — for this quarter. But what about next quarter? That’s what I’m really
worried about.”
“What do you mean? The quarter’s hardly begun. How can you be
worried already?”
“Did you look at how we made our number for this quarter?”
“Sure, I know how we did. We cut some prices to make some deals. We
gave some extra comp to sales. So, this quarter we should have our natural
growth and all that shouldn’t be necessary.”
“Don’t get me started on extra comp for sales,” says Donna. “I can’t
believe you gave them that. Why are you such a wimp when it comes to
managing sales? Frank Folger is the only one of your staff you’re not tough on.”
“You’re probably right,” says Larry. “Sales is the one job in the company
that I know I couldn’t do. I couldn’t take being told ‘no’ time after time and still
going back to knock on the same doors. I don’t understand sales guys; I don’t
know what makes them tick. They’re weird; they’re obnoxious; they lie. They
always cheat on their wives. But we need them, and I can’t manage them as
well as I can the other parts of the company. I know enough about accounting
and investor relations and all to know that you do a good job — most of the
time. I know I could do a better job than Dom at managing development, but
he’s much better than most people would be. I think I could’ve been a lawyer if
I wanted to, so I have no problem second guessing Aaron when he’s being an
asshole. But I don’t understand sales.”
“We’re going to have a big problem if you don’t START managing sales,”
says Donna. “Because Frank’s not doing it — unless you call getting more
commission for less sales managing. And, of course, we just dug a big hole for
ourselves.”
“What big hole?”
“All those sales we got in the last few days of June…”
“Yeah. What about them? They’re real, right? We didn’t book anything
that wasn’t really closed did we?”
“No. They’re real,” says Donna. “Frank would have booked anything that
breathed but I only let him book real sales — not counting the wannabes, of
course. But that’s not the problem.”
“Donna, what IS the problem? Stop playing games with me.”
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 9.9
“The problem is that we used low prices to close sales that would’ve
closed anyway. Those are sales that we would have closed this quarter. Most of
them.”
“No shit. So?”
“So the sales funnel is EMPTY; that’s what I think. Have you had Frank
give you a report on the funnel?”
“I’ve been on a roadshow, remember?” says Larry. “I think you were
there. ...No, I haven’t had Frank give me a report on the funnel. Have you?
What makes you say it’s empty? Just because you don’t like Frank?”
“No,” says Donna. “Okay, I DON’T like Frank. And I don’t like watching
you wimp out instead of managing him. And I haven’t had a report on the
funnel. But I can still think. And it makes sense to me that we pulled sales out
of THIS quarter to make the numbers for LAST quarter, so now we start in the
hole. And even deeper in the hole because Frank signaled to customers and
salespeople that we have quarter-end sales and now they’ll expect that. And the
sales people’ll wait to do their selling until we offer them extra comp.”
“The fun never stops, does it?” says Larry. “I’ll schedule a funnel review,
Shouldn’t be as bad as you think but it’s worth looking at. Meanwhile, it would
help if you’d get some more analysts to cover our stock. We need to get some
new interest and some new buyers. Stock’s gotta be sold, too, you know.”
“You’re still worried about your goddamned shoe. You make sure Frank
— or someone else — sells software. I’ll work on the analysts but I gotta tell
you, I’m nervous about getting more coverage if we’re gonna have bad
numbers.”
“We’re not gonna have bad numbers,” says Larry. “Trust me.” He takes
the gun off his coffee table, puts it to his head, pulls the trigger — click. “I bet
my life on it.”
“We’re in this together, Lar,” says Donna. “I don’t like it but I’m a realist
and that’s the way it is. Don’t fuck it up!”
Just as Larry feared, Barcourt & Brotherson does not exercise its right to
buy the over-allotment or “shoe” from the selling stockholders. By the time the
thirty day option on the over-allotment has expired, hackoff is trading at
around seventy-four dollars per share. So, if Barcourt wants to cover the short
sale of 450 thousand shares that it made on the day after the secondary priced,
it can buy shares on the open market at around seventy-four. Obviously, this
would be preferable to buying from the selling shareholders at the secondary
price of 99 3/8. However, Barcourt does not want to cover its short sale. In
fact, Barcourt has continued to sell short — to borrow shares of hackoff that it
doesn’t own and sell them. The continued selling by Barcourt is just one of the
factors that has continued to push the hackoff stock price down.
The NASDAQ itself is continuing to weaken. By mid-April it is trading
just above 3200 after a somber earnings announcement from Big Router. Not
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 9.10
only were sales of routers weaker than anticipated during the first quarter, but
Big Router had a significant problem getting paid by its dotcom customers. Big
Router’s earnings for the quarter are almost wiped out by the write-off of
dubious receivables the company has chosen to take. Moreover, Big Router’s
CEO, a fabled salesman given to accenting the positive, says he does not see
signs of recovery in the second quarter. Big Router itself is trading at just half
its all time high.
###
Hi, Joanne:
As I’m sure you heard, the shoe didn’t go. Boy, do you look
smart and Franklin and me dumb. I trust that your colleagues at
Big Router Ventures are duly impressed.
Seriously, if you don’t mind some advice from an old man, you
should toot your own horn on this. If things had gone the other
way, you would have been blamed.
Yours truly,
Joe
Hey Joe,
Best,
Joanne
Joanne:
You’re a very smart young lady and I’m glad to hear you’re
appreciated there. I heard good things about you from your boss
when we met on some other things.
Yours truly,
Joe
From: Joanne6543@hotmail.com
Sent: Monday, May 1, 2000 7:45 PM
To: Joseph Windaw
Subject: My career
Joe:
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 9.12
Best,
Joanne
Jim:
4. You know the guy who always wants to come in and show me
diamonds? Make an appointment for him to come around and
see me tomorrow afternoon. I’m going to want to get
something expensive and special for the wife.
Thanks,
Joe
Joanne:
I’m very sorry to hear how people at Big Router Ventures are
acting. Are you sure everybody feels this way? It is easy to
overreact when you are threatened. Last time I talked to your
boss, he thought you were great which is not very long ago. If
necessary, I’m glad to remind him.
My advice to you is not to throw away what you have built there.
It is a very solid foundation.
Of course I would help you in any way that I can if worse came
to worst. Right now, we have a hiring freeze here at W&W so
can’t do that, but I have lots of friends and acquaintances on
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 9.14
Yours truly,
Joe
###
(1) Hackoff.com,
(2) Barcourt & Brotherson Inc.,
(3) First Canadian Bank Corp Ltd., and
(4) Web & Stinger Corporation,
(5) Lawrance Lazard, and
(6) Donna Langhorne.
On or about June 30, 1999, Hackoff.com commenced an initial public offering of 5.00
million of its shares of common stock at an offering price of $15.00 per share.
The complaint alleges that defendants violated the federal securities laws by issuing
and selling Hackoff.com common stock pursuant to the June 30, 1999 IPO without
disclosing to investors that some of the underwriters in the offering, including the lead
underwriters, had solicited and received excessive and undisclosed commissions from
certain investors.
Specifically, the complaint alleges that in exchange for the excessive commissions,
defendants allocated Hackoff.com shares to customers at the IPO price.
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 9.15
To receive the allocations (i.e., the ability to purchase shares) at the IPO price, the
underwriters' brokerage customers had to agree to purchase additional shares in the
aftermarket at progressively higher prices.
This artificial price inflation enabled both the underwriters and their customers to reap
enormous profits by buying stock at the IPO price and then selling it later for a profit at
inflated aftermarket prices.
For additional information, contact: Grant & Gilding, LLP through its Client Relations
Department: Mary Forn, Joseph Archer, or Millicent Monroe by Mail: P.O. Box 78659,
New York, NY 10001-8659 by Phone: 1-888-555-8098 (toll free) or by Email:
info@classlesslawyer.com
Larry reads this on his computer and summons Donna and Aaron
Smyth, hackoff’s chief counsel, to his office.
“What the fuck is going on here?” he asks without sitting down. “Donna,
why the fuck is your husband suing us? Aaron, what the fuck is this?”
“I don’t know what you’re talking about,” says Donna. “Stop raving.”
Aaron scans the news release on Larry’s screen. “I’ve been wondering
when our turn would come,” says Aaron. “They’ve been suing everybody who’s
done an IPO in the last two years.”
“What? Who?” says Larry. “What the fuck did we do? This is Donna’s
husband’s firm.”
“This is what they do for a living,” says Aaron. “I’m sure Francis isn’t
involved; he couldn’t be. He’d have to recuse himself. I’m sure if there aren’t
other firms suing us already there will be soon.” He does a search on Larry’s
computer. “See, here are two more. And there’ll be others.”
“Aaron, what’s this about?” asks Donna.
“Why don’t you ask your husband?” asks Larry. “Maybe when he kisses
you good-bye in the morning he mentions he’s gonna sue your ass today. That
would be only polite.”
“Shut up, Larry. Aaron, what is this?”
“I probably should have warned you about this,” says Aaron.
Larry explodes. “You knew this was gonna happen and you didn’t tell
us?”
“I didn’t know. But I thought it might.”
“Why don’t you tell us what IT is?” says Donna quietly.
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 9.16
Aaron explains: “All of the class-action firms are suing every company —
almost every company — that went public in the last year or so. I’m surprised
they didn’t get to us sooner.”
“Have we been served with anything?” asks Larry. He is grim but calm
now.
“No,” says Aaron. “It would come to me. They’re just filing a press release
in order to get clients for the suit.”
“Is that legal?” asks Larry.
“Of course; it’s how the class action bar works,” says Aaron. “The firms
see an opportunity; they file suit; then they try to attract clients.”
“There doesn’t have to be a plaintiff?” asks Larry.
“Eventually,” says Aaron. “That’s why they put out the press release.”
“Okay, okay. That’s all bullshit legal procedure anyway,” says Larry.
“What the fuck are they suing us for?”
“Because that’s where the money is,” says Aaron.
“Yeah, I understand that,” says Larry. “I know they want sue all the deep
pockets they can find. No use suing poor people. But WHAT THE FUCK ARE
THEY SAYING WE DID? We didn’t pay any secret commissions to anyone.”
“That’s not what they’re saying,” says Aaron. “They’re saying that the
customers of the banks, the investment firms, paid secret commissions.”
“So what? So sue Barcourt, I don’t care. Sue Fidelity; sue Semper. I don’t
know what those guys are up to. Why are they suing us?”
“Fortunately this is a privileged conversation,” says Aaron, “since you’re
having it with your lawyer. You don’t want to be saying those things just
anywhere.”
“What do you mean?” asks Larry. “I don’t know what the banks and their
clients are up to. Wouldn’t put anything past them. Why’s that my problem?
Why are Donna and I being sued?”
“Strict liability,” says Aaron. “You and Donna signed the prospectus,
right?”
“Yeah, so?” asks Larry.
“The prospectus says that they got a seven percent commission, right?”
“Yeah, what is this — twenty questions? WHAT ARE THEY SAYING WE
DID?”
“The complaint alleges that they got EXTRA commissions from their
institutional clients. The extra commissions were in the form of a promise to
buy more stock after the IPO and force the price up. You said they only got
seven percent. The complaint about you and Donna is that you didn’t reveal in
the prospectus that they actually got more.”
“How were we going to ‘reveal’ they got more when we didn’t know it?”
asks Larry. “If they were sneaking around behind our backs getting extra
commissions, how are we supposed to know? Maybe they did. Wouldn’t put it
past them.”
“I wish you’d stop saying that,” says Aaron. “Under strict liability you
had an obligation to know the facts before you signed the prospectus so you’re
not off the hook just because you didn’t know. That’s not a defense when strict
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 9.17
liability applies. And the courts have applied strict liability pretty consistently
in cases like this.”
“Is this criminal?” asks Larry grimly.
“This is a civil case,” says Aaron. “I don’t think anyone wants to make it
criminal. And strict liability is more a part of civil than criminal law. They just
want your money.”
“So, okay, ” says Larry, “let’s calm down and think this through.”
“I am calm,” Aaron points out.
Donna says nothing.
“If these guys lied to us and got us in trouble and it’s a civil case, then
we ought to be able to sue them for everything WE get sued for, plus more for
our trouble. PLUS if they stole extra commissions, they were stealing from the
company AND from me and Donna as shareholders. So we ought to be on the
OTHER side of this suit.”
“I have bad news,” says Aaron. “I’d have to check, but I think the
underwriting contract with them says that WE hold THEM harmless and
indemnify them for any trouble they get into under the contract.”
“What?” says Larry. “We signed that? No-fucking-way!”
“You signed it,” says Aaron.
“You didn’t tell me not to,” says Larry. “What kind of shit is this? We
signed a contract that says they can steal and we get nailed? I don’t fucking
believe it.”
“I don’t think the courts would let them enforce that against us,” says
Aaron. “It’s not that bad. But it can make it very hard for us to collect any
damages from them.”
“Call them and tell them we’re suing them,” says Larry. “Do it right now.
Tell these fuckers that they lied to us and they have hurt our shareholders and
we’re gonna sue their asses. Tell them we’re gonna join the other side of the
class action.”
“Why are we doing this?” asks Aaron.
“Because we want them to agree right away to waive that bullshit about
us indemnifying them and to agree that every fucking cent of damages comes
from them and not from us. That we’re not gonna stand for this bullshit.”
“I’ll ask them about indemnification but I don’t think this is going to be a
big deal. That’s why I’m not all that upset about it.”
“Seems like a big-fucking-deal to me,” says Larry. “What do you mean it
isn’t a big deal? Look, I know how to handle them. They’re a bunch of crooks
and they’re trying to pull us in. In criminal court, they’d know we were gonna
turn state’s evidence and cop a plea. They wouldn’t try to screw us unless they
were gonna shoot us if we talk or something. And those pussies aren’t gonna
shoot anyone. So we tell them we’re turning them in.”
“Do you have evidence that they did these things?” asks Aaron. “Wait, I’m
not sure I want to know that. Don’t answer.”
“I already told you I don’t know what the fuck they did. But these lawyers
who’re suing them don’t know anything either and that doesn’t stop them. Why
should it stop us? And they don’t know what we know and don’t know. They
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 9.18
probably don’t even know whether some of their salesmen did this shit or not.
Probably some did, but who knows? All I want is for them to do what’s right
and agree to indemnify us. So call them.”
“Larry, I think I should call the D&O carrier first,” says Aaron. The “D&O
carrier” is the insurance company which has underwritten the company’s
Directors and Officers Insurance, the policy which protects against shareholder
suits.
“Are we covered for shareholder suits under D&O?” asks Donna.
“Should be,” says Aaron. “That’s why I don’t think it’s such a big deal.”
“Are we covered as individuals?” asks Larry. “Is this really something we
just let them worry about?”
“Well,” says Aaron. “There could be a public policy question of whether
individual officers should be reimbursed…”
“Then we’re not covered,” says Larry.
“I said ‘could be’. I don’t think there will be. But there is also a retainage
— really a deductible — so it costs the company something. And there is a limit
to our coverage.”
“How much?” asks Larry. “What’s the deductible? What’s the limit? Are
you through with the bad news on our so-called coverage?”
“I think the retainage is 600K,” says Aaron. “I’ll have to look at the policy.
And I think the limit is twenty million per incident…”
“It is,” says Donna, “any more would’ve cost more and we’re paying
almost half a million a year for coverage as it is. And there IS more bad news.
We file a claim, we watch the premium go up. This is insurance.”
“Twenty million per incident total?” asks Larry. “Or twenty million for
each of us and another twenty million for the company?”
“Have to look at the policy,” says Aaron. “But I still wouldn’t worry.”
“You wouldn’t worry because you’re not being sued,” says Larry. “Come
to think of it, why aren’t you being sued? You signed the fucking prospectus
too.”
“Professional courtesy,” says Donna. “Lawyers don’t sue lawyers.”
“My signature was in my capacity as secretary,” says Aaron, ignoring
Donna. “I wasn’t certifying that the prospectus is correct, only that it had been
properly okayed by the Board. You know,” he continues, “I bet the only reason
you guys were named is to make sure the D&O carriers are fully on the hook.
You guys don’t have deep pockets — deeper than you had but not that deep —
like the bankers. But D&O carriers always settle, so why not sue you and
collect from them?”
“They ALWAYS settle?” asks Larry. “Doesn’t make sense. I got a friend
used to be a district attorney. Then he got a job advising car dealers. Told’em
‘Never settle. You settle you’re gonna be a mark for whoever comes along.’ So
these guys are pros; how can they always settle? They got our premiums. Why
do they wanna pay out any claims?”
“They always settle,” repeats Aaron. “They settle and then they raise your
rates. You’re right: the more they settle, the more cases the class action bar
brings. But the more cases there are, the more they raise rates. So every year
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 9.19
there’s more money flowing through the class action system and a fair share of
it sticks to the hands of the D&O carriers.”
“Bullshit,” says Larry. “I don’t mean ‘bullshit, you’re wrong’; you’re
probably right. I mean are we supposed to put up with this bullshit? We won’t
let’em settle; we’ll fight.”
“No you won’t,” says Aaron.
“Whaddaya mean? Of course I will. You ever know me to duck a fight?”
“You won’t fight this one. They wanna settle, and if you don’t settle,
they’re off the hook and it’s all your case. You pay damages. You pay for the
rest of the defense. You know your pockets ARE a lot deeper than they were
before the secondary. You wanna give all that back?”
“Just because I got some money doesn’t mean I’m gonna play defense all
the time,” says Larry. “Go ahead and call the D&O carrier. Get that out of your
system. Find out if they’re going to claim it’s ‘poor public policy’ to protect
Donna and me. And then don’t forget to call fucking Barcourt and tell them
unless they waive that indemnity crap we’re going over to the other side of the
suit. We’ll help the sharks eat ‘em.”
Immediately after leaving Larry’s office, Donna calls her husband,
Francis, on his cell phone.
“Hi, babe,” he answers in a whisper. “I’m in a meeting. Can I call you
back?”
“You said you were going to keep us out of this fucking class action
thing,” says Donna. “You said—”
“Just a minute, please,” Francis Langhorne says to the phone in a very
cheerful voice. “Got to step out a minute,” he says to his colleagues in the
meeting.
He goes into the men’s room down the hall, doubles over to check
whether there are feet in any of the stalls, then unmutes the cell phone.
“I’m sorry; I can talk now.”
“You said you were gonna keep us out of this fucking class action thing,”
Donna repeats, more loudly than before. “You said—”
“I never said that, babe. I can’t keep people from suing you. I said I
would try to keep Grant and—”
“Well you sure didn’t keep Grant and his fucking geldings from suing
us,” says Donna. “You didn’t even do that. And I got named personally.”
“I tried,” he interrupts. “I tried, but it was getting too obvious. Of course I
had to recuse myself from the case and some of the other attorneys were
beginning to suggest that I recuse myself from all discussion.”
“Well you just recused yourself from a hell of a lot more than that,” says
Donna and hangs up.
Francis pushes the button to return the call from his cell phone but gets
Donna’s voice mail when she looks at his caller ID and doesn’t answer. “Look,
babe,” he says to the voice mail. “It was unavoidable. I tried to warn you but…”
Just then a burly man in a bedraggled jacket comes into the men’s room,
positions himself in front of the urinal, and begins to piss powerfully. “How’re
they hanging, Francis?” he asks.
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 9.20
Francis closes the cell phone. “This IPO class action could be what we all
retire on.”
“It’s gonna take a long time,” says the burly man, still pissing. “I’ve been
taking depositions from bankers for the last two hours. Didn’t want to piss
‘cause they had to, so better to let ’em suffer. Gave ‘em plenty of coffee and ‘erb
tea and shit while they were waiting. Probably pissed in their pants. But it’s
gonna take a long time, and then we’ll probably end up with a mediocre
settlement. The whole Street’s gonna be against us. They got a lot to lose. And
the law isn’t clear. AND we got the wrong judge. So don’t go spendin’ your
retirement money yet, is my advice to you. Don’t go buy no big baubles for that
pretty woman of yours yet.”
“It’s gotta be the biggest prize of all time,” says Francis. “Every fucking
IPO when there were more IPOs than ever were before. And you know they were
doing it; you know they were laddering the stock.”
“Knowin’ it and provin’ it are two different things,” says the burly man,
shaking his penis vigorously. A few drops fall on his shoes. “And we don’t have
a good judge; luck of the drawer but that hurts.” He zips himself back up most
of the way.
“You’re the litigator,” says Francis. “You should know. I won’t argue
judges or proofs with you. But I might have an idea how we get some proof —
real proof.”
“You have an idea, let me know,” says the burly litigator, his fly still not
quite closed.
Francis holds the door for the burly man and follows him out of the
men’s room. “You may hear from me,” he says. “Keep fighting the good fight.”
The burly man grunts and lumbers down the hall.
When Francis gets home much later that evening, the combination has
been changed on the electronics that open the front door of the Langhorne’s
brownstone. Music can be heard from inside and he rings the doorbell. No
answer. He rings again. The music gets louder. He rings a third time. The
music gets louder still. There are some sounds of motion inside but nothing
near the door.
Francis takes a Tiffany’s box with a bow out of his pocket. He circles his
cell phone number on the card, pushes the card under the bow, and pushes
the package with the card and bow through the mail slot. Then he straightens
up and walks away down the street.
Half an hour later Francis’ cell phone rings. “I love you, babe,” he says
quickly.
“Bullshit,” says Donna. “You humiliated me. That prick Larry … I was
completely blindsided.”
“I warned you,” says Francis. “I’m very, very sorry. I did my best to keep
hackoff out of it and then to keep you from being named. I couldn’t swing it.
But I did warn you…”
“When did you warn me?”
“Did you check voice mail on your cell phone from this morning?”
“I don’t know. Maybe. I’m not sure. There’s so much crap on there.”
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 9.21
“Well, check it,” says Francis. “I did warn you. It was the least I could do.
Did you get the box at the front door?”
“Oh, was that from you?” Donna asks sarcastically. “Lovely. Least you
could do after humiliating me. Not enough, though.”
“You did call.”
“The rock got my attention. This still sucks, you know. You’re still
recused.”
“This might not be as bad as you think.”
“It might be a lot worse than YOU think. I do a fucking IPO. I put up with
all Larry’s bullshit. I do a secondary. Listen to him make the same dumb pitch
another hundred times. We get some money — a down payment on what we
should get. And now I’m being sued? And by my husband’s firm? It’s pretty
bad.”
“Look, I’m really sorry Grant & Gilding is suing hackoff. And I’m really
sorry you got blindsided. I did try to tell you. But you know that doesn’t really
matter as far as the suit is concerned. I mean, these suits are out there and ten
other firms are gonna sue you if they haven’t already, and it doesn’t matter
what Grant & Gilding does. All these cases are gonna get consolidated and
you’ll be in the same place whether G&G sued or not. And you aren’t gonna get
hurt — WE aren’t gonna get hurt personally. You got D&O insurance. You’re
covered. The big money’s gonna come from the banks who underwrote the
deals anyway.”
“And you’ll get your share of that,” says Donna sounding angry again. “I
build a company. I create value, wealth. Then the fucking blood-suckers come
and take it back out. And damned if my husband’s not one of them…”
“Calm down. Please, calm down,” says Francis. “Trust me, other than
some pain in the ass time-wasting stuff, you’re gonna be okay personally. I
don’t think there’s gonna be anything your D&O can’t handle. There actually
may be a way we can be more than all right.”
“What’s that?”
“Remember how helpful you were with Big Router?” asks Francis. “Same
sort of thing but different. Can I come home and talk about it? I’m standing on
the street corner.”
“Maybe the door’ll be open, maybe it won’t. One question, though.”
“Yes, babe?”
“Did you buy the rock because you knew the door’d be locked?”
“Privileged information,” says Francis.
“See ya,” says Donna.
“You talk to the D&O people and Barcourt?” Larry asks Aaron Smyth the
next morning.
Donna is in Larry’s office as well.
“Yes.”
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 9.22
“And?”
“Pretty much what I thought,” says Aaron. “The D&O people are picking
up responsibility for now. They’ve given us a list of law firms to choose from to
represent us. They weren’t surprised; they got plenty of these.”
“So they’re committed to covering us?” asks Larry.
“I think ‘committed’ is a little strong. They never commit to anything. But
they are stepping up to the plate for now.”
“And Barcourt?” asks Larry. “They waive this bullshit about being
reimbursed by us when they get their asses sued for whatever it was they did?”
“Not exactly.”
“What does ‘not exactly’ mean? In case you didn’t notice, this is real life
and not a fucking Hertz commercial.”
”They didn’t assert a claim against us,” says Aaron. “They didn’t ask us
to defend them.”
“Did you ask them to waive the claim against us? You tell them we’re
goin’ over to the other side if they don’t?” demands Larry.
“No, I didn’t. I can if you still want me to, but I don’t think we should.”
“Why? Why the fuck shouldn’t we get’em to waive this claim once and for
all?”
“Because they won’t,” says Aaron. “I could bring it up, but they won’t.
And I don’t think we want to force them into choosing right now. Might force
them to file something just to keep their options open. Way it is now when they
haven’t asserted a claim their case for doing so gets weaker every day. And the
plaintiff’s are gonna fight the bankers tooth and nail if they try to get the
companies to reimburse, because the companies’ pockets aren’t deep enough.”
“I say leave it alone for now,” Donna interjects. “Aaron is right.”
“Since when are you a lawyer?” asks Larry. “This advice from your
husband who’s suing us?”
“Of course not,” says Donna. “He’s recused himself. He has nothing to do
with this. And there are probably ten other firms that, if they haven’t sued us
already, are going to, whether or not Grant & Gilding did.”
“So what makes you think Aaron’s right. That we shouldn’t tell these
bastards we’re going over to the other side unless they waive their claim
against us?”
“You gonna sign something that says you’re NOT going over to the other
side if they waive their claim?” asks Donna. “What would that look like? A piece
of paper says I’ll perjure myself for you guys if I have to? Besides, maybe we
want to go over to the other side later. Maybe that’s where the money is.”
“You’re making more sense than Aaron on this,” Larry concedes. “You
sure you haven’t been talking to your husband?”
“I never talk to my husband, Lar. Against my principles.”
“Okay, we’ll be pussies for now,” Larry decides. “We won’t say anything
nasty. But if they say one fucking word about being reimbursed by us, we’re all
over them like flies on shit.”
“Then we should talk,” says Aaron.
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 9.23
“Then we’re all over them,” repeats Larry. “Nothing to talk about. Pisses
me off to lay low now, Aaron. If they attack it’s all over.”
It’s June 7, 2000. The NASDAQ seems to have stabilized around 3800
after being below 3200 in May. Brave investors are tiptoeing back into the
market. The price of hackoff.com has also stabilized in the low sixties. This is
less than forty percent of its all-time high, and a third down from the price of
the secondary. But the price decline is no worse than most of the stocks that
went public the year before. However, antihack is only down twenty percent
from the price of its secondary.
Larry Lazard is presiding over a staff meeting in his office. He sits at the
middle of his conference table looking out towards the East River. The day is
clear, but the morning sun is red as the light fights through the haze of
Brooklyn. At table with Larry are Donna Langhorne, Dom Montain, Frank
Folger, Aaron Smyth, and Eve Gross. Technically, Eve is not one of Larry’s
direct-reports because she reports to Frank, but Larry said he wants her at this
meeting.
“The main reason for this meeting,” says Larry, “is to figure out what to
do to get the stock back up again.”
“What makes you think it can go up at all?” asks Donna. “Maybe we’re
lucky if it doesn’t go down further.”
Larry says: “The market panicked. That wasn’t our fault. We got
punished for it along with everybody else. A little worse than it had to be
because Barcourt did a shitty job supporting us — something that you and I,
Donna, still have to work on. There’s no fucking reason why we should do
worse than those assholes at antihack.”
“Right. They didn’t position as ‘e-commerce squared’,” says Donna.
“Cubed!” says Larry. “We’re ‘e-commerce CUBED’.”
“Even worse,” says Donna. “That positioning is asking to get whacked
and we did. Your logic was that when e-commerce goes up, we should go up
exponentially. That was fine when e-commerce was going up. When it goes
DOWN, we go down exponentially. Surprising we didn’t get hit worse.”
“Donna, we’ve been over this a million times,” says Larry. “That
positioning got us to the party. It got us public. It got us through the
secondary. Sure, it hurt when the market panicked; I’m not being defensive
about that. Now that the market is coming back, it’ll help again.”
“Who says the market is coming back?”
“Higher prices. Cash inflow into mutual funds. There are lots of signs.
And e-commerce never really went away. It’s continued to grow. Sure, some of
the flakier companies that never had a chance are gone, but that just leaves
more room for the winners to grow.”
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 9.24
“We’re NOT CLOSING DEALS,” says Frank. “Deals that I thought would
close — deals that would’ve closed last quarter, that certainly would’ve closed
last year — they’re just not closing.”
“Why?”
“I don’t know. Different reasons.”
“For example?”
“A lot of customers say there’s just no time to make the the decision.
Some have been laying people off because they can’t do IPOs or secondaries in
this market and they’re running short of cash. So sometimes the guy we’ve
been dealing with isn’t there anymore and we have to start over with someone
new. And some don’t want to pay the price. If it’s a cash deal, they don’t want
to pay the cash. The equity deals are getting hard because a lot of them are in
tough negotiations with their VCs over another round of financing and they
can’t issue any new stock. And finance isn’t helping by taking forever to
approve any equity—”
“Frank, don’t try blaming finance,” says Donna. “You’re bringing us shit
and we’re not gonna let you book it. You bring us good stuff, we’ll accept it.”
“Two deals got turned down yesterday that were just like the ones we
booked last quarter,” argues Frank.
“We warned you last quarter that booking those wannabes with no
money and no financing wasn’t gonna happen this quarter. We’re already
writing off some of that crap we let you book last quarter.”
“Well, the sales guys aren’t getting a clear message,” says Frank. “They
don’t know what they can book so they waste a lot of their time.”
“You didn’t GIVE them a clear message.”
“We don’t have time for this fucking bickering,” Larry interjects. “We
gotta figure out how we get a decent quarter out of this. Frank, I asked you
how do we recover?”
“Well, if the problem is that we’re not closing sales, then we gotta do
things that make our customers want to close as much as we do.”
“Here we go again,” says Donna to Dom, but loud enough for everybody
to hear.
“Let him talk,” says Larry to Donna. “Frank, how do we make ’em want to
close?”
“I think same as we did before works, boss. We give ’em a price break
that depends on closing before the end of the quarter. We cut ’em some slack
on valuing their equity. And maybe we do something for the salespeople to keep
their heads in the game.”
“I don’t fucking believe it,” says Donna. “Larry, how can you be listening
to this? It’s the same old crap he gave us last quarter. Including the fucking
extra comp for sales guys who aren’t doing enough to earn their REGULAR
comp.”
“It worked last quarter,” says Frank, his eyes on Larry. “You know
sometimes we have to do what we don’t wanna do if we’re gonna win. We
wanna win, boss, we do.”
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 9.26
“It dug us a hole last quarter,” says Donna. “It dug us a hole and now we
can’t get out of it this quarter so he wants to dig it deeper.”
“If we do all this,” says Larry, “what do we get in sales for the quarter?”
“I can’t give you a number,” says Frank.
“What’re we looking at if we don’t change anything?” Larry asks.
“Looks to me like sales’ll be about flat with last quarter, about fifteen
mil,” says Frank. “That’s pretty good considering we pulled everything into the
first quarter we could.”
“That’s pretty shitty considering the forecast is NINETEEN mil,” says
Donna. “And considering we need at least 17.5 mil for operating break-even
that’s really pretty shitty. Not to mention you’ve got five more feet on the street
this quarter.”
“Wait a minute,” says Larry. “Last quarter we had an operating profit
with FIFTEEN mil of revenue. I know we added some people, but how did
expenses get to where we need 17.5 for break-even now? How come I don’t find
these things out until it’s almost too fucking late to do anything about them?”
Donna says: “Because sometimes, Larry, you don’t listen. You approved
the extra people. By the end of the quarter we’ll have about 165 heads, thirty
more than we had at the end of the last quarter. All kinds of insurance went
up, especially D&O because of the class actions. We’ve been advertising more;
we have a lot of trade shows in the second quarter. Won’t happen in the
summer, but it’s happening now. We’re paying lawyers even more than we
budgeted…”
“We already budgeted an increase,” says Larry. “We paid a fucking
fortune to lawyers for the secondary last quarter. How can we be spending even
more than this quarter?” This question is aimed at Aaron.
“We pay now or we pay later,” he says. “You want to sue customers that
didn’t pay us. Suits cost money. They counter-sue, we gotta defend. That costs
money. You don’t want to settle the ‘wrongful termination suits’…”
“Fuckin’ ‘a’,” says Larry. “We fire someone because he or she or it is
fucking incompetent or lazy and then we’re supposed to pay a penalty because
they’re old or black or gay or young or purple? Not gonna happen. We fight.”
“Yeah,” says Aaron, “I understand how you feel, but fighting shows up in
legal bills. We didn’t budget for this much fighting or this much suing
deadbeats. And we have to defend ourselves on the class actions…”
“I thought the D&O insurance takes care of that. Donna just said the
premium went up because of all this class action shit.”
“It should mainly,” says Aaron, “but there’s still the deductible.
Obviously, that gets spent up front so we have to expense most of that this
quarter when we spend it.”
“Okay,” says Larry, “anyone else got anymore bad news? Dom, how’s the
new release coming?”
“So,” says Dom, “we’re almost on schedule.”
“What the fuck does ‘almost on schedule’ mean?”
“I think we’ll be about a month behind.”
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 9.27
“You think? You THINK? You managing this project or are you just
‘thinking’ about it? Why are we behind?”
“You added new features,” says Dom flatly. “They took time.”
“You didn’t tell me we were going to slip when you added them. You said
‘no problem, Lar, we’ll get them in.’ Now you’re using that as a bullshit excuse.
I don’t buy it. And we needed those features — antihack says they’re gonna
have them.”
“I didn’t say they wouldn’t add time to the schedule. Feature creep
always adds time. They took longer than I thought, partly because I’m down
two people. One cashed in his options and is going wind-surfing forever in the
canyon in Oregon where all the Microsoft guys go. The other just retired in
place when he got rich. I had to fire him. Maybe we can catch up some when
we replace them.”
“IF we replace them,” says Donna.
“What do you mean ‘IF’?” ask Larry and Dom simultaneously.
“You guys been listening? WE’RE NOT MAKING OUR NUMBERS. Our
headcount’s already up from where we were last quarter and we’re lucky if we
get the same revenue we had then. We can’t just keep piling on expense.”
“We gotta grow,” says Larry. “That’s what Internet companies do. The
Street’ll shit if we start shrinking. We’re not AT&T; we can’t cut our way to
glory.”
“And we gotta have developers to do new stuff if we’re gonna grow,” says
Dom. “I mean guys quit and I need more heads, not less if we’re gonna keep
up.”
“This new release — how’s it gonna make us money?” asks Donna.
“We gotta have it,” interjects Frank Folger. “It’s hurting us not to have
the features antihack has. People are already expecting it.”
“Does antihack really have the new features?” Donna asks.
“They’ve announced ‘em,” says Frank.
“We announced ‘em, too,” says Donna. “Larry talked about them at them
at Internet World. We’ve got lots of slides.”
“I can’t sell slides,” says Frank.
“You’re not selling much of anything, right now,” says Donna. “All
antihack has is slides. No one’s got this ‘heuristic hacker hunter’ stuff or
whatever it’s called. It’s vapor-ware, Frank. Customers can’t get it anywhere so
it doesn’t matter if we have it or not.”
“I’ve got lots of email from our existing customers,” says Frank. “They
really need Triple-H technology.”
“Right,” says Dom. “They gotta have it. My panel at Internet World —
that’s all anyone was talking about it.”
“We don’t charge for upgrades,” says Donna. “Remember? We get the
chunk of equity up front and then we’re their partners and we give ‘em updates
forever. They pay cash, we charge ‘em the big bucks up front and they’re set for
life or something.”
“Yeah,” says Larry. “That’s our business model. So?”
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 9.28
“So it doesn’t matter what the existing customers want. They already
bought and they’re not going to give us any more money. And no one has this
Three-H stuff, whatever it is, so it’s not hurting us in the marketplace that we
don’t have it. We can’t just keep spending money and then spending more
money. When the market was going straight up, it didn’t matter. The value of
our portfolio went up and we were okay.”
“Yeah,” says Larry. “That was the plan. The appreciation in the portfolio
pays for the innovation we do plus some more. So?”
“So, maybe you’ve noticed — THE PORTFOLIO ISN’T APPRECIATING. It’s
losing value. We can’t just keep spending more.”
“When we have the new features, we’ll sell more,” says Dom. “Then it’ll be
good those assholes at antihack don’t have it. Companies need Triple-H
technology, they come to hackoff. That matters. That’s why I’ve got to get the
people to get it done.”
“I don’t believe this,” says Donna. “We say we’re going to have this.
Customers KNOW they’ll get the upgrade free. But we’re not closing sales.
Listen to Frank.”
“It’s not the same as really having it,” says Frank. “Just saying we’re
going to have it.”
“Anyone put off buying until we have Three-H?” asks Donna.
“I’m sure there are,” says Frank.
“Who? You didn’t give this as one of the reasons you aren’t closing sales.
This is bullshit. I’m not gonna sit here and watch us spend ourselves into a
hole because YOU wanna have the coolest technology on the block. We gotta
GROW UP!”
“I’ll have to get back to you on who,” mumbles Frank. No one seems to
hear him.
“I have an idea,” says Dom. “I think Donna’s right, but I have an idea.”
Larry is staring straight ahead and doesn’t appear to hear anyone.
“What’s your idea, Dom?” asks Donna when no one else responds.
“I think we need a new product. If we had a new product, we could sell it
to the old customers.”
“That would help,” says Frank.
“How the fuck we gonna do that?” asks Larry. “Dom, you can’t even stay
on schedule for the upgrades we need to the product we got. Frank, you can’t
sell one product; how’re you gonna sell two? Are you gonna tell me you need
more salesmen like Dom’s about to tell me, ‘No problem, Lar. I can do two
products. Just need some more developers.’ What’re you guys smoking? We
gotta execute on what we’ve got on our plate, that’s all.”
Donna looks at Dom and smiles for the first time in the meeting. “That
does make some sense, Dom. You been going to business school mornings
when we think you’re sleeping late? It’s not rocket science to try to get some
more money out of the customers we’ve already got.”
“If we have to have a shitty quarter,” says Larry, thoughtfully, “then it
would be good to have something new to announce. Something to keep the
Street’s faith in us. Dom, how long’ll a new product take?”
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 9.29
“Depends what it is. I mean we don’t know what it is. How am I gonna
tell you how long it’s gonna take? Then, if I’m wrong, you shit all over me.
Maybe we should do some work, put together some ideas, test them out on
customers, then have another meeting and decide what the product is. Then I’ll
give you an estimate.”
“I think you HAVE been sneaking out going to business school in the
mornings,” says Larry. “Something is making your head soft. I don’t expect that
business school bullshit from you. You think this is a case study? Neat little
binder says ‘Decisions made at hackoff.com’; has all the relevant facts nicely
laid out; we study it; we role play; we do a fucking regression analysis on all
this nice data we just happen to have; we have lots of meetings; then we make
a scientific decision and we get an A in the course unless our spreadsheets
aren’t pretty enough.
“The real world doesn’t work that way. We’re in this meeting here now
with all the data we have and none of the data we don’t have. We don’t know
what’s relevant and what’s not. Our portfolio value’s going down. We know it’ll
come up again but we don’t know when. Frank doesn’t know why his salesmen
aren’t selling anything. Aaron doesn’t know how much more the fucking
lawyers are gonna cost us or who’s gonna sue our asses next. Donna doesn’t
know who’s gonna pay their bills and how much the next D&O insurance
premium is gonna be. You don’t know when the enhancements to the product
we got’re gonna be done. And you wanna do a new product?”
“But, Lar,” says Dom, “that’s why I wanna take some time. That’s why we
gotta study this. Define the product. Maybe get some estimates from Frank of
what he can sell. Talk to the customers…”
“There’s no time,” says Larry. “It’s almost the end of the quarter. In this
meeting we gotta figure out how to get positive operating earnings for the
quarter and — if there’s gonna be a new product for me to announce — what it
is.”
“Larry,” says Donna. “I don’t think you hear us. There aren’t going to be
positive earnings for the quarter, not with what Frank is projecting for sales.”
“All the more reason to have a new product to announce. But I’m not
giving up on the earnings. As much as I hate the idea, we’re gonna run another
fucking sale like we did last quarter. Frank, you tell anyone it’s a sale this time
and I personally cut your nuts off.”
“Got it, boss. Same extra incentives for the sales people?”
“No,” says Larry. “Something different.”
“You want me to get you some suggestions on that?” asks Frank.
“No. I know what I want to do on that. Lowest three salespeople on
percentage of quota are fired.”
“Smartest thing anyone’s said all day,” says Donna.
“I think this may have unintended consequences,” says Frank. “I don’t
advise it.”
“Your discretion,” says Larry. “You can fire more if you want to.”
“Or fewer?” asks Frank.
“Which part of ‘more’ don’t you understand?”
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 9.30
“What if they all make quota?” asks Frank. “Wouldn’t be right to fire
them then.”
“If they all make quota; we sell nineteen mil; we don’t have a problem.
Then you don’t have to fire anyone. You just said we’re on track for fifteen mil.
That means they don’t all make quota.”
“I think ... we should adjust some of the quotas,” says Frank slowly.
“Doesn’t motivate people to go after a number they can’t make.”
“The ones who can’t make their numbers get fired,” Larry repeats. “At
least the low three. You could easily talk me into more. Next subject: hiring
freeze. No one new gets hired. Start looking at low performers everywhere; they
get fired.”
“We have to give them warning,” says Aaron. “We can’t just fire people for
cause with no warning or we’ll spend even more on lawsuits. I suggest a layoff.
Not our fault we didn’t know we wouldn’t be selling as much. It’s okay to lay
people off so long as it’s not discriminatory. Easiest we start with the people
with the least seniority.”
“No,” says Larry.
“No what?” asks Aaron.
“No fucking way,” says Larry. “I already said this isn’t AT&T; we don’t get
rid of good people while we’ve still got bad people. I don’t care if it’s a layoff or
firing so long as we get rid of the people who aren’t performing. Some of them
have been here a long time like the guy Dom let go. Why can’t we have a
nondiscriminatory firing of the worst performing people? It’s not age. Not color.
Not sexual-fucking-orientation. It’s whether they do their job well or not.”
“We have no documentation,” says Aaron. “People have been too busy to
do performance reviews, so we haven’t documented who we thought wasn’t
doing a good job. And, since we didn’t do the reviews, we haven’t warned people
either, so we can’t fire them for cause unless they’re stealing or something.”
“How did Dom get rid of the guy retired at his desk?”
“We bought him off with three months severance and an extended period
on his options,” says Donna. “We could do that with more people if we have to.”
“That’s not gonna help this quarter,” says Larry.
“Nothing you do with people’s going to help this quarter. It’s almost over.
Might help by fourth quarter if we get started right away.”
“Why doesn’t it help the third quarter?”
“If we move quickly,” says Donna, “we pay severance. Even if we move
slowly, we pay severance, just less. Got to expense the severance, all of it, in
the quarter we incur the obligation, not when we pay out the money. If you fire
someone today and give them six months severance, you expense the whole six
months right now in the second quarter.”
“Jesus,” says Larry. “Okay. Don’t fire anyone else with severance this
quarter. But everyone’s gotta start reviewing so we can get rid of people who
aren’t pulling their weight next quarter without paying blackmail.”
“That’s not a bad idea, Lar,” says Donna. “We shoulda been doing it all
along but gotta start sometime. Street might not mind a big lump of severance
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 9.31
next quarter. Makes clear expenses are going to be lower going forward. But
they aren’t going to like THIS quarter, that’s for damn sure.”
“I don’t see the Street liking us shrinking,” says Larry. “They bought us
because we grow. I don’t want to start on the reviewing until after this quarter
is over. I want everybody full speed on making it the best quarter it can be. We
gotta pull it out. Time enough to start the reviewing next quarter — July 1,
especially if we don’t pull out an operating profit.”
“Not going to be a good quarter, Larry.”
“I’m not giving up. I really don’t want to report a down quarter or
negative earnings from operations. The stock’ll crater.”
“Be realistic.”
“I AM realistic. People have to work harder. Make things happen. If I
wasn’t realistic I wouldn’t have okayed the fucking end-of-quarter sale. Okay:
next subject. New product. Dom, you figure it out yet?”
“I’ve been thinking,” says Dom. “While you were talking about all that
other stuff, I’ve been thinking…”
“We can tell,” says Donna.
“What do you mean?”
“You were a thousand miles away. Didn’t say anything about the hiring
freeze. Didn’t hear when we talked about the guy you let go. You were
somewhere else. What did you bring back?”
“So,” says Dom, “we’ve been selling software.”
“Yeah,” says Larry, “that’s what we do. Now you want us to sell hot dogs
or dope or something?”
“So I think we can get more recurring revenue if we sell service. At
Microsoft we were always trying to—”
“I don’t want to hear about fucking Microsoft again,” says Larry. “This is
hackoff…”
Dom shows no irritation. “Okay, I think we ought to sell a service based
on our software. We want to get recurring revenue and people are used to
paying only once for software — maybe buying an upgrade sometime in the
future— but we’ve said upgrades’ll be free.”
“What, exactly, would this service be?” Larry asks.
“Monitoring sites against hacker attacks. Giving them real-time instead
of just passive protection the way we do today. We set up a network control
center — a NOC — and we monitor what happens to our customers’ firewalls
and at the boundaries of their networks. If something is happening, we respond
in real-time. We even counter-attack the attackers — shut them down.”
“Can we do that?” Donna asks.
“Sure. It’s like a war game only it’s real. We used to hack against each
other at Caltech all the time. This has been going on ever since computers
could communicate.”
“I sort of like it,” says Larry.
“I think you boys just want to play computer games. I’m not convinced.
How much’ll it cost us to develop? How much can we charge for it? Will Frank’s
guys be able to sell it any better than they sell what we have now?”
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 9.32
“Hey, I can’t answer all that,” Dom objects. “I just thought of this.”
“I have another question,” says Eve Gross, opening her mouth for the
first time at this meeting. “How do we position this versus our current product?
I mean, we’ve been telling people that we ARE protecting them. Now we say
they need more protection.”
“I don’t think that’s a big problem,” says Larry. “We are protecting them
better than anyone else — especially antihack — can. But the world is getting
more and more dangerous so we’re stepping up the level of protection.”
“But,” says Eve, “we say that our customers who deploy our software
correctly have never suffered from a serious breach. So what evidence is there
that more is needed? Are we now going to say that they are in danger even if
they have our software?”
“I think we should be okay as long as we make the point that we are
protecting them better than antihack is.”
“I still think it de-positions our existing software product,” says Eve.
“That may not be so bad,” says Donna. “We’re not making enough money
from it. We’re committed to free upgrades forever. At least we can get new
income from our customers with this. Maybe we don’t offer an equity deal on
this at all. Use it to beef up cash.”
“Can’t do that,” says Aaron, “unless we give all the equity back to the
equity customers. Way it is now, we’re committed to offer them any new
hackoff products on an equity basis. Since this is a service and not software, I
don’t think there’s any question that it’s a new product and not an
enhancement or upgrade that they’re entitled to free. But we still have to give
them an equity option. There’s even stuff in our contract with them which says
how much equity based on what they gave us initially and the ratio of cash
price of the new product to the old.”
“Do we get to step up the equity for those guys whose value has fallen
out of bed?” asks Donna.
“Don’t think so,” says Aaron. “We didn’t want it to work the other way so
they could step down when the price goes up.”
“We should give the equity back, then,” says Donna. “Otherwise the ones
with worthless stock buy for equity and the ones with good stock buy for cash.
We lose either way.”
“No fucking way,” says Larry. “That’s not what we’re about. Maybe I can
buy this new war game product Dom’s dreaming up. Best idea he’s had in a
while. But we’re not changing our strategy as far as acquiring customer equity.
That’s what differentiates us from those clowns at antihack.”
“That’s not all that differentiates us,” says Dom loudly. “You’re all hung
up on the financial stuff and forgetting the technology. We have a better
product.”
“You would say that,” says Frank. “It isn’t easy to make that point in the
marketplace.”
“That’s because you and your guys don’t know a hacker from a
handball,” says Dom. “You don’t understand technology, so you can’t design
solutions for customers. You can’t even speak intelligently about why our
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 9.33
customers are safe and antihack’s are at risk. That’s why we’re not selling shit.
All you and your guys know how to do is give stuff away. I—”
“That’s enough, Dom,” says Larry. “We know we have better technology.
We also have a better business model. You’re going to demonstrate this better
technology by delivering a managed service within six months. When the stock
market goes back up, people will know that our equity strategy is much better
than pure cash. Meanwhile we get some repeat sales...”
“I’m not sure…” says Frank.
“I’m not sure either,” says Donna. “I’m not sure we should be spending
cash on a new product. I’m not sure we should sell this service to anybody for
equity. So far, it doesn’t matter if we take equity from someone with no cash
because we have no significant incremental cost when we give out another copy
of the software — except for the commissions. And you know what I think
about that. If we’re selling a service, we spend money on people every month to
deliver the service; and we don’t get in any cash from these guys who are
paying us in equity. This is much more risky…”
“Bots’ll provide most of the service,” says Dom. “Sure we have people in a
NOC, you can take their picture and it looks good, but basically they’re waiting
for the red lights to flash, which won’t happen very often. The bots are
watching and, the way we’re designing this, they run mainly on the customers’
machines so we don’t have to buy much new hardware even when we get lots of
managed service customers.”
“Larry’s gonna say I sound like I’m still in B-School,” says Donna. “But I
think we don’t know enough to make this decision. I think we’ve got facts we
need to study and then we decide. I respect you Dom: I know you’re good. I
know our software is better. But times have changed and we’ve got to think
about this before we commit.”
“You’re right, Donna,” says Larry. “You do sound like you did in B-
School. I thought you unlearned that bullshit about knowing all the facts—”
“I didn’t say we need to know ALL the facts. I said there’s more we need
to know before we turn from a software company to a service company. There’s
more we’ve gotta think about in terms of how we get paid as a service
company.”
“Time for thinking is over,” says Larry. “We got to talk some more about
how we make this quarter come out okay, but meanwhile we’re doing this
managed service. Dom, we need a real schedule. Need to know what doesn’t get
done if you’re doing this.”
“I can get you the schedule. Nothing’s got to slip if I can get some more
people.”
“No more people. We have a hiring freeze. And this project isn’t gonna
make us any money for a quarter or two. Can’t take more of a hit on the
expense side to do it. So you gotta not do something else you were gonna do.
What is it?”
“There’s some stuff I can cut,” says Dom. “We can delay the Triple-H
stuff…”
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 9.34
“See?” says Frank. “See? Stuff we’re already using as a selling point, now
we’re not gonna have it. What do you think that does to sales?”
“Frank, stop whining,” says Larry. “Yeah, Dom, fine. Delay the Three-H
stuff.”
“I can fill my vacancies, right?” asks Dom.
“Which part of ‘hiring freeze’ don’t you understand?” asks Larry.
“I’m not asking for new hires. Just replacements. You want this out, I
gotta have people.”
“You want to do this, you do it with the people you have.”
“Fine,” says Dom. “But it’s gonna take longer.”
“Can’t take past six months.”
“It might.”
“You don’t even know what ‘it’ is yet. You just made the whole product
up. Make sure there isn’t more ‘it’ than’ll take six months with the people
you’ve got. We need this on time.”
“This is insane,” says Donna. “This isn’t the way to plan. Good thing no
one can hear us.”
“Look,” says Larry, “it’s time to play You Bet Your Life. I think this is the
right thing to do.” He takes his pistol off the table, spins the barrel, holds it to
his head, and pulls the trigger. As usual, there is an empty click. No one looks
as if they expected anything else.
“So,” says Larry, “that’s settled. “We get new revenue from existing
customers with a new service product. Good long-term strategy. Short-term, we
have a hiring freeze. Clamp down on expenses. Run another end-of-quarter
sale. Eve, any ads or shows you can cut back on?”
“Nothing that’ll help this quarter,” says Eve. “Everything’s already locked
in. Not much I can cut from next quarter either. We don’t do much during the
summer. Maybe a show and a couple of ads in September I could pull, but we’ll
pay for that later in lost sales opportunities if I do.”
“Be prepared to cut; keep commitments down,” says Larry. “Next
quarter’ll be tight, too. I’m never sure how much real business the ads bring in
and I know how much it’s gonna hurt the stock if we are not operating-income
positive. Frank, you gonna make fewer sales if we run fewer ads? You getting
leads you can follow up on?”
“Very hard to tell, boss. Lot of leads are wannabes, waste our time. I
think the money might be better put into sales incentives.”
Ignoring Frank’s suggestion, Larry turns to Eve. “Eve, Not sure we’ll cut
ads but we gotta make sure the short term comes out right. Be prepared to cut
in September.”
“I’ve got to know soon if we’re going to do that. Otherwise we’re locked
in.”
“I got it. I’ll make sure we get back to you. Donna, what do we need in
cuts if sales come in at 17.5 mil?”
“Larry, you can’t get there from here,” says Donna. “I don’t know how to
make that plainer. You don’t want to hear it but it’s true. You’ll be lucky to get
sales above sixteen mil anyway.”
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 9.35
“It won’t be,” says Larry. “Analysts say one or two cents. That’s what it
says on Zachs. When we announce earnings, I think we’ll beat that with the
equity sales but at least we’ll be there. So what would we be giving a warning
about?”
“People are expecting us to continue to have earnings from operations.
When you announced that we had positive numbers from operations last
quarter, you made a big deal out of it. Said it was a ‘milestone’. You don’t
backslide over a milestone.”
“I didn’t say we were going to STAY positive. I was very careful not to
make projections. Now you and Aaron want me to take back the guidance I
DIDN’T give because it might be wrong even though I still think it’s right? Not
gonna happen. Doesn’t make sense. What if I do that and then we make the
numbers? Somebody’ll sue us for talking the stock down. Besides, if I
announce we’re not gonna make the numbers, then for shit sure we won’t
because everybody in the company stops trying.
“If I really thought we were gonna miss, if I were sure, then, yeah, we
ought to say something. Might as well put out the bad news if we know it and
take our beating. I agree with that; we’ll get beat up later anyway. But I’m not
sure we’re gonna miss. And even if I’m wrong, we’re gonna make the bottom
line anyway because of the equity sales. So it’s dumb to say anything now,
especially because that will make it sure that we miss.”
“You may be OK,” says Aaron. “I’ve got to think about this. If I were you,
I’d make sure that there is plenty of email documenting that you’re still
optimistic about earnings and that you think the analyst forecast is in the bag
because of the asset sales. If the end of the quarter comes and we know we’re
not positive from ops, then I think we ought to revisit a warning. But we can
wait ‘til then, I think, like Big Router did last quarter because we know we’re
offering quarter-end inducements and sales really could close. We should NOT
be writing any emails or going around saying that we can’t make the quarter.”
Aaron addresses the last sentence to Donna.
“You’re the lawyer. This worries me, though. Even if we don’t get sued,
the analysts won’t trust us anymore because we left them out on a limb. They
made a big deal — at least John Braxton made a big deal — about our earnings
from operations. I don’t want to get sued again, that’s for sure, and I don’t want
to lose my relationship with the analysts.”
“So call them,” says Larry. “Call Braxton anyway. Give him a heads-up.
Tell him the quarter looks tough even though we’re gonna make the bottom line
number. Sales a little slower because of the whole dotcom hiccup thing.
Expenses up as we prepare to continue growth. Prospects great. Profits from
equity sales, even though we weren’t looking for them. Then there’s no surprise
for him and he doesn’t go out on a limb and write something he might regret
between now and when we announce earnings. Obviously, tell him this is
privileged information. He can’t write it or tell anyone. But he can just keep
quiet about us between now and when we can give him a closer fix on the
numbers. Then you’re a hero either way. We pull it out like I think we will, and
he’ll know you’re cautious and protecting him. He likes that. We don’t make it,
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 9.37
at least you kept him out of trouble best you could. Probably he’ll want to
marry you after this is all over.”
Donna does call John Braxton the next day. She tells him pretty much
what Larry told her to say with a little more jargon and a little more caution. As
Larry predicted, Braxton thanks her profusely for the heads-up. He affirms that
he understands the need for confidentiality. He tells her, as they hang up, that
he wishes he could trust all CFOs to be as forthcoming as she is. In today’s
world, he says, too many are just too tight with information. She should never
feel she has to wait to be certain before she tells him something.
Then Braxton calls Barcourt’s chief trader Sam Gutfreund. He tells
Gutfreund not to cover any of Barcourt’s short position in hackoff.com.
Gutfreund asks him why. Braxton tells him that it is just something he heard
in the market that makes him think they may be able to cover at a lower price
later. He can’t be specific, he explains, because of the Chinese Wall which
separates the analysts from the traders to make sure there are no conflicts of
interest. Gutfreund says he understands. After the call, he leaves orders to
carefully short another two hundred thousand shares of hackoff and to stay
tuned for further instructions.
Braxton also calls buy-side analysts at three major money market funds
that are long-time Barcourt clients. The chit-chat is different with each of them
but the message is the same. They may want to “lighten up a little” on hackoff.
No big deal probably, but it’s a good time to lock in some profits. He declines
requests for more information. They each thank him. He says they can trust
him to look out for the interests of his best clients.
The next day is Friday, June 9. Hackoff is down more than four points
and closes at 56 5/8. Volume is pretty high with some big block trades. On
Monday the sell-off in hackoff stock continues. It closes at 51 5/16. Selling
pressure continues though out a brutal week. Friday, June 16, hackoff closes
at 38 3/16.
On Monday, June 23, trader Sam Gutfreund calls analyst John Braxton
and ask him if he’s heard anything further. Braxton says nothing — nothing
either way. But there’s been a lot of selling.
“Yeah,” says Gutfreund, “lots of it seemed to come from our big clients, at
last in the beginning of the week before everybody got spooked and started
dumping stock.”
“They’re smart people, our clients,” says Braxton.
“Whatever,” says Gutfreund and hangs up. However, Gutfreund does
decide to buy some hackoff to cover Barcourt’s short position which is now up
over two million shares. He tells his desk trader just to nibble but to keep
buying so long as he doesn’t pay more than forty dollars. Tells him not to buy
more than 100 thousand shares each day, either. Never can tell what’ll
happen.
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 9.38
###
HACKOFF IS UP – NO NEWS
by: thewatcher02 (35/M/New Rochelle, NY)
06/19/00 10:45 am
Msg: 12021 of 12036
The Street should like seeing the stock show some strength. Surely the weakness has been
overdone. Surely a recovery is overdue.
This is whats called a deadcat bounce. Something falls as far and as fast as this stock did,
doesn’t matter what it is, could be a dead cat and it bounces. hackoff is dead dead dead.
You can be sure that somebody knows something. The market-makers always find a way to
make their money. They were probably selling all last week because they knew something, and
now they are buying because they know something. OR because there’s a way for them to
make money on a trade, because they can trade in ways that we can’t. As usual, they make
money while we lose.
The market has been down, so it’s not too surprising that hackoff is down a lot, too. Especially
because so much of its value comes from the portfolio of dotcom stocks that have been
creamed. Plus the ones that are pre-ipo in the hackoff portfolio might never get to go public
since the market has pretty much shut down for ipos.
I’m going down from a strong buy to a buy because of all these factors. I would be even lower
at a hold, but I think the market has overreacted and that it really should correct some from
here. I don’t think we’re going back to our highs in the 150s right away, but there should be
some correction, even if the market doesn’t come back right away. Then, when the market
does come back, we should makes some real money. But you can be sure the greedy mms and
management will make more. That is the one thing you can be sure of. And you can also be
sure they’re not getting hurt now the way we are.
pooper, your brain is what’s dead. Probably you fried it with drugs. HOFC is recovering because
it went too low. The market panicked and now it is coming to its senses a little. This is a time
to make some money and to double up on down positions.
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 9.40
HOFC DOWN!
by: thewatcher02 (35/M/New Rochelle, NY)
06/19/00 11:06 am
Msg: 12026 of 12036
jerkoff is going to keep on falling no matter how much pumping and dumping jumbo does.
This company sucks. The lizard is looting it for all he can. He went home with a pile of dough
from the secondary and now what does he give a shit if the company comes down. He is
probably short. He is probably in your shorts.
antihack is a real business. They charge real money for their software and dont have a portfolio
full of bullshit stock that is a fantasy fror all you jerkoffs becase it is going to go down and
never get up. help Ive fallen and I cant get up. that’s jerkoff.
Alaska, you asshole, you are probably the one that’s short and now your afraid the company is
going to come back up. you are trying to talk it down. We are recovering now from what all
you shorts have done and probbly you’re desparate now because you will have to cover at a
higher price. Why else would you be here on the hackoff board if you love antihack so much
why arent you on that board more? I looked there and your hardly ever there and when you
are you are still talking about hackoff. Do you have a hardon for Lazard or something?
I heard from a guy who knows somneone that used to work at jerkoff that there is something
wrong there and that’s why the stock is going down. The lizard doesn’t know how to run the
company or care and the cunt is trying to cut all the expenses but she is cutting all the good
stuff and leaving all the bad stuff because this is the stuff the lizard and her like. So you jerkoffs
who like to ride down can ride down more because this company is headed for the crapper and
soon the stock will be less than 10. dont say I didn’t warn you.
BACK UP
by: thewatcher02 (35/M/New Rochelle, NY)
06/19/00 11:18 am
Msg: 12030 of 12036
HOFC’s at 43! The volume is up and there are some blocks trading.
You have to believe that the dotcom stocks are going to come back if you are going to invest in
hackoff. From what e-commerce sites buy, it looks as if hackoff’s software is perceived to be
about the same as antihack’s, so if that’s all there was, the companies should have the same
market cap. But they don’t; hackoff is still valued at more, even though it’s fallen further.
There are two differences. One is that antihack sold debt as well as stock. So now they have
more cash than hackoff, but they also have to repay the debt at some time. And the other
difference is that antihack has a portfolio of dotcom stocks that are a liability right now. The
market is very afraid because of what has happened to dotcom, but it will come back and then
the market will probably overreact in the other direction. That may be the time to execute an
exit strategy from hackoff.
But as I said before, at this price the portfolio is being undervalued, which is why hackoff is a
buy as long as you believe dotcom will come back — which it is sure to, except for some of the
worst companies. That’s not entirely a bad thing.
Good points, Jumbo. You’re probably right. The market certainly has to come back. It always
does.
What’s the stock at? Why did it go down last week? When will it go up?
Porn rules
by: TestTost (32/M/San Francisco, CA)
Long-Term Sentiment: Strong Buy 06/19/00 11:30 am
Msg: 12034 of 12036
hackoff has a very strong position with the porn sites. The porn sites are not dot com. They
are not public. They charge money for their content most of them and more and more are. It’s
harder and harder to get hard for free. And they pay real money to hackoff so you don’t even
have to wait for the dot coms to come back to see hackoff get good again.
The stock was way down. The Street doesn’t like it anymore. But the stock is moving up a little
so maybe the Street doesn’t hate it either. What will the Street think?
Stock Down
by: thewatcher02 (35/M/New Rochelle, NY)
06/19/00 11:40 am
Msg: 12036 of 12036
$0.00
$20.00
$40.00
$60.00
$80.00
$100.00
$120.00
4/ 00
6/
2
hackoff.com
4/ 00
11 0 4/
/2 3/
4/ 00
14 0 2
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
0
/2 4/ 00 0
4/ 00 10
19 0 /2
/2 4/ 0 00
4/ 00 17
24 0
/ /2
4/ 200 4/ 0 00
27 0 24
/2 /2
0 0
5/ 00
2/ 5/ 00
20 1/
5/ 00 20
5/
2 5/ 0 0
5/ 00 8/
10 0 2
/2 5/ 00 0
5/ 00 15
15 0
/2 /2
5/ 00 5/ 0 00
18 0 22
/2
5/ 00 /2
23 0 5/ 0 00
/2 29
© 2005 Tom Evslin
5/ 00 /2
26 0 0
/2 6/ 00
5/ 00 5/
31 0 2
/2
0
HOFC Daily Trading 4/3/00 - 6/30/00
NASDAQ 4/3/00 - 6/30/00
6/ 00 0
6/ 00 12
5/ /2
20
6/ 00 6/ 0 00
8/ 19
6/ 2 00 /2
13 0 6/ 0 00
/2 26
6/ 00 /2
16 0
/2 00
6/ 00 0
21 0
/2
6/ 00
26 0
/2
6/ 00
29 0
/2
00
Page 9.43
0
$0.00
$20.00
$40.00
$60.00
$80.00
$100.00
$120.00
$140.00
$160.00
$180.00
7/1/1999
hackoff.com
7/23/1999
8/16/1999
0
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
6000
9/7/1999 6/30/1999
9/29/1999
10/21/1999
8/30/1999
11/12/1999
12/6/1999
10/30/1999
12/28/1999
1/19/2000
2/10/2000 12/30/1999
3/3/2000
3/27/2000 2/29/2000
4/18/2000
5/10/2000 4/30/2000
6/1/2000
6/23/2000
6/30/2000
#
7/17/2000
8/8/2000
8/30/2000
8/30/2000
© 2005 Tom Evslin
9/21/2000
10/13/2000 10/30/2000
11/6/2000
12/30/2000
12/20/2000
1/11/2001 2/28/2001
2/2/2001
2/26/2001
4/30/2001
3/20/2001
4/11/2001
5/3/2001
6/30/2001
5/25/2001
6/18/2001 8/30/2001
7/10/2001
8/1/2001
8/23/2001
Page 10.1
at least, would like to merge hackoff and antihack to create a virtual monopoly
in hacker protection for e-commerce sites.
the plane until it is confirmed that they, themselves, have boarded. This is in
accordance with current procedure.
In the boarding area they see but don’t greet Abdu’l-Aziz al-Amari and
Muhammad Atta who have flown down from Portland, Maine that morning.
Muhammad Atta is their leader and has been to flight school. CAPPS also flags
Atta and his baggage is held, but he receives no other special attention.
A similar group of five men check in at the United terminal for Flight
175, also bound for California. They have some trouble at the ticket counter
because three of them speak very poor English. The ticket agent has to walk
them through the routine security questions before they can affirm that they
packed their bags themselves, they are familiar with the contents, they have
had them in their possession since packing them, and that no one unknown to
them has asked them to carry anything aboard the plane. They pass through
security without incident and are not flagged by CAPPS.
George Harcourt drops his daughter Emile at preschool on his way to the
station. He parks his BMW 750iL in the huge, rapidly-filling lot at the Princeton
Junction Station just in time to catch his usual Amtrak Clocker which runs
express to Newark. He can see the Towers past the flatness of Newark Airport
as the train runs north from Elizabeth. At Newark he changes to the PATH
Line, which takes him directly to the subfloors of the World Trade Center.
He has a splendid view from his small office on the 110th floor of the
north tower. His west-facing window has the Hudson for its foreground, the old
Hackensack train and ferry terminal on the opposite bank, and, on a clear day
like today, the rolling hills of New Jersey in the distance. He can also see the
Statue of Liberty and newly restored Ellis Island.
George directs an esoteric branch of his firm’s bond trading operation.
He worked several years to move from a cubicle to an office — but not too long.
It was this promotion which allowed him to buy the house in Princeton and
move his growing family from the City where his wife never quite felt safe. Once
in Princeton, he had to wait eighteen months for a parking spot at Princeton
Junction. Currently he is waiting both for a promotion to a larger office and to
find out whether his daughter has been accepted to the grammar school in
Princeton they would like her to attend.
The hackoff people have arranged to meet at 7:45 in the lobby in front of
the security desk on the ground floor of the World Trade Center’s south tower.
Larry arrives first, a few minutes early; Dom arrives precisely at 7:45.
“Okay,” Larry says but nothing beyond that.
“Okay, what?” asks Dom with an edge.
“Okay, you’re here.”
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 10.5
the trip to the West Coast. The al-Shehri brothers are in first class. Atta, al-
Suqami, and al-Amari are in the business cabin as is Daniel Lewin who had
previously served in an elite unit of the Israeli army and who is currently CTO
of Akamai, a firm which provides a technical service known as caching to
e-commerce companies. Larry and Dom know Daniel from industry
conferences. In fact, Akamai and hackoff have many of the same customers.
At 8:05 four bankers and the CEO, CFO, and CTO of antihack enter the
conference room. The antihack and hackoff people know each other and shake
hands warily. The bankers introduce themselves to the hackoff contingent and
pass out their business cards. There is one Vice President and two directors.
The hackoff people do not hand back business cards. This is a piece of
calculated rudeness employed by Larry when he thinks the occasion warrants.
“Quite a view,” says antihack CEO George Wrobly. No one from hackoff
answers.
“Has everybody gotten whatever they want to drink?” asks the most
junior banker.
The antihack people say they have.
“Are we having a meeting or standing around looking out the window?”
asks Larry.
“Good point,” says the banker Vice President, H. Fredrick Walsh affably.
“If everybody’ll take a seat, we can get started.”
Everybody does take a seat. The bankers cluster at one end of the table.
The hackoff people sit with their backs to the window; the antihack people sit
across from them looking towards the window.
“I guess we all know why we’re here…” H. Fredrick “Call-me-Fred” Walsh
begins.
“I must say,” interrupts George Wrobly, “it is a real pleasure to finally…”
“We’re not ‘finally’ anything,” Larry interrupts the interruption. “I’m not
even sure why we even came. What do you bankers think is going to happen?”
He leans toward H. Fredrick and stares at him intently.
“Well,” says H. Frederick, “well, we have a unique opportunity to
implement a strategic merger which we believe is sure to capture the interest of
the Street. hackoff and antihack have done well on their own at establishing
their businesses. Unfortunately, the Street doesn’t see it that way. All the
Street sees is large losses, write-downs, continued cash burn, customer
failures and, of course, falling stock prices. All in the context of a general loss
of faith in so-called Internet stocks and a price decline which is both the
consequence and the cause of that loss of faith.”
“It’s not all that bleak,” George Wrobly interrupts again.
“It sure as hell is,” says Larry. “And it’s worse for antihack than it is for
hackoff because you don’t have shit for technology. So, George, why don’t you
shut the fuck up and let H. Freddy here tell us what’s on his mind?”
“I don’t think…” says George.
“We’ve run some numbers,” says H. Fredrick. “We’d like to show you the
PowerPoint in a few minutes. But the bottom line is that if the two companies
were combined and appropriate synergies were identified and acted on…”
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 10.7
The fight for the cockpit is fierce and bloody but short since the captain
and copilot are attacked from behind while still seated and are, of course,
unarmed. They are soon dead and Atta is seated at the controls. He has had
flight training in small planes and has familiarized himself to some extent with
the 767 cockpit by running commercially available simulation games on his
PC. Atta switches off the transponder to make it harder for air traffic control to
track the flight. Although the plane still shows up on radar, it is fainter and
harder to identify in crowded airspace. Also, without the transponder, Air
Traffic Control doesn’t get altitude information on the flight.
At 8:19 Stewardess Betty Ong in coach uses a seatback phone to call the
American Airlines Southwest Reservation Center. She will remain on the phone
for the next twenty-five minutes reporting events aboard the plane calmly and
professionally.
“The cockpit is not answering (she means that she can’t get through on
the crew phone), somebody’s stabbed in business class — and I think there’s
Mace —that we can’t breathe — I don’t know, I think we’re being hijacked.”
She goes on to report the stabbing of the two first class stewardesses. American
Airlines operations tries to raise the cockpit but cannot.
The hijackers tell the first and business class passengers that they have
a bomb but that everyone will be okay if they just stay calm and do not resist.
No one resists.
Coach passengers are told that there is a medical emergency in the
forward cabin. To support this fiction — or, rather, partial truth — a doctor is
paged and, when one identifies himself, he is allowed to attend to the stabbed
stewardesses. Others who try to come forward including crew are Maced as
Betty Ong reports.
Atta’s navigation skills are not good but he has studied maps and, on
this beautiful clear morning, he quickly picks up the Hudson River and turns
left to follow it towards New York City. Whalid tells him that there is still
turmoil in the cabin so Atta decides to make an announcement to the
passengers. However, he keys the wrong mike.
Boston Air Traffic Control, which has also repeatedly been trying to
contact the flight since it stopped acknowledging instructions and departed
from its flight path, hears Atta say: “Nobody move. Everything will be okay. If
you try to make any moves, you’ll endanger yourself and the airplane. Just
stay quiet.”
The passengers don’t hear this transmission. Boston Center alerts other
air traffic control centers that American Flight 11 has been hijacked. This is at
8:25. It will be another twelve minutes before the North American Aerospace
Defense Command (NORAD) is alerted. The nation does not yet know it is at
war.
#
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 10.9
In the south tower of the World Trade Center, Larry Lazard has just
asked: “What share of the combined company are you crooks proposing to offer
hackoff holders?”
“We would rather get to that after we go through the PowerPoint
presentation,” answers H. Fredrick. “We’ve done quite a bit of work of
comparative valuations using different methods and we would like to build up
to this and present it to you.”
“I don’t give a fuck about all that,” says Larry. “It doesn’t matter to me
how you got to your number. It only matters what the number is.”
“We’ll get to that in due course, you have my word. But we would like to
go through the Power—”
“I don’t know if its worth my time to listen to the presentation unless I
know what the number is. Tell me the fucking number and then we’ll look at
the slides.”
“Could we huddle for a minute?” asks H. Fredrick.
Larry agrees and the bankers and antihack people get up to leave.
“Just a minute,” says Larry. “We’ll leave. You can stay here and talk.
We’ll be back in five minutes.”
“Okay,” says H. Fredrick. “Can I get you a breakout room?”
“We’re fine in the hall,” says Larry. “We have this thing about bugs.”
“I assure you…” For the first time H. Fredrick looks somewhat offended.
“We’re in the business of fighting hackers,” says Donna. “It gives you a
suspicious mind. We’ve learned to be very careful.”
“No offense taken,” says H. Fredrick. “I understand perfectly.”
“No offense intended,” says Donna. She smiles at H. Fredrick.
Larry glares at her.
“What the hell are you doing reducing the tension?” he asks once they’re
out in the hall. “I don’t want them to be comfortable.”
“For what it’s worth, I don’t think the room is bugged,” says Dom.
Larry ignores him. Donna gives him a covert shrug.
“Look, Lar,” says Donna. “You’re not going to like the number they give
you.”
“No shit. In fact, I’m gonna hate it so much we’ll probably walk out.”
“Then what have we learned?” asks Donna. “We came here to learn
something and we’re not going to learn anything if we walk now. Moreover, we
may let ourselves in for some legal trouble down the road.”
“We’ll learn that they made a low-ball offer. And since when are you a
lawyer?”
“We already knew they’d make a low ball offer. We knew that before we
came. The offer doesn’t matter. The numbers’ll change. I want to know ... WE
NEED to know ... what they think their strengths and weakness are. They’ll tell
us that in the presentation. And we want to make damn sure we establish that,
as officers of a public company, we listened carefully to anything that could
remotely be in the interest of our shareholders, regardless of our own feelings.
You don’t have to be a lawyer to know that, Lar.”
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 10.10
“Shit. Okay, we’ll sit through the presentation. But I don’t want to signal
weakness by listening to a lower than whale shit number and sitting still.”
“You sort of set us up for that, Lar,” says Donna.
“No. I know how to handle it. It’ll work out better. Just be sure you guys
shut the fuck up when we go back in. I know what I’m doing.”
Donna knocks, and they troop back into the room. Larry circles to the
credenza and refills his coffee cup before sitting down.
“Well,” says H. Fredrick, “we don’t like to go out of order but we want to
be as accommodating as we can so we’ve decided...”
“We don’t want to hear your number,” says Larry.
“Excuse me?” H. Fredrick is confused.
“You don’t know a fucking thing about hackoff except what’s public. You
don’t know what technology we have and haven’t introduced yet. You don’t
know what we’re doing with our customers. And you probably believe a lot of
bullshit about what antihack is going to do and how it’ll turn profitable
soonwhen we all know that it won’t; it’s in a death spiral.”
“antihack has never been stronger,” George Wrobly interrupts.
“Since you don’t know anything about us and you probably don’t know
much about your clients, your number is meaningless. We’ll listen to what you
think. We might tell you where you’re wrong, but we’re sure as hell not going to
tell you any secrets about hackoff. At the end you can give us a number or not
give us a number, really doesn’t matter because you don’t know enough to
come up with a number anyway. If you bankers don’t have your heads too far
up your asses, then we might talk to you about how to get a real number and
what a hackoff takeover of antihack would look like.”
“The numbers we have put together, while certainly not final, do
represent what would be the beginning of a basis of a fairness opinion for
antihack,” says the second most senior banker. He put the numbers together.
“Obviously, your bankers will have to provide a fairness opinion to hackoff
share—”
“Yeah,” interrupts Larry, “yeah, if there’s a deal, bankers’ll get millions of
dollars for their ‘fairness opinions’ as well as whatever fees you’re charging
antihack. And for those millions of dollars you’ll decide that whatever deal
you’re getting a piece of is fair. That’s why it’s called a ‘fairness opinion’. And
all those millions of dollars for bankers is just one more reason why there
probably isn’t going to be a deal as much as it makes sense for antihack to get
taken over by hackoff and get bailed.”
“We’re not talking about hackoff taking over antihack,” says Wrobly.
“Don’t know what else we’d be talking about,” says Larry. “George, you
have to put your ego aside and consider the best interests of your
shareholders. That’s what we’re doing; that’s why we’re spending this beautiful
morning with you in this beautiful office instead of doing our regular jobs and
burying you out in the marketplace.” Larry leans across the table toward
Wrobly. “Come, come, Georgie. You run a public company now and must act
accordingly. Now let’s see those slides.”
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 10.11
The most junior of the bankers fiddles with a console at the end of the
table. At first the lights go up brightly; finally he manages to dim them. A few
more jabs at the console’s touch-screen and a projection screen rolls itself
down at the west end of the room. The blinds on the window rotate to cut off
outside light. There is a message on the screen:
No Signal
As he repeatedly jabs the console, the lights go bright, dim and off again;
the blinds rotate back and forth; the screen goes up and down; the message
goes on and off; at one point, a dialtone is heard; at another, CNBC appears on
the screen; but no slideshow.
“Function F3,” says Dom.
“Excuse me?” says the flustered banker.
“Function F3. On your PC. It toggles to the alternate screen.” He comes
around the table and presses the correct keys. The title slide of the bankers’
presentation appears on the screen. Dom sits back down.
The second most senior banker (or second most junior depending how
you look at it) narrates the slides he has produced while the most junior
banker clicks from slide to slide. Larry impatiently waves them past all the
slides about their bank, the number of mergers and acquisitions they have
been part of in the last year, the logos of the companies they have helped, the
state of the e-commerce market in general, the presumed addressable market
for e-commerce security, the relative market shares of hackoff and antihack,
and the charted stock price performance of the two stocks.
The hackoff team leans forward intently at the next slide:
#
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 10.12
antihack S.W.O.T.
Strengths Opportunities
Cash position Acquisition
Relatively strong equity Expanded markets
Technology VoIP
Management New sales channels
Market segment leader Threats
Weaknesses “cash-
“cash-less” competition
Negative growth Microsoft
High cost of sales Oracle
Restricted addressable market
Negative cash flow
Not perceived as market segment
leader
them out for all of our analyses. If you do that, then antihack is the leader. We
think that the market actually does realize this to some extent and that’s why
the antihack equity is trading at about four-and-a-half times hackoff. However,
these non-cash sales are a problem for antihack. They limit the size of
antihack’s addressable market. It is usually impossible for antihack to
convince an e-commerce site that’s getting cashless protection from hackoff
that they should start paying antihack for what they perceive to be the same
protection.”
Donna jumps in: “antihack isn’t having any luck taking cash paying
customers away from hackoff either. They have to practically give their service
away – in fact, I think they do give it away – in order to take one of our
customers.”
“And even then,” says Dom, “if the customers aren’t brain dead, they stay
with hackoff because they want real protection, not the crap they get from
antihack.”
“In fact,” says the banker, “we think the wins and losses are about even.
hackoff takes customers from antihack by giving them a cashless option…”
“Only if they have valuable equity in today’s terms,” says Larry.
“That’s debatable,” says Wrobly.
“In fact,” says the banker smoothly, “this discussion reinforces our
thesis. Customers don’t perceive much difference in the services of the two
companies. The addressable market is shrinking rather than growing; poorly
funded companies continue to go belly up and the VCs won’t fund any new
companies in the field. Each quarter, both companies lose customers to
bankruptcies and consolidations. Both companies need new customers just to
stay even with the quarter before. So the only way either company can get new
customers is by cutting price to take them away from the other. And this is a
vicious downwards spiral. That is one reason we’re suggesting a merger.
Consolidation will obviously result in better market power.”
“You mean we won’t always be undercutting each other if we take over
antihack,” says Larry.
“We’re not talking about a takeover of antihack,” says Wrobly.
“We don’t talk in those terms,” says the banker. “This combination will,
of course, have to undergo Hart-Scott-Rodino scrutiny by the Federal Trade
Commission. Under penalty of criminal law, we will have to give them all
documents — even scribbled notes — that talk about market share. Note that
we are careful to talk about ‘market segment share’ rather than just ‘market
share’ in our presentation. Similarly, we will have to give them all analyses of
the relevant markets including this presentation.
“Frankly, because the two companies are quite powerful in the market
segment, HSR review could be a problem. However, we believe that we have a
way around that. We have listed HSR review as open item later in the
presentation but this is something we should talk through rather than make
slides which could be misunderstood. So, if it’s okay, I’ll go on with the
presentation.”
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 10.14
No one says anything, so he continues. He points out that the high cost
of sales could be reduced if antihack could find a more effective sales channel
than just using its own inhouse sales force. However, obviously there would be
synergies in sales costs if hackoff and antihack combined since their
salespeople call on the same customers. It should be possible to reduce the
combined number of salespeople by at least fifty percent. At least that is what
they have assumed in modeling the possible combination.
Obviously, one opportunity for antihack to grow is by using its cash and
relatively strong equity to acquire companies in the same or closely aligned
fields. Even without an acquisition, the company could expand by marketing
other services to its e-commerce customers. Or the company can expand by
selling security services beyond the e-commerce market; for example, they
could sell to Voice over IP (VoIP) companies. The retailers of VoIP are very small
but growing rapidly. Although the bankers are not technical, they imagine that
these companies will need security and antifraud help just as traditional
telephone companies do, perhaps more so since they are on the Internet and so
presumably more vulnerable.
“Yup,” Dom says quietly.
The banker continues: “Besides the ‘cash-less’ competition from hackoff,
which we have already discussed, Microsoft and Oracle must always be
considered as a threat to anyone in the software business. Simply put, either of
them could decide to provide what you provide. Oracle could build hacker-
proofing into its databases and/or Microsoft could build hackerproofing into
Windows.”
“If they could’ve they would’ve,” says Dom.
“Of course, if either company decided to go into this business it could
also provide a good exit strategy for the incumbents. If they perceive that it
would give them a good enough head start, they could decide to buy rather
than build.”
“I’d love to have Microsoft come into our space,” says Larry.
“Why is that?” asks H. Fredrick, who has been quiet for a quite a while.
“Because then we’d sue their ass off for violating our patents,” says
Larry. “You forgot to put on your SWOT slide that antihack’s in violation of a
bunch of hackoff patents. We haven’t got around to suing them yet but we will
sooner or later if they don’t fold on their own before that. You need to factor
that into your ‘valuation’. But Microsoft is certainly worth suing. Talk about
deep pockets. And they’re afraid of patent fights ever since ‘disk-doubler’ or
whatever that bullshit was beat them out of hundreds of millions in California
because a jury off the street couldn’t understand the difference between five-bit
and seven-bit encryption.”
“This is our S.W.O.T. for hackoff,” the second most senior banker
continues on a signal from H. Fredrick.
#
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 10.15
hackoff S.W.O.T.
Strengths Opportunities
Technology Merger
Adult content customer base Expanded markets
Size of installed base VoIP
Perceived as market segment New sales channels
leader Threats
Weaknesses Competition has more cash
Negative growth Microsoft
High cost of sales Oracle
Negative cash flow Running out of cash
Prospect of continuing writeoffs
Weak equity
Not actually market segment
leader
At 8:38 AM Stewardess Ong is still on the phone to the ground giving her
calm recital of the horrible events around her. She tells her ground contacts
that the hijackers are Middle-Easterners, and passes on their seat numbers so
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 10.16
that they can be identified from the passenger manifest. She also says that the
aircraft is in a rapid descent.
Stewardess Sweeny has also made phone contact and is also passing on
crucial information.
The official communication is not as good. It is not until 8:37:52, to be
exact, that the FAA contacts NORAD and asks for military help.
Eight minutes later, at 8:42, two F-15s from Otis Air Force base on Cape
Cod are in the air. Officers wisely decided to scramble them first and get
permission later.
Also at 8:42 United Airlines 93, a Boeing 757, takes off from Newark
International Airport in New Jersey with a crew of seven and thirty-seven
passengers — four of whom are about to become hijackers — and heads for
San Francisco. The crew has not been told about the hijacking of Flight 11. The
flight has been delayed on the ground in Newark by that airport’s chronic early
morning congestion; that delay is one of the few things to go wrong for the
hijackers on September 11.
And shortly after 8:42 United Airlines 175, which had been trying to help
Boston Center locate American 11, is itself hijacked. The modus operandi is the
same brutality which was effective on American 11. It works again, and the
hijackers are in control of another plane. The air traffic controller who has been
working Flight 175 quickly becomes suspicious when contact is lost, the
transponder code is changed twice, and the flight starts to deviate from its
flight path. Ironically, she can’t get to her superiors quickly with her suspicions
because they are now closeted trying to deal with the hijacking of Flight 11.
NEADS does not know where to send its now airborne F-15s. The
transponder on Flight 11 has been turned off so controllers are not sure where
it is and cannot pick it out from numerous other primary (no transponder)
targets on radar.
The officer directing the fighters pleads for more information: “I don’t
know where I’m scrambling these guys to. I need a direction, a destination.”
But there is no more information. With no target, the fighters are sent to
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 10.17
military-controlled airspace off the coast of Long Island to keep them out of the
way of New York area commercial traffic.
At 8:44 Stewardess Sweeney is still on the phone: “Something is wrong.
We are in a rapid descent … we are all over the place.”
She’s asked to look out the window to try to determine where they are.
“We are flying low. We are flying very, very low. We are flying way too
low… Oh my God, we are way too low.”
The call ends.
At 8:46:40 Flight 11 crashes at 490 miles per hour into the north side of
the north tower of the World Trade Center. The front of the airplane penetrates
to the core of the huge building. The fuel meant to carry it to California does
not explode but it does ignite and burns continuously with searing heat and
thick black smoke.
“It appears that you don’t have many alternatives going forward,” says
the banker to the hackoff executives.
“Bullshit,” says Larry. “We—”
The south tower shakes. They feel rather than hear a huge impact. Larry
tries to continue but the roar from behind makes him turn and pry apart the
closed blinds on the north-facing window. Others each pry an opening.
They can see the roiling black smoke coming from the high floors of the
north tower but it obstructs their view of the plane imbedded in it. The smoke
swirls to the top of the north tower and also blows south sometimes obscuring
their view. Other than an occassional “What the fuck…” and “holy shit…”, they
don’t talk.
The public address system clears its electronic throat and crackles on in
the south tower. The occupants are told that their building is secure and that
they may return to their offices.
“I’m outta here,” says Donna, She calmly gathers her papers and leaves
for the elevator.
“I think we should resume at another time,” says George Wrobly. He and
his staff gather their papers hurriedly.
“We’ll just stay and talk to your bankers,” says Larry, “unless they’re a
bunch of pussies, too.”
“I don’t think we ought to continue this discussion without our clients
present,” says H. Fredrick as the antihack contingent departs.
“Just what is it that you see in the antihack technology?” asks Dom.
“Can you just tell us that? We know they outsourced the development of most
of it. We know they have no patents. In fact, we know they don’t know shit, so
what is it that you see in the antihack technology?”
By this time the junior most banker has recovered sufficiently to operate
the console that opens the blinds. Their window is completely blocked by the
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 10.18
black smoke. The smoke blows east momentarily and, in the clearing, they see
a body hurtle from the 100th floor of the north tower towards the street.
“Those poor bastards,” says Dom. “There’s got to be a helicopter or
something coming. Can’t they get to the roof?”
A fireball from the ignition of Flight 11’s fuel flares through some of the
elevator shafts and some of the transfer lobbies of the north tower. Almost all
elevators are immediately disabled. Many people below the 92nd floor begin a
surprising orderly evacuation through the stairwells which are smoky but well
lit and have glow strips.
Above the point of impact the temperature is rising and the smoke is
getting thick. A few people manage a descent from these high floors through
one rubbish-choked stairwell that remains open a short while through the
intensifying hell of the impact zone.
Many call 911. Some get fast busy tones as the circuits over load. Most
who do get through are given the standard instruction for a high rise fire: stay
low, get a few floors below the fire, wait for rescue. The 911 operators do not
know what floor the plane hit. They do not know that the New York City Fire
Department has now given an evacuation order for the building.
Others climb towards the roof hoping for a helicopter rescue. In fact, a
few people were rescued by helicopter a decade before when a terrorist bomb
exploded in the parking garage below the twin towers. But the doors to the roof
are locked. Nevertheless, with descent now impossible from above the impact
point, they wait there.
Some cry. Some curse. Many call on their cell phones and plead for help
or directions. Others calmly say good-bye to their families or, more often, to the
voice mail of their families. Some dictate terms of their wills or leave the
combination to the safe.
New York Police Department helicopters are in the air as close to the top
of the building as the flames and smoke allow. At the Wall Street heliport, a
crack police department rescue team pleads for a chopper to pick them up and
take them to the roof. The pilots radio back that landing is impossible because
of the heat and smoke. The helicopter pilots are also the first to tell air traffic
control in the NYC area what has happened. But 911 does not know that there
will be no rooftop rescue. Some people are still advised to climb.
George Harcourt returns to his bond trader’s office on the 110th floor. It
is getting hot and smoky but it is better here than in the people-crammed
stairwells he has tried where the crowd can now neither go up or down and
isn’t sure which way it wants to go. Harcourt tries to reach his wife from his
desk phone but gets no dial tone. His mobile phone has four bars but cannot
complete a call. George types an email to his daughters and his wife.
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 10.19
Janet:
The car is parked at the end of the row just on your right
before you cross the dinky track at princeton.
I love you.
George
#
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 10.20
From: janethar8@aol.com
Sent: Tuesday, September 11, 2001 8:53 AM
To: George Harcourt
Subject: RE: I Love You
George, I cannot believe you will die you will be rescued or you
will save yourself I know and I am praying and crying but I know
youll be OK you will. You are wonderful and are my love. Come
back to me
with radio traffic in the area and no one in the north tower knows the full
procedure for turning it back on. In the absence of information from the
advance units, more firemen insist on climbing the tower.
Several floors below the World Trade Center site, a PATH train from New
Jersey pulls into the platform. Even down here, there is smoke from the fireball
that flashed down the elevator shafts. There is no one waiting on the platform
since evacuees have been led out onto the street and people in the station have
been directed out. The motorman keeps his doors closed and radios for
instructions.
He is told by dispatch that there are no instructions so he should unload
his passengers normally. Instead, he saves their lives by keeping the doors
closed, calmly but firmly telling dispatch to clear the tunnel behind him, and
taking his train back under the river to New Jersey.
At 8:52 Peter Hanson, who is aboard United Flight 175, calls his father.
“I think they’ve taken over the cockpit — an attendant has been stabbed — and
someone else up front may have been killed. The plane is making strange
moves. Call United Airlines. Tell them it’s Flight 175, Boston to LA.” The senior
Hanson passes the information on to the Easton Police Department.
At 9:00 AM Brian David Sweeney calls his mother, Louise, after not being
able to reach his wife. He tells her the flight has been hijacked and that the
passengers are thinking of storming the cabin.
The passengers’ debate is intense. Of those who can talk at all, half think
the best thing to do is what the hijackers say. Almost all hijackings end
without casualties, they point out. The hawkish half are convinced that
something is different about this hijacking; there is something they sense that
tells them attack, not compliance, is the right response. But they can’t say
why; they don’t know about Flight 11. Some begin to move forward.
Peter Hanson calls his father again: “It’s getting bad, Dad — a stewardess
was stabbed. They seem to have knives and Mace. They said they have a bomb.
It’s getting very bad on the plane — passengers are throwing up and getting
sick. The plane is making jerky movements. I don’t think the pilot is flying the
plane. I think we are going down. I think they intend to go to Chicago or
someplace and fly into a building. Don’t worry, Dad — if it happens, it’ll be very
fast. My God, my God!”
Lee Hanson hears a woman scream as the call ends abruptly.
At 9:03 President George Bush enters the Emma E. Booker Elementary
School. He has been told by Senior Advisor Karl Rove only that a twin engine
plane has hit the World Trade Center. National Security Advisor Condoleezza
Rice also has talked to him briefly and also talked about a twin engine plane.
The President believes that pilot error was the cause. Although NORAD is
aware of one hijacking and, at this very moment is being informed of a second,
the White House has not yet been told this.
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 10.22
NORAD is not aware that a third hijacking has also taken place.
American Airlines and Indianapolis Air Traffic Control have now also lost
contact with American Flight 77 from Washington to LA. It had taken off at
8:20 with a crew of six and fifty-eight passengers, five of whom hijacked it
sometime between 8:51 and 8:54. The transponder is off and the plane is
deviating from course. With two of his flights in trouble, American Airlines Vice
President Gerald Arpey has ordered all American flights in the Northeast which
have not yet taken off to remain grounded.
Both Lee Hanson and Louise Sweeney turn on their televisions. At
9:03:11 they see Flight 175 turn and crash into the south side of the south
tower of the World Trade Center at 590 miles per hour. Since the plane is
banked, the impact stretches from the 77th to the 85th floors.
Larry, Dom, and the bankers are thrown to the floor as the tower lurches
from the impact. There is an immediate smell of burning kerosene. H. Fredrick
has fallen across Larry’s legs.
“Get the fuck off me,” says Larry.
The banker tries to stagger to his knees and Larry pushes him back over
as he gets up.
“Something happened to this building,” says Dom.
The bankers leave the room.
“Need to know whether it’s above us or below us,” says Larry.
“It’s above us,” says Dom.
“How the fuck do you know?” Larry screams.
“Because burning shit is falling past the window and the only smoke I
see is coming down, not up.” Dom is talking very softly but quickly. He is
sweating and shivering. “I’m not taking the elevator. I don’t think I can do a
dark stairwell. I’ll be crushed in the dark.”
“We don’t even know where the fucking stairs are!” says Larry.
“I do,” says Dom still softly and trance-like. “I do know where they are.
We passed them and I know the way.” He runs from the room awkwardly and
Larry follows.
It is hard to push the stairway door open since its frame is slightly bent
but they do. Once they crack the door, it is hard to get it open wider because
of the crush of people going past the other side. But they do that as well. Dom
hesitates; there are glow lights but the stairway is dark and, as he’d feared,
crowded. Larry pushes past him and begins his descent.
The way down is almost completely blocked by a thin man who has fallen
across the stairs. Ankle braces protrude from his legs; he is trying to roll out of
the way, but there is nowhere to go. Some can trickle by him on either side;
some step over him. People are careful not to hurt him.
“Jesus,” says Larry loudly when he can see what the blockage is.
“Somebody push him out of the way. He’s going to get us all killed. Come on,
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 10.23
goddamn it. Do it!” He pushes the man over towards one side and the flow past
him increases but is still partly blocked. Once Larry is on the more open stairs,
he pushes his way down quickly.
Dom is not blinking; the whites of his eyes show like those of a
frightened horse. He sweats and shivers and pants with his mouth open. He
would fall if he were not being held up by the crush, which he can’t pull back
from. He tries to go back through the door and out of the teeming stairwell but
he has been carried down past it.
Dom is propelled by an eddy of people to the fallen man’s head which is
just touching the wall of the stairwell. He stops. “I-can-help-you,” he says in a
mechanical voice which sounds like it comes from a voice synthesizer; “I-can-
help-you-if-you’ll-let-me.”
“Don’t,” says the fallen man. “Don’t help me. Just get me out of the way
so people can escape. That’s what makes sense.”
“I-can-help-you,” says Dom, not moving although people are pushing on
his back. He slides his arm under the man’s shoulder and pushes him to a
sitting position. The man is nearly as thin as the braces around his ankles and
very light. Dom has him to his feet when they are both pushed over by the
crowd behind him.
“Get back!” says Dom; now his voice is a mighty, roar of command which
sounds like it comes from a powerful set of speakers with reverberating bass.
“Get back so this man can get down.”
The pushing stops; the crowd stops. This time Dom lifts the man all the
way to his feet, drapes one of the man’s pencil-thin arms over his own
shoulder; and begins to help him shuffle and bump down the stairs.
For twenty floors Dom half-carries and half-drags his companion. At the
30 floor the flow down is stopped again and the crush is becoming intense.
th
“It’s-okay,” says Dom to the man. “No pushing!” he roars at the crowd behind
them. The thin man begins to have trouble breathing, then faints.
The obstruction is an ascending EMS team with powerful flashlights.
One of them, a stocky woman panting from the thirty floors she has climbed,
seems to immediately recognize the condition. She takes the slumping man
from Dom’s shoulder and lies him down in a space protected by her
companions and their lights.
“Take him out here,” one of them says opening a door onto a floor full of
light.
As they carry the man out, he wakes up and looks for Dom who is
standing near him. “Who are you? Why did you do this?”
“UltraMole,” says Dom in another new voice. “It is my role to rescue
you.”
#
So NORAD does not know that Flight 93 has been hijacked. The fighters
that scrambled from Otis and were sent out to sea, have now been ordered to
New York City airspace. But the towers are already in flames.
Based on a false report that American 11 is headed towards Washington,
two fighters are scrambled from Langley at 9:24. But a SNAFU in
communications sends them out to sea.
At 9:36 Boston Center tells NORAD: “Latest report. Aircraft VFR six miles
southeast of the White House.”
The NORAD mission controller takes control of the airspace and orders
his jets back: “Okay, we’re going to crank them up. Crank it up. Run them to
the White House…. I don’t care how many windows you break.” But Flight 77
has already hit the Pentagon.
Although they do not know it, the jets are now in a race with United 93.
On board Flight 93 at 9:57 the passenger counter-attack begins. One
woman ends her call to the ground: “Everyone’s running up to first class. I’ve
got to go. Bye.”
Todd Beamer of Cranbury, New Jersey says: “Let’s roll.”
The passengers charge forward in the aisle using a beverage cart as a
shield against the hijackers’ knives. Some are slashed and stabbed but others
continue.
In the cabin, one of the hijackers tells pilot Ziad Jarrah that they cannot
hold off the passengers, that he should follow the alternative orders from
Muhammad Atta and crash into Three Mile Island Nuclear Power Plant or some
other high value target.
“Muhammad Atta sometimes thinks he is the Prophet Muhammad,”
says Ziad. He tightens his grip on the controls. “To him does not belong all the
glory. I will destroy the White House.” He orders the hijacker back out to fight
the passengers. “Insh’Alláh,” he says to himself.
Ziad rolls the plane steeply to the left and then to the right in an attempt
to knock the charging passengers off their feet. The assault on the cockpit
continues and he can hear the cart battering at the door. He pitches the nose
of the plane up and then down again. There is a sound of broken glass from the
galley behind the cockpit. For a moment, the counterattack seems to have been
quelled. Ziad levels the plane.
Immediately, the sound of fighting resumes.
“Is that it? Shall we finish it off?” Ziad asks.
“No. Not yet. When they all come we finish it off.”
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 10.26
Ziad pitches the nose up and down again. At 10:00:06 a passenger says:
“In the cockpit. If we don’t, we’ll die.”
Another passenger shouts: “Roll it!”
“Alláh’u’akbar. Alláh’u’akbar,” Ziad chants. He levels the flight again and
asks the hijacker behind him. “Is that it? I mean, shall we put it down?”
“Yes, put it in it, and pull it down.”
But Ziad continues to fly toward Washington. The other hijackers shout
at him to crash the plane as they are overcome by the passengers. Twenty
minutes flying time from his goal, Ziad gives up his personal jihad as the
passengers break the door behind him. He pushes the nose steeply down and
rolls the plane to its right.
“Alláh’u’akbar!” shout the hijackers.
The passengers continue to fight as Flight 93 crashes into a field in
Shanksville, Pennsylvania at 580 miles per hour.
The Langley fighters are back over Washington shortly after the crash of
Flight 93 and do not yet know about the hijacking of that flight. They would
have been in position to intercept it if they had known about it. However, even
had they intercepted it, they might have done nothing. Shortly after 10:10,
somewhere over Washington, they are told by their controller who doesn’t know
either that Flight 93 was hijacked or that it crashed: “Negative. Negative
clearance to shoot.”
In fact, Vice President Cheney, now in the White House bunker, has
given the order to shoot down airliners which are off track and don’t respond.
Somehow this order meets impedance: some want the authority of the
President; some are concerned with what the pilots will do when they get this
command.
It is 10:39 when Cheney and Defense Secretary Rumsfeld talk.
#
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 10.28
By 9:59 much of the world is watching live as black smoke billows from
the Twin Towers. CNN plays the loop of the plane hitting the south tower over
and over again. Commentators are already speculating on the cost and time
required to rebuild the World Trade Center.
Suddenly a bulge appears in the middle of the south tower and smoke
and debris erupt from the bulge. Before most watchers realize what the bulge
means, the south tower implodes. A cloud rises in its place and then settles
quickly over lower Manhattan.
On the streets, evacuees are fleeing the area in all directions. Some
stream on foot over the Brooklyn Bridge. Others trek uptown towards perceived
safety. The lack of panic is eerie.
Dom Montain is part of the uptown-bound contingent just several blocks
north of the towers when a huge wind pushes him forward and careens him
into an elderly woman ahead of him who also falls.
“I’m sorry,” Dom starts to say. Then: “Roll under this truck with me.
We’ll be safe.”
The woman’s eyes are wide with fear; her almost toothless mouth in a
silent scream. But she does not resist as Dom rolls them both under an
abandoned UPS van in time to avoid the shower of debris, some of it flaming,
that now falls all around their sheltering truck. It is black; utter black. They
cough and their eyes tear but see nothing in the blackness.
“Mein kinder; mein kinder,” wails the old woman and holds herself closer
to Dom.
“I’m-not-afraid,” says Dom in his mechanical voice, then in his normal
voice: “I’m really not afraid. You’re okay; we’ll be okay. It’s just the wind and
the dust from a tower collapsing.”
The blackness lightens; the streets, as they come back in view, are
covered with ash. Dom has to push drifts of ash away to get them out from
under the truck. The air smells of fire; of burnt rubber; of flaming kerosene; of
shorted electric lines; and of incinerated flesh.
Ash-covered people appear in the clearing air. Most are dazed; some
bloody from having been knocked over; some burnt by hot debris. An ashen
EMS squad emerges from the dust and immediately and almost silently triages
the wounded. They have one apparent heart attack to deal with and a young
woman gives the victim mouth-to-mouth respiration with a protective shield
until their portable defibrillator is ready for use. It shocks him safely back to
life.
A very fat male EMS technician with a Santa Claus beard and face takes
the old woman from Dom who is propping her up and calms her in Yiddish.
“She says you are a mensch,” he says to Dom.
“I am Ultra…” Dom begins. “I’m glad to have been able to help.”
The trek north continues; still no panic but more urgency now as people
shout to each other that the other tower will collapse as well.
Back at the site, rescue workers in the north tower are ordered by radio
to evacuate. Most of them don’t. Some are too intent on their mission to obey.
Others simply never heard the order because their radios aren’t working.
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 10.29
At 10:28:31 the north tower collapses and spawns another great cloud of
debris. As it comes down, it destroys the Marriott Hotel next door in the World
Trade Center complex.
help at the school that she has to ask them not to come until she calls them.
By 3:00 PM, they have located a parent or a willing surrogate for every girl.
New York Mayor Rudy Giuliani is asked his estimate of the number of
World Trade Center casualties.
“More than any of us can bear,” he says. He has already ordered an
evacuation of lower Manhattan. The tunnels and bridges that connect
Manhattan to the mainland and Long Island have been made one way except
for a few inbound lanes reserved for emergency traffic.
The only people at the World Trade Center site now are policemen and
firemen, many of them near shock and frustrated by not being able to
approach the still burning stubs of the towers, which they hope beyond hope
contain survivors. They all know people who ran into the towers in the morning
and have not seen most of them since.
On the New Jersey side of the Hudson River a huge volunteer force of
doctors, medical technicians, and construction workers has gathered. They are
ready to receive the wounded. There is a fleet of ambulances. Fresh blood is in
refrigerated transport from surrounding states. Long lines of volunteers grow
outside blood donation centers. Some calls to the Red Cross are from those
desperately looking for missing relatives; most are from those looking for some
way to help; something to do; some way to be active in dealing with the
overwhelming horror.
Under arc lights, they build field hospitals on the New Jersey docks to
prepare for the wounded. No wounded ever come. The few who are injured but
still alive are treated in New York. But most of the physically wounded are
dead. The medical people on the dock cannot believe that. They will wait until
morning for someone to save. The giant cranes are mobilized overnight. The
construction workers and firemen tear the rubble apart with their bare hands
in a search for survivors who are never found. Steam mixes with the smoke
and swirls from the raw gap in the New York skyline as exhausted and grief-
stricken firemen pour water on a fire that smolders seemingly to the depths of
Hell.
It is evening now. Larry and Louise Lazard are on the deck of their home
in Atlantic Highlands, New Jersey. Their view over New York harbor includes
the black smoke and white steam from the World Trade Center site. The top of
the plume is lit by the setting sun while the base is fading into the dusk. The
other towers of Manhattan are silhouetted against the murky sunset and
occasionally disappear as they are wrapped in downdrafts of smoke.
“Larry, what’s the matter?” asks Louise.
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 10.31
“Now that’s dumb fucking question. I was just in a building that got hit
by a bunch of terrorists with a plane that might as well have been a bomb. I
saw people jumping out of windows. I just barely got my ass out of there in one
piece. I spend half the day trying to get off that fucking island and get home.
And you ask me ‘what’s the matter?’”
“Larry, don’t bullshit me,” says Louise. “I’ve been with you a long time.
It’s like when you got out of jail. There’s something you’re not telling me. All
day I was afraid you were dead and somehow I knew you weren’t, too... I
waited. I watched TV. That was no picnic either. And now you’re back and I
should be very happy — I am ecstatic you’re not in that hell — but it’s like
you’re not back, too. Why? What aren’t you telling me?”
“I’m telling you. I can’t tell you what it’s like to be there. Worst place I’ve
ever been.”
“Do you think we should try to call Dom again?” Louise asks. “I’m so
worried about him.”
“He’ll call when he can,” says Larry. “I told you I saw him on the way out.
He’ll check his voice mail when he can — you know Dom — and then he’ll call.
But the phone networks are still pretty much down in lower Manhattan.
Verizon had a big switch under the World Trade Center and that’s gone. Power
is still off to a lot of places down there, CNN said.”
“But cell phones should work,” Louise objects. “They have their own
batteries.”
“They have to talk to towers. One: the towers need electricity. They have
batteries but those’ll only last so long. Two: everyone and their brother is trying
to get through, so the cell switches have to be congested too. Three: those calls
go through the regular switches, which are broken or jammed on the way to
the cell network. So don’t count on that. Dom’s alright; he just can’t get
through to tell us.”
“How do you know he’s alright? How do you know? Tell me again how
you got separated.”
“This isn’t a bedtime story, you know,” says Larry. “Nothing is ever going
to be the same again.”
“There’s something you’re not telling me about Dom. Did he panic? Did
his claustrophobia get him? It must have been awful in that stairwell.”
“Yeah, he was very strange. Everyone was scared but he froze. There was
some guy collapsed in the stairs, some guy with real thin legs and braces,
probably had AIDS. He was blocking the stairs. And Dom froze when he got
there.”
“What did you do?”
“I told him to push the guy the fuck out of the way and get down.”
“Maybe Dom wanted to help him.”
“Maybe he did and maybe he just froze, but it was the wrong thing to do.
Saving one life — or trying to save one life — just doesn’t make any sense if it’s
going to make hundreds more people die. You don’t know what it was like in
that stairwell. It’s blocked and people maybe get crushed or just don’t get out
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 10.32
before the building comes down. So it’s the wrong time to get hung up on this
one guy with AIDS who isn’t gonna live all that long anyway.”
“Is that what’s bothering you? Are you bothered because you didn’t want
to help the guy and Dom did?”
“No … Yes … I don’t know. It was the easy thing to do to ‘help’ him but it
was wrong. There were more people to think about.”
“Spoken like a true CEO,” says Louise.
“Yeah. Well sometimes it isn’t easy making decisions. That’s what CEOs
do. That’s what I fucking do. And people don’t like it, too fucking bad. You
don’t like it, fuck you, too,”
“Larry, you know goddamn well I love you. Sometimes I wouldn’t do what
you do; that’s all. And I’m not a CEO, either. It’s okay. I’m just worried about
Dom and sick from worrying about you all day. How could anyone do that?”
“Do what?”
“Hijack those planes and fly them into the buildings and kill all those
people. How could they do that? How could they hate so much?”
“They keep them in those camps,” says Larry. “You know. They keep
them in those camps. They grow up in those camps and they’re full of hate and
they do what they’re told.”
“CNN said they think some of them are Saudis, not Palestinians. Saudis
don’t grow up in refugee camps. Osama bin Laden’s Saudi, too, and they think
he may be behind it.”
“Yeah, well most Saudi men have no chance of getting laid. They grow up
in this corrupt kingdom where a quarter of the people are princes and if you’re
not a prince you’re screwed. The princes get four wives each and there are no
women left over for anyone else. No wonder they’re screwed up. That’s probably
why they have to bundle all the women up so no one can see them. Otherwise
those guys go crazy. Then they get told that if they kill infidels they go to
Muslim heaven and there are a bunch of virgins waiting for them — they’ll do
anything. So maybe that’s it.”
“Osama bin Laden has four wives,” says Louise. “He shouldn’t be too
horny but he still hates us. If he did this, he really hates us. I don’t know. I just
know you’re alive and that’s wonderful and I’m still worried sick about Dom.
And I know there’ll be other people we know who were there too. I want to do
something.”
The phone rings and Louise goes to answer it. She is smiling when she
comes back. “It was Dom. He’s okay. He called from his apartment. He’s
supposed to evacuate but he isn’t gonna, he says.”
“How did he get his phone to work? CNN said no phones are working in
lower Manhattan?”
“I don’t know. You know Dom. Some Internet thing. A phone in his
computer or something. I think he said ‘Free World’ something. I’m just glad
he’s okay. He sounded strange, though.”
“You think everybody sounds strange. We are strange. We’ve been in a
fucking disaster.”
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 10.33
“No, Lar, he sounds strange differently than you sound strange. You’re
strange sad and he’s almost — I don’t know — strange HAPPY.”
“Happy? That’s not strange. He’s happy to be alive. I’M happy to be alive.
But I’m sad, too, and I’m pissed.”
“He didn’t want talk to you. That’s strange, too. He knew you were okay
because you left him voice mail and he said it looked like you were getting out
okay. But he said something strange, something like he didn’t ‘need’ to talk to
you. What do you suppose that means?”
“I don’t suppose it means anything. He doesn’t need to talk to me; he’s
right. Maybe he’s starting to grow up. Maybe he’s just tired.”
“He said he got that guy he was helping down to where EMS was.”
“Good for him,” says Larry. “But it was still the wrong thing to do. More
people might’ve died, maybe more people did die, because they slowed things
down, blocked the stairs. And if EMS was working on him in that building
when it collapsed, he’s dead anyway and so are they.”
“He said something else strange, too…”
“You talked a lot. You were only gone a coupla minutes.”
“Yeah, well, at least someone tells me what he feels. It’s not like I’ve got
to drag it out of him. He wanted to talk.”
“You’re his den mother. What else did he say that was strange?”
“He said he wasn’t afraid.”
“He was, I saw him, he could hardly get through the door into the
stairwell he was so scared. I think I had to push him in.”
“Yeah, he said he was scared at first. Then he just wasn’t scared. Like
getting scared got scared out of him, I think he said. Something weird.”
“Yeah, well, good for him. I was scared, too. Glad he got out. I think Bush
is about to say something.”
They go back inside.
While they wait for the President to appear, Larry says: “This doesn’t
sound good: they ‘took’ the President here; they ‘took’ the President there.
Leaders don’t get ‘took’; leaders lead.”
THE PRESIDENT: Good evening. Today, our fellow citizens, our way of life, our very freedom
came under attack in a series of deliberate and deadly terrorist acts. The victims were in
airplanes, or in their offices; secretaries, businessmen and women, military and federal workers;
moms and dads, friends and neighbors. Thousands of lives were suddenly ended by evil,
despicable acts of terror.
The pictures of airplanes flying into buildings, fires burning, huge structures collapsing, have
filled us with disbelief, terrible sadness, and a quiet, unyielding anger. These acts of mass
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 10.34
murder were intended to frighten our nation into chaos and retreat. But they have failed; our
country is strong.
A great people has been moved to defend a great nation. Terrorist attacks can shake the
foundations of our biggest buildings, but they cannot touch the foundation of America. These
acts shattered steel, but they cannot dent the steel of American resolve.
America was targeted for attack because we're the brightest beacon for freedom and
opportunity in the world. And no one will keep that light from shining.
Today, our nation saw evil, the very worst of human nature. And we responded with the best of
America — with the daring of our rescue workers, with the caring for strangers and neighbors
who came to give blood and help in any way they could.
Immediately following the first attack, I implemented our government's emergency response
plans. Our military is powerful, and it's prepared. Our emergency teams are working in New
York City and Washington, D.C. to help with local rescue efforts.
Our first priority is to get help to those who have been injured, and to take every precaution to
protect our citizens at home and around the world from further attacks.
The search is underway for those who are behind these evil acts. I've directed the full resources
of our intelligence and law enforcement communities to find those responsible and to bring
them to justice. We will make no distinction between the terrorists who committed these acts
and those who harbor them.
“That’s it,” Larry says. “That’s what’s important. ‘And those who harbor
them’ I hope he means it. Carter…”
“Shh,” says Louise.
THE PRESIDENT: I appreciate so very much the members of Congress who have joined me in
strongly condemning these attacks. And on behalf of the American people, I thank the many
world leaders who have called to offer their condolences and assistance.
America and our friends and allies join with all those who want peace and security in the
world, and we stand together to win the war against terrorism. Tonight, I ask for your prayers
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 10.35
for all those who grieve, for the children whose worlds have been shattered, for all whose sense
of safety and security has been threatened. And I pray they will be comforted by a power
greater than any of us, spoken through the ages in Psalm 23: "Even though I walk through the
valley of the shadow of death, I fear no evil, for You are with me."
This is a day when all Americans from every walk of life unite in our resolve for justice and
peace. America has stood down enemies before, and we will do so this time. None of us will
ever forget this day. Yet, we go forward to defend freedom and all that is good and just in our
world.
“‘And those who harbor them,’” quotes Larry again. “That’s what’s
important. That’s what we’ve really got to do. They, the terrorist kids, have
nothing to lose or they’ve been told they have nothing to lose. But somebody
sent them and that’s where we’ve got to go. Not just lob a few missiles at them,
not a Bill Clinton war without inhaling. We have to go after ‘those who harbor
them.’”
“My father would’ve agreed,” says Louise. “But who are they? Who do we
go after?”
“Saddam Hussein; Osama bin Laden; maybe Yasser Arafat, but he’s too
easy, we just have to unleash the Israelis. Maybe the Saudi royal family.
Almost doesn’t matter, but it can’t be a free shot to hit the US like this. I hope
Bush can do it. I wouldn’t want to be in Baghdad or Kabul tonight.”
“But we can’t just go and bomb a lot of innocent people in those cities,”
Louise objects.
“A lot of innocent people in our city just got ‘bombed’,” says Larry. “Look,
innocent people will die as we make ‘those who harbor them’ pay. It’s not fair,
but we can’t let this stand. And those ‘innocent’ people also have to not tolerate
leaders who are going to bring the wrath of the US down on them. But there
has to be a real ‘wrath of the US’, not just bullshit.”
“Lar, I don’t know. I know you’re okay; Donna’s okay; Dom’s okay; a
couple of other people I checked up on so-far-so-good, thank God. And I know
we’re gonna find some friends aren’t okay and friends of friends’ll be dead for
no reason. And all those brave firemen and cops who ran INTO the building.
You know they have young—”
“Are you saying I was a coward to run OUT of the building?” Larry
growls.
“No, Larry... Is that what’s worrying you? No! No! You were supposed to
come back to me. You did what you—”
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 10.36
“The only thing worrying me is you worrying about what’s worrying me.
LEAVE ME ALONE!” He pours himself a drink, goes into his home office, and
slams the door.
“Nothing will ever be the same,” Louise tells her mother on the phone.
Nothing will ever be the same.
$1.20
$1.00
$0.60
Not Open on 9/11/2001
$0.20
$
- 9/10/2001
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 10.37
$0.00
$0.50
$1.00
$1.50
$2.00
$2.50
$3.00
9/18/2001
9/21/2001
9/26/2001
hackoff.com
10/1/2001
0
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
10/4/2001
10/9/2001 9/17/2001
10/12/2001
10/17/2001 10/1/2001
10/22/2001
10/25/2001
10/30/2001
10/15/2001
11/2/2001
11/7/2001 10/29/2001
11/12/2001
11/15/2001
11/20/2001
11/12/2001
11/23/2001
11/28/2001 11/26/2001
12/3/2001
12/6/2001
© 2005 Tom Evslin
12/11/2001
12/10/2001
12/14/2001
12/19/2001 12/24/2001
12/24/2001
12/27/2001
1/1/2002
1/7/2002
1/4/2002
1/9/2002 1/21/2002
1/14/2002
1/17/2002
1/22/2002
2/4/2002
1/25/2002
Chapter 11: Bear Hug, February 19 – 25, 2002
1/30/2002
2/4/2002
2/7/2002
Page 11.1
2/12/2002
2/15/2002
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 11.2
###
Media Contact:
Donna Langhorne
Chief Financial Officer
212 555 1000
donnal@hackoff.com
February 19, 2002 — New York, NY — hackoff.com.® (NASDAQ: HOFC) had revenues
of $3.35 million for the fourth quarter of 2001, a decrease of 72% from the revenues
reported for the same quarter of 2000 and a sequential decrease of 33% from the third
quarter of 2001.
The Company’s net loss for the fourth quarter of 2001 was $42 million. This compared
to a net loss of $10 million for the fourth quarter of 2000 and a net loss for the third
quarter of 2001 of $29.0 million.
The Company’s net loss per share was $1.13 for the fourth quarter of 2001 compared to
a net loss per share of $0.26 for the fourth quarter of 2000 and a $0.78 net loss per share
in the third quarter of 2001. The weighted average shares outstanding for the fourth
quarter of 2001 were 37.2 million compared with 38.8 million for the fourth quarter of
2000 and 37.3 million for the third quarter of 2001.
The company had a cash-basis loss of $12.4 million in the fourth quarter of 2001
compared to a cash-basis loss $14.1 million in the fourth quarter of 2001 and a cash-
basis loss of $13.2 million in the third quarter of 2001. Cash-basis profit and loss is
calculated by subtracting sales paid in equity from reported sales and subtracting write
offs of equity acquired in equity sales from total write offs.
During the fourth quarter of 2001 the Company had SG&A expense of $8.9 million. Of
this amount, $.8 million were termination expenses related to reductions in headcount.
During the fourth quarter of 2001, the Company wrote down the value of portfolio
stocks to the lesser of price at acquisition or the current ascertainable value of the
equities. Equities for which no equity valuation was reasonably attainable were valued
at zero. These write-downs and write-offs totaled $30.0 million for the quarter. This
compared with similar write downs and write offs of $5.0 million for the fourth quarter
of 2000 and $18.0 million for the third quarter of 2001.
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 11.3
The Company used $10.2 million in cash during the quarter compared with $12.4
million in the fourth quarter of 2000 and $10.9 million during the third quarter of 2001.
The Company ended the quarter and year with over $26.8 million of cash and cash
equivalents. Equities in the Company’s portfolio are currently valued at $8.1 million.
The Company has no long-term debt.
During the quarter, the Company did not purchase any of its own shares and still has
an outstanding authorization to purchase up to 1.2 million shares.
“Despite the write-offs, we believe that we have more than ample assets to take us to
the time when hackoff not only returns to profitability but also is cash-flow positive. We
have over $26 million in cash and cash equivalents and, even after the write-offs and
write-downs, our accountants and the Company agree that equity portfolio is
accurately valued at an additional $8 million. Of course, there cannot be any assurance
that there will not be further write-offs and or write-downs; on the other hand, a stock
market recovery could make the equity portfolio more valuable than it is today.
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 11.4
“Because it is impossible to predict the future of the equity market, we are managing
day-to-day as if our equity portfolio did not exist. We have reduced cash burn
significantly from last year and even from last quarter. Part of this reduction is masked
by the fact that we have one-time expenses for termination as part of these reductions so
the full benefits of reduction don’t flow through immediately.
“Moreover, the majority of new licensees now pay us on a 30 day net cash-basis.
Although these cash payments don’t have the upside of equity, they are better for our
cash flow.
“Finally, our new Monitored hackaway Service should provide us with additional cash-
flow. It is not being offered on an equity basis except to some customers whose
contracts require us to offer them all services for equity. It requires monthly payments
from many customers.”
Future Guidance
The Company believes:
• It has adequate resources to fund its ongoing operations until they are cash-flow
positive without the need for an equity or debt offering or any other form of
borrowing.
• The Company expects to return to profitability in 2002.
• The Company expects to become cash-flow positive in 2003.
Questions may be submitted prior to and during the call to ir@hackoff.com. These will be
answered on a time-available basis and may be combined, condensed, or otherwise
edited by the Company at its sole discretion. All submitted questions become the
property of hackoff.com.
The webcast will be archived and available for a period of time through the same web
address.
###
Aaron Smyth, and an admin whose black jeans have apparently been
shrink-wrapped onto her long, thin legs are all sitting around the Polycom
speaker phone at Larry’s conference table. They are preparing for the 5:30
conference call with “industry analysts”, which will also be webcast, as
advertised in the earnings release.
Actually, Donna has carefully supervised who has the call-in number
and which requests to take part live in the conference call will be honored. She
has, as always, encouraged the analysts who work for the brokerage firms and
write about hackoff to participate. She includes analysts who don’t currently
write about hackoff in the hope that they will. Companies are judged partly by
how many analysts “cover” them. A company covered by few or no analysts gets
less respect than one with good coverage. Individuals and funds are more likely
to buy stock in firms they can get information about — though they say they
no longer trust what analysts write.
hackoff has been losing coverage. At its peak, it was covered by analysts
from nine brokerage firms, most of them fairly respectable. But the brokerage
firms themselves have lost most of their revenue since there are currently no
IPOs and very little other financial activity in this scary post-bubble, post-9/11
time. Analysts have been getting sacked, and only the major companies are
reassigned to other analysts who complain about being overloaded (but not
loudly).
hackoff is not among the companies that get reassigned. Now only
Barcourt & Brotherson, FCBC, and WSTUC cover the company. Barcourt &
Brotherson and FCBC were both leaders of the syndicate that managed
hackoff’s IPO. WSTUC was formed by a merger of a number of smaller firms
including Web & Stinger, which was also part of hackoff’s IPO. WSTUC,
especially, seems to be losing interest in hackoff, and Donna has made several
calls and sent a storm of email to encourage them to call in for today’s
conference.
Eve Gross has called her contacts in the financial press to get them to
call in. She doesn’t think it likely that any will.
Donna has also called mutual fund managers like John Signal from
Semper who still has his job. Tom Chen, hackoff’s original champion at
Semper, lost his after the huge fund he managed lost seventy-five percent of its
value during 2001 and wound up on the cover of Business Week pictured as a
sinking ship. While about-to-be drowned investors clung to the swiftly
submerging rigging, a particularly nasty cartoon image Tom Chen prepared his
personal lifeboat.
Donna hopes there will be at least a few fund managers or large
individual investors on the call, but isn’t sure there will be.
“Well, here goes nothing,” says Larry. “What are the chat groups saying
about the release?”
“You don’t want to know,” says Aaron. “It won’t help. It’ll just piss you
off.”
“Why? What’re they saying that’ll piss me off? What are you trying to
protect me from?”
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 11.6
“I don’t know what they’re saying,” says Aaron. “I never look at them. I
just know whatever they’re saying is worthless bullshit and sure to piss you
off.”
“The hell you don’t look at them! The hell you don’t! Anyway, I need to
know what they’re saying. They’re assholes, but if there are parts of the press
release they consistently don’t understand, maybe it’s something we should
clarify on the call.”
“You’re just going to get pissed off,” Aaron persists.
“Lar, you sure you want to do this?” asks Donna.
“You want me to print it out?” asks the admin.
“Good idea,” says Donna before Larry can answer. “Print it out just back
to when the release hit the wire and bring us all copies. Beats staring at a
screen. Thanks.”
When the admin leaves the room, Donna says: “Look, Lar, they aren’t
going to like it.”
“We were honest. And we gave them constructive guidance,” objects
Larry.
“We had a thirty million dollar write-off. The value of our portfolio is
almost gone.”
“They had to know that was coming. That must already be in the price of
the stock.”
“Trust me. They won’t like it and it doesn’t matter that they don’t like it.
We had no choice but to report what we reported.”
“But we gave them guidance that the company’ll be fine,” insists Larry.
“If it were up to me, we wouldn’t have given them ANY guidance,” says
Aaron. “It’s just evidence somebody’ll use in a stockholder suit against us.”
“The analysts don’t do projections any more because Reg FD doesn’t let
us whisper secrets in their ears,” Larry says. “It’s not like the good old days
when we ‘helped’ the analysts figure out the numbers and they made
predictions. They’re too lazy to do any fucking work and the new regulations
don’t let us do their work for them.”
SEC Reg FD — Regulation Fair Disclosure — went into effect in October
of 2000. The proclaimed target of the regulation was the cozy relationship
between company managers and security analysts at brokerage firms that
clearly existed prior to the issuance of the regulation. These analysts were
regularly briefed on a “confidential” basis by the company, and given a “heads-
up” if there were significant changes from what they had been writing. It was
just this sort of “heads-up” that hackoff gave analyst John Braxton at Barcourt
& Brotherson when it looked like the second quarter of 2000 might be worse
than anticipated.
Even under the law at the time, trading on insider information was
illegal. However, it was a legal and common practice for companies to give this
information confidentially to the analysts who covered them, as long as the
company didn’t know the information was being used illegally. Each quarter
companies like hackoff would hold a “confidential” call with the analysts who
covered them prior to the release of earnings. The stated purpose of the call,
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 11.7
whose contents the analysts were not supposed to reveal until after the
company made a public release, was to allow the analysts to ask questions and
have their commentary on the company ready to issue concurrent with the
company’s results. What actually happened, as the SEC knew full well, was
that analysts called their favored (read: “big”) clients with the information
before the information reached the general public. This meant that the favored
clients could buy or sell on the basis of this information before it became
generally known and affected the price of the stock.
This practice, of course, affected the price of the stock.
This advance information not only endeared the analysts to their firms
and the firms to their clients, it also was powerful leverage. In the unusually
lucid words of the SEC: “Selective disclosure also may create conflicts of
interests for securities analysts, who may have an incentive to avoid making
negative statements about an issuer for fear of losing their access to selectively
disclosed information.”
It was certainly not unheard of for company management to stop
returning phone calls from analysts who wrote negative things about them. So
Reg FD said, roughly, that top company management cannot make any
significant non-public information selectively available to people such as
security analysts or investors who may be able to trade or help others trade on
the basis of that information. If a company has something significant to
announce, it must do it in a public forum such as an SEC filing or a press
release. In other words, no more private little chats with goodies for the
analysts.
But now the analysts don’t know any more about the company than
anyone else. In the jargon of the day, they have lost most of their “value add”.
Why read what an analyst writes if the analyst doesn’t know anything that you
don’t know? There is always the possibility that analysis is valuable because of
the THOUGHT that went into it rather than the nonpublic material
information, but nobody really believes that. Just one more reason there are
fewer analysts available to cover companies like hackoff.
Ironically, the companies still want coverage because their investors still
ask: “Who covers you?” though they profess to believe the analysts less than
they ever did.
Now that management is no longer able to talk privately to them,
analysts can’t begin to forecast for a company they never really understood and
that has no real history, in an industry they don’t understand that has no
history either.
“So,” Larry says, “since the fucking analysts can’t tell people what our
earnings are going to be unless we whisper in their ears and the SEC says we
can’t fucking whisper in their ears, there’s no fucking way for people to know
what the company is going to do unless we tell them.”
“Larry, we don’t know either,” says Aaron. “We don’t know what the
company’s going to do. We’ve always been wrong with our forecasts.”
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 11.8
“We’ve always told the truth,” says Larry. “We’ve always said what we
thought the company was going to do. We’re not claiming to be fucking
infallible.”
“Yeah,” grumbles Aaron. “I’m going to love defending this shareholder
suit.”
The admin returns and gives them each a couple of pages of recent chat
group effluvia to look at.
This looks bad. 30mil writeoff! Huge loss! The street wont like it!
I’ve changed my sentiment to sell. This is very, very bad. We knew there’d be some write-off
but the company never warned us it would be like this; probably giving themselves and their
friends time to sell before the news got out. The stock is going to be shit and no one is going to
believe that there won’t be more write-offs as long as there is still stock in the so-called
portfolio.
No wonder the stock has been acting the way it has. The market-makers must have had inside
info and been manipulating it ahead of the announcement. They’re all a bunch of crooks.
The company is giving guidance that it won’t go bankrupt but I’m not sure the Street’s going to
buy that either.
pooper, your just as much an asshole as your buddy al gore and this isnt a political board.
Social security has nothing to do with hackoff and hackoff has plenty of cash not even counting
the stock in its portfolio that’s got to go up sometime.
Well looks like jumbo got all his stock sold. Pump and dump works again. Now he changes to a
‘sell’ probably means he’s going to buy more jerkoff. Good chance to lose even more when it
goes down the tubes.
Lets see how the lizard and the cunt try to spin this one in the press conference. This is real
shit, huge loss. Bankruptcy coming. Assets arent worth shit. All the past sales were just bullshit.
Don’t say I didn’t try to warn all you jerkoffs. antihack is the only real company in this space.
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 11.10
alaska, you’re as much an asshole as your friend pooper and this is not the antihack board. why
don’t you stay there where you belong so you can pump and dump that and not bother us here
on this board
does antihack have any new product like hackoff monitored hackaway? Maybe they will in a
year when they copy hackoff as usual.
does monitored hackaway means that somebody watches you jerkoff? You’d probably like that.
if you don’t want to get jerked off, buy antihack
Somebody might buy the company when the stock gets really clobbered. It does have cash and
some of the stocks in its portfolio might be worth something. Maybe Microsoft or somebody
wants some of the products or patents to or maybe vultures will snap it up.
But that’s not enough to make me buy, because insiders always make out like the bandits they
are in a deal like that and the stockholders get screwed. Lazard should do the right thing and
quit, but he won’t because he wants his payoff.
Jumbo, good analysis as always. Do you really think the company might get bought? Wouldn’t
that make it go up?
Your an idiot jumbo or just getting reddy to dump more stock. the company is toast — stick a
fork in it. Only hope is antihack buys them but they’re not going to pay up for this piece of shit
when they can just wait for it go bust and take the customers.
First the stocks going under a buck and gets delisted then it falls to pennies then maybe
someone buys it for a penny more.
scooper why don’t you ask the lizard if hes going to quit. He wont answer anyway but better
then asking pump and dump jumbo.
New product
by: TestTost (34/M/San Francisco, CA)
Long-Term Sentiment: Strong Buy 02/19/02 5:15 pm
Msg: 77134 of 77136
The porno sites need the monitoring product. People are always trying to hack into them either
to see the cunts for free or steal the credit cards of everyone else who is watching them. And
the porno sites pay cash to hackoff because they have it. They don’t give nobody a piece of the
action for nothing.
After Market
by: thewatcher02 (37/M/New Rochelle, NY)
02/19/02 5:16 pm
Msg: 77136 of 77136
on the call that we’re not going bankrupt; that we have plenty of cash and even
more other assets.”
“You already said that in the guidance. You said it more than you
probably should.”
“They didn’t get it.”
“Hopefully most people are smarter than pooper,” Donna says. “That’s
not who we sell stock to. Actually, TestTost turns out to be smarter than I
thought, some of the blood must’ve gone back to his brain. Maybe he ran out of
Viagra. But he’s right about the porno sites and monitored service. Lar, you
might want to make that point.”
Larry doesn’t answer.
“Larry, you okay?” asks Donna. “You hear what I said about the porno ...
uh, adult sites?”
“Yeah, yeah. I heard. You think those assholes at antihack would try a
hostile? You think we have to worry about that?”
“Now you’re listening to Alaska,” says Aaron. “I told you we shouldn’t
have wasted time on the chat group idiots. Is there anything else we need to do
to get you two ready for the webcast?”
“We gotta make sure the stock doesn’t fall too far,” says Larry as if he
doesn’t hear Aaron. “Maybe we need some takeover defenses. Aaron, you need
to think about that. We should plant a question about antihack in the
webcast.”
“How’re we gonna answer that?” asks Aaron. “Sounds like a sure way to
establish a case for plaintiff’s lawyer or even antihack’s lawyer.”
“Just do your fucking job and stop being so fucking negative,” says
Larry. “If we’re gonna get attacked we fight back, preferably BEFORE we’re
attacked. For now I just gotta emphasize the positive — the new product and
stuff, the assets — in the webcast. And we gotta have a question — actually,
the chat group suggests it — a question about whether antihack has any new
product like monitored service.”
“How do you know they don’t?” asks Aaron.
“They haven’t had time to copy us yet. They haven’t announced it and
we’ve announced ours so anything they announce now looks copycat and we’ve
got to grab the position of innovators. Here’s the question...” He dictates to the
admin: “‘Do you have any competitors? If so, do they have any product like
your Monitored hackaway Service? If not, why not?’ Just type that up and get
ready to read it when I hand it to you. Also another question: ‘Does this
announced loss for the quarter mean that hackoff.com is running out of
money?’ Might as well face that one head-on for people who don’t get it.
Donna, I’m gonna give that one to you when it comes up.”
After a few minutes, the admin dials into the conferencing service on the
Polycom.
“Hello, my name is Naomi; I’ll be your conference coordinator,” says a
voice from the other end. “Do we have the name of the company right for the
conference? It’s ... uh…”
“hackoff.com,” says Larry.
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 11.14
Larry motions Aaron to silence and puts all the questions back in the
pile.
Aaron picks up the gun from Larry’s coffee table, puts it to his head, and
mocks pulling the trigger.
“Don’t worry,” says Larry. “I know what I’m doing.” He takes the gun
from Aaron, puts it to his head, and pulls the trigger. It clicks and he puts it
down.
“We are at start time and there are nine participants on music hold,”
says Naomi.
“Let’s wait one more minute,” says Larry.
“Sir, Mr. Lazard, are you there?”
“Yes. Let’s wait thirty more seconds.”
“Sir? Mr. Lazard?”
“The phone’s still ’mooted’,” says Donna acerbically, “she can’t hear you.”
Larry reaches to unmute the phone but, instead, hangs up the call. “Oh,
shit,” he says and lunges for the phone. “What the fuck’s the number? Shit.”
“I’ve got it,” says Michele competently. She pulls the Polycom closer to
her where Larry can’t reach it and redials. They hear a busy signal.
“Oh, fuck,” says Larry. “What else can go wrong? We’ve got to make this
shitty announcement and now I disconnected the call. This is a fucking
disaster.”
“Blame it on the technology,” says Aaron.
Michele gets reconnected with Naomi. “I show four minutes past start
time and twelve participants on music hold.” She sounds nervous.
“Let’s go,” says Larry glumly.
“Welcome to the hackoff ... I mean ... hackoff-DOT-COM... Excuse me.
Welcome to the hackoff.com quarterly and an-nu-al results conference call.
Our hosts are Mr. Larry Layzard … uh, Chairman … uh, and CEO of … uh, the
company, uh, and Ms. Langhorny, Chief Finance Officer.”
Larry’s not laughing.
Donna chuckles and looks back at her script.
“For the first part of the call, participants’ phones will be mooted. Later
there will be a questions and answer session and the participant phones will be
unmooted. If you want to ask a question at that time, press star-one on your
phone and you will be put in queue. If you want to cancel a request for a
question, press star-two. If, at any time during the call you need technical
assistance, press star-zero on your phone.
“I will now turn the call over to Mr. Luh-zard.”
“Sorry for the uh … delay in getting started. Thank you for joining us and
welcome to hackoff’s fourth quarter and full year conference call for 2001. Also
welcome to those of you who are listening on the webcast. Remember that you
can still email questions to ir@hackoff.com and we’ll answer them as time allows.
“You’ve already seen the press release so you know we have both bad
news and good news. Before I get into that, though, as usual, I’ll ask our CFO
Donna LANGhorne to go through the numbers for the quarter with you. After
she gives you the numbers, I’ll give you some color from my point-of-view and
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 11.16
then we’ll take questions from those who are on the phone and, time allowing,
we’ll also answer emailed questions. Donna.”
Donna reads: “Thanks, Larry. Thanks again for joining our call today.
Let me start off again by reading the forward-looking statements disclaimer,
then I'll review the line-by-line items of the release.
“I want to remind you that, as with our past conference calls, all of our
non-historical statements today constitute forward-looking statements under
the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. As with any public
company, our ability to perform in accordance with these statements could be
materially adversely affected by numerous risks and uncertainties including
the factors described in our press releases and the risks disclosed in our SEC
filings.”
Donna then goes on to recite the numbers in the press release with
slightly more detail. She reveals that headcount has been reduced from 160 at
the end of 2000 and 115 at the end of the third quarter of 2001 to 105 at the
end of the fourth quarter. She emphasizes that some of the expenses in the
fourth quarter are as a result of paying severance to those who have been let go
and so this part of expense will come down in future quarters.
She also says that the company has done a good job of managing its
receivables; on the average, money is collected in forty-six days, down from
forty-eight days in the previous quarter. Total receivables are also down but,
she is careful to say, this is partly a result of lower cash sales than in the
previous year.
Very carefully, Donna reads the explanation of what the company means
when it talks about cash-basis profit and loss.
While Donna is reading her script, Larry gets up from the table and
wanders around the office. He checks the after-hours trading price of hackoff
and mouths a curse when he sees it below $1.40. He reads the growing pile of
email questions and writes on them the order he wants them asked. He drinks
some water, some coffee, then some water again. Then sits down as Donna
nears the end of her presentation.
“Now I’ll turn you back over to Larry,” Donna concludes.
“Thank you, Donna,” says Larry. He speaks from notes: “Well, no one
likes to uh … report the kind of loss we’re reporting this quarter. We know that
our investors don’t like seeing these write-downs and write-offs. We don’t like
seeing them ourselves…” His voice is fading as he speaks.
He stops, swallows, continues half an octave lower and with more force:
“It is important to remember that these reported losses, however, DO NOT
represent a cash loss for the company, nor do they reflect on our operations.
We all know what has happened to the stock market, particularly to the
dotcom portion of the stock market, and, not surprisingly, that has happened
to our portfolio as well.”
Aaron is conspicuously looking away. Donna makes a throat-cutting
motion and then winds her forefinger to signal “move on”.
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 11.17
Larry pauses for a minute as he decodes all the signals, then pushes on,
still in a low and slow voice: “Uh ... of course it is certainly possible that the
market will move up as well as down and, if that were the case...”
Aaron leaps up and writes on the whiteboard: IT COULD CONTINUE
DOWN TOO. Donna’s circling forefinger accelerates and tightens its circles.
“If that were the case,” Larry closes his eyes and continues: “If that were
the case, some of these securities could gain in value.”
Aaron sits at the table with his head in his arms. Donna sits back and
sighs slightly; she pulls her skirt down further towards her knees under the
table. Michele starts to get up to check for more email, then sits down very
quietly again.
“Of course,” says Larry, now staring at Aaron, “the stocks could continue
down as well. There can be no assurance that we won’t have further write-offs
and/or write-downs in future quarters.”
“Thank you,” mouths Aaron, looking up at the ceiling.
“In fact, because the world — and particularly the stock market — is a
dangerous place,” Larry continues, more confidently, “we are running the
company as if the equity portfolio, as important as it is, didn’t … doesn’t exist.”
Donna leans slightly forward and flashes “okay” with a smile and the
thumb and forefinger of one hand, but quickly resumes the “speed it up” signal
with the other.
“As Donna explained,” says Larry, “we are now reporting and managing
to what we call cash-basis earnings, the numbers as they would look if we had
no income in the form of equity and had never had any income in the form of
equity. For the last quarter, our cash-basis earnings were up even though
GAAP (Generally Accepted Accounting Principals) earnings were down. We feel
this is important.
“As we continue to manage cash carefully, our cash-burn for the fourth
quarter was less than that for the third and well below that of the fourth
quarter a year ago. We are confident that, even if we never cash in any of our
equity, we have sufficient cash…”
Aaron is frantically writing on the board: THAT’S NOT WHAT WE SAID IN
THE RELEASE. THAT’S NOT THE GUIDANCE WE GAVE. STOP!
“We have sufficient cash,” Larry recovers, “even if we never do an equity
offering or sell debt to take us to the point where the company is cash-flow
positive. That’s what we believe.”
Aaron sits down but looks more unhappy than ever.
Donna slides a note to Aaron. HE COVERED IT, it says.
Larry is distracted by the note-passing, but continues: “Uh ... there is
other good news this quarter besides our reduced cash-burn and reduced
cash-basis losses. We have just introduced our Monitored hackaway Service.
Let me explain: This isn’t only a dangerous time in the stock market; it’s also a
dangerous time on the Net. Hackers are more aggressive and have better tools
than ever before. Because of the SUCCESS of e-commerce — and it has been a
success, no matter what the stock market thinks — because of the success of
e-commerce, there are more transactions on the Web than ever before; more
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 11.18
dollars are flowing in e-commerce. Willy Sutton said he robbed banks because
that’s where the money is. There is a modern type of bank robber who goes to
e-commerce sites because that’s where the money is today.”
He looks around for encouragement. Donna smiles slightly. Aaron
doesn’t respond.
Michele leaves to field more questions. When she comes back, she brings
questions and a list for Donna of the people on the call. While Larry continues
to talk, Donna crosses off those she doesn’t want to let ask questions and
assigns priorities to the others. Michele leaves again and emails the blacklist
and priority list to Naomi. The unauthorized will not have their request to ask
questions recognized but will hopefully think they are just too far down on the
question queue to be heard.
“Our current hackaway software-only product is the best available on
the market today,” Larry continues. “Our customers — unlike the customers of
our competitors — have never had a significant loss when they used our
products as directed. But we’re not sitting back on our laurels. There is always
the danger of a new kind of attack, perhaps of a kind even WE haven’t thought
of. Hence, Monitored hackaway Service. With this service, we are virtually
there, on the websites of our customers, looking for attacks. Even attacks of a
kind that have never been seen before. And we can counter these attacks
before they damage the valuable businesses our customers have built,
BEFORE they threaten the retail customers of our customers.
“We feel that this monitored service will be essential for e-commerce
websites in the future. We think it will generate recurring revenue for hackoff.
“That’s it for me. Thank you for listening. Naomi, you can now accept
questions from those who are on the conference call. Those of you on the
webcast can continue to email in your questions although we may not be able
to get to all of them. Naomi.”
“We are now opening the phones for questions,” says Naomi on cue. “If
you have a question, press star-one on your phone to be placed in queue. If
you want to cancel your request to ask a question, press star-two. Your
questions will be taken in the order received.” (This, of course, is a lie since she
will actually activate questioners in the order supplied by Donna and never
activate those on the blacklist.) “If you need technical support at any time,
press star-zero.
“Our first question,” Naomi announces, “is from Vin Foster at Seller
Brothers.”
“Hi, Vin,” say Larry and Donna simultaneously.
“Hi, guys,” says Vin. On other quarterly calls Vin and other analysts have
prefaced their questions by saying “good quarter”; not this time. “Clearly you’re
doing the right thing in taking these write-offs now and reflecting market
reality. What assurance can we have that there won’t be further write-offs next
quarter?”
“And he’s our friend?” Larry whispers to Donna. Then he answers: “Good
question, Vin. We can’t give you any assurances on that. We can’t predict the
market…”
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 11.19
“John, we could never tell you what to look at and what to ignore,” says
Larry in a placating tone. “But we’re not saying that. We just think that the
cash-basis gives an additional point of reference. And we are managing to that,
as I said.”
“What increase in cash-basis sales and revenue are you looking for over
the next few quarters?” John asks.
“I’m sorry, John, we haven’t given any guidance on that.”
“Our next question,” says Naomi, “is from John Signal at Simple Funds.”
“We know it’s really ‘Semper’,” says Donna. “Hi, John.”
“Hi, John,” says Larry.
“Look,” says John Signal, “you’re not giving us very much to go on. You
don’t know whether or not you’ll have more write-offs. You aren’t giving
guidance on sales earnings. Why should anyone buy or hold the stock?
Where’s the upside?”
Donna signals to Larry that he should let her answer the question but he
ignores her.
“Fair question, John,” he says in a reasonable and thoughtful voice,
“there are at least two areas where one can look for upside. One: as I said, the
stocks in the portfolio COULD go up, I mean stocks do do that…—”
“So you’re running a mutual fund?” John interrupts. “I thought you were
a software company.”
“We’ll leave running mutual funds to you, John,” Donna interjects, as
she sees Larry’s jaw and fist tighten. She is using her smiling voice. “You do
that much better than we could. You’re right, we are a software company and
the ‘number two’ that Larry was about to tell you about is our Monitored
hackaway Service.” She briefly touches the inside of Larry’s thigh under the
table.
“Yes,” says Larry unclenched, “another potential upside for investors is
our new service as Donna said. We think it is responsive to the needs of our
customers in these ever more dangerous times for e-commerce. And it helps us
in our objective to manage to cash since this is a cash-basis service for many of
our customers.”
“Thank you,” says John.
“Our next question,” says Naomi relentlessly, “is from Marshal Manafiore
of Manafiore Partners.”
“Hi, Marshall, glad you could join us,” says Donna. She called him and
emailed him several times to get him to participate.
“Hi, Donna, glad to be here,” says Marshal. “My question is why did it
take so long to get the monitored whateveritis service launched? You first
announced it almost a year ago. You said the market needed it then and that
you would have it two or three quarters ago. Has anyone bought it? Have you
missed your market window?”
“Good questions, Marshal,” says Larry in his thoughtful voice. “I’ll start
with the last one first. We haven’t missed our market window for the simple
reason that no one else has come out with a product — a service, actually —
like this. The customers’ need is not yet being met. We were later with the
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 11.21
product than we would have liked to be,” he continues. “As John Braxton
pointed out, we’re a software company and somehow software never seems to
get done on time. But we’re still the only ones with this product. What was the
other part to your question?”
“Has anyone bought it yet?” Marshal repeats.
“We have no announceable sales at this point in time,” says Larry.
“Remember that customer confidentiality means we can’t announce sales
without our customers’ permission.”
“You’re not violating anyone’s confidentiality if you just say whether you
sold any of this service yet. I didn’t ask you WHO you sold it to. I just want to
know—”
“Marshal, I’m sorry,” Larry interrupts. “We don’t break out sales by
individual product line and this is not information we have disclosed. It might
be deemed to be material and, at this point, it is non-public. I’m afraid I just
can’t answer your question other than to say that we believe this product
meets a very important need of our customers and will be good for both hackoff
and hackoff’s customers going forward.”
He pauses then says: “There have not yet been any sales of Monitored
hackaway Service.”
PORNO, Donna writes on the whiteboard and TESTTOST!
“Marshal, I CAN tell you,” Larry resumes, “that our Monitored hackaway
Service is of particular interest to the adult segment of e-commerce. These
customers have traditionally been cash rather than equity-based for hackoff.
And, because the adult segment does have a valued product and a high
number of credit card transactions, they are particularly vulnerable to the kind
of attack our new service is designed to protect them against.”
“Mr. Lazard,” says Marshal very coldly, “much of the money my firm
manages comes from some very fine Christian groups. You’re telling me that no
one is buying this new product but that, if anyone ever does, it will be godless
pornographers who corrupt the youth of our country and destroy its values? I
have no further questions, and you can certainly not expect any future
investment from my firm.”
“Nice move, Donna,” says Larry in an aside away from the Polycom. “We
have a question from one of the participants in the webcast,” he says to the
Polycom, and cues Michele.
“Mr. Lazard,” Michele reads, “do you have any competitors? If so, do they
have any product like your Monitored hackaway Service? If not, why not?”
“Good question,” says Larry. “There is a company called antihack that
likes to consider itself a competitor to hackoff. They sell a product to
e-commerce sites that they claim provides protection from hackers, so I guess
that makes them at least a wannabe competitor, even if many people think
their product is vastly inferior to ours. antihack does not have a product like
our Monitored hackaway Service; at least they haven’t announced one. And it’s
very hard for me to believe that they have the technical capability to develop
something like this even though they do like to copy hackoff products. It took
us a lot longer than we would have liked to get this product out; I don’t think
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 11.22
they could do it ever — not without violating our patents. Let’s take another
one of the webcast questions.”
“Mr. Lazard,” Michele reads, “are you going to quit?”
“I am not!” says Larry with a smirk. “I don’t quit. Moreover, this is an
exciting time for hackoff — a time of challenge and a time of opportunity. I’m
looking forward to being profitable again and cash-flow positive and to the
success of our new service.”
Donna sticks her finger down her throat, but smiles.
“Let’s take one more webcast question and then get back to the phones,”
says Larry, apparently pleased with himself.
“Mr. Lazard, does this announced loss for the quarter mean that
hackoff.com is running out of money?”
“I think Donna and I have already answered that,” says Larry, “but let
me hand off to Donna to address it again.”
“Thank you, Larry,” says Donna, “and thanks for the question. I
understand that our reported loss for the quarter is disturbing to our
stockholders. However, it is important to realize that this is an accounting loss;
it doesn’t affect our actual cash position. As Larry and I have said, we are
managing the company to be cash-flow positive as soon as is reasonably
prudent. And we believe that our current resources are adequate to fund our
cash-flow needs until we are cash-flow positive without the necessity of selling
equity or going into debt.”
Larry claps silently at Donna. “Naomi, let’s have the next question from
the phones.”
“Our next question is from Sam Marquant of Distressed Value
Newsletter,” says Naomi.
HE WAS SUPPOSED TO BE BLOCKED, Donna writes on the blackboard.
FUCK UP! WATCH OUT!
If Aaron were a dog, his hair would be standing straight up and he would
be straining at his leash.
“There are two parts to my question,” Sam begins. “One: are you buying
back any more shares, and if not why not? Don’t you believe in the company?”
“Sam…” Larry starts to answer.
“That’s just the first part of my question. Two: at what price would you
sell the company? I mean you guys have to do something to realize value for
shareholders.”
“We feel the current stock price significantly undervalues the company,”
says Larry. “We would be hurting the interest of the shareholders if we sold the
company for anything like this price.”
“Then,” continues Sam, “why aren’t you using some of your cash to buy
back stock? Your board has authorized it. You can’t have it both ways. If the
stock is undervalued, you ought to buy it. If the company is not undervalued,
then you ought to sell it — or don’t you have any offers?”
“This would not be the right place to talk about offers that have not
previously been disclosed,” says Larry.
“Then you’re saying there are some offers?”
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 11.23
“I didn’t say that,” says Larry. “If there are any offers — and I’m not
saying there are — then clearly we don’t think they’ve reached the stage when
we should make them public. For example, because we’re not negotiating. And,
if we haven’t made offers public, we certainly wouldn’t announce them on this
call. That would be a violation of Reg FD. I have nothing further to say about
offers that may or may not have been made for the company.”
“If the current stock price undervalues the company...” Sam begins
again.
“I think it’s time to give someone else a chance to ask a question,” says
Donna. “Naomi, what do we have?”
“We have a question from Vin Foster at Seller Brothers. Mr. Foster, go
ahead with your question.”
“If the current stock price undervalues the company,” says Vin, “then at
what price is the company fairly valued? What would you sell the company
for?”
“Vin, you know I would never answer a question like that,” says Larry.
“If we were to sell the company, it is our fiduciary responsibility to get the best
price we can for shareholders. We don’t do this by publicly stating our
negotiating position.”
“Do you think a fifty-percent premium to the current price would be
sufficient?” Vin asks.
“Frankly, no. The current price is way too low.”
Aaron is gesturing frantically, but Larry continues: “I am not going to
answer any further questions on a possible sale of the company.”
“Then can you say why you are not buying back the stock?”
“I think I already answered that question.”
“No you didn’t,” argues Vin. “Sam asked you, but you never answered.”
“As you know,” says Larry. “We have an open authorization from our
board to buy back up to 1.2 million shares of our stock. We have not disclosed
and will not disclose at what prices we would do that. Clearly such disclosure
would not help us achieve the best market price for our shareholders—”
“So you expect the price to go down further and are waiting for a LOWER
price to buy your stock?”
“I didn’t say that. I think we’ve now run out of time. Thank you all very
much for participating in the call. Remember the webcast will be available for
listening to online in about an hour and will remain available for the next thirty
days.” He stretches and hangs up the Polycom.
“Jesus, that was awful,” Larry says to Donna and Aaron.
They say nothing.
“Is it okay if I leave now?” asks Michele. “I have a date...”
“Go ahead,” says Larry. “Have fun.”
“I can stay if you need me,” she says.
“Thanks,” says Larry. “Go!”
#
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 11.24
“Larry, are you saying that you won’t even listen to an offer? I don’t think
that’s consistent with your fiduciary responsibility to your shareholders.”
“George, who’s in the room with you?” asks Larry.
“Just a second, please...” The line goes still as Wrobly mutes the phone.
Larry hangs up. In a few minutes, the phone rings again. Larry writes
down the caller ID but doesn’t answer. Instead he goes to his computer; enters
the URL for www.411.com; and does a reverse lookup of the phone number.
The next time the phone rings, the caller ID is the same and Larry
answers. “George, you’re in your fucking lawyer’s office. How many lawyers you
got standing around listening to our ‘friendly’ call?”
“We’re very serious about this, Larry,” says Wrobly. “I do have our
corporate counsel with me and representation from our outside firm of—”
“George, anyone ever tell you it’s polite to tell someone when you have
other people listening in on a call? Anyone ever tell you that it’s especially
important when those other people are fucking lawyers and the other party
doesn’t have a lawyer present? Anyone ever tell you that?” He hangs up.
The phone doesn’t ring again.
Larry calls Aaron Smyth and gives him an almost verbatim account of
the call with Wrobly.
“Can’t fault their timing with our stock under a buck,” says Aaron. “For
now we’re okay. You do have a responsibility to listen to offers but there is no
way you have to be on a call with attorneys present without having
representation of your own. One of the few things no one could sue us for. I’m
surprised they fucked up this way.”
“I don’t think Wrobly thought I’d figure out there were other people
there,” says Larry. “But he kept turning his mouth away from the phone so I
knew he was trying to get clues from someone ... asshole.”
“Now we’re going to have to hire a takeover firm,” says Aaron. “They’ll be
back and we’ll have to deal with them properly.”
“What kind of takeover firm?”
“A takeover law firm. They’re going to make some kind of offer. We
probably won’t like it. We need to be prepared to fight.”
“We don’t like it, we just say ‘no’. How many lawyers does it take to say
‘no’?”
“It’s a specialty like anything else. We have to have the best legal counsel
we can get — and bankers. Maybe Barcourt again.”
“We’ve got to pay a BANKER? ”
“Millions,” affirms Aaron.
“For what?”
“For a fairness opinion, at least. At most, we want to look around and see
if there are other offers. We have to do what’s right for the shareholders. More
important, we have to APPEAR to do what’s right for the shareholders.”
“It’s not right to spend millions of dollars of their money just because an
asshole like George Wrobly calls me up and tries to bribe me in an effort to
steal my company. They’ll call back; you’ll be on the phone. We’ll listen to their
offer; take notes’ then say ‘no fucking way’. Don’t need to pay a banker and
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 11.26
lawyers to do that. Don’t want to have a banker out looking for other people
that want to steal the company at this price either.”
“Larry,” says Aaron, “it sucks but that’s what we’re going to have to do.
Also we’ve got to have a Board meeting right away. You need to give the Board
a heads-up on what happened tonight.”
“Right. We do need to talk to the Board. Hope those pussies have some
balls. This is gonna be a fight. Okay if we wait ‘til morning? It’s after ten.”
“I think you ought to try to get to them now,” says Aaron. “At least it’s got
to be clear that you tried. Wrobly and his lawyers gave you a little breathing
room by fucking up but they’ll be back. Better we use the time as best we can
and be prepared for them.”
“Okay... I’m saying ‘okay’ to calling the Board and trying to set up a
meeting as soon as we can. I’m not okay with extra lawyers and hiring bankers
and all that crap. But you better be prepared to discuss it all with the Board.
I’m going to try to get us set up for eleven tonight, or twelve. Can you do that?”
“Not much choice,” says Aaron.
Larry’s next call is to Donna. Again, he describes the call with Wrobly.
“Can’t fault their timing with our stock under a buck,” says Donna.
“Maybe we have to consider it.”
“WHAT?” Larry shouts. “Why the fuck would we merge with those
assholes?”
“Because we’d own the industry. We’d be the only serious source for
anti-hacker protection. Because we’re not making it on our own, Larry, face it.
You want to do more quarterly webcasts like the one we did last week?”
“Bullshit. Monitored Service is gonna work. The portfolio will regain
value. This is the bottom. That’s not the time to give up.”
“Larry, look, you’ve done a great job so far, but the market’s turned
against us. In hindsight, maybe so much reliance on equity wasn’t a good idea.
We’re late getting Monitored Service out and it will be a long, tough road to
make it successful. That’s all a lot easier if we’re not competing with antihack
anymore, if we have their customers AND ours to sell Monitored Service to.
Think about it.”
“Donna, you think about it. You think a company’s gonna work with
George Wrobly running it? That pussy couldn’t find his way out of a paper bag.
Over my dead body!”
“Is that your problem, Larry? Is it all about ego? All about you won’t be
the chairman and CEO of the new company? Is that what’s bothering you?
Look, from what you told me about Wrobly’s call you can be in or you can be
out with a big settlement. Either way, you’re a big stockholder. The new
company wins, you win too.”
“The new company isn’t going to do shit with Wrobly as CEO,” says
Larry. “It isn’t about me. Shit, I don’t care if I retire and go mushroom hunting
for the rest of my life or take the money and start another new company. But
Wrobly can’t run this one. He’s not up to it. And I’m not gonna get bribed to
leave and have him fuck up everything I’ve … we’ve done.”
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 11.27
“Lar, this shouldn’t be personal. It’s not about us. It’s about knowing
when to hold ‘em and knowing when to fold ‘em. This may be the best time to
get out. We’ve got to listen.”
“I’m setting up a Board call for eleven,” says Larry coldly. “I thought
you’d be on the right side on this but, either way, I fight. And it starts with the
Board. Can you make eleven? It’ll be on my conference bridge.”
Call-waiting chirps on Donna’s phone. “Just a second, Lar, I’ve got
another call.”
The other caller is George Wrobly. Donna tells him she’ll get back to him
in ten minutes, then tells Larry: “Can’t do eleven, Lar, I’m sorry.”
“What do you mean you can’t do eleven? This is such a great opportunity
we have to listen to that asshole Wrobly and now you don’t have time for a
Board call?”
“I can’t do eleven, Larry. What about eleven-thirty? Twelve? Tomorrow
morning?”
“Twelve. I’ll get back to you if the others can’t make it.” He hangs up
without waiting for an answer.
Donna goes into the bedroom and wakes her husband. “Francis,” she
says, “this may be the opportunity we’ve been waiting for.” She tells him about
Wrobly’s call to Larry; Larry’s call to her; and the call she received from Wrobly.
“But Larry’s right, Wrobly is a ‘pussy’ and he can’t run the combined company,
at least for long.”
“And that’s the opportunity you see, babe?”
“That’s the opportunity. I assume Wrobly’ll offer me the CFO slot. He’s
got some jerk in there now. But then how do we move Wrobly out so I can take
over before he wrecks the whole thing? Merging the companies’ll be tough. He
doesn’t have the balls for it; he could fuck it up.”
“He have the hots for you?”
“No. No interest as far as I can tell.”
“Could he?”
“I don’t think so. I don’t think that’s his weakness.”
“Even you?”
“Francis, I’m being realistic, not modest. I don’t think that’s how we get
rid of Wrobly.”
“Is he gay?”
“Don’t think so. I think he just isn’t much below the belt. He’s a glad
hander, a lightweight; and I don’t think he cares much about sticking his cock
anywhere.”
“It’s a gamble, babe,” says Francis. “You could end up working for the
jerk for too long and the company goes down the tubes. Other hand, he’s as
weak as you say he is, we ought to be able to figure out something. You got to
make sure you have plenty of exposure to the Board. You’ve got to have a
Board seat like you have at hackoff so they know you when the time comes.
Thing to do now is listen hard to what he’s about to offer you.”
“Otherwise I’m stuck with Larry... He was a good founder. He sucks now.
Gotta look at making a move.”
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 11.28
“You record the call,” says Francis. “And you assume he’s recording the
call, too. Probably has someone else listening, telling him what to say, just like
he did on the call with Larry. So you don’t say anything you don’t want
recorded. Let him talk... Good luck.”
“This is a very irregular call,” says Donna to Wrobly a few minutes later.
“I’m returning it only because I have a duty to my stockholders to listen to
whatever it is that you might want to say.”
“Right,” says Wrobly. “I assume that our friend Larry told you about the
call he and I had.”
“I’m certainly not going to discuss any communications I had with my
CEO."
“Right,” says Wrobly again. “Well, in case you don’t know, we’re
interested in making an offer for hackoff.”
“Have you made an offer?” Donna asks.
“Not officially. My conversation with Larry didn’t get that far.”
“Are you going to?”
“We’d like it to be friendly. We think that’s better all around.”
“Of course,” says Donna. “What did you want to talk to me about?”
“When we put the companies together,” says Wrobly, “it’s important that
we get the best person into each slot in the combined company, regardless of
which company they came from originally.”
“Of course,” says Donna.
“And people we don’t have slots for, it’s important that we treat them
well. It’s important that we be fair. We don’t want there to be any losers, just
winners.”
“Of course,” Donna says again.
“So, for example,” says Wrobly, “let’s take Dom Montain. We’d want him
to be the CTO of the combined company. Do you think he’d consider that
position?”
“I agree that he’d be the right person. He has lots of offers, lots of
opportunities. He also has a lot of stock he never sold that he’s pretty bitter
about and he has lots of options that are way underwater. I think we’d … you’d
have to find a way to make him feel that he’s going to get whole. He also needs
to feel very appreciated. If he doesn’t think he’s respected, he’s outta here no
matter how many dollars or options you throw at him.”
“That’s just the kind of input I was hoping for, Donna. I think you can be
a huge help during a transition. You know the company; you helped build it.
You know the players. I’m sure they all respect you.”
“And?”
“And it’s very important that we have your full cooperation during a
transition.”
Donna is silent.
“For that reason, we’re prepared to offer you a very generous package
contingent only on your cooperation during the transition and, of course, a
non-compete.”
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 11.29
“This combination doesn’t make a whole lot of sense,” argues Larry. “Not
to me. Wrobly’ll run the combined company into the ground. And the
company’s not doing that badly. The market is doing badly. That’s a very
different thing. We’re responding. Our new service will be a big help. This isn’t
the time to fold.”
“Can’t fault their timing with our stock under a buck,” says Joe Windaw.
“Frankly, though, I don’t like the way Wrobly approached you. I think it was
insulting. I don’t think it speaks well of him. But we are still going to have to
listen. Aaron, what do you think’ll happen next?”
“I think there’s a good chance they’ll try a bear hug,” says Aaron. “I think
we may see a letter in the morning with a specific offer in it plus a deadline for
responding. They’ll know that we have to make something that specific public.
We can’t just quietly turn it down. They won’t want to go hostile so that will be
their attempt to force us into ‘friendly’ negotiations.”
“Friendly, my ass,” says Larry. “I don’t get ‘forced’ into anything and then
call it ‘friendly’. If they want to fight, we should fight. There’s nothing fucking
friendly about this.”
“Larry, it’s not about you,” says Joanne. “It’s about what’s best for the
shareholders. Under the right circumstances, Big Router would be in favor of a
sale of the company.”
“Joanne,” says Donna, tartly, “when we’re meeting as a Board, you don’t
represent Big Router; you represent the interests of all the shareholders. I hope
you remember that.”
“I resent that. I am perfectly well aware of my fiduciary responsibilities. I
want to remind you, however, that Big Router does not have a fiduciary
responsibility to anyone when it votes its shares. It can and will do that in its
own best interest — in the interests of the shareholders of Big Router. We are
also free to sell our shares—”
“At the moment,” says Aaron, “I think I should point out that we are all
in possession of material insider information and are likely to be in that state
through any negotiation. We are not free to trade the stock or cause others to
do so.”
“I KNOW that,” says Joanne. Her teeth are clearly clenched. “IT IS NOT in
the INTEREST of ANYONE to entrench hackoff management — except maybe
management itself.”
“Let’s all calm down,” says Joe. “It’s late and this discussion isn’t fun for
anyone. I’ve been through more of them on both sides than I care to remember.
Aaron, assuming you’re right that they’ll try a bear hug — and I would bet they
are, ‘cause it’s what I’d do — assuming you’re right, what’s our next move going
to have to be?”
“Well, I’ve already discussed it some with Larry. We’re going to need to
engage special takeover counsel and we’ll need bankers to evaluate the
proposal and give us an opinion…”
“I have a problem with that,” says Larry. “Okay, look, if they make a
reasonable proposal, if they were to offer five dollars a share, for example, sure
we’d have to look at it. And we probably need to pay bankers a couple of million
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 11.31
dollars to look at it, too, just to cover our asses. I understand that. But that’s
not gonna happen. What’s gonna happen is they’re gonna make some
ridiculous low-ball bid to try to take us out now when we’re weak. We even
LOOK like we’re considering it; we hire bankers to look at it and all that
bullshit; it looks like they’re in the ballpark and either they get us cheap or
someone else does. I say when we get their bullshit offer we say in the right
legal language: ‘Bullshit. That offer is crap. End of story.’ If it turns out I’m
wrong, if they make a real offer, fine; we look at it. But that isn’t gonna happen.
Anyone wanna bet?”
“How do we know what’s a reasonable offer?” asks Aaron rhetorically. “I
mean in a legal sense. Sure, if they offer us less than we’re trading for, we
could probably claim that the market has set a price for us and they’re below
it. Even then, there may be some case law the other way. But the argument
cuts both ways. If they offer us more than we’re trading for, how does the
Board justify turning it down out-of-hand? If a banker says it’s too little; that’s
one thing and we can act on that. We get sued anyway, but it’s probably not
too bad. But just on our own, how do we justify saying ‘no’ and not even being
open to negotiation? I think that’s a dangerous path.”
“So,” says Joanne, “we’re going to be negotiating with them no matter
what, so I think management needs to be realistic about that.”
“Wrobly called me, too,” says Donna.
“What?” Larry shouts. “WHAT? Why didn’t you say anything?”
“He called me after you called me.”
“Why didn’t you say anything now? You—”
“I didn’t get a chance, Lar. You were telling the story. But I think before
we go rushing off negotiating with these guys everyone needs to understand,
the Board needs to understand, that they have not been acting properly. The
call to you was marginal; the call to me was completely out of line.”
“Why did you talk to him?” Larry demands.
“I didn’t know what he was going to say. I had to listen to find out what
he was going to say. I also feel I have a responsibility to shareholders to go the
extra mile to listen. And, if we decide to fight, then anything I learn is helpful.”
“What did he say?” asks Larry.
“He tried to bribe me. He offered me a big package if I would ‘cooperate
with the transition’ and sign a non-compete.”
“Why’s that a bribe?” asks Joanne. “Did he say this was in return for
your vote as a Board member?”
“No,” says Donna. “Not in those words. He didn’t have to. It was very
clear what his intent was. There would be no transition to cooperate with if the
Board votes his offer down.”
“I don’t think that sounds like a bribe,” says Joanne.
“Contacting Donna directly at this point was in very poor taste,” says
Joe. “It was at least that. Donna, did he offer you the position of CFO of the
combined company? A raise? More options?”
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 11.32
“He just talked about transition,” says Donna. “I think he was waiting for
me to ask for that, frankly, but I wasn’t about to initiate that sort of discussion
or even continue the discussion once it was clear he was trying to bribe me.”
“I still don’t think it’s clear,” insists Joanne.
“Aaron,” says Larry, “this guy makes a couple of improper calls. He calls
me with lawyers on the line; doesn’t tell me. Then he calls Donna; offers her a
bribe or comes very close. Just think about it, doesn’t that give us some room
when we respond? Any reason we can’t make public what an asshole he is;
how he’s trying to bribe management not to work in the best interest of the
shareholders?”
“Do we have any evidence for this?” asks Aaron.
“I taped the call,” says Donna. “Thought it might be a good idea.”
“I’ll listen to the tape if that’s okay,” says Aaron. “See how helpful it is.”
Aaron advises the Board that, after they receive a formal letter with an
offer, they will only be able to keep it confidential for a limited period of time.
Relevant security law requires them to report significant events but does allow
some latitude for the need to negotiate in private. Specifically, he tells them, if
they are engaged in serious discussions and the results are not known
because, for example, terms have not been agreed, they are probably safe in
not making a public disclosure. However, if word should leak out of their
discussions or if they have any good reason to think word is going to leak out,
then they will be obliged to disclose them promptly.
Likewise, he tells them, if a definite offer is made and they reject it, they
must almost assuredly have to reveal the offer, their rejection of it, and — most
dangerous from a potential litigation point of view, their reasoning in rejecting
it. This is why, he tells them, they need to hire both an outside counsel skilled
in takeovers AND a banking firm to give them an independent view of the value
of the company and thus a defensible reason for rejecting an offer.
After a long argument, Larry agrees to engage outside counsel first thing
in the morning. His exhausted Board of Directors agrees not to require him to
begin the process of engaging an investment banker unless and until they
actually receive an offer. Larry holds out the possibility that an offer will be so
patently absurd that they can simply reject it out-of-hand and eliminate the
need to hire a banker. Joanne strongly disagrees. Joe weakly disagrees. Donna
points out that, in any case, they really don’t have to make a decision until
they see what they receive from antihack.
So they decide not to decide on whether to engage a banker until they
receive something from antihack and until they consult the takeover lawyer
Aaron will hire in the morning.
“Is my tape of what Wrobly said enough to stop them?” Donna asks
Francis as she prepares to join him in bed. It is 1:30 AM.
“Probably not. I’d win a case against you in a New York minute if you
don’t at least listen to them, even with the tape. Aaron’s right that it might buy
you some time, though.”
“Actually, it was Larry who said that.”
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 11.33
“He a lawyer now, too? Anyway, you don’t listen, you don’t have a good
reason for turning them down, you get your ass sued.”
“You going to sue my ass again?” asks Donna softly.
“Not what I had in mind to do with it.”
“You take your purple pill?” She pulls back the covers. “Oh yes you did.
That’s huge. How long’ve you had that?”
“About an hour waiting for you to get off the phone. I’m gonna be a wreck
for my client meeting in the morning.”
“This one of those four hour or more jobs they talk about in the ads?”
asks Donna, wrapping her hand around his extremely stiff prick. “You know if
you have one of these for more than four hours we’re supposed to take you to
the hospital, make sure you get treatment. What shall we do with him?” She is
naked now and rubs his prick between her breasts. “Can we make him even
bigger?”
“He’ll burst. You want him to blow up all over you or in you?”
“Oh, definitely in.” She straddles him.
“The other way,” he says. She turns around facing his toes and places
the tip of his prick at the entrance to her cunt.
“I said the other way,” he says.
“Ouch,” she says. “That’ll hurt. I want him in here.” She lowers herself
onto him. He lies very still. His long body is thin, almost emaciated. He has
straggly pubic hair, a few hairs on his chest and his armpits, no other body
hair visible.
“I’ll make you a deal,” she tells Francis. “He comes in here like a good
boy and I’ll probably be so excited, he stays stiff, you can put him anywhere
you want. Do whatever you want with him for the next three hours until we
have to take him to the hospital, get him reduced.”
“We should be so lucky,” he says but thrusts upward.
###
The Board of Directors of antihack, Inc. have authorized me to approach you in your
role as Chairman of the hackoff.com Board of Directors in order to propose the
acquisition of hackoff.com by antihack, Inc. The Directors have authorized me to
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 11.34
This proposal is not binding on antihack at this time but is extended in sincerity to
advance a combination which we believe is in the best interests of the shareholders of
both companies.
This proposal is conditioned on several factors some of which, without limitation, are:
The Board of Directors of antihack, Inc. reserve the right to withdraw this proposal at
any time with or without cause.
Larry, I sincerely hope that you and your Board will respond to this proposal in the
constructive spirit in which it is offered. I and my Board believe that a combination of
hackoff and antihack will be favorably viewed by both financial markets and customers.
We believe that there are substantial synergies possible in such a combination and that
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 11.35
the combined entity will have an enhanced ability to compete in a very competitive
market segment.
We have kept knowledge of this proposal to a very small circle of people with a need to
know. It is our hope that you will do the same until we are able, within the next couple
of days, to make a positive joint announcement. At that point, we will be able to allay
some of the natural concerns that employees of both companies may have and make
clear to customers that this combination is very much in their interest. Of course,
whatever the outcome, we believe that this proposal is significant material information
that will need to be publicly disclosed in the near future in a way fully compliant with
Regulation FD and other relevant laws and regulations.
If you and your Board have any questions about this proposal which would be helpful
to you in reaching what we hope will be a favorable decision, please do not hesitate to
contact me either at the antihack offices, at my home (914.555.6980), or on my mobile
phone (917.555.4756). I will be available to you at any time night or day.
George Wrobly
Chairman and CEO
###
represented by Zinger Sweetly. They are a respectable firm but not highly-
regarded.
“However, we are under no immediate pressure to make this public even
under an extreme reading of SEC regulations and guidance. It is not a binding
proposal; they clearly anticipate your need to discuss it. A reasonable person —
and the test is ‘what would a reasonable person expect?’ — a reasonable
person would expect that this is meant only as a starting point for negotiation
and is in no way a best and final offer. They have spelled out a number of
customary conditions but they have also taken pains to say that the proposal
is not binding on them even should all the conditions be met. Although they
haven’t—”
“How long do we have before we have to make something public?” Larry
interrupts.
“Well,” Smothers begins, “if we were to accept—”
“Forget that,” says Larry. “If we tell them to go fuck themselves, then
when do we have to tell people they sent this garbage and we sent it back?”
“It is very important,” says Smothers, “that the minutes show that the
Board was properly deliberative in responding to this proposal. It would not do
to be hasty or to give the appearance of being hasty.”
“Yeah,” says Larry, “with all due deliberation, we’ll tell them to go fuck
themselves. Then how long do we have to get a press release out?”
“I think we’re putting the cart before the horse,” says Joanne. “I think it
may be in the best interests of the shareholders to consider this offer carefully.
The stock is currently at eighty cents and has been lower today.”
“It is important to realize,” says Smothers, “that this is actually not an
‘offer’. They have been careful to say it is a ‘conditional proposal’. You could
accept their terms and they could renege. The Board also wants to be careful
not to appear to be hasty in accepting something which, in form at least, is
very one-sided.”
“Surely we could respond to their proposal with a proposal of our own
that better protects our shareholders,” says Joanne.
“Now who’s putting the cart before the horse?” demands Larry loudly.
“Joanne, this offer or proposal or whatever the f… whatever the hell it is, it is
totally out of line. The price sucks. And it is in antihack stock, which sucks.
And it is from antihack, which sucks. You’re already talking about terms and
conditions. There don’t need to be any terms and conditions when we turn this
down.”
“Who says we’re going to turn this down?” asks Joanne.
“Actually,” says Franklin Adams, “I agree with Larry on this. It’s not a
good price. It’s not an appealing offer — even ignoring the fact that it isn’t an
offer at all. It is certainly not the place we would want to start a negotiation.”
“I’m surprised you’re siding with Larry on this,” says Joanne. “I think
management is being very closed-minded. That often happens when—”
“Joanne,” interrupts Franklin, “are you under a lot of pressure at Big
Router to get out of this position?”
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 11.37
“Larry, let me finish,” says Donna. “As I said, we gotta give this due
consideration; should take us about five minutes or so. Then tell George to
shove it up his ass.”
Larry puts the gun back on his side table.
“This discussion is not in the minutes,” says Aaron. “Shall we begin our
deliberation?”
The “due consideration” actually takes the better part of half-an-hour.
Except for Joanne, no one takes the proposed price seriously. However, since it
is higher than the price hackoff.com is trading at, there is a question,
according to both Aaron and Smothers, of how they can justify turning it down
without a counter. If they had the opinion of an investment banker, the lawyers
say, then they would be justified in relying on that opinion. All except Larry
agree that they should get such an opinion to buttress their case. Larry
reluctantly agrees to contact investment bankers and engage one. But this
doesn’t solve their immediate problem of the two day deadline to respond and
the fact that they all (except Joanne) feel that it is important to say “no”
emphatically.
In the end, Donna comes up with a solution which satisfies everyone
(except Joanne). She proposes turning the preemptory deadline to advantage.
Obviously the deadline is too short to say “yes” responsibly just as it is too
short to say “no”. By saying “yes”, the Board would agree to a “no shop” — it
would not be able to solicit bids. Nor would there be time to get the “expert”
opinion of bankers. Therefore, the proposal is not serious since the Board
cannot respond responsibly in accord with its fiduciary duty to shareholders.
They will say “no” because it would be irresponsible to say “yes” under the
terms proposed.
The lawyers tweak this some: they can say they regard the price as
absurdly low. It is scarcely higher than the value of the assets including cash
on hackoff’s books. Therefore it values hackoff’s ongoing business, patents,
brand and customers at essentially nothing. They can come close to saying
that antihack is trying to steal the company but they can’t use that word, of
course.
They can say, and should say, that the are engaging investment bankers
to “explore strategic options”. In fact, saying this means they are “in play”, a
candidate for takeover. That, by itself, should make hackoff’s stock go up. The
Street often punishes potential acquirers on the theory that they will eventually
overpay so antihack’s stock may go down as well. With a little luck, everyone
(except Joanne) agrees that the price of the two stocks may instantly move so
much in relation to each other that the antihack bid will end up being worth
less than the new value for hackoff set by the stock market. If this happens,
the hackoff Board will be well-insulated from shareholder suits based on their
rejection of the offer.
“So,” says Larry, “we just stall some on engaging the investment bankers.
Then the stock moves; we don’t have to pay a couple of million dollars to know
that if they are offering to buy us for less than the stock price, they are ripping
off our stockholders.”
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 11.39
“Doesn’t work, Larry,” says Franklin. “I’ve been there before. Once we
announce we’re going to hire investment bankers, we gotta do it. We change
our minds, we decide we’re not in play, then the stock goes down lower than it
was before and we’re all in trouble. What’s more, you gotta realize that we’re
putting the company in play. I know this is hard for you, but the company may
really get sold. Maybe antihack offers a fair price. Maybe somebody else does.
And maybe the company gets sold. If it doesn’t, the stock goes back down and
doesn’t come up until you guys show some solid results and maybe not even
then, unless the market recovers.
“I agreed with you today that we don’t start any negotiations at this
low-ball price,” Franklin continues. “But remember I told you I’d sell the
company to the devil at the right price. And that includes antihack. It’s just
about money, Larry, nothing else.”
“I appreciate you being straight, Franklin,” says Larry. “And I agree it’s
just about the money. This isn’t about my ego. But there is no amount of
antihack stock that can buy hackoff because that stock isn’t worth shit. If
antihack was paying cash — if they had cash — for sure, we got to consider
that. Cash is cash. But we’d never be able to sell antihack stock — I mean our
shareholders wouldn’t be able to sell it fast enough to get their money out.”
“That’s why we need the investment bankers,” Joe chimes in. “If they say
that a stock offer from antihack is not in the best interest of hackoff
shareholders, then it’s easy for us to turn it down. I’m not sure I’m eager to
have a lot of antihack stock, to tell you the truth. I’m not happy with how much
hackoff stock I have, as a matter of fact. If we could get a cash offer or get
bought out with stock we can sell like Microsoft or Oracle or somebody, maybe
that’s the best outcome.”
“Thanks for the vote of confidence,” says Larry.
“Larry, don’t take any of this personally,” says Joe. “It’s just about—”
“The money, I know. That’s why we’re here. Let’s get going. My plan is to
put out a press release immediately following this meeting saying that we got
this ridiculous low-ball not-fair-to-our-stockholders offer from the assholes at
antihack who are trying to steal the valuable assets which of course belong to
our shareholders. Our fearless Board of Directors has met and, after due
deliberation, decided that agreeing to robbery one is not in the interest of the
shareholders and so has told antihack to stuff its proposal — which wasn’t
binding to begin with and (did I mention) isn’t in the interest of the
shareholders — which (we should mention) is the only concern of this fearless
Board.
“Furthermore, having lost confidence in the ability of management to
recover single-handedly from the stock market crash of 2000-2001, the Board
has decided to put the company in play to see if anyone will take this turkey off
their hands. To that end the Board has instructed this same incompetent
management to pay a small fortune to an investment bank that will explore
strategic alternatives, whatever the fuck those are. Should these bankers
actually succeed in discovering any such alternatives and should a transaction
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 11.40
take place with said discovered alternatives, said bankers will extract another
fee.”
“Larry, that isn’t exactly—” Joe begins.
“You’ve got it Larry,” Franklin interrupts. “But don’t forget to add that we
love you and you have done a great job so far. Actually, that’s true. And, if the
best alternative turns out to be to go it alone for a while, you’re still our man.
And Donna’s still our woman. Now can I get some sleep?”
“I’m sorry to interrupt,” says Smothers, “but there is the matter of the
letter back to anithack. I’m assuming that you’ll want to inform them before
putting out a press release. I also assume that the actual—”
“Is there some legal requirement that we inform them before putting out
a press release?” asks Larry.
“No,” says Smothers, “there isn’t. It is customary and it would be gesture
of good will.”
“So not warning them would be a gesture of bad will?” Larry asks.
“I would say so.”
“Sounds good to me,” says Larry.
“I’m not at all sure we want to offend antihack in this way,” says Joanne.
“I am going to have to get some sleep,” says Franklin. “I’m dropping off
the call. I don’t know that the Board has to be involved in what order we do
what. We duly considered and made our decision. But, if you need to make any
more decisions, Joe’s got my proxy. Good night, all.”
“Believe it or not,” says Larry, “I have a reason for wanting to get the
release out first besides sticking it to Georgie boy…”
“We cannot be vindictive,” says Joanne. “We must be business-like.”
“Of course,” says Larry. “That’s what I was saying. If we write back to
antihack in a polite way and say ‘we are going to reject your most kind
proposal, honored sirs’, they get to make the next move and decide how they
want to spin the story. They probably have a canned press release ready.
Unless they’re even stupider than I think they are, they can’t believe we were
going to accept this proposal. So far they’ve been forcing the pace. With
hindsight, since we’re putting ourselves in play, we should have done it as soon
as Georgie called me and Donna and not even let them get their offer off. But
we didn’t. So now we need to regain the initiative. Catching them flat-footed
with our announcement is a good way to do that.”
“But if we’re later in negotiation with them…” Joanne starts to ask.
“In that very unlikely event,” says Larry, “you are as likely to be leading
the negotiations as I am because I’m probably long gone. But, should you be in
that position, you’ll be glad we started tough. They aren’t bidding for us to do
us a favor; they aren’t bidding for us because they’re nice guys or because
we’re nice guys. They’re bidding for us because their business sucks and
because our stock sucks and they think our software and our customers and
our cash are the way out of a hole they dug for themselves. They’ll come back
like a puppy dog if they see the chance and it won’t matter to them any more
than it matters to the puppy dog that we gave them a lick in the chops.”
“I don’t—” Joanne says.
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 11.41
“Joanne,” Joe says, “I think we should let management take the lead
here. We’ve done our job by considering this proposal and determining that it is
not currently what is in the best interests of our shareholders. We have set the
stage for determining exactly what our strategic options are. I think we can
responsibly let management take it from here. I’m not sure I would personally
proceed with as much hostility as Larry seems to be prepared to do; but we are
responding to a bear hug, and I am willing to allow some latitude for those on
the front line.”
After the call, Donna and Larry are alone in Larry’s office.
“Larry,” Donna says. “I just want you to know I’m with you.” She hugs
him chastely, pelvis back.
“Good,” says Larry. “It means a lot to me.” He pats her ass as she leaves.
hackoff stock closes at an all time low of seventy-five cents. The hackoff
press release is timed to hit the wire thirty minutes after the market closes.
###
Media Contact:
Eve Gross
Chief Marketing Officer
212 555 1000
eveg@hackoff.com
“Although we believe our core business is strong and getting stronger,” said hackoff
Chairman and CEO Larry Lazard, “there have been significant changes in both the
stock market and the e-commerce ecosystem in which we operate. The fact that we have
cash and no debt gives us many options for the future. We feel it is in the interest of our
shareholders to explore these options fully and to engage a qualified investment
banking firm to help us do so. Options to be examined include continuing
independently, different ways of leveraging the equities in our portfolio, or some sort of
combination with another company.”
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 11.42
This morning the company received an unsolicited proposal from antihack, Inc., which
that company characterized as non-binding. The proposal insisted that the hackoff
Board agree within two days to an exchange ratio of one antihack share for each 2.5
shares of hackoff and also agree not to seek other possible combinations for the
company. The hackoff Board does not believe this is a fair price for the company.
Although it is a nominal premium over Friday’s closing price, it is actually at a discount
to the value of hackoff determined by looking at the prior five days stock market prices.
Moreover, this proposed price attributes almost no value to hackoff’s ongoing business,
patent portfolio, brand name, or customer base. Under this proposal, hackoff
shareholders would own 30% of the combined company according to calculations made
by antihack.
The hackoff Board of Directors have acted firmly in rejecting this proposal which would
have hampered the Board’s ability to achieve the best results for shareholders.
Moreover, the Board was cognizant of the fact that acceptance of this proposal would
have been binding on the hackoff Board under certain circumstances, but that antihack,
itself, would not be similarly obligated to pursue the transaction. The Board has made
clear that it will consider proper proposals in the context of the planned work with an
investment banking firm as described above.
1800
1780
1760
1740
1720
1700
1680
1660
1640
2
2
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
/2
/2
/2
/2
/2
/2
/2
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
2/
2/
2/
2/
2/
2/
2/
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 11.43
$2.50
$2.00
$1.50
$1.00
$0.50
$0.00
2/19/2002 2/20/2002 2/21/2002 2/22/2002 2/25/2002
9/
17
/2
$0.00
$0.50
$1.00
$1.50
$2.00
$2.50
$3.00
hackoff.com
9/ 00
21 1
/2
9/ 00
27 1
0
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
/2
10 00
/3 1 9/17/2001
/2
10 00
/9 1
10 /20
/1 01
5 10/1/2001
10 /20
/1 01
9
10 /20
/2 01
10 20
5/ 10/15/2001
/3 01
1/
2
11 00
/6 1
11 20 / 10/29/2001
/1 01
2
11 /20
/1 01
6/ 11/12/2001
11 20
/2 01
2
11 /20
/2 01
8/ 11/26/2001
2
12 00
/4 1
###
12 /20
/1 01
0 12/10/2001
12 /20
/1 01
© 2005 Tom Evslin
4
12 /20
/2 01
0/ 12/24/2001
12 20
/2 01
6/
20
1/ 01
NASDAQ 9/17/01 - 2/25/02
1/
1/7/2002
2/ 00
20 2
/2
Page 12.1
00
2
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 12.2
e-commerce companies. Dom says that, when Daniel Lewin was alive and CTO
of Akamai, he always considered him one of the people that might develop
competitive capability. They decide Akamai should definitely be on the list.
Global Crossing and Level(3) might be potential acquirers if they wanted
to imbed the technology in their networks. They cross off Global Crossing
because of its financial problems but leave Level(3), which has recently
benefited from an investment by Warren Buffet that increased its stock price.
From here, they decide that any telecom giant including the European and
Asian carriers which has an extensive IP network could possibly imbed hackoff
technology in its network and might want to buy hackoff for that reason.
Larry’s spirits visibly lift with each addition to the list. “If we have to sell,”
he says, “looks like we should be able to get a good price.”
Donna, on the other hand, is doggedly glum.
“What’s the matter, Donna?” Larry asks her.
“I think you’re smoking dope,” she says. “We’re not going to be bought by
AT&T or British Telecom or Telecom Italia. Just isn’t going to happen.”
“Why not?” demands Larry. “They could distinguish their networks; get
out of having a commodity business if they put some of these smarts in.”
“Look,” says Donna, “if they need this technology so bad why haven’t we
sold it to them up-to-now?”
“We’ve tried. We’ve called on most of them at one time or another. There’s
been some interest.”
“Why haven’t we sold anything to them?” Donna demands.
“Frank says it’s because of corporate gridlock — they can never make a
decision on anything big. They’re interested; we can always find some biz dev
guy that’s interested. But we don’t get any further and the guy we’re dealing
with can’t make a decision. So, after a while, we don’t waste time on them any
more.”
“So why’s this going to be any different?” asks Donna. “Now we want to
sell them not just a technology license but a whole company, and you think
they’re gonna move faster? You think the biz dev guy whose phone number
Frank knows is gonna write us a big check and buy the whole company?”
“Now,” says Larry, “we have Barcourt & Brotherson working for us.
Right, Rachel? Now Harvey Maklin or even someone more influential, if such a
thing is possible, picks up the phone and calls the CEO or whoever at one of
these big telcos and says ‘boy, have I got a deal for you. This is something you
gotta look at it. Gonna be your whole future.’ And the deal gets done. Isn’t that
right, Rachel?”
“We’ll try,” says Rachel. “We’ll definitely try. We do have some good
relationships in telco.”
“I’m not holding my breath,” says Donna.
“I don’t think telcos are a good idea, Lar,” says Dom.
“Why? You try to sell anything to them lately? What do you know about
telcos?”
“It’s technically a bad idea, Lar. Our capability doesn’t belong INSIDE the
network; it belongs out at the edge. That’s where all the innovation is.”
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 12.5
“The mussels are what make this restaurant,” says Louise as she, Larry,
Rachel, and Ahmed squeeze into a small booth at Café de Bruxelles on
Greenwich Avenue. The restaurant is behind a speakeasy door and down a
half-flight of steps. Rumor has it that many of the clientele are off-duty cops.
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 12.8
Besides mussels, the restaurant is known for its wide beer selection and its
Belgian fries. It is crowded, noisy, and cheerful.
“Uh-oh,” says Rachel.
“What’s the matter?” asks Louise.
“I’m afraid Ahmed is allergic to shellfish.”
“I will be fine,” says Ahmed.
“I’m sure there’s something else on the menu,” says Louise. “We should
have asked. I’m so sorry. Would you prefer to go somewhere else? It’s hard to
get reservations on Saturday night but I’m sure we could…”
“I will be fine,” repeats Ahmed.
“Are you sure?” asks Louise. “I mean we could certainly…”
“He says he’ll be fine,” says Larry.
“I will be fine,” says Ahmed again.
The conversation pauses for a few minutes. Louise demands that the
waiter immediately bring menus and they do find that there are other things
that Ahmed can eat.
“Is it just eating mussels that makes you sick or is it too much to be near
them?” Louise asks.
“I will be fine,” says Ahmed.
“So,” says Louise, “it is great to finally have an opportunity to get
together with you. I meant to arrange something after we met at the airport
that strange night but, with one thing and another ... anyway, here we are.”
“This is very nice of you,” says Rachel. “Larry has told me so much about
you. He told me about the yellow ribbons at the Plaza. That’s so romantic. I…”
“Really?” says Louise. “Larry must really trust you. He doesn’t usually
talk about that time.”
Larry looks uncomfortable. “If you can’t trust your banker, who can you
trust? Let’s drink to that.” Drinks have just arrived. Wild Turkey straight up
for Larry; a metropolitan for Louise; Chardonnay for Rachel; and iced tea for
Achmed who doesn’t drink alcohol.
“So, Ahmed,” says Larry. “You mentioned at the airport that you have a
new job. What is it?”
“I don’t think I said that. I don’t think I said I have a new job,” says
Ahmed.
“Something about representing our mutual friend Mahmud Assan. I’m
pretty sure you said something about that.”
“You are correct, Larry; I did say that. Actually, that is something that I
hope to talk with you about, but perhaps this is not the appropriate time for a
business discussion.”
“I can’t tell business from pleasure. Just ask Louise. Never have been
able to. And both of these women know plenty about business. What would you
like to talk about?”
“It’s fine, Mahmud … I mean Ahmed,” says Louise. “We want to get to
know you and, if you’re anything like Larry, knowing your business is a good
way to know you.”
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 12.9
“Thank you,” says Ahmed. He pauses, then leans forward towards Larry.
He speaks as if he doesn’t want to be heard at the other tables. “As you know,
Larry, our friend Mr. Assan is in the business of procuring work for
Palestinians in the occupied territories. He has cooperated in this effort with
certain other friends of yours in Israel. He—”
“Is this still going on?” asks Larry. “There’s a war going on there. The
Infantada, or something, I think..”
“Intifada,” says Ahmed.
“Whatever. You don’t mean to tell me that the Israelis are funding the
people who are blowing up busses, do you?”
“Despite the increasingly harsh occupation,” says Ahmed, “there are still
those of us in Palestine who—”
“You’re not in Palestine. “One, there IS no Palestine; two, this is the US.”
“Ahmed…” Rachel begins with her hand on his sleeve.
“I thought we were going to have a business discussion, not a political
one,” says Louise. “Larry, let’s hear what Mahmud … I mean Ahmed — I’m
sorry, I keep doing that — let’s hear what Ahmed has to say about his
business.”
Ahmed continues even more quietly: “There are those of us who believe
that the Intifada is not an effective way to achieve our legitimate aims.”
“Your ‘legitimate’ aims WERE achieved,” says Larry. “Arafat got
everything he could’ve possibly hoped for from Barak and Clinton at Camp
David. There was a deal and he pulled out. He—”
“Larry,” says Louise, “you’re talking politics again. Let’s hear what
Ahmed has to say about BUSINESS.”
“Despite the violence,” Ahmed continues, “there are both Palestinians
and Israelis who want to build for a peaceful future. There can be no peace
until there is hope for the young men of the occupied territories. There are no
jobs in Gaza. There are no jobs in the West Bank. The men cannot support
their families. The young men cannot start families if they cannot support
them.”
“So what is your business?” asks Larry.
“I represent a group of programmers in Jenin.”
“These are the same people Mahmud was talking about?”
“They are some of the same people. They are very skilled in C++, Visual
C, Java, and other tools of modern programming and e-commerce. They also
work at a very low price compared to people with equivalent skills in the United
States or even India.”
“And you would like us to outsource some of our development to these
people?”
“That is correct, Larry Lazard. That is what we would like. This is not
charity. Your company will achieve very good value. It will achieve even better
value than in India. I am not asking you for charity but only that you give these
young men a chance. By giving them a chance, you will also be advancing
peace.”
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 12.10
“How would we work with them? I’m obviously not sending anyone to
Jenin. Would they be able to meet with us in Israel?”
“I’m afraid that is impossible,” says Ahmed. “They cannot get into Israel.
The people in the territories are imprisoned.”
“Are we discussing politics or business?” asks Larry.
“You are correct,” says Ahmed. “The business fact is that they cannot
travel freely. They are also not in a place where you would be able to meet with
them. Phone service does work, although the phones are tapped by the Israelis.
Please, that is a fact, not a political statement. Nevertheless, the Israelis do not
object to this — except for those who are most extreme. They will not interfere,
except that sometimes, when the phones are tapped, that causes them to fail.
There is also email and that will also be read by the Israelis. This is not
important.”
“I assume you know,” says Larry, “that I had almost the same discussion
with Mahmud. I was very interested. And then Mahmud asked me for a bribe.”
“That cannot be,” says Ahmed. “Perhaps you misunderstood. Sometimes
Mr. Assan does not express himself clearly in English.”
“He expressed himself very clearly. He wanted a bribe. How do YOU get
paid?”
“This is a business for me, Larry. I believe in what I am doing, but it is a
business. I’m sure you understand that. I am the agent for these programmers.
I help them procure business here in the United States. I facilitate
communication during the process. I help arrange payment. And, when
payment is made, I retain a portion as my compensation. That is a very
business-like arrangement, I believe.”
“What portion do you ‘retain’?”
“That is a confidential matter between my clients and myself,” says
Ahmed. ”I hope that does not offend you, Larry; but I must respect their
business confidence. I do not ask you the confidential arrangements of your
business. I do not ask you how much you are paid…”
“You don’t have to. It’s on the Internet. I run a public company. But how
do I know that this is not just a way of paying bribes? How do I know that your
clients will ever get paid?”
“Larry, you’re being offensive,” says Louise. “Ahmed…”
“I do not take offense, Louise,” says Ahmed. “I understand that your
husband must be a cautious businessman. I understand that there have been
misunderstandings in the past. I am not afraid to answer his questions and I
am not offended by them. Larry, the cost to hackoff will be much lower than it
would be for similar quantities of work of this quality anywhere else in the
world. In that low price, there is not room for what you call ‘bribes’. There will
barely be sufficient money for the people in Jenin and for my modest fee for
representing them. Unfortunately, it is difficult for us to be established in this
business and our prices must be very low.”
“That makes some sense,” says Larry. “I understand that if there isn’t
much honey, it won’t attract many flies. But — and please don’t take this
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 12.11
###
Longer story:
Went thru the PowerPoint with petehar. He’s a director somewhere
in the systems group that has responsibility for ecommerce
servers or ecommerce use of NT servers anyway. They’ve
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 12.12
reorganized so much since I left that I’m not sure what this
means, but usually director at MS is like VP somewhere else.
billg’s stingy with titles and I hear steveb is worse.
I tell him we can’t tell him how it works. Would have to shoot
him and all that if we did. He asks then how’s he know there’s
anything to buy? I point out to him how many customers we have,
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 12.13
how none of them who follow the directions ever got hit with
anything major. That’s a big deal. They’re all targets. He says
same is true with antihack customers.
He says he knows all about those things but antihack’s got them
fixed. No big deal. I ask him if he’s been talking to antihack
since he knows so much about them. He says of course he can’t
tell me or he’d have to kill me. He wants me to think he has but
I don’t think so. He didn’t pick up any of their buzz-words.
Thanks for the all the detail, Dom. It’ll be helpful to us going
forward.
Dom:
Rachel:
Donna
Met with three guys from there. Bizdev guy didn’t show. Short
story is that they do not see a compelling need for the
technology and do not distinguish between us and antihack. Like
Microsoft, might buy patents and technology from the scrapheap.
Could be interested just to keep us away from Microsoft.
Longer story:
Oracle sent product VP Mark Jopher, director Emile Cauve, and
strategy director Francine Lauche. Jopher did most of the
talking. Larry and I were there as well as Rachel Roth from
Barcourt.
I brought up our patents and that we feel they are both broad
and enforceable. He said that he was sure the approach they
would be able to take in the database engine was so different
from what anyone else would have to do that patents couldn’t
possibly be a problem.
I agree with Dom that the Microsoft card may be our strongest
play. However, after thinking this over, it is probably best
played by Rachel. She should get back to them sooner than
planned to give them a heads-up that they are competing with
Microsoft here.
Rachel, you’ll know the best way to say this. Maybe you can’t
tell them directly, which makes it all the more compelling.
You’re just giving them a hint but can’t tell them the whole
story. Maybe that makes them imagine more.
In fact, I like this so much that we should try with MS, too.
Dom, do you want to call your guy? Or can we think of some way
to do this through bankers, too?
###
Rachel calls Larry at nine the next morning. “Larry, three things. One: I
think it is a really good idea to play Microsoft and Oracle off against each other.
I mean that could really work.”
“Good,” says Larry. “Have you thought about what you’ll tell them?”
“Well, that’s thing number two. I’m not sure it’s appropriate for me to do
this. I’m the banker and our role is sort of as honest broker. I mean…”
“I don’t know what you mean,” says Larry. “I don’t know what the fuck
you mean…”
“Larry, there’s no need to be abusive.”
“Okay, let’s discuss this very calmly. Who’s paying you?”
“You are … I mean hackoff is.”
“Right. So who are you working for?”
“We work for you. But, like your accountants—”
“Rachel, let me ask you a different question: Did you forward our email
to Harvey Maklin?”
“Of course. I told you that you would have the support of the whole
Barcourt team.”
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 12.17
“And he just told you to call me and tell me that you guys shouldn’t get
your hands dirty doing this, right? Before that, you thought it was a good idea,
right?”
“Well, he didn’t say anything about getting our hands dirty.”
“So you want me to call Harvey and tell him to cut the crap, or you
gonna do it? I don’t want to hurt your career or anything. I think you’ve done a
good job for us so far. But we’re entitled to all the negotiating help we can get
for the money we’re paying Barcourt and there’s no way I’m gonna let that
asshole stop us from getting what we’re entitled to.”
“I can handle Harvey,” says Rachel. “Actually, I agree with you. I’ll handle
him.”
“Knew you could do it,” says Larry with an audible smile. “Can’t cut his
balls off, though.”
“Not sure I want to know, but why not?”
“Because he doesn’t have any.” Larry laughs, then stops. “What was the
third thing?”
“Please don’t put stuff like this in email. Especially, don’t put in email
that you’re asking me to lie to the prospects. If it’s not in email, I don’t have to
forward it anywhere. If it is in email, we don’t know when it’ll resurface.”
“I guess you’re right,” says Larry. “Not asking you to lie, of course, just to
bluff. That’s different. We all know that bankers never lie.”
“I’ll let you know how the calls with Microsoft and Oracle go,” says
Rachel.
###
Larry:
I think you and Dom are right. We ought to play the Microsoft-
Oracle thing. Rachel should certainly be the one to spin the
yarn. I’m still not satisfied, frankly, that we’re getting our
money’s worth from Barcourt. This idea should have come from
them.
Donna
###
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 12.18
“Do we want the deal to happen? Do we want a lousy deal and we lose
our company before we have a chance to recoup? Did you like it when Georgie
called you up and didn’t offer you the CFO position?”
“I didn’t give him a chance to offer me the CFO position,” says Donna.
“Whatever. No deal’s gonna get done that we like. Not that I wouldn’t try
to get one done if it was good, but there just isn’t gonna be one with the market
the way it is. But you know our Board are a bunch of pussies. We have an
experienced banker, he’ll sell them on whatever is the best deal he can get, no
matter how shitty it is for you and me, how shitty for the company. No deal,
they don’t get any commission, right?”
“Right. So you want a banker who can’t even find a bad deal and, even if
she did, can’t sell our Board.”
Larry laughs. “I knew there was a reason I hang around with you. It’s
because you’re so smart.”
“Okay,” says Donna. “I get that part, actually. But then what? How’re we
going to pull this out?”
“We’ll figure that out soon as we get time. Monitored Service’ll kick in at
some point. That’ll help. Stocks in the portfolio’ll come back up. We’ll be okay.
Not like were before, no one is. But we’ll be okay.”
“Lar, I bought your thinking up to that point. But you’ve got your head in
the sand. We can’t just wait. Things aren’t going to get better by themselves.
Speaking as your friend, I’ve got to tell you that you don’t have the intensity
you once had. Can’t say I blame you, but it’s a fact. And I’m pretty burned out,
too. We both thought this’d be a bigger hit by now after the IPO and the stock
taking off. Even after the secondary. Frankly, I thought I’d’ve cashed in my
chips by now, gone on to be a CEO at some startup. And I bet you thought
you’d get a CEO in, back off to just being Chairman, hunt more mushrooms,
get into some other kind of trouble — whatever turns you on these days.”
“I don’t quit,” says Larry. “You’re right; I’m sick of a lot of the shit. Don’t
want to hear any more whining from HR. Could do without the chat group
assholes. Board meetings aren’t a lot of fun anymore. But you know, shit
happens. We are where we are; what can we do but keep going? What I don’t
want to do is let the company we made go for a shit price because we’re selling
at a low. That’s what I really don’t want to do.”
“Lar, you got balls. I’ve always said that about you. Well, actually I didn’t
tell anybody but you do. But, I gotta tell you, I don’t think I can keep doing it.
I’m burned out. And all this Sarbanes-Oxley shit and all the stuff I gotta do
with accountants now that doesn’t do anything but help politicians pretend
they did something about Enron. And worrying about getting sued all the time.
And listening to that bitch Joanne on the Board calls. Larry, I’ve had it. We get
a good price, I’m out in a minute. But, you know, the headhunters call and I’m
gonna have to listen. Think about my career. Think about being a CEO and not
a CFO anymore.”
“You getting CEO offers from headhunters? Even in this market? There’re
no startups to be CEO of.”
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 12.20
“What they’re calling about is companies that are still alive but bleeding.
Like us. Or some of the ones that never got to go public. The boards realize that
the CEO can’t make it. Maybe he’s burnt out. Maybe he wasn’t the right guy
anyway. So they’re looking for someone to take over. We did a good enough job
so they think of me. A few startups, too, but mostly rescue jobs.”
“Sounds like you HAVE been listening to the headhunters.”
“Lar, looks like we’re gonna sell this company. We put ourselves in play. I
have to keep my options open. It’s not disloyalty; it’s just being practical. I
didn’t know you had a plan to not sell the company. You could have told me
that.”
“I am telling you,” says Larry. “But, yeah, I should’ve told you before.
Frankly, didn’t know if you’d agree but shoulda told you. So now you know.
You don’t have to look for a job. Unless we get a really great offer — and I don’t
think that’s gonna happen — we’re still here. Dom’s been working better lately;
I think he grew up some. We just do our shit and we pull it out.”
“It’s not so simple, Larry. Maybe I should have told you I was talking to
headhunters like you should have told me that we aren’t really in play, that
you have a plan to stop a pussy Board from selling us out. I’m actually pretty
far along with one deal. Pretty good one for me. They’ll even go a long way to
compensate me for hackoff options that are underwater anyway.”
“They gonna make you CEO?”
“And Chairman, I insisted on that.”
“Care to tell me who it is?”
“No. I’m sorry, Larry. I really am. I thought we were gonna be sold out
and I looked around and this is pretty good for me.”
“You locked in?”
”It’d be very hard to say ‘no’. Cost me a lot of credibility. And, I have to
tell you, the alternative’s not great. So, we don’t sell the company. I stay on as
CFO. Do the same old shit. It’s a long slog back, Larry. For what? I can move
right on to being Chairman and CEO. Now that I know I have the offer, that’s
really the right thing for me to do.”
“I don’t think I can do it without you, Donna. Hate to say it but it’s the
truth.”
“I don’t think you have an option, Larry. I appreciate your saying that. I
really do. Means a lot to me. ‘Specially because I think you mean it. But I
think it’s one of those times when we go our separate ways. It’s happened
before. Maybe we meet again in some other gig.”
“Okay, you’re not leaving me any choice.”
“You gonna sell? Better get another banker if you really want to. I’ll help
you with that. Help you with the sale. I can buy some time for that.”
“I already told you I’m not gonna quit. You know me better than that.”
“You just said you had no choice.”
“I’ve got no choice; I gotta keep you here,” says Larry.
“How’re you gonna do that? You gonna chain me up? It was fun when we
tried it a million years ago but it isn’t gonna work now.”
“Look, Donna, you’re sick of being CFO, right?”
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 12.21
Donna stifles a laugh and says: “What if the Board doesn’t go along? I
know where one ‘no’ vote comes from. Woman’s intuition tells me she may be
able to sway Joe, too.”
“May be a problem, but I don’t think so. Once they decide not to take any
shitty offers — and that’s gonna be the hard part — they can’t make me be
CEO if I don’t want to. The company’s got to come out swinging; can’t do a CEO
search. We present a united front. Dom’ll join in. He won’t want to work for
anyone except me or you. He’ll be afraid a newbie won’t appreciate him. Might
rather work for you than me, actually. They got no choice but we gotta play
hardball.”
“You gonna play hardball?” Donna asks.
“You ever know me to have soft balls?”
“I could sue you for harassment,” she says, smiling.
“You won’t,” he says. “You’re having too much fun.”
“Don’t count on it. Next question: Do I get to end the ‘equity’ stuff? Can
we sell just for real money?”
“That’s not a CEO call. It’s a Board call and my call. This isn’t the time to
give up on that.”
“Larry, you’re right, it isn’t a CEO call but I’m asking now as part of ‘let’s
make a deal.’ I don’t want to take the job if we can’t win. And, as good an idea
as it was, I think it’s time has passed.”
“You drive a hard bargain.”
“You want a CEO who doesn’t?”
“Look, here’s what I’ll do on that. I think you’re wrong. I think equity
works; you don’t give up on it at a market bottom. But I’m gonna give you that
call when the time comes. When we announce our new strategy. You just gotta
promise me you’ll keep an open mind. You look at the facts the way they are
before you make the call.”
“Done,” says Donna.
“So you stay?”
“Yeah. I guess, for now. You wore me down. What’s a girl — I mean a
woman — supposed to do? One more thing, though.”
“Great, you stay. I get to give you a hug?”
“You keep your hands off. You’ve done enough damage already. Anyway,
I got one more thing.”
“What, one more thing? Can’t be one more thing when we’re through
bargaining?”
“This is post-bargain. Part of implementation. Look, we got the meeting
coming up with the vulture buy-out firm next week.”
“So?”
“So let’s not have your dumb banker in that meeting. These guys are
junkyard dogs but they’re smart. We can’t have someone dumb there. Too
many variables.”
“She won’t want to miss it…”
“Too fucking bad. She’s so dumb she’s dangerous.”
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 12.23
“Yeah. Okay. Whatever. Remember, she’s gonna send you this CYA email
about not lying…”
“Yeah, I won’t flame her back. Part of the deal. Just don’t let her in the
meeting with the vultures.”
That night Donna tells Francis: “I sort of fell into it, to tell the truth. I
didn’t know he had a plan — should of known, but I didn’t — and I didn’t know
he needed me to pull it off. Then I saw his reaction when I started talking about
headhunters so I just took it from there…”
“You have been talking to some headhunters,” he says.
“Yeah, but nothing good, at least not yet. It’s not a good time for CEOs
even if I convinced Larry it is. I just winged it, and he did just what I hoped. I
really would rather be CEO at hackoff than anywhere else. It is a good
company; it does have the best product. Once we get rid of that stupid equity
instead of cash stuff that Larry’s in love with and stop managing for quarterly
results, we’ll do fine. I can do this.”
“I’m sure you can. Babe, I’m sure you can. Once you guys get out of
being in play — and I don’t think that’ll be as easy as either of you think —
once you get out of being in play, are you sure Larry’ll keep his word?”
“Well, funny thing, as much of a liar as he can be, he’s always told me
the truth — pretty much. I think he will. I’ll cut his balls off if he doesn’t, but I
think he will.”
“Good. Babe, we’ve … you’ve worked hard for this. I’m happy for you.” He
reaches over and runs a fingertip down her cheek. “Ready for bed?”
“No, not yet. I’ve got a lot to think about.”
###
“You hardly sound like a phreak, anymore,” says Larry. “Phreaks don’t
‘manage for profitability’. You sure you can still do your job?”
Dom pauses, looks, sees Larry is smiling. “Yeah, well, way it happens.
There’s no one could do it better. But, you know, I do understand this
profitability thing. When the rules of a game change, they change. Can’t just
whine about it. Got to learn the new rules fast and win. Nothing new about
that. So, anyway, I can see doing the outsourcing thing. Even willing to believe
we could manage these guys remotely wherever they are. Hope they don’t strap
on a belt in the middle of a job and go blow themselves up at a bus stop.”
“Supposed to be, we give them jobs, they don’t feel like blowing
themselves up anymore,” says Larry. “At least it’s supposed to work that way.”
“So now Dom’s ‘managing for profitability’ and Larry’s a do-gooder,” says
Donna. “This mean everybody’s growing up? Might not be fun to work around
here anymore.”
“Seriously, Donna,” says Dom.
“It’s okay Dom. I was just kidding. I like working with you guys. I like
where we’re going with this. I just wanted to give you some shit for old time’s
sake. Go ahead with what you were saying; don’t pay any attention to me.”
“So,” says Dom. “I can see doing this, I really can; but…”
“Smart guy once told me ‘disregard everything before the “but”’,” says
Larry. “What do you really want to say?”
“Security’s the problem. I mean we can’t lose control of any of the source
code. We can’t have anybody outside knowing how the shit works. Too
dangerous. What’s to stop these guys, once they know how we do it, from
turning into super-hackers, financing a whole jihad by raiding our customers.
Nothing against them but…”
”I even worry about the code here,” says Larry. “I know what you’re
saying. So what could they do without any source code?”
“Here’s what I’ve been thinking,” says Dom. “It’s like you’re reading my
mind. There is stuff could be done without the source code. There’s UI and
administrative stuff that I give the newbies before I have real confidence we’ll
want to keep ‘em. Don’t need the source code for that.”
“Even having them do the UI scares me,” says Larry. “Sure, we don’t
show them the source code and that’s good. But it runs at the customer sites
so suppose there’s a Trojan horse in it? Suppose they can use that to open a
back door?”
“Right. Had the same thought. So that leaves the administrative stuff
that runs here. The crap for Donna — no offense. We already make sure there’s
no connection between the administrative systems and the security systems.
They’re on different networks that don’t talk to each other.”
“Right,” says Larry. “That’s safe, but do we have enough of the
administrative stuff to make a difference? Is it worth doing? I don’t think so.”
“You’d be surprised,” says Donna. “There’s stuff I don’t even ask for that
could help us control expenses, collect bills, analyze customers, measure
marketing, control salesmen — well, maybe control salesmen. Anyway, I don’t
ask for it because I know Dom hasn’t got the horses to do it with what else’s on
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 12.25
###
At the end, Slozik refocused and asked how much we wanted for
the company. Larry told him that’s not the way we’re doing the
exercise. He explained that we’re doing the pitch to those who
have shown interest, then soliciting expressions of interest
including a bid from those who have interest.
Slozik asked how much the company is worth. I told him that
depended on what someone was willing to pay but we weren’t going
to let it go for a price below what we thought it was worth.
Would get best value for shareholders whether that was through a
sale of by continuing to run the company.
Slozik asked what was the minimum bid, then. Larry said we’re
not answering that question. To some degree depends on what
happens with the company in the next couple of months as we look
at our own results, which are looking up.
Larry said maybe we’re at the wrong place, then, because we’re
gaining, not losing value. I pointed out the good things that
are happening with cash flow.
Slozik said maybe we are at the wrong place but not from what he
hears. He hears we need to get out, be private. Maybe the
company succeeds, maybe the assets just get sold. Doesn’t matter
to him. He’s not going to buy anything except at a good price
and then he’s going to get his money’s worth out of it. That’s
what they do. Happy to pass on something if the price is too
rich. Never looks back if he does. Doesn’t care if he should
have paid more. But, when they buy, 99% of the time they get
their money out and more. Don’t forgive themselves if they
overpay.
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 12.27
Donna
I don’t want to “rub it in” but I know it was Donna who insisted
I not be allowed to accompany you on the call. I really do
believe I would have added value with this important prospect. I
also resent her insinuation that we might act unethically and
reveal inappropriate information to Condor.
Yeah, right, she would’ve made the meeting better. That was just
what we didn’t need. Notice that there’s a “Chinese Wall” but
they’ll tell us what they hear from Condor. A Chinese Wall means
they’ll tell both sides exactly what it’s best for Barcourt to
tell us. Maybe we can figure some way to use that to our
advantage.
###
“Larry, I shouldn’t be doing this,” says Rachel. They are in a noisy Italian
pizza place in Dumbo under the lights of the Brooklyn Bridge.
“I won’t tell,” says Larry. “Trust me. What are we doing by the way?”
“I’m giving you a heads-up that I shouldn’t be giving you.”
“I was hoping we were having a … uh … another tryst.”
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 12.29
dollar, that we just throw away all the value of the intellectual property, the
patents, all that?”
“At the current stock price we’d recommend going with the antihack
deal.”
“Oh, is that what ‘we’ would recommend?” asks Larry, snarling now.
“’We’ recommend that hackoff be part of that piece of shit antihack. That we let
Georgie-boy Wrobly run both companies into the ground at the same time.
That—”
“Larry, I’m sorry. I knew you wouldn’t like that. But it’s just numbers.
With the stock where it is, the antihack offer is worth more to the shareholders
than the Condor offer. If the stock goes down, maybe Condor is the better
alternative. At this point, I think we want to get them both into a final round of
bidding, hopefully improve both offers.”
“This isn’t going to happen,” says Larry. “This isn’t happening. We gave
you the projections; we showed you what the company can be worth.”
“We can’t disregard the auction process we’ve been through. And we
can’t disregard what the market is telling us through the stock price. We have
to take all those things into consideration.”
“This is fucking circular. I’m not an idiot!”
Rachel leans across the table. “Larry, no one said… Please keep your
voice down.”
“This is a con game to get a commission for Barcourt. You got two jobs.
One: get us good bids. Didn’t happen. Two: figure out what is a fair price for
the company in case there are no good bids. So what you’re saying is, since
there’s no good bids, what the company is worth is something less than the
bad bids. Bullshit! Didn’t you look at the numbers we gave you?”
“Of course we did, Larry. Of course we did. But, even if we accept them
as gospel — and we all know that there’s risk in those projections — we’ve still
got to look at how the market is likely to view those results. Equally important,
we have to look at how the market is going to value the company in the interim.
We’ve got to look at the stock price actually coming down further if we say
there have been no good offers and we’re just going to do more of the same.”
“We showed you how this can be a company that makes lots of money
even if the stock doesn’t go up again.”
“Even if we accept those as a starting point — and we did — the numbers
would be even better in combination with antihack.”
“WHY?” demands Larry combatively.
“It’s obvious…”
“Not fucking obvious to ME!”
“Please don’t shout, Larry. You could be overheard — even in this place.
If we put the two companies together, they dominate the industry — of course,
we don’t use the D word with lawyers around, but you know what I mean. If we
assume that the market will someday value this segment again, then a single
major company is going to get more value than even the sum of two
competitors beating their heads in—”
“There aren’t gonna be two competitors.”
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 12.31
“Not if you two combine. That’s why it makes sense. I know you
understand.”
“antihack can’t stay in business,” says Larry. “They’re lucky they got as
far as they did, mainly by copying us. They don’t have the technology; they
don’t have the patents.”
“Larry, there’s perception and there’s reality and it’s perception that
matters because that’s what people act on. I know you don’t like to hear it, but
the one theme we’ve heard through this whole process is that no one sees any
difference in the technology of the two companies.”
“So what happens next?”
“Larry, I want you to understand…”
“WHAT HAPPENS NEXT?”
“Well, it’ll be more than a week before we finish the preliminary fairness
opinion and the recommendations. Another week to go through internal review
at Barcourt. Then we can show them to the management team first, if you like,
but we do have to show them to your Board.”
“And just to make sure I understand, what is your recommendation
going to be?”
“Well, it depends some on the stock price at the time, but basically it’ll be
that we attempt to solicit firm bids that are somewhat higher from both parties
— don’t want to eliminate either one yet — and that we get into a final
negotiation process, which is hopefully a bidding war.”
“Two weeks?” asks Larry.
“What? Yeah, about two weeks. If you want to schedule a Board Meeting
then, it might be helpful. But, please, I shouldn’t have told you anything.
There’s still a lot to go through at Barcourt. Please don’t tell anyone.”
“See ya,” he says and leaves Rachel alone in the noisy restaurant.
He puts on his coat as he leaves the restaurant and heads uphill to the
subway. On the way to the station, he calls Donna and Dom and arranges to
meet them at the office.
“At this price, Larry,” Rachel says in a phone call, “it looks like the
Condor offer will be the better one.”
“Is that right?” asks Larry.
“Yes, that’s right. You don’t sound interested. We’re ready to send you a
draft of our report. Is there a date set when we can meet with the hackoff
Board?”
“Not yet. We’ve been sort of busy with this virus thing.”
“That’s certainly not very helpful coming right now,” says Rachel. “I hope
Condor doesn’t use this as an excuse to lower their bid. But, knowing them,
they might. Exactly how many hackoff-protected sites were hit by Paul Revere?”
“We have nothing to say about that currently.”
“Larry, we’re your bankers. This could be something material to factor
into our analysis.”
“We have nothing to say about that currently.”
“I’m sorry, but you’re being unreasonable. We can’t do our job unless we
have all the relevant information.”
“Yeah, well,” says Larry, “being you’re a banker, you’re probably not a
security expert, right?”
“Why does that matter to what we’re doing?”
“Because this is a security problem, not a banking problem. Hackers
would like very much to know which sites have been hit and which haven’t,
who’s vulnerable and who’s not. I tell you anything, you’d have to send it out
over email at Barcourt. You think your email’s secure?”
“Well, I don’t know, but I would think so.”
“So did all the sites that got hit. Trust me, your email’s not secure. I
wouldn’t even trust my phone if I were you. I’m not trusting any information to
Barcourt that could be useful to hackers.”
“So how are we supposed to finish our job? How do we know how much
damage this is going to do to your valuation?”
“That’s why you get paid the big bucks,” says Larry. “See ya.” He hangs
up.
###
Media Contact:
Eve Gross
Chief Marketing Officer
212 555 1000
eveg@hackoff.com
April 29, 2002 — New York, NY — hackoff.com.® (NASDAQ: HOFC) has concluded an
investigation of the effects of attacks by the hacker called “Paul Revere” on sites using
hackaway™ software. Preliminary results indicate that no site which was using the
software as instructed was penetrated by Paul Revere despite a large number of
attempts.
The company investigated fully reports by several customers that they had been
compromised. However, in each such case, it was clear that the customers were not
using the software in accordance with hackoff documentation. hackoff is working with
all customers to assure their understanding of the proper use of the software.
“I am very proud that our product withstood these relentless attacks,” said hackoff
Chairman and CEO Larry Lazard. “The danger from hackers is clearly on the increase
and we are dedicated to protecting our e-commerce customers and their customers
from this danger.”
the customers since known and unknown problems with it might prove an end
run around the hackaway protection.
On May 16, hackoff stock falls twenty-five cents to $2.08 when the
company announces that it has decided that the best course for stockholders is
NOT being acquired. The company reveals that it has had several offers — one
of which was from antihack — but these offers are below the price the stock is
trading at and do not reflect the fact that hackoff protection was not penetrated
by the largest attack on e-commerce sites ever to have occurred while software
provided by hackoff’s major competitor was badly compromised. The
announcement includes the fact that the company’s bankers, Barcourt &
Brotherson, have issued an opinion that declining these offers is “fair” to
stockholders.
On May 28, antihack announces that it will not come anywhere near the
sales or earnings which it had forecast for the second quarter. hackoff stock
soars over $2.50 and closes at $2.47.
2500
2000
1500
1000
500
0
2/26/2002
3/5/2002
3/12/2002
3/19/2002
3/26/2002
4/2/2002
4/9/2002
4/16/2002
4/23/2002
4/30/2002
5/7/2002
5/14/2002
5/21/2002
5/28/2002
2/
26
/
$0.00
$0.50
$1.00
$1.50
$2.00
$2.50
$3.00
2/ 200
hackoff.com
28 2
/2
3/ 002
4/
2
3/ 002
6/
20
3/ 02
8/
3/ 200
12 2
3/ /200
14 2
/
3/ 200
18 2
/
3/ 200
20 2
/
3/ 200
22 2
3/ /200
26 2
/
3/ 200
28 2
/2
4/ 002
1/
2
4/ 002
3/
20
4/ 02
5/
2
4/ 002
9/
4/ 200
11 2
4/ /200
15 2
4/ /200
17 2
© 2005 Tom Evslin
/
4/ 200
19 2
4/ /200
23 2
4/ /200
25 2
4/ /200
HOFC Daily Trading 2/26/02 - 5/28/02
29 2
/2
5/ 002
1/
2
5/ 002
3/
2
5/ 002
7/
20
5/ 02
9/
5/ 200
13 2
5/ /200
15 2
5/ /200
17 2
5/ /200
21 2
5/ /200
23 2
/
5/ 200
27 2
/2
Page 12.35
00
2
hackoff.com © 2006 Tom Evslin Page 13.1
1420
1410
1400
1390
1380
1370
1360
1350
4/2/2003 4/3/2003
$1.80
$1.60
$1.40
$1.20
$1.00
$0.80
$0.60
$0.40
$0.20
$0.00
4/1/2003 4/2/2003
###
hackoff.com © 2006 Tom Evslin Page 13.2
Q: Where is Jenin?
A: Jenin is in the occupied territories of Palestine.
Q: When did Mr. Qalid become a partner?
A: He became a partner in 1998.
Q: Why did they need a partner in Jenin?
A: I assume because he could help the business. My father and
my uncle are businessmen and they make decisions based on
what can help their business.
Q: You don’t know why he was added?
A: I’ve already told you...
Q: You told me what you assume. You did NOT tell me that you
KNOW why he was added.
A: That is correct.
Q: Do you know why he was added?
A: No.
Q: Let me digress a moment. Before you came to see me for this
informal interview, did you ask anyone for advice on how to
conduct yourself?
A: I did. I—
Q: Before you answer, let me make sure you know that you have
every right to have consulted with an attorney and, if you
did so, you have every right to claim attorney-client
privilege for that discussion and need not answer any
questions about that discussion. Now you may answer.
A: I consulted with my uncle.
Q: Is your uncle an attorney?
A: He is, as I have told you, a businessman.
Q: Do you consider him to be your attorney representing you in
this matter?
A: I do not.
Q: Fine. Did your uncle advise you how to answer questions?
A: He did.
Q: What did he advise you?
A: He advised me to answer the questions that were asked and
not to answer questions that were not asked.
Q: You can tell your uncle you’re doing that quite well. Did he
advise you to tell the truth when you answer questions?
A: He did not.
Q: Did he advise you NOT to tell the truth?
A: He did not.
hackoff.com © 2006 Tom Evslin Page 13.14
Q: By whom?
A: By our attorneys.
Q: Okay. We won’t go into your attorneys’ advice. But we may
come back to this whole subject later. You didn’t mention
the “occupied territories”.
A: I did. I said this was the place I went most frequently.
Except for Israel, of course.
Q: You didn’t say anything about buying or selling there.
A: I did not buy or sell there.
Q: Then why did you go there? I thought that’s what you did for
the firm, buy and sell.
A: I met with people in the occupied territories who had
connections that enabled us to buy and sell in other places.
Q: Did you visit Mr. Qalid there? If so, was this before or
after he became a partner in the firm?
A: I did meet with Mr. Qalid in the occupied territories. I did
meet with him there both before and after he became a member
of the firm.
Q: Is Mr. Qalid a person with connections?
A: He is.
Q: Why did you leave the family firm in 1999?
A: I had an opportunity to enter another business which uses my
knowledge of computer science.
Q: You didn’t use your computer science knowledge at Qali,
Qali, and Qalid?
A: I designed the company website. I was the contact when the
firm needed to have computer work done. I ordered the
personal computers and arranged for Internet access. These
tasks, however, were incidental to my main responsibilities
and did not require much knowledge of computer science.
Q: Did you join a dotcom in 1999?
A: I did not.
Q: What company did you join?
A: I became the United States representative for a group of
programmers located in Jenin. They are known as the Jenin
Cooperative Development Institute.
Q: How did you become acquainted with this group?
A: I was introduced to them by Muhammad Qalid.
Q: Was that before or after he joined the firm?
A: It was after.
Q: Was he trying to get you out of the firm? Were you rivals
for succession in the firm?
hackoff.com © 2006 Tom Evslin Page 13.17
Q: Is it a success for you? Are you making more money than you
made at your family firm? Do you want to be an agent for the
cooperative for the rest of your life?
A: I obtain satisfaction from this work. I am able to support
myself by it. I am hoping that the cooperative will grow. I
am hoping that peace, if it should ever come, will allow the
cooperative to grow and allow my role with it to grow as
well.
Q: You didn’t answer whether you are making more money than you
did with the family business.
A: I am not.
Q: Are you making less?
A: Yes.
Q: Is that why you need a roommate? To help with the rent?
A: I had a roommate when I worked at the family firm.
Q: That’s right; you did. Do you have any financial troubles as
a consequence of making less money?
A: I do not.
Q: Has you making less money been a source of friction between
you and Ms. Roth?
A: It has not.
Q: Have you ever been unable to pay your share of the rent?
A: No.
Q: You do understand that I will have an interview with Ms.
Roth as well?
A: I do.
Q: Okay. It’ll be interesting to know if she sees things the
same way. Did you have any customers for the cooperative’s
services who were not part of the Arabic community in the
United States?
A: Yes.
Q: Who are some of these non-Arabic customers? How did you meet
them? Why did they buy from you?
A: There is only one non-Arabic customer at this time. That
customer is hackoff.com.
Q: Okay. Who at hackoff made the decision to buy from you? How
did you meet them? Why did they decide to buy from you?
A: Mr. Larry Lazard was the person at hackoff.com who decided
that they would outsource to the cooperative. I met him
through my ... through Miss Roth. I believe he bought from
us because we represented a good value to his company. He
also was concerned about helping the Palestinian people.
hackoff.com © 2006 Tom Evslin Page 13.20
Q: Well, that saves some time. I was about to ask when you
first met the deceased. When was that?
A: I first met Mr. Lazard in the Spring of the year 2000.
Q: Where did you meet him?
A: At an airport. He and Miss Roth flew back from the roadshow
for the secondary offering together on a private plane. I
picked her up at an airport in New Jersey and it is there
that I met Mr. Larry Lazard.
Q: Were they having an affair then?
A: I have no way to know that.
Q: Would you have cared if they were?
A: Mr. Lazard’s wife, Louise Lazard, was also at the airport.
Q: I didn’t ask you that. Up until now you have been following
your uncle’s advice and only answering the questions I ask.
Why did you suddenly volunteer that information?
A: I thought you were about to ask me that.
Q: I think you didn’t want to answer my question about how you
would have felt if you knew then that the deceased and Ms.
Roth were having an affair.
A: It is a very hypothetical question. I cannot answer it.
Q: Were you and Ms. Roth having sexual relations then?
A: At the airport? Certainly not.
Q: Sometimes you seem to understand what a sexual relationship
is and sometimes you don’t. Did you and Ms. Roth still have
a sexual relationship at the time you picked her up at the
airport?
A: I have not said that she and I ever had a sexual
relationship.
Q: Why did you pick Ms. Roth up at the airport? Surely she
could have arranged for a car service.
A: I wanted to meet Mr. Larry Lazard.
Q: To see if he had a sexual relationship with Ms. Roth?
A: No. I wanted to talk to him about using the services of the
cooperative.
Q: Why did you think he would be interested in those services?
Why were you selling to him at all since you seem to have
concentrated on Arabic customers?
A: He had made inquiries.
Q: Inquiries of whom? When? Of Ms. Roth?
A: As I understand, he made inquiries when he was in
Switzerland at some sort of conference.
Q: Who told you that?
hackoff.com © 2006 Tom Evslin Page 13.21
A: Muhammad Qalid.
Q: How would he know?
A: Mohammed Qalid has many connections. Often he has given me
before what you would call a “lead”.
Q: What I call a “lead” is something that helps me solve a
murder. Is that what you are giving me?
A: I was told that Mr. Larry Lazard has committed suicide.
Q: It is my job to determine who killed him. Do you have any
idea who may have wanted to do that?
A: I do not.
Q: Would you have had any reason to kill the deceased?
A: I would not.
Q: What about the fact that he was screwing your girl friend?
A: I had no reason to kill Mr. Larry Lazard. I did not kill
him.
Q: What kind of business relationship did you have with the
deceased?
A: He was our customer.
Q: Was he a good customer? Did he buy a lot? Did he pay for
what he bought?
A: hackoff was buying more and more from us. Sometimes, as with
many customers, there were disputes over payments.
Q: You mean the deceased didn’t want to pay your bill?
A: There were sometimes disagreements over how much was owed.
Q: Why would that be in dispute?
A: Our arrangement with hackoff requires them to pay us only on
the completion of certain items. Sometimes Mr. Dom Montain
would not agree that certain items were complete even though
they were.
Q: Then what would you do?
A: I would discuss these items with Mr. Larry Lazard.
Q: Then what happened?
A: Usually Mr. Lazard would decide that the items were indeed
complete and would authorize Mrs. Donna Langhorne to pay us.
Q: And if he didn’t think they were complete?
A: Sometimes there would be minor things we would do as a
courtesy so that Mr. Lazard would agree that we had
finished.
Q: Why would Mr. Montain say that your work was not complete if
it was?
hackoff.com © 2006 Tom Evslin Page 13.22
A: He didn’t say.
Q: What do you think?
A: I don’t know.
Q: Could he have wanted to keep Mr. Montain from knowing about
your visits? You have already identified Mr. Montain as
someone who resented the outsourcing.
A: I don’t know.
Q: What do you think?
A: It is possible. I don’t know.
Q: Did anyone see you enter or leave the deceased’s office?
A: Mr. Larry Lazard saw me.
Q: He’s unlikely to corroborate your story. Did anyone besides
the deceased see you enter or leave the office?
A: Not that I am aware of.
Q: Did anyone who is still living see you enter or leave the
hackoff premises? The building itself?
A: Not that I am aware of. Sometimes there are homeless people
near the entrance but I do not remember them being there.
Q: How did you get to and from hackoff? Where were you
immediately before and where did you go immediately after?
A: I went to hackoff.com from my apartment and returned there.
I took a taxi in each case.
Q: Did you keep the taxi receipts?
A: I believe I did.
Q: Do you have them with you, by any chance?
A: I do not.
Q: Are you willing to fax them to me today?
A: I will not be able to do that until later tonight.
Q: That’s okay. Did anyone see you leave your apartment and
return?
A: Miss Roth saw me leave.
Q: Did she see you return?
A: No.
Q: Why not?
A: I did not see her. I believe she was asleep.
Q: You don’t sleep in the same room?
A: No.
Q: Do you know she was there when you returned?
A: I am not certain.
hackoff.com © 2006 Tom Evslin Page 13.26
Q: A moment ago you said you believed she was asleep. Now you
are saying that you don’t even know if she was there.
A: That is correct.
Q: What made you think she might be there asleep?
A: Her door was closed.
Q: Couldn’t she have closed her door and gone out?
A: Yes.
Q: What made you think she was there behind the closed door?
Did you hear her snoring?
A: If I had heard her snoring, I would have known she was
there. I do not know if she was there.
Q: But you believed she was there?
A: Yes.
Q: Why?
A: Her coat was in the closet. She was there at 7:00 AM when I
came into the kitchen.
Q: What was she wearing when you came into the kitchen?
A: A bathrobe.
Q: Had she put makeup on? Did she look like she had just gotten
up or just come in?
A: I don’t know.
Q: Did anyone else see you leave or return?
A: Not that I know of. Except the taxi drivers.
Q: You didn’t see anyone at hackoff besides the deceased?
A: I saw Mrs. Langhorne.
Q: You just told me no one saw you enter or leave hackoff.
A: I don’t believe she saw me enter or leave.
Q: But you saw her?
A: That is correct.
Q: Where did you see her?
A: I saw her in the corridor that goes to Mr. Larry Lazard’s
office.
Q: But she didn’t see you?
A: I don’t believe so. She had her back to me and was walking
in the same direction I was.
Q: You know her?
A: I do.
Q: But you didn’t say hello?
hackoff.com © 2006 Tom Evslin Page 13.27
A: I did not.
Q: Why not?
A: Mr. Lazard wished to keep our visits private.
Q: What if she had seen you? Certainly she might have turned
around or been walking the other way.
A: Then she would have seen me.
Q: What about keeping visits private?
A: Then this visit would not have been private. It was not a
secret that the cooperative did work for hackoff. Mrs.
Langhorne herself was involved ... is involved in paying the
bills.
Q: What was Ms. Langhorne wearing?
A: I don’t remember.
Q: Was she wearing slacks or a skirt or a dress?
A: I believe she was wearing slacks.
Q: What kind of shoes was she wearing?
A: I don’t remember.
Q: How was her hair arranged?
A: I don’t remember.
Q: Was it down and around her shoulders?
A: I don’t think so.
Q: Was it braided?
A: I don’t think so. Perhaps it was fastened in back.
Q: How could you be sure it was Ms. Langhorne? You only saw her
from the back.
A: I am sure.
Q: Do you expect the work for hackoff to continue following the
death of the deceased?
A: I do not know. I hope so.
Q: Why would it not continue?
A: Mr. Montain does not wish to work with the cooperative. I
do not know how much influence he will have on Mrs.
Langhorne.
Q: How does Ms. Langhorne feel about outsourcing to the
cooperative?
A: I don’t know.
Q: She pays your bills, though?
A: She pays bills that Mr. Larry Lazard tells her to pay.
Q: Tell me about your discussion with the deceased.
hackoff.com © 2006 Tom Evslin Page 13.28
A: What discussion?
Q: The discussion you had on the night of March 31 in his
office between 11:00 PM and 11:30 PM.
A: I discussed with him the matter of the work we have
completed and not been paid for.
Q: Did he agree that you had completed the work and should be
paid for it?
A: He did agree.
Q: Had he been aware of the dispute prior to your visit?
A: He had.
Q: Was it the only subject of your meeting?
A: It was.
Q: Did he know it would be the subject of your meeting?
A: He did.
Q: How was the meeting set up?
A: I called Mr. Larry Lazard.
Q: When did you do that?
A: Earlier that day.
Q: At what time did you call him?
A: At approximately 11:00 AM.
Q: And what did you tell him on this phone call?
A: I told him that there was a dispute.
Q: Was he surprised?
A: He was not.
Q: He already knew about the dispute?
A: Apparently.
Q: How did he know about the dispute?
A: I do not know. Perhaps Mr. Montain told him.
Q: Could Ms. Langhorne have told him?
A: She could have.
Q: Did you later learn who told him about the dispute?
A: I did not.
Q: Did you discuss the dispute on the phone call setting up the
meeting?
A: I already told you that.
Q: You told me that you set up a meeting to discuss the
dispute. You did not tell me whether you discussed the
substance of the dispute on the call. Did you?
hackoff.com © 2006 Tom Evslin Page 13.29
Q: Did you tell anyone else about the meeting you planned to
have with the deceased?
A: I did not.
Q: You didn’t tell Ms. Roth?
A: No.
Q: Did you resolve your dispute with the deceased?
A: My dispute was not with the deceased... Oh, sorry, I
misunderstood your question. The dispute concerning our work
was ... resolved, yes.
Q: You don’t sound certain. Was it completely resolved?
A: It was.
Q: What was the resolution?
A: We did the work. We would be paid.
Q: In full?
A: In full.
Q: Immediately?
A: We did not discuss timing.
Q: Why not? Doesn’t it matter when you get paid?
A: It was not a matter of concern. Our experience has been that
hackoff pays its bills promptly once they are approved by
Mr. Lazard.
Q: How did you convince the deceased that the work had been
done and that the payment should be made? Surely he would
have had questions.
A: Mr. Lazard had already determined what work had been done.
He had looked into it before I got there. He was satisfied.
Q: Then why was it necessary for you to meet?
A: I ... I don’t understand the question. The meeting had been
scheduled.
Q: You scheduled a meeting in order to resolve a disagreement.
I understand that. However, you told me that the
disagreement was resolved between the time the meeting was
scheduled and the time the meeting actually took place. If
that’s the case, what need was there for you to go all the
way downtown to meet with the deceased in the middle of the
night?
A: I did not know that Mr. Lazard had resolved the matter to
his satisfaction until we met.
Q: But the deceased knew. Why didn’t he call you or email and
tell you that he agreed that you should be paid, so there
was no need to meet?
A: I have no way of knowing that.
hackoff.com © 2006 Tom Evslin Page 13.31
Q: Were you and the deceased friends? Would he have left the
meeting on his schedule just to have the pleasure of talking
with you?
A: We were business acquaintances.
Q: Did you stop being friends when you found out about his
affair with Ms. Roth?
A: Our relationship has always been that of business
acquaintances.
Q: Did your relationship change in any way when you found about
his affair with Ms. Roth? Did that make it awkward to do
business?
A: I have not said that I knew that he had an affair with Ms.
Roth.
Q: But you did, didn’t you?
A: You have told me of it.
Q: Has anyone else told you of it? Is this a surprise to you?
A: I have not said that.
Q: You have not said what — that this is a surprise? Who,
besides me, told you that they were having an affair?
A: Dom Montain told me that.
Q: Why didn’t you tell me that before? When did he tell you
that?
A: You didn’t ask me.
Q: When did he tell you?
A: I don’t remember exactly. It was several months ago.
Q: How did he tell you?
A: I do not remember his exact words.
Q: Did he email you? Phone you? Tell you in person?
A: He told me in person.
Q: What was the occasion? Where were you? What was your
reaction?
A: I was here for a meeting with Mr. Montain.
Q: What was the meeting about?
A: The meeting was about the schedule for the work that we are
doing for hackoff.
Q: Was the meeting friendly?
A: It was a business meeting.
Q: I mean, was the tone friendly?
A: It was not.
Q: Why? In what way was it unfriendly?
hackoff.com © 2006 Tom Evslin Page 13.32
A: I have already told you that Mr. Montain did not like
hackoff to outsource work. He said we were not done when we
were. He delayed our payments. His tone was not friendly.
Q: Were you unfriendly?
A: I was businesslike. It is not dignified to be unfriendly.
Q: Was Mr. Montain businesslike?
A: He was not.
Q: You were discussing a schedule. How did the subject of the
deceased and Ms. Roth come up?
A: He brought it up. He said that they were ... sleeping
together.
Q: Why would he bring that up?
A: Perhaps because he was angry. I do not know. Perhaps he
wished to make it difficult for hackoff and the cooperative
to work together.
Q: How did you react when he told you they were sleeping
together?
A: I did not react.
Q: Meaning you did not react in a way Mr. Montain could see? Or
had no reaction whatsoever?
A: I did not react.
Q: Emotionally, how did you feel?
A: This was not a place for emotions, this was a business
meeting.
Q: How did you react when you got home? Did you accuse Ms. Roth
of sleeping with Lazard?
A: I did not accuse her.
Q: Did you discuss it with her?
A: I simply told her what Dom Montain had said.
Q: What did she say?
A: She did not say anything.
Q: She just sat there and listened?
A: She went out.
Q: Was she angry? Afraid? Why did she go out?
A: I don’t know.
Q: What do you think?
A: Possibly she had an appointment.
Q: Did you discuss this with her at any later time?
A: No.
hackoff.com © 2006 Tom Evslin Page 13.33
Q: Did she say anything about sleeping with Larry at any later
time?
A: No.
Q: So you just dropped the subject. Never said anything again
about the fact that your lover of several years was screwing
another man. Is that correct?
A: I did not say that she was my lover.
Q: Is it correct that you never discussed it again?
A: I don’t remember.
Q: A minute ago you said definitely “no”, you didn’t discuss
it. Now you say you don’t remember. If you think harder,
will you remember more?
A: I don’t remember whether we discussed it.
Q: Do you think Ms. Roth will remember?
A: She may. I don’t remember a discussion. If there was no
discussion, she will not remember it, either. If there was a
discussion which I have forgotten, then she may remember it
although I do not.
Q: Is she more likely to remember such a discussion than you
are?
A: Yes.
Q: Why?
A: Because she is a woman. You have said that I would be able
to leave this interview in time for my appointment. The time
has come and I must leave.
Q: I only have a few other questions at this time. I will ask
them quickly. If you answer quickly and completely, we can
save a lot of time. If I have to ask you six questions to
get each answer, then it will take longer. Back to your
meeting with the deceased: When did he tell you he had
decided that your work was complete?
A: I told you that. During our meeting.
Q: You’re wasting time. You’re right — I did ask you that and I
believe you know what I’m asking.
A: Detective Cohen, you have many times repeated questions to
me that you had already asked in an effort to obtain a
different answer.
Q: I... Fine. Did he tell you just as you walked in the door?
Did he make you beg? Did you discuss something else — golf,
the weather, Middle Eastern politics — before he got around
to telling you?
A: He told me almost as soon as I arrived.
Q: What did he say?
hackoff.com © 2006 Tom Evslin Page 13.34
A: I doubt he would.
Q: Could he have killed the deceased?
A: I suppose he could have, but I have no way to know this.
Q: Is Ms. Roth angry with the deceased?
A: I don’t know.
Q: Could she have killed him?
A: Again, I don’t know.
Q: You said she was in the apartment when you came home. How
could she have killed him if she was in the apartment?
A: I did not say she was in the apartment; I said I BELIEVED
she was in the apartment, but that I didn’t see her. I must
go to my appointment.
Q: Did you tell your uncle that your fingerprints are on the
murder weapon?
A: I don’t know that there is a murder weapon. I believe Mr.
Larry Lazard killed himself.
Q: Did you tell your uncle that your fingerprints are on a gun
in the deceased’s office?
A: I told him that was a possibility.
Q: What did he say?
A: I already told you what he said. He advised me to cooperate
with your investigation.
Q: Are you?
A: I don’t understand.
Q: Are you cooperating with my investigation?
A: Yes. Yes, I am. I have answered your questions. But I must
go now.
Q: Does anyone know that the deceased agreed to pay your bill?
A: I don’t know.
Q: Did he send any sort of email or leave a message for anyone
saying to pay the bill?
A: I don’t know.
Q: Has the bill been paid?
A: I don’t believe so.
Q: Have you checked with Ms. Langhorne to see if it will be
paid? To see if she knows that Larry okayed it?
A: I have heard from Ms. Langhorne that our relationship will
continue and that invoices will be paid on a timely basis.
She sent an email to that effect.
Q: Why did she send you that email?
hackoff.com © 2006 Tom Evslin Page 13.37
Mark goes immediately back to his cubicle from the interview room to
check his email. One message contains the results of a trace he ordered run on
Donna Langhorne’s cell phone calls the night of March 31. The trace shows
that her phone was connecting via towers in lower Manhattan from 9:30 PM
on. At one point, her phone connected to a tower in Brooklyn.
“So we know she was lying,” Mark explains to his boss, Captain Joseph
DeNapoli. “She wasn’t in her apartment. She was at least near the scene.”
“Do you want to get a warrant?” DeNapoli asks. “Arrest her? Search her
place? Her office? You said her husband’s a lawyer. Anyone we know?”
“No,” says Mark. “I don’t want to arrest her yet. I can’t pin her to the
building yet, just the neighborhood. She lied and that hurts, but we don’t have
her in the building.”
“Where the fuck else’d she’ve been?” asks DeNapoli.
“That’s where she was,” says Mark. “I know; you know. Can’t prove it yet.
Can’t prove murder yet. Her husband’s a lawyer, like I said. We don’t know
him. At least I don’t know him; he does securities class action bullshit.
Probably never seen the inside of criminal court. But he works for Grant &
Gilding and they’re well-connected and they’ve actually got a good litigator now
that all their white collar clients are getting charged. Really want to pin her
down and see if we can crack her all at once.”
“You’ve got a witness, this Ahmed guy…”
“Ahmed, yeah. He saw her from the back; never saw her face. Would be
terrible as a prosecution witness. He’s like an Arab Mr. Spock. And he could be
the killer. Only reason to think it’s her, not him, is she lied. And he’s lying, too.
About something.”
“How d’you know he’s lying? I mean there’s all that bullshit you told me
about whether he’s fucking the broad or not and whether he knows the
deceased was boffing her too. But he sounds like he didn’t want to lie.”
“Sure as hell didn’t want to tell the truth,” says Mark. “His uncle
should’ve been a fucking lawyer.”
“Why did he fight you to prove he had access to the deceased? You told
him he was lying and he told you about turning off the security. He’s gotta
know that you know he has motive. And now he goes out of his way to prove he
had opportunity. Why’d he do that?”
“That surprised me. But it makes sense if he thought I was gonna find
out anyway. I think he just had good advice. Look, the only reason we think
hackoff.com © 2006 Tom Evslin Page 13.38
Donna’s a more likely suspect is that she lied to me about being there. Ahmed
could’ve been the killer too. We’ll see if he comes up with the cab receipts, but
there’re plenty of Arab cabbies who could’ve done him the favor. Even if the
receipts are real, he could’ve come back down again to kill the deceased. Got
back into the office the same way. Turned off the alarm the same way.”
“You sure you just don’t like him? Because he’s an Arab and all?”
“I don’t like him. But I don’t think that’s why. He wanted to set up this
Jew-Arab thing. Kept asking me if I’m Jewish. Shit, my name isn’t Smith or
O’Hara, it’s Cohen.”
“So he knows your father is Jewish but that doesn’t make you Jewish.
You told me that stuff. Your mother’s not Jewish so you’re not Jewish. Maybe
that’s what he was asking. I mean his girlfriend’s Jewish. Maybe he knows all
that shit. Maybe he’s just trying to bond with you.”
“You think? Well, whatever. We still don’t have Ms. SI Swimsuit pinned
down in the building. When we do, that’s when I think we bring her in again.
Maybe arrest her; maybe not. But we bring her in when we can put her at the
scene. Maybe after we eliminate some other suspects, too. We got a lot a people
without alibis. Ahmed doesn’t really have one; Donna doesn’t; Louise, the
deceased’s wife, she’s got no alibi. We’ll find out more from Rachel Roth
tomorrow, but Ahmed sure wasn’t going out of his way to give her an alibi.
“Didn’t matter so much when this looked like suicide, because the
deceased’s all alone in his office and the security system says no one else has
been through the door. But now, if we believe Ahmed, you can turn the thing
off. Larry knew how to do it. Ahmed knew how to it. Maybe everybody in the
company did. So we don’t know who else went through that door. We don’t
even know who else was in the building. We can’t believe the elevator
surveillance camera. Defense attorney would have a lot of fun with that.
There’s a whole shitload of people with motives and no alibis. A couple, at least,
with their fingerprints on the gun. Only one even close to having an alibi is
Dom Montain. And I gotta talk to him.”
“What about the mushrooms?” asks DeNapoli.
“Shit, I don’t know,” says Mark. “That complicates the whole fucking
thing even more. Defense attorney’s gonna say he ate the mushrooms, made
him crazy so he shot himself. And it looks like someone put bad mushrooms in
with the good mushrooms ‘cause there’s no bad mushrooms in the batch we
got from the deceased’s wife. But there’s no good chain of custody of that
batch. Maybe it didn’t come from the same mushroom hunt. Maybe, some
reason all the bad mushrooms got into the half the deceased brought to work.
That’s not solid either.”
“What do YOU think?”
“Don’t know. Want to keep my mind open. But too much coincidence.
Usually a guy only gets one way to die at a time. But maybe not.”
“Okay, Hamlet,” says DeNapoli. “You keep your mind open. Let me know
when it’s closed on a suspect.”
hackoff.com © 2006 Tom Evslin Page 13.39
$1.80
$1.60
$1.40
$1.20
$1.00
$0.80
$0.60
$0.40
$0.20
$-
4/4/2003
hackoff.com © 2006 Tom Evslin Page 14.1
“So how’d you get into the building security system?” Mark Cohen asks
Dom Montain. They’re sitting in chairs across from each other at a small round
table in Dom’s office at hackoff.com.
“What’re you talking about?” asks Dom.
“Look, I know there is a backdoor into the security system. Someone told
me about it, okay? I understand—”
“Who told you?” asks Dom.
“I get to ask the questions,” says Mark. “I’m the detective. So I know
there’s a backdoor. Alright?”
“I don’t know that anyone told you anything,” says Dom.
“You call a phone number. You enter a code. The surveillance doesn’t see
you when you go through a door. Like the door to Larry’s office. The system
doesn’t remember when you use your RFID card to get into the office or even
the building. The surveillance camera in the elevator doesn’t even see you.”
“Okay, so you know about the system.”
“Look, you’ve got an alibi. Why aren’t you telling me the truth?”
“When did I lie to you?” asks Dom.
“You didn’t tell me about the backdoor. You weren’t going to tell me
anything until I proved to you what I knew. That’s what guilty people do. You
did have motive to kill the deceased.”
“I didn’t lie. The backdoor is a secret. You discovered it; that’s fair. But I
didn’t have to tell you.”
“This isn’t a computer game,” says Mark. “It’s real. Look, Dom, you’re a
smart guy. You know if surveillance is right and no one went into Larry’s office,
then it has to be suicide. And you know, if there is a backdoor, then anything’s
possible. Your failure to tell me about that could be construed as obstruction of
justice.”
Dom says nothing.
Mark continues: “I also understand now why you were surprised when I
asked you about being in the deceased’s office. You thought you had the
backdoor activated. You didn’t think I’d see you. Why didn’t the backdoor
work? Why were you recorded going in and out?”
“The simplest explanation,” says Dom after a brief pause, “is that I never
activated the backdoor and—”
“Tilt,” says Mark. “If you didn’t activate the backdoor, you wouldn’t have
been surprised that I knew you’d been in the office.”
“I told you I was surprised because it took you so long to do everything
else like check email that I didn’t think you’d have seen the log yet. That’s all.”
hackoff.com © 2006 Tom Evslin Page 14.2
“Nothing. Didn’t have to. If I hadn’t hardened the system, maybe they
would’ve got in but I did, so no problem.”
“Why?” asks Mark.
“Why what? Why wasn’t it a problem?”
“Not what I’m asking,” Mark interrupts, pauses, resumes. “What I’m
asking is. Why’d you put the backdoor in?”
“Claustrophobia,” says Dom.
“I don’t get it. Are you claustrophobic? Even if you are, why does that
make you put a backdoor in a software system?”
“Used to be,” says Dom. He pauses and resumes. “I used to be physically
claustrophobic. I’m not any more. But I still don’t like to be trapped. Maybe
just my gamer mentality. Look, just because you put up a fire escape doesn’t
mean you know there’s gonna be a fire. But you can’t wait until there’s a fire,
then put up the fire escape. Right? I mean, you gotta do it in advance. So I
can’t wait to build a backdoor until I know I need it. Probably too late then. I
build it right away. Like a fire escape.”
“Ever have to use it?” asks Mark, holding eye contact after the question.
“The backdoor?”
“I’m not asking about the fire escape. Have you ever had to use the
backdoor.”
“I never had to use it.”
“You’re playing games with me,” says Mark. “I thought we understood
each other. I didn’t ask you if you HAD to use it; I’m asking if you DID use it.
Did you?”
“Well, you know, you build something, you have to test it. So, of course I
did that. And if it’s built into something volatile, like someone else’s software,
you gotta test it periodically — make sure it didn’t go away. So, yeah, I use it.
But I never HAD to use it.”
“Why did you use it when you went into the deceased’s office the day
before he died?”
“Didn’t say I did.”
“Dom, no games. I know you used it then. You know you did. It didn’t
work and you were surprised when I knew you’d been in his office. Why did
you use it? Why didn’t it work?”
“I don’t know.”
“You don’t know what? Why it broke or why you used it?”
”I-don’t-know.” Dom’s voice is becoming mechanical, losing overtones
and normal cadence.
“Okay, look,” says Mark almost kindly, “clearly we have a problem here.
It’s in your best interest to come clean about this. This is a murder
investigation and you had motive and you could’ve gotten in around the time of
death without leaving a trace…”
“I didn’t do it,” says Dom. “You already checked my alibi; I know you did.
I wasn’t there and I can prove it.”
“A couple of bartenders with criminal records say they know where you
were — that’s not very good proof. Or you could’ve hired someone; told him
hackoff.com © 2006 Tom Evslin Page 14.4
how to get in, or turned off security for him. I’m doing you a favor, telling you
don’t think you’re in the clear; you’re not.”
“You-think-I-killed-Larry?” asks Dom in an even flatter and more
mechanical voice.
“I didn’t say that,” says Mark firmly but quietly. “I said this is a bad time
for you to start acting suspicious. I’m gonna do you more of a favor. I’m gonna
ask you an easy question; let you relax; let you decide to answer my other
question. Then I’m gonna ask the hard questions again.”
“Okay.”
“Don’t use your talent for multiprocessing to think up a good lie to
answer my questions with. That isn’t gonna work. Yeah, I saw you start to do
that. Use the time to relax so you can tell me the truth. Now I’m gonna ask the
easy question. How do you turn off the building security camera in the
elevator? There’s a guy supposed to be watching those things. Doesn’t mean he
watches all the time, but he’s supposed to. He’s gonna notice if suddenly one of
the cameras goes black. Then you draw attention just at the wrong time. How’d
you do it?”
“I gotta tell you all my secrets?” asks Dom, but he is smiling.
“Tell.”
Dom explains: “You’re right: the camera can’t go dark. Can’t just freeze
on the current frame either, because the camera pans. If it stops, it doesn’t
look right. What happens is that, when the code is active for entrance to the
building, a certain elevator is dispatched to the ground floor the first time it’s
idle. I’m assuming that when it’s idle and hasn’t been called to a floor, it’s
empty.
Anyway, that means some pictures are being generated of an empty
elevator. Okay? Now we capture that sequence — exactly twenty-seven seconds
for a complete sequence. Start inserting that as a loop instead of what the
camera’s REALLY seeing. Still looks fine to the guy watching ... if he’s
watching. Then I get in, says it’s me, testing, I get in and use my RFID to pick
the floor. Now the software knows it’s me that got in and not someone else. So,
once it lets me out at hackoff’s floor, it can let the real feed from the camera get
through again.”
“Pretty smart,” says the detective. “I like the part about recording the
loop right before you use it instead of using a prestored loop. I’m guessing
that’s in case there is something strange about the elevator that day. A light
bulb burnt out. Graffiti. It’s just been cleaned. Something like that.”
Dom is suddenly animated. “That’s right! That’s exactly right.”
“Why did you activate the backdoor when you went into Larry’s office the
day he died?” Mark asks gently.
“I-didn’t-know what would happen,” says Dom very quietly and
mechanically. “I-didn’t-know if he’d be there or not. I-told-you-that. If he wasn’t
there, I didn’t want to leave him a message I’d been there.”
“That’s petty thin, Dom. You told me you got mad and went in to tell him
he was a scumbag. I can buy that. But it doesn’t sound right that when you’re
hackoff.com © 2006 Tom Evslin Page 14.5
mad you stop to think that — just in case he isn’t there — you want to keep
your visit secret. Because if he’s there, he KNOWS you came in.”
“I-am-a-game-player.”
“Yeah, you are. And I think you’re playing games with me right now,
Dom. I have something in my head that tells me when I’m being played with.
And right now it’s giving me an alert. You sure you don’t want to tell me the
truth now, make me less suspicious?”
“I-am-telling-you-the-truth.” Dom gets up, walks to the window, looks
out, turns around, comes back and stands behind his chair.
Mark is silent but makes eye contact whenever Dom looks at him.
Dom quickly breaks eye contact.
“Give you another chance,” says Mark. “Why didn’t the backdoor work?”
“I-don’t-know.”
“I think you’re protecting someone. Why would you protect someone?
You’re in danger. You’re hurting yourself. No one is looking out for you. Who
are you looking out for?”
Dom just shakes his head. He is still behind his chair, supporting
himself on the back of it.
“Who else knew about the backdoor?” asks Mark, gentle again.
“Larry knew. He told Rachel Roth. He shouldn’t have. Did she tell you
that? Did she tell you about the backdoor?” He is somewhat less mechanical
now, almost eager, but not in control of his breathing.
“I haven’t interviewed her yet,” says Mark. “Who else knew? Who are you
protecting? And how do you know the deceased told Ms. Roth?”
“I know because she tried to do the code and she did it wrong. I have the
trace from her trying to do the code and getting it wrong and then she was on
surveillance.”
“You forgot my other questions,” says Mark.
“He told her the code because he was screwing her,” says Dom with
desperation. “He wanted her to be able to come to his office without anyone
knowing.”
“I didn’t ask you that. I asked you who else knew. And who you’re
protecting.”
Dom now looks stricken. His head is down. But he says nothing.
Mark is still seated, looking up at Dom across the table. “Why did you
tell the deceased about the backdoor?”
“He-would-have-expected-it. He would have known I would build it. We
were partners then,” says Dom recovering slightly towards the end. “When we
built the company, Larry and I and Donna worked together. They knew what I
could do.”
“Did you tell Ms. Langhorne about the backdoor?” No answer from Dom.
“Did the deceased tell Ms. Langhorne about the backdoor?”
Dom’s head is down and rolling slightly from side to side. “Did DONNA
tell YOU about the backdoor?” The explosion is accompanied by spittle, some of
which remains on his lower lip.
hackoff.com © 2006 Tom Evslin Page 14.6
“Why have you been protecting Donna?” asks Mark intensely. “No one is
protecting you.”
“I’m … I ... She…” Dom can’t find a sentence to go follow any of these
words. “Did she… I… When…”
“Those are all good questions,” says Mark with a friendly smile. He gets
up and walks around the table to Dom, pats him on the shoulder, then passes
by him to lean on the window sill and look out across the sullen river running
quickly uptown with the tide.
“Looks like they’re really starting to gentrify in DUMBO,” Mark
comments, casually. “Wish I’d bought some property there a few years ago.”
Dom joins him at the window, looking out but unfocused. The men’s
shoulders are about a foot apart but they are leaning slightly towards each
other.
“Was it you or Larry told Donna about the backdoor?” asks Mark very
gently.
“I-told-her.”
“Why?”
“We-were ... friends. We-work-together. Like I told you about Larry.”
“What were you three friends working on that needed a backdoor to come
into your own offices?” Mark turns towards Dom when he doesn’t answer. Dom
keeps staring out the window which is slightly misted by the dirty rain which
has begun to fall.
“We-had-to-meet.”
“Why? Why in secret?”
No answer.
“Who were you keeping secrets from? Who were you afraid of?”
The questions are slow but persistent, like the rain, which is intensifying.
Dom stubbornly looks out towards Brooklyn, his head bobbing as if he
were trying to find a clear spot through the streaked glass and wet air. “What-
did-Donna-tell-you?” he asks finally.
“I can’t tell you that.”
“I-know-this-game. It’s-very-old. It’s-the-prisoner’s-dilemma. It-isn’t-
fair.”
“It is what it is,” says Mark.
“I-think-I-know-your-character.”
“Excuse me?”
Dom takes a deep breath and his voice, when he speaks again, is
regrouping. “I think I know your character. I’ve met you in games ... haven’t I?”
“I ask the questions,” says Mark. “Why did you have to meet in secret?”
“You told me you don’t play much. Is that true?”
“The question, Dom...”
“We were being threatened. antihack was attempting a hostile. For a
while, it looked like they might win. Our own Board of Directors was turning
against us. Our banker had betrayed us. Our people were getting frightened.
Larry, and Donna and I believed in the company; we believed in hackoff; we
knew it could be saved. And so we met.”
hackoff.com © 2006 Tom Evslin Page 14.7
“You’re not telling me why you had to meet in secret. You’re the
management team; you’re supposed to meet.
“We-did-not-want-people-to-be-nervous.”
“When you lie to me or tell me a half-truth, your voice changes. I take it
the games you play online don’t have audio.”
“There can be audio but it’s the personae, the avatars, who speak, not
the players.”
“What is the whole truth about why you had to use the backdoor and
meet in secret?”
“We-didn’t-want-people-to-know-we-were-meeting.”
“We’ll come back to that,” says Mark. “Now an easy question; it’s about
Voice over IP; I mean talking on the Internet…”
“I know what VoIP is,” says Dom.
“Good, I need your help. Can VoIP calls be traced?”
“In what way?” asks Dom. “Tracing in the traditional sense has more to
do with POTS...
“Pots?”
“POTS: Plain Old Telephone Service. When you do a POTS trace, you’re
asking what phone number the call was made from. Because, if it’s a landline
phone, that tells you the location of the caller. But, with a VoIP call, a trace
that gives you the calling number doesn’t tell you anything about the location
the call was made from because the number goes with the IP phone or VoIP
adapter — like a cell phone number goes with the phone no matter where you
call from.”
“Right,” says Mark. “Right. That’s my problem, see? I know what number
a call was made from, but I don’t know WHERE it was made from. So, if it was
a VoIP call, how would I know where the person was when the call was
placed?”
”You need the IP address,” says Dom. “When the call is made, that IP
phone is connected to the Internet somewhere so you need to know the IP
address it was connected at. Then there’s lots of tools you can use to find out
who the IP address belongs to — I mean what ISP. And the ISP probably can
tell you where that IP address was assigned physically. Same way cops track
down — try to track down — where a virus attack came from. You should know
that stuff.”
“Yeah, well,” says Mark. “I’m not that kind of cop. My cases start with
dead people, not computers with a sniffle. So I appreciate your telling me. How
do I find out the IP address a particular VoIP call was made from, assuming I
know the phone number?”
“Maybe you could ask the VoIP company,” says Dom helpfully. “I mean
suppose the number belongs to Vonage — they’re the biggest — you can find
out who the number belongs to. Then maybe you could get them to tell you
what IP address the call you care about was made from. I’m not sure. Maybe
they keep track of that; maybe they don’t.”
“Suppose people are using these IP phones to make calls from here at
hackoff, could they hook them up here?”
hackoff.com © 2006 Tom Evslin Page 14.8
“Yeah, sure. In fact, I fixed up the firewall so VoIP calls work fine here. A
lot of our people have IP phones — they don’t like Verizon — and they want to
get calls here when they’re here. Fine with us. They’re here long hours. So I
fixed it up so they have no problem hooking up here and getting those calls
through the firewall without endangering anything else.”
“So, can you tell what numbers might be getting calls or making calls
from here at a specific time? Would other companies be able to do that?”
“We sort of could. Most other companies couldn’t. Either they don’t allow
people to use their IP phones — firewall won’t let the call through — or they
have no clue how to monitor. I can tell easily which IP phones or VoIP adapters
are in use here, but it’s hard to know what the phone numbers are.”
“I don’t get it.”
“When it’s making a call, an IP phone doesn’t say to Vonage or whoever
‘Hey, I’m 212-555-6754.’ It says something like: ‘I’m MAC address 00-e0-f9-99-
96-00.’ Already the Vonage server knows what IP address that MAC address is
at because of the packet headers, and they know what phone number goes
with that MAC address so they can set up the call and…”
“Whoa! This is good stuff, but I gotta understand. What’s this MAC
address?”
”So,” says Dom, seeming very comfortable now, “since you can’t tell what
device is gonna show up on what IP address, you’ve got to have some way to
know which device is which on the network. So you make a network adapter
for a computer or an IP phone, you build in a MAC address, you burn it into
ROM — into memory.”
“So that should make it easy to catch hackers?” suggests Mark.
“It’s never easy to catch a good hacker. First of all, these MAC addresses
usually stay in the local area network — VoIP is sort of an exception to that.
And besides, who says you gotta tell the truth when someone asks what’s your
MAC address?”
“Okay, I get that. Good thing I don’t have to catch hackers — too hard.
But, like suppose I had an IP phone, how would I figure out what its MAC
address is?”
“That one’s easy,” says Dom. “You turn it over. On the bottom, every one
I’ve seen has a sticker with its MAC address.”
“So, are you saying you know the MAC addresses of any IP phones that
are being used to make or get calls at hackoff? But you don’t know their phone
numbers, right?”
“Right.”
“That’s cool,” says Mark. “Like if I was going to ask some company what
VoIP phones were being used at a certain time, they could give me all the MAC
addresses?”
“Like I said, most companies, no. But hackoff can, because we know
what MAC addresses we have on our LAN and we know which are VoIP because
only VoIP’s got a certain type of packet. I mean a computer might send some
VoIP, too, if somebody’s using some kind of VoIP app like Skype but computers
hackoff.com © 2006 Tom Evslin Page 14.9
send all kinds of packets. We got some device that’s sending mainly VoIP, it’s
got to be an IP phone.”
“Cool. Can I see that? Can you show me what IP phones are being used
right now at hackoff?”
“Sure,” says Dom. He goes to his computer, clicks, types in a password,
enters the last hour as the time he wants to search, clicks ‘Okay’, while Mark
looks over his shoulder. Soon a list of four MAC addresses and associated IP
addresses are on the screen.
“Great,” says Mark. “Now enter 10:00 PM on March 31 through 3:00 AM
on April 1.”
“What?”
“Do it!”
Dom slumps, but does as he’s told. Two MAC addresses show up this
time.
“Who are they?” asks Mark.
“You-tricked-me.”
“Who are they?”
“One-is-Larry.”
“Who is the other?”
“I don’t know every MAC address in the world.” Dom is clearly miserable.
“You know that one. Who is it?”
“Donna-Langhorne.”
A few minutes later Mark is at the door to Donna’s office. It’s open but
she isn’t visible until Mark sticks his head in the door and looks to the right.
Her desk is against the same wall that the door is on. Her computer is on the
desk and she is seated at the computer in profile to the door. Her desk is
actually an “L” with the short leg to her right between Mark and her. She is
typing and appears not to notice him, although she straightens her back as his
head comes in the door.
“Knock, knock,” says Mark.
“Come in,” says Donna. “Have a seat.” She points to the side chair in
front of the short leg of her desk. As Mark sits down, she swivels around to face
him. “What can I do for you, detective?”
“You could start by telling me why you lied to me,” says Mark quietly.
“Excuse me?” Donna’s voice is calm.
“You were in the office before during, and after the time when the
deceased was shot.”
“I told you where I was.”
“You lied to me about where you were,” says Mark. “It’s clear from the
record of where your IP phone was used that you were right here in the office
during the time in question.”
hackoff.com © 2006 Tom Evslin Page 14.10
“What are you talking about? I don’t understand.” She is still calm but
her breathing gets shallow and there is a flush on the side of her neck. She
touches the red spot as if it were warm.
“You don’t understand the technology — that’s what you don’t
understand. And maybe you don’t understand that lying to me in this case is
called obstruction of justice and that is a crime. Maybe you also don’t
understand that setting up false alibis is what guilty people do.”
“What are you talking about? What technology?” asks Donna. She pats
at her hair as if it’s become disarranged. There is now a flush on both sides of
her neck.
“Maybe you should ask Dom for a tutorial on VoIP,” says Mark. “You
thought that the caller ID from your phone would make it look like you were
home at the time in question. In fact, your phone’s MAC address puts you in
the office.”
“What’s a MAC address? Maybe I left the phone in the office and someone
else used it? I don’t understand. I didn’t do anything.” Donna’s breath comes in
shallow pants.
Mark holds her eyes. “You can ask Dom about MAC addresses,” he says.
“You can ask him how it’s so clear you were in the office. You can ask him how
I know about the backdoor that made it possible for you to be in the deceased’s
office without leaving a trace.”
“Why is Dom doing this?” asks Donna. “He must be trying to cover
something up. I can’t imagine why he’d want to implicate me. He must be
covering something up; he is a hacker, you know. They can be very devious.”
She seems calmer now.
“Donna, I’m going to give you one chance to come clean with me. If you
didn’t kill the deceased, it’s in your interest…”
“I didn’t kill Larry. He killed himself.” She is agitated again.
“How do you know that?”
“Because … because I saw him do it.”
“Okay. Now you’re telling me some of the truth. That’s better. Let’s start
over. Why don’t you tell me where you were on the night of March 31 and the
early morning of April 1?”
“Are you arresting me? Should I get a lawyer?”
“I’m not arresting you at the moment. I can’t give you legal advice other
than that you have a right to be represented by an attorney at any time. My
interest is in knowing the truth about that night and about how the deceased
died.”
“I feel flushed,” says Donna. The redness has spread. “I’m flushed
everywhere.” She gestures vaguely over her body and watches Mark’s eyes.
They don’t follow her hand down.
“Do you want to tell me where you were and why?” asks Mark. “Please
remember that I already know you were in the office and that I’ve had a long
conversation with Dom.”
“Okay. Okay. I was in the office. I had a lot of things to catch up on and I
was also hoping I could talk some sense into Larry.”
hackoff.com © 2006 Tom Evslin Page 14.11
“Why did you bring your your IP phone from home into the office? Why
were you trying to establish an alibi?”
“I wasn’t ‘trying to establish an alibi’, at least not in the sense you think.”
“Explain, please.” Mark is still careful to look only at Donna’s face.
“My husband is very jealous,” Donna explains. “He is particularly jealous
of Larry even though he doesn’t have any reason to be. So, if I’m going to be in
the office late when he’s away…”
“When who’s away?”
“When my husband’s away. If I’m going to be in the office late, I bring my
IP phone. That way if he calls me at home, I answer. If I call him, he gets the
caller ID from home. He doesn’t know all this technical stuff. He’s a lawyer.”
“Go on,” says Mark.
“Go on what?”
“When did you come into the office? What contact did you have with the
deceased? Why did he shoot himself?”
“I came back to the office around 10:00 PM. I stuck my head in and
asked Larry if we could talk. But he said he had a visitor coming in and
wouldn’t be able to talk until later — around midnight. Then, when I went to
his office at midnight, he said he wasn’t feeling too well. Had to rush to the
bathroom. Now I know that’s gotta be the mushrooms; read about that in the
paper. It was probably close to one when we finally did manage to get together.”
“Where?”
“In his office.”
“Did he say who his visitor was?”
“Not then, but he told me later it was a contractor named Ahmed Qali.”
“Did you see Mr. Qali in the office?”
“No.”
“Okay. Now think carefully before you answer this next question. I really
want you to tell me the truth.”
“I am telling you the truth,” says Donna. The flush has receded.
“Why did you use the backdoor to go into the deceased’s office?”
“There is no backdoor to his office. It only has one door.”
“You know what I mean.” Mark is grim now. “Surveillance doesn’t show
you going into the office. But you say you did. The only way that could be true
is if you used the backdoor I talked to Dom about to turn off surveillance. Why
did you do that?”
“Dom told you? What else did he tell you?”
Mark says only: “Why did you turn off the surveillance?”
Donna hesitates, then says: “Habit.”
Mark says nothing.
“It started during the hostile takeover attempt,” she says breaking the
silence. “Dom and Larry and I didn’t want people — the employees — to know
how seriously we were taking it. They were scared enough as it was. So we
started using the backdoor so that surveillance wouldn’t show a whole lot of
meetings in the middle of the night.”
hackoff.com © 2006 Tom Evslin Page 14.12
“Okay,” he says. “But it doesn’t make much sense, I have to tell you, and
it doesn’t look very good that you turn off surveillance go into a room; the
person in the room is shot; your fingerprints are on the gun…”
“I already told you,” she says, the pitch of her voice rising for the first
time. “I already told you how my fingerprints got on the gun, if they’re on the
gun. I told you.”
“You also already told me that you weren’t here that night and you were.
You pretended to have an alibi and you didn’t. You pretended not to
understand my question about the backdoor. So it’s hard for me to believe you.
It’ll be hard for a district attorney to believe you. It’ll be hard for a jury to
believe you. It’s not good to start out telling lies.”
“Are you ... am I under arrest?”
“I told you: not at the moment. Now why don’t you tell me what
happened in Larry’s office. It would be good if you told me the truth.”
“We argued,” she says. “We argued about Dom. I said that Larry should
apologize — that we need Dom. Larry was stubborn. He said Dom was a baby;
that he’s all washed up as a programmer, that he never was a good manager,
that it is time to let him go. I said: ‘We need Dom. He can be managed. He
needs to be stroked sometimes, but he helped build the company and he can
still help us.’”
“How did the subject of Mr. Qali come up? You said Larry told you that
his visitor was Qali. How did that come up? What did he tell you about his
visit?”
“Have you talked to Ahmed?”
“Doesn’t matter. Not if you’re planning to tell me the truth. Doesn’t
matter what I heard from Qali or Dom or anybody else. Just tell me the truth
about what happened in the deceased’s office.”
“Ahmed came up because Dom is always fighting with him. Dom doesn’t
like him. He never approves the work that Ahmed’s Jenin group does, so
Ahmed’s had to go to Larry repeatedly to get paid. Larry brought that up as one
more example of Dom being immature. He — Larry, I mean — was right about
that — right that Dom didn’t deal well with Ahmed. So we’re arguing about
Dom and Larry tells me that Ahmed was in earlier because, again, Dom has
refused payment and Larry’s got to get in the middle and straighten it out…”
“You don’t look like you’re telling the truth,” says Mark. “Not the whole
truth.”
“I’m trying, but you keep interrupting me. What do you mean I don’t look
like I’m telling the truth?” She sits up straighter, pats her hair, touches the
flush on her neck.
“Go on.”
“I think Larry really resented having to deal with Ahmed all the time
because of Dom’s attitude. He didn’t like to deal with Ahmed.”
“Why?”
“For one thing, I think Larry was a little afraid of him. He had — or was
having — an affair with Ahmed’s girl friend, Rachel. That didn’t help.”
“Did Qali know about the affair?”
hackoff.com © 2006 Tom Evslin Page 14.13
“And then?”
Donna is still sobbing, head down, and doesn’t answer.
“So are you telling me Larry shot himself because you didn’t agree?”
“I don’t think so,” says Donna, pulling herself upright but not drying the
tears. “I … I don’t think so. I think it was an accident. But he was disturbed; I
mean much more disturbed than he’d usually get when we argued; we argued
a lot. I think he was disturbed by Ahmed’s business. And he was feeling sick.
He’d been in the bathroom being sick and he looked pale, the mushrooms I
guess. So I just don’t know.” She sobs again but doesn’t put her head down.
“An accident?” asks Mark. “Guy puts his gun to his head and pulls the
trigger and you call it ‘an accident’?”
“You have to realize … I think I already told you … anyone can tell you …
Larry puts that stupid gun to his head and pulls the trigger all the time. I
mean, that’s the USUAL thing for him to do when he has an argument with
someone and he finally gets tired of arguing: He says he’s the boss, then he
puts the gun to his head and he says ‘I bet my life’ and he pulls the trigger.
And it goes ‘click’. It always went ‘click’.” She stops, sobs, and doesn’t say any
more.
“So you’re telling me,” says Mark, “that you didn’t react when he put the
gun to his head at the end of your ‘argument’ because that’s what you would
expect him to do?”
“That’s right,” she says. “That’s exactly right. I mean ask anyone. How
could I know this time would be different? He always does that. That’s how we
know when to stop arguing.”
“But there isn’t usually a bullet in the gun when he puts it to his head?”
“No. No, of course not.”
“So why would he do that with a bullet in the gun? Why would he put a
loaded gun to his own head and pull the trigger? Did he play Russian roulette,
had he ever done that?”
“What’s Russian roulette? I mean I’ve heard of it but I don’t know exactly
what it is.”
“It’s when someone puts a bullet in one chamber of a revolver, then spins
the cylinder so maybe the bullet’s under the hammer, maybe there’s an empty
chamber. So, when he pulls the trigger, maybe he gets shot, maybe it just goes
‘click’. Did the deceased ever do that?”
“Yes,” she says. “Yes, he sometimes spun something but I don’t think
there were ever any bullets in it. It always just went ‘click’. I don’t think he had
any bullets until he got afraid of the Palestinians. If he had any, wouldn’t make
sense to ask me to buy them, would it?”
“Did he spin the cylinder this time?”
“No,” she says. “No, he didn’t.”
“Were you surprised that he didn’t spin it?”
“No.”
Mark is silent.
Donna continues: “ I wasn’t surprised because that’s different. I mean
Larry was pretty predictable. If there was a long discussion, we didn’t know
hackoff.com © 2006 Tom Evslin Page 14.15
what to do, lot’s of alternatives, Larry got tired of that and made a decision,
then Larry says ‘we’ll pick this one’ and he spins the thing, puts the gun to his
head, and pulls the trigger. When just two of us are having an argument and
Larry wants to say it’s over, no more arguing, he puts the gun to his head
without spinning the thing and he says, like I told you, he says ‘I bet my life’
and he pulls the trigger and he won’t argue anymore.”
“So why do you think there was a bullet in the gun this time? Why did he
put the gun to his head with a bullet in it and pull the trigger?”
“I think... I mean I don’t know but I think maybe he put the bullet in the
gun because he was afraid of Ahmed and he knew he had a meeting with him.
Then, like he forgot. And he played with the gun like he always did and he shot
himself by accident. Maybe because he was upset. Or sick. Maybe the
mushrooms, I don’t know.”
“You have a problem,” says Mark.
“Anyone can tell you he always does that,” says Donna.
“Your problem is that you lied. Wouldn’t have been as much of a problem
if you’d told us the truth, but you lied. And you tried to set up an alibi. You
used the backdoor to get into his office. You bought the bullet. Your
fingerprints are on the gun. Even if someone believes everything else you said,
why would you set up an alibi and use the backdoor if you didn’t know what
was gonna happen? Doesn’t make sense. Doesn’t hold together.”
“I’m telling you the truth … I’m telling you the truth now.”
“Why didn’t you call 911 right after he shot himself? That’s what woulda
made sense.”
“I don’t know,” says Donna. She is sobbing again and breathing heavily.
“I don’t know. I guess I panicked. I mean … I mean it was horrible. Half his
head blew away.” She pauses.
Mark says nothing.
She continues: “I knew he was dead … anyone would know. There was
nothing anyone could do for him. I mean, if I thought there was a chance, if I
thought there was something that could be done, he could be saved or
anything like that, then I would’ve called 911 right away. I would’ve. But he
was dead and it was so horrible. I didn’t know what to do. I guess I panicked. I
ran out of the room. I ran to the ladies room. I threw up… Then I went home. I
don’t know why, but I went home … I changed my clothes … I got myself
together. I came back to the office. I guess I hoped by then someone else
would’ve found him. That it would all be taken care of. I mean that he’d be
taken away. But he wasn’t. Nothing happened. Everything was just like when I
left. So I had to do it. I called 911. I did. You know that. It was me that called.”
“Was there blood on your clothes?” asks Mark.
“No, no blood.”
“Why did you change? Why did you have to go home to change?”
“I didn’t go home TO change,” she says. “I went home AND I changed. I
mean, that’s different. I don’t know why I went home. I told you that. I
panicked. I went home. I get home and I take off my clothes.” She looks at him.
He looks away and says nothing.
hackoff.com © 2006 Tom Evslin Page 14.16
Donna continues: “I take off my clothes. I don’t know, it’s a girl thing. I
take off my clothes. Then I take a shower. There was no blood. No. I looked … I
did … I mean anyone would. But there was no blood, so I took off my clothes
and took a shower. I washed all over. Like there was blood, you know, but
there wasn’t. I washed all over and then I put on clean clothes. And I came
back in to the office. That’s what happened.”
“Did you tell your husband what happened?”
“No. He was away. I told you he was away. So I didn’t tell him.”
“You didn’t call him? Didn’t tell him anything?”
“No.”
“Why?”
“I don’t know. I mean we’re not that close anymore, really. I just didn’t.”
“You were worried — at least you said you were worried — that he’d be
jealous if he knew you were in the office with the deceased. You were close
enough to worry about his being jealous. But you didn’t call him to say you’d
just seen the deceased shoot himself? Or even just to ask his advice? He is a
lawyer.”
“Sometimes,” she says, “jealousy is all that’s left. Maybe I didn’t call him
because I still didn’t want him to know I was in the office. I don’t know. I didn’t,
though. I didn’t call.”
“Did you see anyone when you left the office?”
“No. I mean there were a few people in the street. I got a cab. I saw the
cabbie.”
“Did you get a cab receipt?”
“No.”
“They always give you a receipt,” says Mark. “It’s the law. They always
give you one of those little tiny receipts that print outta the meter. You didn’t
get one of those?”
“I don’t know,” says Donna. “Maybe I did, maybe I didn’t. Maybe this
cabbie doesn’t obey the law. Maybe I just balled it up and threw it away. I
DON’T KNOW. I never keep those things anyway, and I just don’t remember.”
“Strange thing for an accountant not to keep receipts, isn’t it?” asks
Mark. “Don’t you need ‘em for your records, for your expense account and
stuff?”
“I don’t keep them,” says Donna. “I don’t have one. So what? What’s it
matter? I already told you I was there. I told you what I saw. What I did. You
think I made that up? I wasn’t really there? Is that what you think now?”
“I don’t think anything, yet. You told me a couple of different stories. I’m
trying to figure out what’s the truth. What’s not. I’m thinking this whole thing
doesn’t look very good with lying, with setting up an alibi…”
“Okay,” Donna interrupts. “Okay. So you don’t like me. Don’t say that all
again. Don’t say all of that about the alibi, about my fingerprints on the gun,
about the bullets. I told you about them, remember? I didn’t have to tell you
about them, but I did. I told you about the Palestinians. I told you everything.”
“I don’t think so,” says Mark. “I don’t think you told me everything.”
“Look...” says Donna. Then she says nothing.
hackoff.com © 2006 Tom Evslin Page 14.17
“It’s embarrassing,” she says. “I really didn’t want it to get out that I had
this thing in my CEO’s office. And then, after he’s dead, it’s his reputation, too.
I mean, I don’t want to explain that he’s getting irrational, that I don’t trust
him. And how’s the whole thing sound for the company? I care about that, so I
didn’t say anything.”
“How far back does the tape go?”
“It’s not a tape. I think it’s a hard drive or something. It’s in this box and
my computer can get to it and that’s how I watch it. It just does six hours,
something like that.”
“So you could see the meeting with Ahmed?”
“Right.”
“So you knew who he was meeting with? It’s not that he told you that.”
“He did tell me… Yeah, I did peek. I did look at the video. But Larry told
me, just like I told you.”
“What else is on there?”
“Nothing, really. There’s Larry; he’s in his office. He does stuff. He gets
up, he walks around. In the beginning a guy brings him some pizza. He puts
mushrooms on it like he always does. Like I said, must be what made him
sick.”
“Do you know anything about the mushrooms?”
“No.”
“Are you sure? You’re not going to tell me something different later?
You’re not going to say you didn’t want to get embarrassed so there’s
something you didn’t tell me about the mushrooms?”
“No, I swear.”
“Okay,” says Mark. “Show me the tape of your meeting with the
deceased.”
Donna swivels back to face her computer. Mark comes around the “L” of
the desk to stand behind her, looking over her right shoulder at the screen.
She hits a few keys and clicks a few buttons. A grainy, jerky video shows up in
a box about two inches square in a window on the lower left corner of her
screen. Mark asks Donna to make it bigger but she says she can’t. He brushes
against her chair and excuses himself as he moves to look over her left
shoulder; he has to stoop close to her to see the image past her shoulder since
it is at the bottom of her screen. Their arms touch, but Donna doesn’t move
back or sideways to give Mark an unobstructed view.
In the little window, Larry is sitting alone at his desk. The camera is
apparently mounted somewhere near the door and high with a fish-eye view of
most of the office but it can’t see the wall it is on or the first few feet of the two
adjoining walls. At the lower right of the window, there is a digital display of
picture time and date. The video starts at 1807 03312003 and flickers forward.
“Is that the beginning?” asks Mark. “Is that when you turned the camera
on?”
“It’s the beginning of the video because only the most recent six hours is
kept,” says Donna. “I always left the camera on.”
“Why did you stop it at 2:07 AM the night of the murder?”
hackoff.com © 2006 Tom Evslin Page 14.19
“Let’s go, please,” says Mark. He moves to the office door, opens it, and
steps half way into the hall.
“Why don’t you watch the video by yourself if you’re afraid to be with
me?” Donna suggests. “I mean I’ll go take a walk. I can use it. I’ll come back in
a while. that’s what I’ll do. And then you’ll have seen the video. You’ll know
that I … that Larry shot himself. That I didn’t do anything. And then…”
“Here’s what we’re gonna do,” says Mark. “We’re going to go out of this
office to reception. I’m going to write you a receipt for this box with the video in
it; all nice and in public. We’re going to go back with a witness and take this
box outta here. And I’m gonna put some nice yellow police tape across your
door…”
“That’s awful,” says Donna. “You’re arresting me.”
“You do exactly what I say and, if the video shows what you say it shows,
then I don’t have to arrest you right now,” says Mark. “I’m not promising you
don’t get arrested later. I’m not promising anything at all. But I’m telling you
what you gotta do if you don’t want to get arrested right now.”
“How am I supposed to explain the tape on my door?” Donna is slightly
teary. “How do I explain that?”
“If I were you, I wouldn’t explain anything. Just find somewhere else to
work while we get your office searched and see what other toys you got besides
the recorder. And while we get the software for the recorder off of your PC.”
“Could you search some other offices, too?” asks Donna. “Do me a favor
and search some other offices?”
“Can you give me a reason to search any other offices?”
“Well,” says Donna, “I mean if you search the other offices then it won’t
look like—”
“No. That doesn’t work. That’s why you want me to search the other
offices; it’s not why I’d want to search the other offices. You tell me something
helpful I might find, I’ll look anywhere. You think I should look in Dom’s office
for something?” Mark is still standing in the hall just ouside her door. There
are gaps in their conversation as people walk by.
“No,” she says. “No. Why Dom’s office?”
“Let’s go,” says Mark. Reluctantly Donna follows Mark out to reception
where he laboriously hand-writes a receipt which Donna has the receptionist
copy. The receptionist becomes their chaperone and walks back with them to
retrieve the video recorder which Mark unplugs from a USB port on Donna’s
computer and from an Ethernet port in the wall. He has to crawl under the
desk for this but smiles slightly as he does.
“Now,” says Donna as Mark straightens up. “Now what I’d like you to do
is seal this room off. We can’t be too careful after what happened to Larry.
Please be sure to conduct a very thorough search. I wouldn’t ask this if I didn’t
think it was important.”
Mark looks surprised, then recovers. “Right, Ms. Langhorne,” he says.
“Please be sure not to leave New York City until I have given you clearance.”
He leaves with the recorder.
hackoff.com © 2006 Tom Evslin Page 14.21
Like many Wall Street firms, Barcourt fled the downtown area after 9/11.
The executive offices once housed in the World Financial Center are now
located in a twenty-story building on 58th Street. Detective Mark Cohen and
Rachel Roth are meeting near there at a fern bar she suggested.
It was Mark’s idea to conduct a very “informal interview”. Even though
Rachel has, as far as he knows, no good alibi for the time of Larry’s death, the
video clearly showing him pulling the trigger himself in front of a horrified
Donna seems to make alibis unnecessary. Except for the mushrooms, of
course, Mark told Captain DeNapoli. And except for the fact that everyone is
lying to him about something. He said he was sure about that. He didn’t tell
his supervisor about the call he recently received from Louise Lazard about a
visit by Rachel Roth. It is this visit he is meeting with Rachel to discuss.
The window of the bar is festooned with hanging ferns; there are a few
dead fern leaves on the table when Mark and Rachel sit down. Mark brushes
them into a pile against the window. He orders a Coke; she orders a
chardonnay recommended by the waiter. Mark is wearing a blue blazer and a
light blue shirt with the collar open; most other men in the bar have ties and
many are wearing suits. Even Rachel is in a pin-striped suit with a knee-length
skirt and a cream-colored blouse with a dense row of pearl-like buttons.
They make small talk for only a few minutes before Mark says: “Ms.
Lazard told me about your visit.”
“She said she was going to. I would have preferred that she keep it to
herself, frankly, but she didn’t see it that way. Still, I’m glad we spoke. I didn’t
want her to think badly of me. I wanted her to have a good memory of Larry. It
hackoff.com © 2006 Tom Evslin Page 14.22
was the right thing to do.” She draws herself up and looks at Mark as if for
affirmation.
“Yes,” says Mark after a pause. “Yes, it was the right thing to do.” He
waits.
“I didn’t want her to think Larry and I really had an affair. It was
important she know it was a charade. I took a risk that she wouldn’t see me,
wouldn’t believe me; but I think she was glad I came — once she agreed to let
me talk to her at all.” She smiles and stops.
“So,” Mark says finally, “as I said, Ms. Lazard told me about your
conversation. It would be helpful, though, if you could tell me what you told
her. It’s better to hear things directly, I’ve found. Is that okay? Do you mind
going over this again?”
“What happens to what I tell you?” asks Rachel. “Louise told me you
have a video that actually shows … that shows that Larry … that it was
definitely suicide. She was sure it was murder, she said, and now even she’s
almost convinced it wasn’t. So I guess I’m surprised there’s still a murder
investigation and that you even want to talk to me. So I think it’s fair to ask
what you plan to do with what I tell you.”
“Probably it just goes into a report,” says Mark. “That is assuming you’re
going to tell me the same thing I heard from Ms. Lazard. You wouldn’t believe
how many reports there are even when an investigation is closed without an
arrest. And the file is full of people saying — excuse me for saying this, but it’s
a fact — the file is full of talk about the affair you and the deceased were
supposed to be having. Naturally, that’s one of those things that provides a
possible motive. You know we were very eager to talk to Ahmed. Even Ms.
Lazard was regarded as having a motive. All very traditional really. And she did
have a motive, since she believed there was an affair. But, since the video, then
it’s mainly a chance of getting everything wrapped up as tidily as possible. Also,
what you told Ms. Lazard may provide a motive for the suicide. The way we
cops are, you know, we like to have a motive even if there isn’t a murder. So
maybe what you tell me helps us write some nice, neat final reports.”
“What about the mushrooms?” Rachel asks. “Don’t you still have to
investigate them? I read about them in the Post.”
“I wouldn’t believe everything I read in the Post. Most people figure he
just picked the wrong mushrooms. That’s easy to do, apparently.”
“Okay,” says Rachel. “Okay, I’ll help clean up your reports. But one
question, one thing I need to ... want to know is how confidential are all these
reports? I have nothing to hide. I’d be happy to have people know, actually,
that Larry and I weren’t having this mad affair like everybody thought. But
there’s the stuff about Ahmed … about him and me. If I talk to you, am I
gonna… going to … read all about this in the Post?”
Mark assures her that his reports are confidential. He tells her, though,
that if there were a trial, maybe even if there were a lawsuit, then what she told
him could come out. Also, she’d probably be called as a witness if that
happened but, given the rumors, that would probably happen anyway. Rachel
hackoff.com © 2006 Tom Evslin Page 14.23
does not appear completely reassured but agrees to tell the story to Mark the
way she told it to Louise.
The story starts with Larry agreeing to hire the Jenin Group Ahmed
represents to do some programming work for hackoff. They do the work and
almost everybody is very happy. They do some more work — something a little
harder this time — and almost everybody is happy again. The almost part is
Dom. According to both Larry and Ahmed, Dom doesn’t like using the Jenin
Group; he doesn’t like outsourcing at all and he seems to have taken a
particular dislike to Ahmed, perhaps because he’s an Arab. Every time Ahmed
wants to get paid, he’s got to appeal to Larry directly because Dom won’t okay
the payments.
Then they decide to use the Jenin Group for something much bigger than
they’ve done before. This involves giving the group access to some of the source
code — Rachel’s not quite clear what that means, but knows it’s important.
While they’re working on this project, a problem comes up. As she understands
it, Dom called the Jenin Group directly and demanded the source code back
and access to their computers. He told them they never should have had it,
even though Larry had given it to them. He was very insulting to the people he
talked to. It would have been better if he’d just talked to Ahmed, but that’s not
what happened. He called directly.
One of the people that Dom insulted was a young Palestinian, most of
whose relatives had been killed by the Israelis. This guy is something of a
hothead under the best of circumstances and these aren’t the best of
circumstances. Before anyone can calm him down, the guy disappears with a
copy of the precious source code.
That’s only the beginning. Things go down hill from there. Yasir — that’s
the name the hothead has taken — disappears. People figure good riddance
because he’s hard to work with, but he’s also the kind of angry young man they
were trying to provide alternatives for and he is a very smart programmer. But
soon there’s an email from him at an untraceable address. He has a copy of the
source code, he says. Unless he is immediately given ten million dollars, which
he will use to advance the Intifada, he will use the source code to enable him to
mount an attack of some kind on hackoff customers. He will, he says, net
much more than ten million dollars from that before he is through.
And there are some threats. If any authorities — particularly the Israelis
— are alerted, or if any attempt is made to update the software at hackoff
customer sites to protect against an attack, he will both launch a devastating
blitz on the sites and he will kill Larry Lazard. No one is sure whether he is
actually in the US but he does give two frightening demonstrations. He tells his
contacts to tell Larry where he can find evidence on customer computers that
this guy is able to get inside and he emails a photo of an object which has been
stolen from inside Larry’s office.
It is Ahmed who has to tell Larry all this, and he obviously feels terrible
about it, although some of it is Dom’s fault for insulting Yasir to begin with.
Normally, Ahmed would not involve Rachel in his business — he is very
traditional that way — but she can tell how upset he is, particularly since he
hackoff.com © 2006 Tom Evslin Page 14.24
doesn’t usually show any emotion at all. She insists that he tell her what is
going on and, to her surprise, he does — even enlists her help in talking to
Larry because he’s afraid Larry will think that he’s part of a conspiracy to
extort money from hackoff.
The three of them talk. Larry will not consider the possibility of paying
the ten million and Ahmed agrees with him, although Rachel is not so sure.
The men are sure that this will just lead to further demands. Larry says he
doesn’t take the threat to kill him seriously. Figures if the guy was into killing
he would have already killed Dom but he didn’t. But he takes it seriously
enough to be worried for Louise. Finally, Larry decides that he can single-
handedly write some code that will somehow defeat this guy before he can
detect that the sites have been updated. Rachel doesn’t understand the
technology but apparently, once an update is distributed and applied, it won’t
matter that this guy still has a copy of the old source code.
The plan is that Larry will do this work; he reminds them that he was
once a good hacker — wrote the “Gotcha” attack as everyone knows. Meanwhile
they will pretend to negotiate with Yasir as long as they can keep him going.
Try to bring down the price, even though Larry says there’s no price he’ll pay.
Try to find a way that Yasir can assure them that he won’t just come back for
more once he’s been paid. Stuff like that.
But there’s a problem. Larry can’t work on this during the day because
he’s got to be a CEO and also because he doesn’t want Dom to find out what’s
going on. He is absolutely adamant that Dom not be involved in fixing the
problem — that Dom not even be told that there IS a problem, given how he felt
to begin with about the Jenin Group having the source code. And, because of
the way they protect the source code, Larry can’t work on it out of the office.
Also, it’s very sweet really, even though he says he’s not worried about getting
killed himself, he doesn’t want to expose Louise to any danger. And he doesn’t
want to tell her what’s going on any more than he wants to tell Dom — less
maybe.
“You never got to know Larry,” says Rachel, “but once he made up his
mind, it just didn’t change.”
So Rachel came up with the idea of the fake affair. It gave Larry a reason
to stay late at the office and away from Louise. Ahmed hated it, of course. But
he also felt so bad about the extortion and the threats and everything that he
let them go ahead with it. The idea amused Larry, although he felt bad for
Louise. But he knew he was protecting her, too; and he was sure he could
make it up to her later. He’s pretty sure Yasir isn’t really going to try to kill
anyone; that’s just a threat, and not one it does him any good to carry out even
if he can. Once the threat is over and Yasir doesn’t kill him, then Larry figures
he’ll be able to tell Louise.
“Of course,” says Rachel, “that’s part of why I had to tell Louise. I knew
Larry meant to, and it would be too cruel just to leave it the way that it was.
Especially since there was no longer any threat.”
A couple of weeks ago — it seems like a million years — Ahmed got word
that Yasir was found dead in a mosque in Jenin. Not at all clear who killed
hackoff.com © 2006 Tom Evslin Page 14.25
him, but very clear that he is dead. This sounds like good news but Ahmed
doesn’t want to tell Larry until he is sure that Yasir doesn’t have any
accomplices who might plan on carrying on the attack. Apparently the guy’s a
known loner, so there’s hope. Also there had been absolutely no leaks about
where he’s hiding, which also might mean he’s working alone. No new threats
come. There are no answers to the negotiation emails. Soon the email
addresses that Yasir has given start to bounce mail. It looks like there is
nobody following up. They even put word out on the street in Jenin that former
friends of Yasir could be richly rewarded. But not a peep.
On March 31 Ahmed gets a message through his uncle that means to
him it’s time to talk to Larry. He is eager to do this himself after all everybody’s
been through. He also wants to get paid for the project the rest of the Jenin
Group has now finished, but the main reason for the visit is to tell Larry that
the threat is over, they can all go back to normal life.
“How did Ahmed say Larry reacted?” asks Mark.
“He didn’t say,” says Rachel. “He hasn’t said. In fact, he isn’t talking to
me.”
“Why’s that?” asks Mark.
“Look,” says Rachel. “I told you a lot of stuff that’s very personal, very
hard to tell, because you said it would help with your report. Fine, I did that.
And I told Louise. I’m glad I did that, I think. But now I don’t see any reason
why I should go into my personal life with Ahmed. I don’t. That’s not going to
help your report. Can’t you tell from the video how the meeting went? Louise
says the meeting is on the video, that it goes back six hours or something
before Larry … before he died.”
“I’m going to tell you something about the video,” says Mark. “I’m going
to tell you because I believe you really want to help and wouldn’t deliberately
put Louise or anyone else in danger. I’m going to tell you, but then I’m going to
expect your cooperation.”
“Or what?” Rachel looks Mark in the eye.
“I think you’ll want to cooperate,” says Mark. “So, here’s the scoop on the
video. First of all, it’s a video, just that, no audio for some reason. So we don’t
know exactly what Ahmed said to the deceased or the deceased said to Ahmed.
We do see them meeting. We see Ahmed come into the office and we see the
deceased is surprised to see him, surprised that he can get in without setting
off the alarm. But he doesn’t look like he’s afraid of him; that’s good. It even
looks like Ahmed gave him a present.
“They both sit down. They don’t smile; they don’t shake hands. Ahmed
has his head down for a while, we can only see the back of his head in the
video by the way, not his face. But we can see the deceased’s face. He is
mainly listening. He does not look like he’s getting good news. He only talks a
little, like he’s asking questions. We think Ahmed is talking most of the time
but, like I said, we can’t see his mouth. We can sometimes see his hands are
moving in front of him. His head is bobbing; so we’re pretty sure he did most of
the talking. And he did it slumped over. Again not like good news. But we don’t
know what he said.
hackoff.com © 2006 Tom Evslin Page 14.26
“Then Larry gets up. We see that in the video. He gets up and he’s angry.
He’s yelling, but we don’t know what except at least one ‘fuck you’. Ahmed gets
up, turns around, and leaves the room. We see his face. It has no expression.”
“That doesn’t mean anything,” Rachel says. “He NEVER has an
expression.”
“Ms. Roth,” says Mark. “I believe you don’t know what happened at that
meeting. I believe you thought you were telling me the truth when you said
Ahmed went downtown to give the deceased good news. But that’s not what it
looked like in the video. I haven’t told that to Ms. Lazard yet, but I’ve got a big
decision to make — and you can help — about whether she needs police
protection. I’m also going to have to talk to Ahmed Qali again. There’s a lot he
didn’t tell me. I’m hoping for everybody’s sake that he’ll be more forthcoming
now. But it’d be a big help if you tell me how you can live with someone and
not be talking to him.”
“I have to think,” says Rachel. “I’m not going to be rushed.” She is quiet
for over a minute.
Mark waits.
“Okay,” says Rachel at last. “I’m disappointed that Ahmed didn’t tell me
the truth, very disappointed. In fact, I feel used. I don’t know what he told you
when you interviewed him. I take it he didn’t say anything about the problem
with Yasir?” She waits, but Mark doesn’t answer the implied question.
“Anyway, I’ve told you about that. And I’ll tell you about our relationship.
I’m not sure what he told you about that either but, if I had to guess, I’d say
not much.
“We have been lovers for years. That’s no secret; and we’ve been living
together quite a while. Stop me if this is too much or too little detail, please.”
She is expressionless, as is Mark. “Like every relationship, ours had its ups
and downs. My being Jewish and him being Muslim made things interesting in
both a good and a bad sense. I’m ethnically Jewish, anyway — neither of us is
very religious. It kept us both away from our parents, but that was probably a
good thing. The cultural differences were tougher. I’m naturally expressive,
demonstrative; he’s … well, you’ve met him; you know … he’s a cold fish. That
was hard on me; I’m sure my sloppy emotions were hard on him. We’re both
ambitious; we both work hard; we both understand people who are ambitious
and work hard so that was a good thing.
“Despite the chauvinism built into him by his upbringing, I always felt
that he gave my career and my accomplishments the same respect he would
have had I been a man. I could’ve used more affection, but I certainly got
respect. And I knew that he really did care for me. I knew that living with me
put a huge strain on family relationships that were very important to him, but
that he had chosen me. So, even if he couldn’t say it in so many words, I was
pretty sure he loved me.
“We always kept our business lives very separate from our personal life
together. Obviously, he couldn’t take me to dinner with his clients. I guess I
could’ve involved him more in my business life but I didn’t. Almost the only
exception was our relationship with the Lazards. Frankly, I set that up because
hackoff.com © 2006 Tom Evslin Page 14.27
I hoped that, if Ahmed had some clients who weren’t Arabs, we could have a
more normal life. Larry ended up being a customer of both my bank and
Ahmed’s Jenin Group; that’s just what I hoped would happen. And Ahmed and
I socialized with Larry and Louise every once in a while.
“So, as I told you, when I heard about this problem with Yasir, I was
crushed. This was more than just a client problem for both of us, it hit at one
of the few ways that we could have a ’normal’ life together — I realize I’m
making a Western value judgment when I say ‘normal’ but there you are. It was
an important part of our relationship. And I felt really bad for Larry. First he
almost lost the company to antihack — and I wasn’t able to be any help to him
in that as his banker. In fact, I think he sort of blamed me for what a bad
position hackoff was in as a target of a hostile. But he got through that thing
with antihack because they had the bad luck to get hacked themselves, and he
thinks he’s in the clear, and then there’s this thing with Yasir not only
threatening the business, but saying he’s going to kill Larry. I felt badly about
that. Especially because if it weren’t for Ahmed and me, Larry wouldn’t have
this problem. And then I felt bad for Ahmed because if it weren’t for me he
wouldn’t have this problem. Us Jewish girls are good at guilt.
“So, like I told you, I got the idea to help Larry buy time to protect the
company by pretending that he and I were having an affair. I just meant to help
and it did give him cover. I knew Ahmed wouldn’t like the idea but we had to do
something. But what happened is that Ahmed started treating me like I really
was having an affair with Larry. He withdrew even more into himself. He moved
into a separate bedroom and said that we should split at the end of our lease. I
kept hoping he’d get over it, but it just got worse and worse.
“I thought that when he got the good news about Yasir being dead… I
guess that’s not a very nice way to put it, but it did certainly seem like good
news at the time… I thought after that we could get our relationship back
together. He did tell me he was going downtown to tell Larry about Yasir’s
death. That was more talking than we’d done in weeks. But, when he comes
back from seeing Larry, it was back to the silent treatment. I was awake when
he came home… I don’t know why I’m giving you all this detail but might as
well get it out. When he came home, I hoped he’d knock on my door, talk to me
— but nothing. I called to him through the door, but no answer. It’s even
possible he didn’t hear me. I didn’t want to call out. I wanted him to come back
to me.”
She wipes away precisely one tear.
“He sent me an email yesterday,” she said. “He says he’s leaving the
apartment, but that he’ll continue to pay his share for the duration of the
lease. No reason. No emotion, of course. And, it’s … it’s hard. And it’s very hard
that Larry is dead. I’m lucky to have a career, I guess.” She draws herself up,
pats her hair, which isn’t out of place. “There isn’t any point in feeling sorry for
myself. There, have I told you what you need to know?”
“Yes,” says Mark. “I think you have. You cleared up why the two of you
aren’t talking. Of course, I have no way of knowing what you’re not telling me,
if anything. I may have to speak to you again after I talk with Ahmed.”
hackoff.com © 2006 Tom Evslin Page 14.28
“Well, tell me what he says,” she says. “He certainly isn’t going to tell
me.”
Mark doesn’t tell her what Louise told him.
“The funny thing is, Mark,” Louise said, “she did fuck Larry. I believe her
that the affair was a fake — even if she didn’t want it to be a fake. But I can
always tell a woman who’s fucked Larry.”
As Mark leaves the restaurant, his mobile phone beeps that it has a text
message:
Message from:
917 555 3098
Donnas office IPvid shows
Dom putting shrooms larrys
Office. Confirm no audio and
nothing pre 1615
From: ultramole@znowherez.com
Sent: Friday, April 4, 2003 7:55 PM
To: mark cohen
Subject: temporary unavoidable absence
mark,
i don’t expect you to stop looking for me; you have your role to
play and i have mine. i don’t think though that you will find me
until im ready to be found.
you can email me by replying to this email. you will get back a
message that your email bounced but it will get to me.
hackoff.com © 2006 Tom Evslin Page 14.30
BTW, i know who you are. you are “columbo” and you and I have
played against each other in some big games. I knew I recognized
the way you ask questions but you threw me off because you
played dumb which should have been the tip off.
Dom:
I'm sorry to have to inform you that the message returned below
could not be delivered to one or more destinations.
If you do so, please include this problem report. You can delete
your own text from the message returned below.
hackoff.com © 2006 Tom Evslin Page 14.31
From: ultramole@znowherez.com
Sent: Friday, April 4, 2003 11:59 PM
To: mark cohen
Subject: the audio will blow your socks off
the audio will tell you about an attack that has been planned on
hackoff customers that will happen soon if steps are not taken
and which can be successful. larry was part of planning that
attack and i was always against it and have tried to stop it. i
must remain free until i have ended this threat.
the fact that you were given the video of me and told about the
backdoor has released me from certain loyalties which i would
have been bound by otherwise so it would be good if we could
find a way to work together.
###
After getting an instant message from Dom that the password for the file
is Mark’s mother’s social security number, Mark begins to listen to the audio
file. One voice is Ahmed. It is soon clear that the other is Larry Lazard.
Larry: I have a much bigger job for the Jenin Group than we’ve
ever given you before.
hackoff.com © 2006 Tom Evslin Page 14.32
Mark listens to the tape a second time. Then his phone rings.
“Mark Cohen?”
“Yes, this is. Who’s calling please?”
“Mark, this is Rachel, Rachel Roth. I just got home and Ahmed’s gone.
Your police were here looking for him, waiting for him, but he’s gone. He left me
a note.”
“What does it say?”
“I can’t, Mark. I can’t tell you on the phone. I misjudged him. Oh, shit, I
did.”
“What has he done, Rachel? I’m sorry you’re disappointed but…”
“No, Mark, you don’t understand. You don’t understand at all. He wants
me to show you the note. He says I’m to bring it to you myself.”
“Are the cops still there?”
“Yes.”
“Okay, let me speak to the one with the most stripes on his sleeve. I’m
gonna ask them to bring you down here.”
After talking to the sergeant, Mark orders an airport and ticket watch for
Ahmed Qali and a trace on recent tickets in his name. The trace will come up
dry.
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 15.1
friend; that’s what hurts me. She is trying to make trouble for me and I don’t
know why. She has betrayed me.”
“That is vorse,” says the old lady. “It is vorst of all to be betrayed by a
friend. That’s why we could not belief it when our neighbors turned us over to
the Nazis. They vere our friends, these neighbors, and they turned us over and
we could not belief it. Drink your zoop.”
“Alte, I must work. I can’t tell you why. It is better for you not to know
why. But I have to work all night. May I work here?”
“You are always velcome here,” says Alte. “Whatever you need to do it is
okay, as you say. You vill vork and I must sleep because I am an alte lady and I
vill talk too much to you if I stay avake. And after the night it vill be morning
and ve vill have breakfast, yes?”
“Yes, Alte. We vill … will have breakfast. Thank you. Thank you for being
my friend.”
“Gute nacht, liebchen.”
“Good night, Alte.”
Dom watches himself enter Larry’s office in the jerky video. “Shit,” he
says as he watches himself shake the mushroom jar.
After much fast forwarding, Dom sees Ahmed enter Larry’s office. The
two men sit down and talk for a while. Ahmed hands Larry a Lucite pyramid.
Larry looks crestfallen when he sees it. He puts it on the shelf near the
mushrooms.
Dom rewinds to the pyramid and zooms in on it. He stops as if lost in
thought. He puts his head down next to the computer and folds his hands over
the nape of his neck. After some time, Dom picks his head up, changes
broadband connections, and continues watching the video.
Larry leaves the room. While Larry’s gone, Ahmed picks up Larry’s gun
from his desk and examines it. Before Larry returns, Ahmed puts the gun
back. The two men sit down again, Larry facing the camera, Ahmed with his
back to it. Ahmed and Larry argue and Ahmed leaves. It is a few minutes before
Larry can calm himself enough to sit down. He also grimaces occasionally and
rubs his stomach. He appears to be belching. Larry picks up the Lucite
pyramid, then slams it back down on the shelf. He sits down and works for a
while on his desk computer. He interrupts himself with frequent breaks during
which he leaves the room.
“The mushrooms?” Dom asks himself out loud. “Shouldn’t have been
that soon, but maybe. Or something that bastard Ahmed told him?”
Now Donna enters the video and the office. She and Larry sit kitty-corner
from each other at the coffee table. The camera swings to their conversation. At
first they seem amiable. Donna touches Larry’s knee; he laughs at something
she says. Then he shows her the Lucite pyramid. Clearly it upsets him. She
pats his shoulder; it looks as if she is reassuring him. But now they are
arguing. Their heads are back like two intertwined snakes hissing at each
other. Now they are friendly, again. Donna leans forward and smiles at Larry.
He smiles back weakly.
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 15.3
Donna picks up the gun from the table and puts it to her head. Larry
takes it from her hand as she puts it on the table, gestures with it for a while,
then puts it to his own head.
Donna in the video flinches just milliseconds before Dom watching the
screen. The left side of Larry’s head explodes. Dom rewinds and watches again.
Then he runs to the bathroom and throws up.
###
Rachel is shown into Mark’s office. Despite her makeup being fresh, it is
clear that she has been crying. She is in slacks and a sweater, far more casual
than when she met Mark in the fern bar the previous afternoon.
She slumps in her seat. Silently, she hands Mark a handwritten note.
My Dearest Rachel:
It is time for me to leave. It is not likely that we will ever see each other again.
The problem we had thought was over has not ended. I have caused a situation for which I must
take responsibility. I am afraid that I will not be able to succeed, but I hope that you know me well
enough to understand why I must try. For the last four days I have thought of my alternatives and
tried to fix what is broken from here. It cannot be done.
I asked you to tell the policeman as much of the truth as you know, and I hope you have done so.
There is no reason for you to be further at risk than my presence in your life has already put you.
Now that he knows what you know, he will have to try to prevent me from taking further action
myself. I cannot let myself be restrained. I must do what needs doing, Allah willing.
I have never told you that I love you. My culture did not allow me to say that. I am no longer willing
to be a captive of that culture. I cannot leave you without telling you that I do love you in a very
Western sense. If I were not a danger to you, if I did not have to do that which I must do, I would
ask you to be my wife.
It is not to be. You must think of me as dead. You must resume the life you should have.
Please show this letter to the Jewish policeman Mr. Mark Cohen. Bring it to him yourself and show
it to him. I believe that he is a good person despite his job and he can arrange protection for you.
I Love You.
Ahmed
#
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 15.4
“I understand why you’re upset,” says Mark. “This must be very hard for
you.”
“No shit,” says Rachel.
“I have to ask you this: Do you know where Ahmed is?”
“I’m sure he’s on his way to Jenin. Can you stop him? Can you save
him?”
“I’m already trying. There’s no record of him buying a ticket for
international travel recently. But he’s very intelligent. I don’t want to be
negative, but I don’t think he would have told you to bring me the note if he
thought there was any way I could stop him. I think he knows what he’s doing,
and I have to assume he’s already left the country under a fictitious name. I’ll
request assistance in Tel Aviv. If he come through there, we may be able to
restrain him. I just hope he knows what he’s doing when he gets to Jenin, if
that’s where he’s going. He’s absolutely right that you need protection.”
Rachel argues that she can just leave town for a while. She uses Mark’s
computer to go online and make plans for a two week ski vacation in Utah
using an alias that Mark has provided.
Mark has her picture taken for an ID with the alias to use on her flight
and, after receiving proper receipts, also gives her a credit card with the new
name. He says he will contact her about transferring money inconspicuously
from her bank account to cover the credit card.
She says that Barcourt won’t like it when she says she’s going to be gone
for a while, but fuck them — they owe her.
Mark provides an inconspicuous escort back to her apartment and
arranges watchers through the night before she leaves.
###
Dom:
From: ultramole@znowherez.com
Sent: Saturday, April 5, 2003 1:10 AM
To: mark cohen
Subject: RE: Your information
mark,
Dom:
#
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 15.6
Dom reads this email three times. He looks at the ceiling, then back at
the email. He twists his sideburns and looks back at the ceiling again. Mousing
furiously, he trolls through websites full of hacker esoterica, sometimes cutting
pieces of code from one window and pasting them into others. He runs a search
engine he wrote himself that crawls through websites Google will never find.
Sometimes he must solve a riddle as the price of entrance into a site or give a
piece of hacker history known only to a very few people.
Occasionally, he runs an applet, then a ping trace, then an app whose
source code he is continually modifying. Streams of numbers cascade down the
screen. Sometimes Dom turns the numbers into histograms; some appear to be
fractals, others much more predictable. Some of the patterns are superimposed
on a recent map of the Internet Dom has accessed from somewhere. Nodes
change colors as simulated packets march through them or bounce off.
Occasionally, Dom aims a real packet stream at a real router.
At Dom’s first attempt to make coffee, he is nerding so deeply that he
spoons the coffee grounds into the basket of the Mr. Coffee without the
strainer. The grounds pour onto the floor through the hole in the bottom of the
basket for several seconds before Dom realizes that something is wrong. He is
unsuccessful in cleaning the grounds off the linoleum floor with a dry paper
towel. Finally, he focuses sufficiently to wet the towel and does a mediocre job
of cleaning up some of the spill. Straining to keep himself from taking another
mental journey, he puts the mesh strainer in the basket and does finally
succeed in making a pot of coffee. He apparently doesn’t notice spilling almost
as much coffee on the counter as makes it into his cup. He burns his tongue
by drinking too soon, but his focus has already shifted out of the room and
back out onto the Internet.
Dom’s packet streams are aimed at the servers of the Jenin Group but
they are bouncing off a cyber-security fence that Israeli intelligence has built
around the Palestinian territories. Even packets that are being beamed to and
from satellites directly into the territories encounter this fence. The purpose of
the fence is to disrupt terrorist communication and find yet more damning
evidence against Yasser Arafat. Now it is protecting the servers of the Jenin
Group from Dom’s probes. He goes downstairs and paces clockwise around the
block quickly in the cold predawn air. Then he reverses direction and paces
counterclockwise as a dirty light preannounces the dawn.
Suddenly, Dom stops, straightens, and runs back to the old lady’s
building. He trips on the stoop, trips again twice on the stairs, and a final time
on the door jamb.
He is back at his computer. Now his packets pretend to come from the
set of Internet addresses that belong to hackoff.com. Dom places an agent just
inside the hackoff firewall to redirect the appropriate returning packets to him.
His probe is now through the Israeli security fence and in the DMZ of the Jenin
Group’s Local Area Network. Dom easily carves a hole in local security, giving
him access to all of the servers on the LAN. His crawlers locate several copies of
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 15.7
hackoff source code. Dom pauses to replace each of them with authentic-
looking but crucially altered versions of the code.
Now he monitors the live packet stream in and out of the Jenin Group
LAN. His filters look for the IP addresses of hackoff customers but don’t find
any. What he does find is a stream of VoIP packets being exchanged with an
address at hackoff.com. Dom picks off a copy of these, runs them through a
VoIP decoder, and plays them through his earphones. Looking puzzled, he
separates the inbound stream from the outbound stream and plays them
separately.
From: ultramole@znowherez.com
Sent: Saturday, April 5, 2003 6:10 AM
To: chaim roslov
Subject: security information
chaim:
you and i met at dinner in nyc with larry lazard last november.
we had an excellent discussion about the comparative etymology
of human and computer languages and why hackers like puns. you
also were very informed on encryption and we discussed inventing
and patenting an encryption/decryption game. i assume you had no
trouble decrypting this email.
to assure that i am not wrong about you and that you are
actually affiliated with security i am sending my information
and my request in a following email which will be more strongly
encrypted. in order to decode that easily you will need to
provide the MAC address of the server called gulag which is used
as a filter by israeli security.
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 15.8
From: ultramole@znowherez.com
Sent: Saturday, April 5, 2003 6:14 AM
To: chaim roslov
Subject: security information
Attachments: ipadresses.xls
since you are reading this you must be who i think you are.
because i know you will make some inquiries i need to tell you
honestly what my present situation is. i am a fugitive from the
police here in nyc on suspicion that i poisoned your friend
larry lazard who you probably know shot himself. i did not kill
larry lazard nor would i kill or attempt to kill anyone. i must
remain a fugitive until i am able to protect my customers from
the attack against them.
pls let me know you will open a window for me by shutting a gate
on them.
thanx.
###
###
From: shalom
Sent: Saturday, April 5, 2003 10:14 AM
To: ultramole@znowherez.com
Subject: your request
###
“Yes!” says Dom. “YES!” He slams his right fist into his left palm, gets
up, and almost dances around the kitchen.
“Vhat is it, liebchen?” asks Alte. “I’m glad to see you happy. You deserve
it.”
“Can’t explain, but I’ve got help,” says Dom. “I’ve got the help I need. Now
I can do it.”
“Good, liebchen,” says the old lady. But Dom is already hunched over the
computer working furiously.
“No,” wails Dom. “No! Shit! Can’t be!”
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 15.11
couldn’t catch anything to eat. And the mouse came and she took the thorn out
of the lion’s foot with her sharp little teeth. And she said: ‘See. You shouldn’t
laugh vhen someone says she vill help you.’”
“How will you help me, Alte?” asks Dom.
It’s just after midnight. The cop at the backdoor of the building in which
hackoff.com is located is cold and bored. He’s alert though. Detective Mark
Cohen, himself, has told the officer that the suspect likes backdoors.
An old lady shuffles past him; there have been several during the night,
although not as many as there would’ve been in the days before Giuliani
somehow reduced the street people population. A minute later, the old lady
screams. The cop turns, but she has gone out of sight into a small alley. There
is no question where the screams are coming from. He runs into the alley and
has his gun drawn by the time he gets to the still-screaming bundle of rags.
“Get him!” she screeches. “He hit me! He knocked me down. He took my
purse! Get him! Is everything I have.”
“Where? Where is he? Are you alright?” The cop’s flashlights shows no
apparent wounds on the old lady who is struggling to her feet, and nothing in
the alley but trash and … something moving. A rat.
“There,” she says and points to a dark corner. The cop runs there with
light and gun ready. Nothing but the scrappling of claws.
“No! He’s there! Get him!” Different direction. Same result.
The old lady is in tears. “He has taken everything, all. I have nothing,
now; nothing.”
“Come on, grandma,” says the cop. “I’m gonna call an ambulance. Then
we’ll get social services. They’ll take care of you. You’ll be all right. Fucking
predators — excuse me, ma’am. It just gets me upset. But we’ll take care of
you, okay? Don’t worry. And don’t cry.” He is a kind man.
“No,” says the old lady. “Nein! They can’t take me away. Don’t let them.
No!”
“They’ll HELP you, grandma.”
But she won’t be persuaded. She won’t even wait for the backup to come
so he can bring her in to file a complaint and try to ID her attacker. “He vas
big,” she says. “He has a very vhite face and a very black beard and cold black
eyes.”
She finally scurries off despite his objections.
Dom takes the grate off the airshaft in the building utility room with the
screwdriver of his Leatherman tool. He puts the tool back on his belt. Sweat
beads on his temples and his breathing becomes shallow and fast. He leans
slowly forward so he can illuminate the shaft with his LED flashlight and pokes
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 15.13
his head in while keeping his body far back. He pulls his head back suddenly,
then forces it back into the shaft. He puts his hands on his thighs as if using
them to force his legs toward the shaft.
Very slowly he pulls his body into the shaft by the handholds above the
opening. The LCD light joins the Leatherman tool on his belt and, after
hesitating, he turns it off. The sweat is now dripping from his chin despite the
slight chill in the room and the even colder air in the shaft. It takes him a
minute to place both his feet on rungs below the opening. He sobs once with
fear, then forces himself upright and resets his face from sob to clench.
Stooping in the shaft, Dom reaches out and pulls the grate back into the
shaft opening. He can just squeeze his forearm out to screw the grate back in.
But he drops the tool. Now he has to remove the grate again; lift it; reach down
and pick up the tool and resume the job. He is moving steadily but in slow
motion.
Dom climbs the shaft. Dim light filters through grates from rooms with
lights. After two stories of painful but accelerating climbing, Dom reaches the
grate into hackoff’s server room. The room is lit faintly and LEDs twinkle on the
many machines. Cool air from the shaft is drawn past Dom’s sweaty neck as it
whispers into the room. Dom starts to reach out through the grate with the
tool, then stops and carefully puts the tool back on his belt. He takes out one
of his shoelaces, ties one end around his wrist and the other to the tool, and
then reaches outside. He does drop the tool as he tries to work with it but it
doesn’t fall out of reach in front of the still screwed-in grate since it is attached
to his wrist. Dom grins slightly and succeeds in removing the grate and
entering the room. He puts the lace back in his shoe but doesn’t tie it.
Now Dom is comfortable again, clearly back in his element. He activates
a monitor and pulls a tray with a keyboard out of one of the racks. Seated on a
wooden stool, he grunts, snuffles, and talks to himself as he navigates through
the hackoff server farm and then establishes contact with several customer
sites. Now five monitors are in use: one is attached to a local server, a second is
remoted to a customer server Dom is working on, two are monitoring other
customer servers, and one is running a utility Dom cobbled together to look for
anomalies in the packet streams in and out of hackoff. After a few minutes,
Dom commandeers a sixth monitor and hooks into building security so he can
watch the elevators coming up to hackoff.
Very gingerly and a step at a time, Dom installs his upgrade on a
customer server. Nothing on the monitors indicates that the other customers
are being attacked. Dom runs a few tests to verify his install at the first
customer site. The test gives six greens and one yellow. Dom tinkers a bit more
and the yellow turns green. He now runs scripts to upgrade multiple numbers
of customers simultaneously. The scripts automate what Dom did manually to
the first customer, so he is free to watch. His head swivels from monitor to
monitor. Once, he quickly shuts everything down. Then, after a few checks,
resumes the process.
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 15.14
“Nothing,” says Dom. “So, go on… You got Kevin to lock the cyber
backdoor, and…”
“And that meant you’d come here. I could’ve bet that you’d come in the
real backdoor and then take a backdoor into the server room but that was just
a guess. I had cops at both sides. When I got the report that the cop on the
backdoor had been distracted, I was on my way. By the way, who did that?
Who helped you?”
“I will never tell you.”
“Actually, that could be construed as obstruction of justice.”
“Construe it however the fuck you want.” Dom sits upright and defiant.
“Let’s change the subject for a minute... Why did you let Larry take the
blame for ‘Gotcha’? Why did he want to take the blame?”
“I … I don’t know what you mean.”
“Of course you do. You did ‘Gotcha’, not Larry. It doesn’t take much to
figure that out. ‘Gotcha’ is your MO written in spades. It’s like the hack you
told me about at Caltech. It has a backdoor like everything you do. I’ve
suspected you did it for some time, and you confirmed it in your email when
you said ‘it would be impossible for me to learn anything from the author of
Gotcha’ or something like that. You can’t stand anyone thinking that Larry was
a good enough hacker to do ‘Gotcha’. You’ve been wanting to tell me the truth
about this since we first talked. Why don’t you tell me now?” Mark is extremely
calm and has a friendly smile while he says all this.
Dom is almost smiling himself and wiggles slightly in his seat as he says,
“Yeah, Larry did take credit for ‘Gotcha’. It was the best I’d done up until then,
but Larry took credit for it. He could never have done it. And I let him, that’s
true — I let him take the credit.”
“Why?” asks Mark with the minimum possible intensity and no body
movement.
“I was afraid. I was afraid that I was going to be arrested and go to jail. I
couldn’t stand that. I have … I HAD claustrophobia. I couldn’t go to jail. I
couldn’t go where there are no computers. And I couldn’t be locked in. I was
too afraid.”
“You don’t have claustrophobia now?”
“Didn’t I just crawl in through a pipe?” says Dom proudly. “Didn’t I just
crawl in through a very dark pipe? I used to have to pretend to be my avatar
ultramole just to get into an elevator. Now, I — Dom Montain — I can crawl
through a dark pipe if I have to. Don’t like it but I can do it.”
“What cured you?”
“9/11.”
“I want to hear that story someday,” says Mark. “I really do. But tell me,
why did Larry want to take the blame ... the credit for ‘Gotcha’?”
“He saw the career possibilities. That kind of game he played very well.
He figured out that there was going to be huge fear about hacking and that he
could take on the character of the foremost authority and have a great
consulting business if he took credit for ‘Gotcha’ because it was such a good
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 15.16
hack and because it was more a warning than an actual attack. He was right.
He figured all that out. He wasn’t afraid to go to jail like I was. And he tricked
me.”
“Tricked you?”
“Yeah.” Dom looks miserable again but his breathing is in control. He
rubs his bleary eyes and smears more dirt on his face. “Yeah, Larry made me
believe that I was about to be caught. That the cops were closing in. He scared
me. But it wasn’t true. No one was closing in except Larry. He pinged my
computer system — made me think the cops where closing in, so I thought I
was going to be caught. Then, when I was so afraid I’d go to jail — my
claustrophobia and all — Larry says he knows what’s going on; that the police
have told him about their investigation and that they are about to catch me no
matter what he does to protect me. And when I’m most scared, he says he’ll
take the rap. I was almost grateful to him, I was so scared. He tells me the
truth, he appears to be very sincere, how he wants to jump start his security
consulting career. And he says, after he gets out of jail, he’ll start a company
and I can be CTO and I’ll be King of the Hackers because I’ll be the good guy
that protects everyone else from hackers.”
“Some story…”
“It’s the truth,” says Dom. “It is the truth. I don’t mind telling you that
part because you can’t arrest me for ‘Gotcha'. Statute of limitations and all, I
checked. And it’s time I get credit for what I did.”
“How did you find out that Larry tricked you, that the police really
weren’t closing in?”
“I don’t want to talk about that.”
Mark shrugs. “So, Larry figured out that you were doing ‘Gotcha’ and
then tricked you into thinking there was a police attack and then took the
blame … or credit… for what you did. I don’t want to piss you off or anything,
but it seems he sort of won that game pretty fair by hacker rules. I mean if he
went to jail for what you did…”
“You don’t get it,” says Dom. “You don’t get it at all…”
Silence from Mark.
“If Larry out-hacked me, right, that would be fair. But he didn’t; he just
violated my confidence.”
“What do you mean?”
“One night while I was doing ‘Gotcha and Larry didn’t know it, he took
me out to dinner; he did that sometimes. We liked each other; he knew what I
could do. He got me drunk. He was always trying to buy me a drink but I didn’t
drink and I didn’t do drugs. I didn’t want anything fucking up my brain. Some
reason, maybe because I was more tired than usual, maybe because ‘Gotcha’
was getting to be such a big thing and I couldn’t tell anybody, I did take a
drink. It didn’t do anything so I had another. Pretty soon I was drunk; I was
sick. I don’t remember after that. Larry took me home; I woke up in my bed in
a pool of puke and my head hurt. I couldn’t program all morning.
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 15.17
“So, this is the thing,” Dom continues. “I didn’t remember what I said or
what I did when I was drunk. And the next day Larry just laughed about it and
said no big deal, we’d have to go out again and tie one on. Just laughed at me a
little, but it was okay because it was friendly. But it turns out when I was
drunk I told him everything about ‘Gotcha’, even how my alarms worked. So it’s
not like he outhacked me and figured it all out and spoofed me that the cops
were coming. He got me drunk and then he took advantage of what I told him.
He didn’t figure out a fucking thing. Then he taunted me about it.”
Upset now, he stands. He unbuttons two buttons at the top of his shirt
leaving dirt marks where he touches the shirt front. “He fucking taunted me.
That’s why I quit.” Now Dom goes over to the window and looks out, as if trying
to see past his reflection into the darkness.
“When did he taunt you?”
“What?”
“When did Larry taunt you?” asks Mark.
“I told you,” says Dom. “He taunted me on March 31; he taunted me and
told me how he’d gotten me drunk and I told him everything. How he’d fooled
me into thinking the cops were about to get me but it was only him setting off
my alarms. Up ‘til then I’d always been grateful to Larry for saving me from
going to jail. I mean, I knew he was an asshole, and I knew he had his own
reasons for doing it and all that, but I also thought he’d helped me and stood
up for me. I owed him for that. But, no. It wasn’t that. He just got me drunk
and took advantage of me and laughed at me because I was running, even
though no one was chasing me. He said I was stupid and naïve. So I quit. No
way I could stay at hackoff after that.”
“You told me before that you quit at staff meeting; other witnesses said
the same thing.”
“I did. I just ran out of the office when Larry told me all this shit. I had to
think about it. I didn’t want to quit because … because it’s my company — I
helped make it — and because I gotta protect the customers from Larry’s hack.
So I try to control myself. But then he starts laying on me in staff meeting. And
now I have this new perspective how he never was my friend, how he tricked
me from the beginning, then I lost it and quit — for real.”
“Is that why you put poison mushrooms in his mushroom jar?”
“I didn’t say I did that. You’re trying to trick me.”
“Dom, I have the video. I SAW you put the mushrooms in the jar.”
“No you didn’t.” Dom’s back at the table, leaning on the back of the chair
he’d been sitting in. He meets Mark’s gaze. “I saw the video. You saw me shake
the mushroom jar. Big deal; I was in the office; I was mad; I was impatient and
I picked up his fucking mushroom jar and shook it. You’re not gonna go to
court with that.”
“You did more than shake the jar, Dom. You took a plastic baggie out of
your pocket. You juggled the baggie and the jar and you put the baggie back in
your pocket. And now, you’ve just given me a pretty good motive. You found
out how he tricked you when you thought he was your friend. Then he dissed
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 15.18
you and he told you you were stupid. Plenty of people have been killed for a lot
less than that.”
“Larry killed himself, you saw him in the video. We both saw him. I didn’t
kill him; I wouldn’t kill anyone.”
“Right,” says Mark. “Charge would be attempted murder since the
deceased took it on himself to administer the coup de grace. Although, I’ll tell
you, a prosecutor might say that he killed himself because he was
hallucinating from the mushrooms. Might still go for murder one…”
“They weren’t hallucinatory ‘shrooms. It was in the paper; they weren’t
hallucinatory.”
“So I’m thinking,” says Mark who doesn’t appear to have heard Dom, “I’m
thinking it would be a lot better for you if we could figure out why Larry would
want to shoot himself. Was it something Ahmed told him? Something Donna
told him? Or was it those mushrooms churning his gut?”
“I’ve got to think,” says Dom. “I get to think.” He sits down and puts his
head in his arms on the table. The muscles twitching in his forearms make it
very clear that he is awake.
Mark, on the other hand, appears to be asleep as he sits with his head
slumped and his eyes closed.
###
###
Dom doesn’t answer and Mark steps out into the hall and away from the
door. After answering the call, he asks the caller to hold while he arranges for a
cop lurking around the corner to keep the door in view. Then he resumes the
conversation.
Dom springs up the minute Mark leaves. He quickly goes to his computer
and sends an encrypted email to an address that doesn’t exist at AOL. A bot
running inside AOL grabs the email as it bounces, decrypts it, and forwards it.
Then the bot erases itself.
From: lion
Sent: Sunday, April 6, 2003 5:14 AM
To: mouse
Subject: we did it
Mark comes back into the room. “You have friends in foreign
intelligence,” he says.
“If I did, I wouldn’t say,” says Dom. “Isn’t that the way the game is
played?”
“I didn’t ask. That was a statement. It’s probably a good thing for you.”
Dom says nothing.
“Why are you protecting Donna Langhorne?” Mark asks. “She’s not
protecting you. Where do you think we got the video of you putting poison
mushrooms in Larry’s mushroom jar? Who do you think has been trying to
implicate you in Larry’s murder since this all began?”
“I’m under no obligation to her,” says Dom vehemently. “I thought she
was my friend; she’s not. But she didn’t murder Larry. We’ve both seen the
tape. We’ve both seen Larry shoot himself.”
“But we don’t know why. We don’t know why, and somebody’s bound to
say it was the mushrooms.”
“We may be able to hear Larry’s meetings with Ahmed and Donna.” Dom
has clearly just made a decision. “I don’t promise, but we may be able to.”
“Would be nice,” says Mark. “How? Do you know what happened to the
audio that goes with the video?”
“No. I don’t. It seems strange that it has no audio; maybe something
broke. But I used to have a bug of my own in Larry’s office. That’s how I got the
audio that I pointed you to last night. Then someone took the bug out of Larry’s
office; it was in a Lucite thing the underwriters gave us after the IPO. It
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 15.20
disappeared from his office. But Ahmed brought it back. I guess he probably
stole it in the first place, but you could see him give it back in the video. But I
don’t know if it was working when he brought it back.”
“Interesting,” says Mark. “It’s part of a crime scene, though. We can’t just
go take it out of there. Maybe tomorrow…”
“Don’t have to touch it. I can download its audio from here. If there’s
anything to download, if it’s still working. If it’s okay with you, I mean.” He is
exaggerating his politeness. “I can see what’s on it now.”
“Go ahead,” says Mark. “Hopefully for you, we hear something more than
Larry complaining about the mushrooms in his gut.”
Dom mouses for a few seconds. “I can still get its radio to work,” he says.
“We have contact. First new recording is from February 28, about when I first
noticed it was gone. So maybe we’ll find out where it went. It’s voice-activated,
so we’ll only hear when there’s something to listen to.” A grinding and
screeching comes from his speakers. “Sounds like it went for a ride on a
subway.”
The subway sounds continue intermittently for fifteen minutes.
“It skips over the quiet parts,” Dom explains, “so we don’t hear anything
in the stations.”
“Lady, can you spare a buck?” asks a bleary male voice.
“Get lost,” says an indistinct woman’s voice.
“Sounds like a homeless person has it,” says Dom. “Wonder how he got
it?”
Now a man and a woman are talking.
“Can you back that up?” asks Mark.
Dom does and they listen again to the couple.
“That’s Donna Langhorne,” says Dom. “She must have taken it for some
reason. I think…”
“You think what? You think you know why she would take it?”
“No... No. I was surprised, that’s all. I don’t recognize the man’s voice.”
“Noted,” says Mark, “that you’re holding something back again. You do
have an idea why Donna might have taken it. I know who the man is and I’ll
tell you just because I hope you’ll start telling me the truth. It’s her husband
Francis; I interviewed him briefly on the phone. He’s out of the country.”
Dom nods. “Right. I met him a few times. Scumbag lawyer of some kind.”
He repositions at the beginning of their conversation. “Okay, Donna and
Francis, let’s take it from the top.”
Donna: Okay. Let’s start with this morning. Somehow Dom knows
we’re using the Israelis to write the warning thing
that’s gonna scare our customers into upgrading to
managed service...
Francis: (alarmed) He’s a (indistinct) ...on. How’d he find out
you’re doing it? He could make a lot of trouble. He
might turn you in. Kill you. Way you explained it,
babe, he’s got this hacker’s honor thing like religion.
That’s bad...
Dom shakes his head as if trying to clear it. “I didn’t know she was in on
it. God, I WAS dumb. When I found out Larry had hired those guys in Jenin to
do what I wouldn’t do, I told her about it. I thought she was on my side. I
thought she’d help me stop him. She told me she’d help me stop him. ...Shit.”
Mark holds up a finger to hush him and he subsides.
Francis: Go on.
Donna: He says “I think that tells me you’re not ready to be
CEO. You don’t see the big picture. You just want a
quick hit.” Shit like that. I don’t fucking believe it.
Larry’s lecturing ME on wanting a quick hit. Our boy’s
turning into a saint right before our eyes. Which gets
to why I had to take this little trinket out of his
office.
Francis: (inaudible)
Donna: I didn’t tell you about this before because it seemed
like just a little boy’s game, the kinda thing Dom
likes to do. When Larry and Dom and me did the last
thing to stop the hostile...
“Stop the recording,” says Mark. “You gonna tell me what the ‘last thing’
was, or we just wait until she does. Looks like one way or another I’m gonna
find out. Actually, I think I know anyway.”
“I don’t think you know,” says Dom. He is miserable again.
“I’ll write it down on this piece of paper,” says the detective. He writes
something, folds the paper in quarters, and puts it on the table between them.
“Go ahead.”
“So,” says Dom. “I told the hackers how to get into the antihack sites so
that antihack couldn’t do their hostile. I did do that. But I wouldn’t hack my
own customers; I wouldn’t hack the people who depended on me to protect
them. That’s wrong. I wouldn’t do it.” His voice is stronger on the last sentence
and he sits up straight again.
“I was almost right,” says Mark pushing the paper toward Dom who
doesn’t open it. “It was your MO all over again. I thought you hacked in and left
a door open for everyone else. You sure that’s not what you did?”
“I was going to. I even had the code written. But, when I looked hard
enough at how to get my code in, I saw that those jerks left a hole all of their
own in their development system just where I would’ve hacked in a backdoor.
So I didn’t need to use my code, just post on the hacker boards what I found.”
Mark says: “Once I knew you did ‘Gotcha’ I knew you had to do this one,
too. Before, I thought it might’ve been Larry.”
“He couldn’t’ve done it. He wasn’t good enough. He knew that. He wanted
me to do it because he knew it would work. So did Donna. We were friends
again, like the old days. We did it together. We trusted each other and it
worked.”
“What’s with the Lucite thingamajigs?” asks Mark. “Where do they come
in? I still don’t get that part.”
“So, maybe we didn’t completely trust each other. We were worried,
particularly Donna was worried: What if one of us tries to rat the others out or
even make sure the others get all the blame? How do we protect against that?
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 15.24
“This is very complicated,” says Mark, shaking his head and obviously
working to keep his eyes open. “Think we ought to draw it all on the white
board or something?”
“You’ve been in more complicated games than this. I’ve seen you in ‘em,
Columbo.”
“Yeah but I get to sleep,” says Mark. “Let’s listen to Francis and Donna
some more. See if we can get even more confused.”
“I’m not confused,” says Dom as he restarts the audio.
Donna: When Larry and Dom and me did the last thing to stop
the hostile Dom gets this hacker to put radio things in
these Lucites so that we all keep each other honest. I
mean it’s a worry someone gets cold feet or pissed off
or something and—
Francis: I told you I didn’t think that was a good idea.
Should’ve let ‘em do the hostile. Then you would’ve
been stockholders in their company. Sue the shit out of
‘em. We could’ve done that.
Donna: Yeah, all you boys want to play the game your way.
Well, Dom had a pretty good idea how to play it the
hacker way and you gotta give him credit — it worked.
And we get these magic decoder rings or whatever they
are in the Lucites to keep everyone in line.
Francis: So why do you have to take Larry’s Lucite? He can’t use
it to expose you without exposing himself. Isn’t that
the point of the whole thing? Mutually assured
destruction or something?
Donna: Cause, I told you, Larry’s off the deep end. I don’t
know where he’s coming from anymore. Maybe he’s such a
goody two shoes now that he got his award from the
Mayor of Newark that he thinks it’s a good idea if we
all turn ourselves in. Maybe he wants to go back to
jail. Remember, he confessed the last time and it made
a whole career for him. Made him rich, really. I mean I
don’t know where he’s coming from and I don’t want to
leave the Lucite there.
Still, that doesn’t solve the real problem. Larry’s
gonna tell the Jenin Group to call the whole thing off.
We’re still not going to get the company back on its
feet. And he’s gonna renege one more fucking time on
making me CEO like he promised. I got too much into
this. I mean I’m not just gonna let it go.
Francis: Maybe you should give—
Donna: No! Fucking no, I’m not giving up! You think I should
give up, you can get your pitiful rat’s ass outta here.
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 15.26
Francis: I TOLD you this was a bad idea. I TOLD you this was
trouble. I TOLD you not to do it. I TOLD you.
Donna: It was your fucking idea, you asshole. Now you want to
worm out, make it all my fault. I don’t know who the
fuck’s worse, you or Larry. At least he can take
responsibility.
Francis: Right. If you call having someone killed taking
responsibility. Jesus. Look, babe, this is serious.
TELL me what he said.
Donna: Fuck you; you don’t want any responsibility so fuck
you.
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 15.28
After sounds that may be a dish breaking and a chair falling, the display
on Dom’s computer indicates that the Lucite shut down after a period of
silence. Dom and Mark look across the table at each other.
“I don’t fucking believe it,” says Mark.
“Neither do I. I should’ve known, but I never figured out all the games
she was playing. Larry’s working nights. She tells me he’s doing that as part of
the hack and to keep an eye on me. I believe that because he won’t let me do
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 15.31
an update which is, I figure, because he doesn’t want me to stop the hack with
the update even though I haven’t told him I even KNOW there’s a hack because
Donna talked me out of it. But he’s working to figure a way to stop Yasir’s
attack — which is much worse than what I think Larry is up to — and he’s only
stopping me because he doesn’t want me to trigger Yasir’s attack by doing an
update of the customers. Of course, he’s too much of an asshole to tell me the
truth, to admit how he gave the source code to the Palestinians and got us in
all this trouble to begin with. And even though he KNOWS I did ‘Gotcha’ he
doesn’t really like to admit I’m a better hacker than him. If he told me, if he’d
only told me…”
“But then,” says Mark, “it’s not even clear that there was a ‘Yasir hack’ at
all, or it’s just something that Donna and Francis invented to keep Larry from
canceling the Jenin Group’s project to scare the hackoff customers. As my
grandmother used to say: ‘Oy!’” Mark rubs his eyes. “I don’t know how you do
it. I’m falling asleep even in the middle of this soap opera and we haven’t even
come to the end yet. Aren’t you tired? Don’t you want to sleep?”
“What I need to do is eat,” says Dom. “When I’m tired, I eat. Energy!
Keeps me going.”
“Yeah,” says Mark. “Yeah. I guess I do the same. Okay. We gotta send
someone out for some food. Like popcorn at the movies.” He laughs.
“There are people in the NOC — Network Operations Center. If nothing
bad is going on...” He glances at his screen. “Nothing bad is going on so
someone could go out.”
“I’ll send a cop,” says Mark. “We don’t want our food getting mugged this
time of night. Even if Giuliani did make the streets safe.” Again he laughs out
loud at his joke. “We’ll send out to Krispy Kreme, get some real gooey
energy….”
“Doesn’t work for me.”
“Look, you want Starbucks, cop’ll stop at Starbucks, too. Don’t blame
you for not wanting to drink that Krispy Kreme coffee…”
“Coffee’s not the answer. Doesn’t do enough. What I need’s Jolt and a
pizza with pepperoni and extra cheese. That’s what keeps me going.”
“No mushrooms on that?” asks Mark. He starts to laugh again, then
doesn’t.
Dom’s face slams shut.
“Look,” says Mark. “Meant to be a joke. Bad timing. Answer one question
for me, then you get your pizza and Jolt, I get my donuts and coffee.”
Dom is impassive.
“Why would you poison the deceased?”
“I didn’t say I poisoned Larry,” says Dom. “You can’t poison a ‘deceased’,
anyway. You ought to stop saying that. It’s stupid. You gotta be alive to get
poisoned.”
“You’re not listening as well as you usually do,” says Mark. “Probably
need that pizza bad. What I said was ‘why WOULD you poison the deceas…’
Okay: Larry. This is a hypothetical question. Let me spell it out. The video
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 15.32
shows you handled the mushroom jar and a mysterious baggie, which could be
interpreted to suggest that you poisoned Larry. So suppose that you know the
jury knows you did it. They might convict you of attempted murder. Now you
gotta give ‘em some explanation why you didn’t mean to kill him — you told me
you don’t kill, and I believe you, but why should they believe you? Your prints
are on the mushrooms and all. Why did you give him poison mushrooms if you
didn’t mean to kill him — hypothetically, of course? Why WOULD you give him
poison mushrooms except to kill him?”
Dom’s eyes twitch from side to side as if the alternatives facing him were
pinned to spatial coordinates. Finally, he decides: “Okay, hypothetically, I have
a problem. I’m trying to save all the customers by doing an upgrade. Larry’s
here every night stopping me from doing an upgrade. Originally, it’s because he
wants to hack the customers. Later, because he wants to stop them from
getting hurt, but I don’t know that. I have to protect them. They trust me to
protect them. They’re MY customers. They bought hackoff protection because
they believed I could protect them. So I gotta do it. Like you gotta arrest evil-
doers. Now Larry got me to quit so I have no time to waste, gotta do the
upgrade. It’s my role. I HAVE TO PROTECT THEM.” And he stops.
“Go on,” says Mark after a pause.
“So … I mean hypothetically, of course … I need Larry to be out of the
office for a while. He’s tough. Something really has to knock him on his ass to
get him outta there. One way, though, is if he’s sick, really sick, and knows he
has to get treatment right away or he’ll die. I wouldn’t mess around with an
infectious disease, no telling who gets hurt. But I remember what he told me
about these mushrooms, back when we were still talking. How it’s really hard
to tell the good ones from the poison ones. Louise says that’s why he hunts
them, the thrill of it. Playing it close to the line.
“If you look on the Internet, it says if you eat these Death Caps and don’t
get treatment right away your liver dies and you die. Obviously, Larry knows
that, too, and he knows what the initial symptoms are. So, if he ate some, he
wouldn’t die, he’d get treated. He’d be really pissed off that he screwed up and
picked the wrong mushrooms, but he wouldn’t let that kill him. He’d go to the
hospital and get treated. This is all hypothetical, though.”
“Yeah, I get it,” says Mark. “It’s not a bad story. If you ever had to tell a
story, I’d go with that. It sounds true…”
“It’s hypothetical,” repeats Dom. “Can’t be either true or false if it’s
hypothetical. That’s basic logic.”
“Right. You’re still not listening good, though. I didn’t say it WAS true, I
said it SOUNDS true. Much more important, really. I mean the jury — if this
ever were at a jury — they know Larry dissed you really bad and you quit. Hard
to believe that wouldn’t have anything to do with feeding him poison
mushrooms — with making him think he poisoned himself. It’s sort of a hack,
in a sense, getting a guy to eat poison mushrooms he’ll think he picked
himself. Jury might think it’s too much of a coincidence that he gets this
treatment the night of the day he insulted you into quitting. Could be revenge.”
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 15.33
Dom shakes his head, not meeting Mark’s eyes. “Not revenge. Not that he
didn’t deserve that. Not that it wouldn’t be good for him to think he poisoned
himself. But not a coincidence, either. Once he got me to quit and once I found
out that he’d made up the whole thing about the cops closing in on me for
‘Gotcha’, then I knew … would’ve known ... I had to work fast before I lost all
access and get the users protected. So you could say there was reason why I’d
act that same day. Good reason: for the users, not revenge and not a
coincidence.”
“Okay,” says Mark. “This is helpful…”
“You said it was all hypothetical. I didn’t tell you anything. I….”
“It’s okay, Dom,” says Mark kindly. “I didn’t trick you. It’s helpful to you,
trust me. Maybe I did trick you a little to tell the truth. But it’s for your own
good, really.”
“That’s hard to swallow,” says Dom, shoulders slumped.
“Like mush…” Mark starts and then stops. “Look, I’m sorry. Another bad
joke. I’m tired. I’m gonna go tell the cop what to get. Small, medium or large
with pepperoni? Diet or regular Jolt?”
“Large,” says Dom. “I’ve been up a long time. And there’s no such thing
as diet Jolt. ...Thanks.”
Mark is out of the room a long time. It takes him just a few minutes to
give the takeout orders to the cop but he spends a lot of time on his cell phone
with an assistant DA. The assistant DA has more details on a call that came to
the DA herself from the mayor’s office, relating a discussion His Honor the
Mayor had with someone in Israeli intelligence who is using this informal
channel to request both lenient treatment for Dom Montain and further access
to him, since he is apparently aware of some holes in Israeli cyber-security. He
also may have further intelligence regarding planned terrorist activities. And,
although the DA herself doesn’t give a rat’s ass about Israeli security, that not
being her problem, she does desire to be cooperative with the mayor who can
be her problem as well as a help or a hindrance to her career. So it would be
useful to work something out as far as this particular suspect is concerned.
However, the assistant DA is quick to add, one cannot bring a plea
bargain into municipal court in New York City on the grounds that said plea
bargain is in the best interests of some foreign country, even if that country
happens to be Israel, which isn’t all that foreign. There does have to be an
element in that bargain that is of direct benefit to municipal justice, safe
streets, and the good voters of this great city. One does have some
prosecutorial discretion, of course, and could possibly use that discretion to
determine which charges are actually bought.
Mark says some unkind things about the DA, the mayor, and other
politicians that go bump in the night. He then explores some options with the
assistant DA, who tells him which of these options may or may not work and
promises that she will remember none of this discussion come the next day.
Left to himself, Dom reviews the video of this entry into Larry’s office, his
pacing, his time in front of the mushroom jar with his back to the camera, the
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 15.34
baggie in his pocket, and the jar in his hand clearly being shaken. He watches
this twice; each time he backs up a little further into Donna’s exit from Larry’s
office, which precedes Dom’s entrance. Then he freezes the camera on Donna,
turning from the side table to the door. He stands and hits the side of his head
with his palm. He starts to back up even further but hears Mark reentering
and toggles back to the window controlling the audio tap in the Lucite which
had been on his screen when the detective left.
“Sorry to take so long,” says Mark. “Stuff should be here pretty soon. It’s
amazing how fast you can make a pickup in New York when you don’t have to
worry about where you park.”
“Thanks,” says Dom. “Ready to listen to the next installment or are you
too hungry?”
“Roll it,” says Mark. “I can’t wait.”
They hear a few words between Francis Langhorne and an unidentified
voice. Then the same unidentified voice, which has a Middle Eastern accent
and a tone of authority gives someone, presumably a cabbie, an address that
Mark remembers as belonging to Ahmed’s apartment.
The Lucite hears the car door close, a sound of walking up steps, a
muffled door bell ring, and then a greeting in a language neither Dom nor Mark
understands. Despite the language, Dom and Mark agree that the new voice is
Ahmed. They surmise that the other voice is Ahmed’s uncle delivering the
Lucite as planned by Francis and Donna. The uncle, if that’s who he is, does
most of the talking. Familiar names frequently emerge from the unfamiliar
language: “Larry Lazard”, most often; “hackoff.com”, somewhat less frequently;
“Rachel Roth”, a couple of times. They are not sure whether they hear Yasir’s
name since they are not sure how it would be pronounced in Arabic or
whatever the men are speaking.
The voices are apparently arguing. Ahmed sounds as if he is protesting.
The uncle sounds as if he is reassuring, then commanding. Ahmed’s voice
subsides. The uncle delivers several short soliloquies; Ahmed gives what
sounds like a half-hearted assent. Dom and Mark agree that they may be
construing more than the voices convey. There is clearly a leave-taking. The
door closes; muffled footsteps quickly recede out of audible range. There is now
a sound of possible pacing.
Ahmed is talking to Larry Lazard, apparently on the phone. He makes an
appointment for that evening to discuss “new developments”.
Other than doors closing, there is silence until the Lucite records Ahmed
instructing a cabbie to take him to hackoff’s address. After elevator sounds, the
Lucite records Larry and Ahmed greeting each other as yet another door closes.
Larry sounds happy, almost ebullient. Ahmed sounds very tired and
dispirited.
The door closes. Larry burps loudly and sits down heavily. Then silence
shuts the listening Lucite down. It wakens briefly as Larry apparently moves
around the room. The door shuts twice but there is no sound of voices.
Now there is a knock on Dom’s door which startles both Dom and the
detective. The cop brings in the pizza, the Jolt, the donuts, and a Starbucks,
then leaves.
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 15.38
Dom’s face is quickly smeared with tomato sauce; Mark’s with cream
from his confection.
“That’s better,” says Mark pushing back and burping. “Shoulda got
popcorn, though, for the rest of the show. I shoulda brought the video and we
could watch and listen.”
“Actually,” says Dom, “I can retrieve the video from log file. Should we go
back to the beginning?”
“No, definitely not. This epic is long enough as it is without replay. Good
if you could get the video for the deceased’s final scene though.”
Dom and Mark scoot their wheeled chairs away from the table and
hunch in front of Dom’s computer so they can watch the small video window
on Dom’s large monitor. Dom fiddles for a while but can’t get perfect sync. The
audio is running a few hundred milliseconds ahead of the video but they decide
just to go ahead without further tuning.
“Best for you,” says Mark, “if the about-to-be deceased doesn’t complain
too much about his stomach or say he’s so sick he wants to die or something
like that.”
“We already saw the video,” says Dom. “Didn’t look that way.”
“I hope it doesn’t sound that way. I really do. Be nice to have some other
reason why our boy who is so tough in the last scene with Ahmed suddenly
decides to blow his brains out.”
“We’ll see,” says Dom, sounding calm.
Onscreen, Larry is seated at his desk, looking dyspeptic. He looks up at a
knock on his door. “Come,” he says, slightly out of synch.
Donna enters and sits on the couch away from the desk. Larry slowly
gets up, pivots around the desk leaning on one hand, and sits across the
corner of the coffee table from her.
“You hear anything from Dom?” Donna asks.
“He sent me an email,” says Larry. “What you’d expect. Told me I’m an
asshole. That I don’t know what we owe him. The company is nothing without
him … blah, blah, blah. But he’s right, too. He has done a lot. He’s a pain in
the ass, but he’s right. I feel bad about insulting him into quitting. Wish I
didn’t have to do that.”
“You had no choice, Lar,” says Donna. “He was closing in on figuring out
that you’d hired the Palestinians to hack the customers; he already told me
he’s suspicious. You know he’s gonna go off the deep end if he finds that out.
That’s all we need now.”
Dom pauses the video and sound. His mouth opens, closes. “That bitch! I
don’t believe it. I already told her weeks ago I knew Larry was doing that. She
tells me to keep it to myself while she works on Larry. So now she tells Larry
I’m ‘suspicious’? She wants him to get rid of me?”
“Why?” asks Mark. “Why does she all of a sudden want Larry to get rid of
you?”
Dom thinks for a moment, then says: “Only thing I can think is she
doesn’t want me to get the update done so that the Jenin Group can’t do the
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 15.39
hack she wants ‘em to do to scare the customers. That explains something else,
too.”
“Yeah?”
“She stopped me from doing the upgrade right away after she took over.
What she said then made some sense; the attack wouldn’t happen until Larry
gave the okay and obviously that wasn’t going to happen. She’d make sure to
call it off. I believed her ... but I didn’t believe her. I was going to go ahead and
do the upgrade anyway; she’d never know.”
“Why didn’t you believe her?”
“Maybe because now she was in the role of CEO. Sounded like a CEO.
Sounded like Larry when he wanted to hack the customers. But now we know
she always wanted to do that. Of course, she wanted to be CEO too; I guess
that figures. It’s the role.”
“Look, if she wanted Larry to get rid of you, got him to do that, why did
she make sure you came back, even give you a promotion?”
“That’s easy. She needed some ex-hacker in the company. Larry was
gone. Besides she thought I wouldn’t do the upgrade if I believed there wouldn’t
be an attack. But that doesn’t quite hold together either. What would she have
done after the attack happened? I would’ve known she lied to me. I would’ve
gone ballistic. She knows that.”
Mark says: “That part I can understand. You think everyone plays chess,
thinks ten moves ahead. They don’t. She would’ve figured she could calm you
down; didn’t have to know how. Something like blame it on Ahmed and how
right you were and how glad she is to have you and shoulda listened to you
and can’t you please make sure this never happens again and that bullshit.
Let’s see the rest.”
“Still didn’t feel right,” says Larry. “I had to tell him something I never
told him before; really had to diss him to get him mad enough to quit. Even
then, he didn’t quit until I insulted him some more in staff meeting.”
Donna says: “It’s for his own good, too. You know he’s gonna be a target
for anybody trying to get revenge. They already hate him. And he can’t protect
himself if he doesn’t know what’s happening. And you don’t want to tell him.
You can’t tell him. So what’re you gonna do?”
“I know. But it still sucks.”
“Life does that sometimes,” says Donna. “Think it was you that told me
that. How’d your ‘meeting’ go?”
“Not good. Not good at all. I’m not at all sure I trust Ahmed anymore. He
had some bullshit story about how Yasir’s friends suddenly want to make
peace, give me a medal for what I’ve done for Palestinians or something. All I
have to do is call off the hunt … oh yeah, and resign as CEO…”
“Which you’re planning to do, anyway, right? I mean that’s sleeves outta
your vest.”
“Don’t push me on that, Donna, I told you I’d get outta your way, make
you CEO. But don’t push it…” Larry stops and looks either puzzled or sick for
a minute.
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 15.40
“Right,” says Donna quickly, “so what’d you say to Ahmed about this
generous offer of peace?”
“So I called him on it, told him it’s bullshit.” Larry seems distracted.
“What did he say?”
“Then he switches sides, tells me he thinks it’s bullshit too. That’s too
much for me, so I throw him out. I don’t know really, would’ve figure him as a
friend. Think he’s a friend. But with this bullshit I don’t know and I really can’t
take a chance that he helps someone get access to me. I’m not sure who my
friends are anymore.”
“You sure you shouldn’t do this?” asks Donna. “I mean put aside the
CEO part, that can’t be that important. You know … maybe there can be peace.
Get all this over with. You sure you don’t want to give it a try?”
Larry looks very hard at Donna. “Yes,” he says deliberately. “Yes, I’m very
sure. And that’s not good for you being CEO earlier than we planned. I don’t
want anything to confuse them about whether I’m giving up or not; any sign of
weakness and they’ll be all over me. That’s the way it is.”
“I … I understand, Larry. Like I said, forget the CEO thing. What’s
important is to get everybody safely outta this. Also, maybe it’s good you get a
medal. You really did do good for them. Like you did for the kids in Newark.
That’s what I’m asking. You sure you just wanna tell them ‘no’? I mean you
don’t even know who ‘they’ are.”
“I’m going to find out who THEY are,” says Larry separating every word
from the one before it. “I am going to find out. I got lots of logs, security logs,
email logs VoIP logs. They have to have someone inside helping them and I will
find out who that is.”
“And then?”
“Like I told you this morning, nothing’s changed because of this bullshit I
heard from Ahmed. Nothing. I find out who they are. I make sure they can’t do
any harm. Whatever that takes. Just like Yasir.”
“Larry, you’re right,” says Donna. She squares her shoulders, faces him,
smiles at him.
“What’s going on?”
“What do you mean?”
“First, Ahmed tells me some bullshit story. I tell him it’s bullshit. Then he
changes the story. Tells me not to believe it. Then you come in here. You try to
talk me into doing this bullshit Ahmed already admitted is bullshit. I tell you it
isn’t gonna happen. All of a sudden you’re going ‘Larry, you’re right’. I’m not
sure who’s bullshitting who.” Larry’s face contorts and he rubs his stomach.
“I was testing you, Lar,” Donna says. She smiles again. “You passed.”
“What the fuck are you talking about — testing me?”
“You haven’t been yourself lately, my old friend,” she says. She rests her
hand on his knee across the corner of the table. “You’ve been ... out of
character.”
“What the fuck’s that mean?” he asks, but he smiles back at her, almost
as if in reflex, and turns to face her more squarely.
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 15.41
“All that stuff about the medal you got in Newark, I was afraid that
turned your head. All of a sudden, you don’t wanna go ahead with our plan to
give the customers a little warning, get them to switch to monitored service.”
“Yeah, so…”
“I thought you were getting soft,” she says. “I don’t like soft.” She puts
her hand on the inside of his knee this time. “You know that.”
He leans forward, perhaps to reach for her hand but then grimaces and
rubs his stomach again.
“I mean, I’m glad to hear you being the old Larry,” she continues. “The
old, hard Larry.”
“Well, I’m glad you’re glad,” he says.
“But are you sure?”
“Am I sure what?”
“Are you sure you’re not gonna go all soft on me? I mean I’m your friend;
we’re in this together. I’ll stick with you; help you fight these guys, whoever,
track’em down. But I gotta know you’re not gonna go soft at the last minute.
That would be … I mean more than disappointing, that would be dangerous.”
“Yeah,” says Larry. “Soft is dangerous.”
“That sounds like the old Larry, but I don’t know.” Donna takes the gun
from the coffee table; holds it to her head. “I bet my life,” she says, her eyes on
Larry’s face. She starts to put the gun down.
Larry takes the gun from her hand before it can reach the table. “Yeah,”
he says “I’m sure. I bet—”
Donna flinches as the sound of the shot reverberates. The left side of
Larry’s head explodes.
“Run that again,” says Mark.
“What? I’m gonna be sick,” Dom says.
“Run it again. Just from when he takes the gun from her. She flinched
too soon.”
Dom runs it again. “No she didn’t. She flinched at the sound.”
“You’re not being observant,” says Mark. “The audio’s ahead of the
video…”
“Right,” says Dom. “I missed it. But I already knew.”
“Knew what?”
“Knew what you suspect.”
“What do you mean?” asks Mark. “How can you know? Do you have
proof?”
“I have something,” says Dom. “I think we make a deal now. I think
that’s how this game is played, Columbo.”
Mark explains that he has only limited authority. That the DA has to
approve anything they agree on. That a judge has to agree as well. He tells Dom
he wants two things. One is the evidence that Dom hasn’t shown him yet. The
second is Dom’s testimony authenticating the tap and explaining the plot
against hackoff customers. He tells Dom they won’t feel they have to file
charges against him for the mushrooms because the evidence isn’t clear, he
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 15.42
may have had a good motive and the mushrooms didn’t kill Larry. Maybe Larry
did pick the bad ones himself and somehow got them into just the office
sample.
But, Mark says, the hack against antihack is there. Can’t prosecute
Donna for what she did without the evidence that shows the plot against
antihack. And probably they’re gonna have to ask Dom to plead to something
on that one because he was part of it. Should be no jail time for him on that if
he’s the one turning state’s evidence but it’s hard to be sure. Also Dom’s gonna
have to get a lawyer.
One more thing. Not really part of the deal, but one more thing, Mark
explains. There are some people from Israel who would like to talk to Dom. It
would be good if he did that.
“That’s three things, not two,” says Dom, “but that’s okay. It’s time I got
credit for what I did. Also, I’m not afraid of jail anymore. No more
claustrophobia. Maybe my role’s supposed to take me there. So I’m gonna show
you some video now, save time. But I’m not going to tell you how I got the
video. So, if we don’t have a deal, you don’t have this video to show. But you
got to turn around, face away from the screen, while I bring it up.”
Mark does turn around. Dom fishes in the IP packet log for video starting
an hour prior to Donna leaving Larry’s office. The first frozen frame shows
Larry’s office empty. Dom tells Mark he can look and the detective swivels his
chair back around and peers at the video window which is now animated.
There are boring sequences of Larry’s empty office, appearance and
disappearance of Larry, a few visitors including Donna and Larry’s admin, all of
which tally with what the security log showed. The camera faithfully follows
what makes noise. Since there is no audio, it is hard to tell how fast the
tracking is.
The room is empty and the camera grinds away, centered on Larry’s
desk. A woman enters the room — first the top of her head is visible, then the
rest of her back as she walks under the camera and into the room. The camera
swivels its focus to her. At this point it is clear that the woman is Donna
Langhorne. She stands still for a minute as if talking to the man who isn’t
behind the desk.
Donna then reaches down to the coffee table and picks something up,
but she is between the camera and the coffee table so it is impossible to see
what she has in her hand. Whatever it is, she keeps it out of sight of the
camera as she goes behind the desk and opens a drawer that the camera,
which has now focused on her behind the desk, cannot see. Her right arm,
visible from the shoulder to the elbow, apparently is taking something from the
drawer.
She now turns so that she has her back to the camera. Her shoulders
are moving but it is impossible to see what her hands are doing. Apparently
she drops something, because she stoops over, then quickly stands up again,
still facing away from the camera. She puts the invisible something back in the
invisible drawer, turns so that her right arm is out of sight, and bends to put
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 15.43
whatever is in her right hand down on the coffee table. Then she leaves the
room.
The camera resumes its bored fisheye view of the office with Larry’s desk
in the center.
Mark says: “Still can’t tell what she picked up from the coffee table.”
“I hoped there’d be more,” says Dom. He plays the whole sequence again.
And again. Both men crane their necks as if trying to see what Donna is
shielding with her body.
Dom hits himself on the head. This time he backs up to the time before
Donna enters the room. He examines the table; there are a few magazines, a
piece of probably greasy paper that may have come with Larry’s pizza, coasters,
and Larry’s revolver. Dom clips this frame into the edit buffer and fast forwards
to the time after Donna is left when the camera is back to its fisheye view. He
clips another frame. After a little fiddling, Dom superimposes the before and
after frames. The gun and the piece of greasy paper do not line up.
“I have a list of what’s in that desk drawer,” says Mark. “Can’t look at it
now. It’s on my computer at the office.”
“Not a problem,” says Dom. He works for a few minutes while the
detective watches, bemused. Soon the windows on Dom’s computer show the
applications run by the New York Police Department. A minute later, the screen
of Mark’s computer is in a window on Dom’s computer.
“You can run your computer from here,” says Dom.
“Shit. So much for security. Maybe you DO have something else to
bargain with. Okay, let’s see.”
Mark retrieves the inventory for the top drawer of Larry’s desk:
pencils, 2
finger nail clipper, Swank
eighteen assorted paper clips, one straightened out
three AAA batteries, Eveready, all completely discharged, one corroded
plastic stylus, intact
plastic stylus, broken
bottle with 17 of 50 Excedrin (verified by lab)
box with 23 of 24 bullets, .22 caliber
unopened small package of Kleenex
unused pad of post-it notes, yellow (no impressions)
###
Media Contact:
Eve Gross
Chief Marketing Officer
212 555 1000
eveg@hackoff.com
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 15.44
The Company has been informed that there is a continuing investigation into the
possible involvement of certain of its officers in a hacker attack against the company’s
competitor antihack Corp. It is possible that other charges will be filed against the
company or its officers. The company is cooperating fully with these investigations. In
addition, the company intends to hire an independent outside law firm in order to
conduct its own investigation. It is not possible at this time to state what the effect on
the company these charges and investigations will have.
Company CTO Dom Montain has been granted a temporary paid leave of absence to
allow him to aid the City in its ongoing investigations.
The company notified NASDAQ and the SEC of this event prior to the opening of the
New York securities markets and requested a temporary halt in trading of the
company’s stock. Trading is expected to resume shortly after the dissemination of this
announcement.
“These are very difficult times for the company,” said Ankers. “Nevertheless, our
customers should be reassured that we remain willing and able to supply their security
needs.”
###
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 15.45
This can’t be good. Trading is stopped again. The Street won’t like this.
There is a press advisory out, just as there was last week, for an announcement expected at
10:30 explaining the trading halt. Last week the stock went up after the announcement.
Probably just the marketmakers making money in ways that we ordinary investors can’t, but
could happen again, too. I’m down to hold on the stock though, because I made money last
week.
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 15.46
pooper, last week you thought the announcement was an April fools joke and you could have
made money of you bought stock like I did
this is probably the time their selling jerkoff to antihack now that the lizard is out of the way the
cunt figured out it was the right way to go and she did it.
alaska, you’re as much an asshole as your friend pooper and this is not the antihack board. why
don’t you stay there where you belong so you can pump and dump that and not bother us here
on this board. Last week anithack was down and hackoff was up. hackoff has great
management now.
The press release is on Yahoo. Finally they told the truth they cheated the way they beat the
hostile from antihack was hackoff hacked antihack customers. i knew this was not right when it
happened. i said that and all you jerkoffs didnt listen.
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 15.47
This has got to be bad for the stock. Usually Wall Street does not like indictments and this is for
murder, plus antihack might sue for the way hackoff stopped their hostile. I’m back down to a
Sell on the stock now. I don’t know how this can go anywhere.
Only hope is that Big Router will buy hackoff for its technology. I figure that’s why they put
their woman in. But then they’ll buy it for nothing, which means we’ll get screwed so I’m still a
Sell.
Jumbo, that’s good analysis. When do you think Big Router might announce they are buying the
company? Does that matter to the stock? Why do you think Donna killed Larry? What will The
Street think?
So now pump and dump jumbo says hes ready to dump so probbly means hes going to buy.
Only way big router is going to buy jerkoff is for pennies and even less than antihack would pay
because at least antihack wants the customers and big router probably already has them and
the technology isnt worth shit
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 15.48
Whats Happening
by: CLess
04/07/03 10:45 am
Msg: 100041 of 100044
Donna
by: TestTost (35/M/San Francisco, CA)
Long-Term Sentiment: Strong Buy 04/07/03 10:45 am
Msg: 100042 of 100044
Too bad about Donna. She was hot. I haven’t seen a picture of the new CEO, so don’t know
how she rates. Lar must’ve been messing around. I figure that’s why Donna shot him but if I
were him, I would’ve messed around with Donna.
Murder. Hacking antihack. Other investigations. What will the Street think?
Stock Opened
by: thewatcher02 (38/M/New Rochelle, NY)
04/07/03 10:46 am
Msg: 100044 of 100044
hackoff’s trading again! 2k shares at 1.60 up ten cents. bid 1.55; ask 1.65.
THE END
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 15.49
[Note to readers: I hope you enjoyed hackoff.com. If you did and would
like to tell a friend about it, I’d appreciate it. Clicking on this link is one way to
do that.
You can also rate and/or review it on Amazon by clicking this link. When
you get to Amazon, just click on the stars to rate and on the review link to
review. Of course, you can follow that same link to get to Amazon to buy a
copy of hackoff.com either as a souvenir (I’m signing all copies purchased
before the pub date of March 15) or as a gift for a friend.
Finally, if you’d like to get news about my next book, new editions of
hackoff.com, and my upcoming online and offline book tours, click to subscribe
by email or RSS.
Tom Evslin]
hackoff.com © 2005 Tom Evslin Page 15.50
$2.50
$2.00
$1.50
$1.00
$0.50
$-
4/7/2003